Table of Contents

 
 
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
 
FORM 10-K
     
þ   Annual Report pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934
For the fiscal year ended July 31, 2008
OR
     
o   Transition report pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934
For the transition period from                                           to                                           
Commission File Number 0-21180
INTUIT INC.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
     
Delaware   77-0034661
(State of incorporation)   (IRS Employer Identification No.)
2700 Coast Avenue, Mountain View, CA 94043
(Address of principal executive offices, including zip code)
(650) 944-6000
(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
     
Title of Each Class
  Name of Exchange on Which Registered
Common Stock, $0.01 par value
  NASDAQ Global Select Market
     
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes þ No o
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Act. Yes o No þ
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports); and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes þ No o
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. þ
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer or a smaller reporting company. See definition of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
             
Large accelerated filer þ   Accelerated filer o   Non-accelerated filer o   Smaller reporting company o
        (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)    
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes o No þ
The aggregate market value of Intuit Inc. outstanding common stock held by non-affiliates of Intuit as of January 31, 2008, based on the closing price of $30.69 reported by the NASDAQ Global Select Market on that date, was $9.33 billion. Shares of Intuit common stock held by each executive officer and director and by each entity or person that, to our knowledge, owned 5% or more of Intuit’s outstanding common stock as of January 31, 2008 have been excluded in that such persons may be deemed to be affiliates of Intuit. This determination of affiliate status is not necessarily a conclusive determination for other purposes.
There were 323,962,762 shares of Intuit voting common stock outstanding as of August 31, 2008.
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
Portions of the registrant’s definitive proxy statement for its Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held on December 16, 2008 are incorporated by reference in Parts II and III of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
 
 

 


 

INTUIT INC.
FISCAL 2008 FORM 10-K
INDEX
             
Item         Page  
 
PART I  
 
       
   
 
       
ITEM 1:       3  
ITEM 1A:       16  
ITEM 1B:       31  
ITEM 2:       31  
ITEM 3:       32  
ITEM 4:       32  
   
 
       
PART II  
 
       
   
 
       
ITEM 5:       33  
ITEM 6:       35  
ITEM 7:       37  
ITEM 7A:       58  
ITEM 8:       60  
ITEM 9:       107  
ITEM 9A:       107  
ITEM 9B:       107  
   
 
       
PART III  
 
       
   
 
       
ITEM 10:       108  
ITEM 11:       110  
ITEM 12:       110  
ITEM 13:       110  
ITEM 14:       110  
   
 
       
PART IV  
 
       
   
 
       
ITEM 15:       111  
   
 
       
        116  
   
 
       
  EXHIBIT 10.12
  EXHIBIT 10.16
  EXHIBIT 10.29
  EXHIBIT 10.30
  EXHIBIT 10.86
  EXHIBIT 21.01
  EXHIBIT 23.01
  EXHIBIT 31.01
  EXHIBIT 31.02
  EXHIBIT 32.01
  EXHIBIT 32.02
Intuit, QuickBooks, TurboTax, Lacerte, ProSeries, Digital Insight, and Quicken, among others, are registered trademarks and/or registered service marks of Intuit Inc., or one of its subsidiaries, in the United States and other countries. Other parties’ marks are the property of their respective owners.

2


Table of Contents

This Annual Report on Form 10-K contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Please see the section entitled “Forward-Looking Statements and Risk Factors” in Item 1A of this Report for important information to consider when evaluating these statements.
PART I
ITEM 1
BUSINESS
CORPORATE BACKGROUND
General
Intuit Inc. is a leading provider of business and financial management solutions for small and medium sized businesses, financial institutions, consumers, and accounting professionals. Our flagship products and services, including QuickBooks, Quicken and TurboTax, simplify small business management and payroll processing, personal finance, and tax preparation and filing. ProSeries and Lacerte are Intuit’s leading tax preparation offerings for professional accountants. Our financial institutions division, anchored by Digital Insight, provides on-demand banking services that help banks and credit unions serve businesses and consumers with innovative solutions. Founded in 1983 and based in Mountain View, California, we had revenue of $3.1 billion in our fiscal year ended July 31, 2008. We had approximately 8,200 employees in major offices in the United States, Canada, India, the United Kingdom and other locations as of July 31, 2008.
Intuit was incorporated in California in March 1984. In March 1993 we reincorporated in Delaware and completed our initial public offering. Our principal executive offices are located at 2700 Coast Avenue, Mountain View, California, 94043, and our telephone number at that location is 650-944-6000. We maintain our corporate Web site at www.intuit.com . On our Web site we publish information for investors and information relating to Intuit’s corporate governance. The content on any Web site referred to in this filing is not incorporated by reference into this filing unless expressly noted otherwise. When we refer to “we,” “our” or “Intuit” in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, we mean the current Delaware corporation (Intuit Inc.) and its California predecessor, as well as all of our consolidated subsidiaries.
Available Information
We file annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, proxy statements and other reports, and amendments to these reports, required of public companies with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC). The public may read and copy the materials we file with the SEC at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, D.C. 20549. The public may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 202-551-8090. The SEC also maintains a Web site at www.sec.gov that contains reports, proxy and information statements, and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC. Through a link to the SEC Web site, we make available free of charge on the Investor Relations section of our corporate Web site all of the reports we file with the SEC as soon as reasonably practicable after the reports are filed. Copies of Intuit’s fiscal 2008 Annual Report on Form 10-K may also be obtained without charge by contacting Investor Relations, Intuit Inc., P.O. Box 7850, Mountain View, California 94039-7850 or by calling 650-944-6000.
BUSINESS OVERVIEW
Intuit’s Mission
For 25 years, Intuit’s mission has been to revolutionize people’s lives by solving their important business and financial management problems. Whether helping to balance a checkbook, run a small business or pay income taxes, we believe our innovative solutions have simplified millions of people’s lives.
Solving important business and financial management problems is still our goal. We are finding new ways to solve them in an Internet-connected world, where emerging technology and market trends are changing the way people live and work. As a result, we are acquiring new customers, connecting them to our solutions, and helping them

3


Table of Contents

communicate in new ways with each other and with us. We are doing this in a global environment, where our customers’ personal and professional lives often transcend geographic borders.
As we begin this new chapter, our mission is simple: We seek to be a premier innovative growth company that empowers individuals and businesses to achieve their dreams.
Our Business Portfolio
We organize our portfolio of businesses into four principal categories – Small Business, Tax, Financial Institutions and Other Businesses. These categories include six financial reporting segments.
Small Business: This category includes two segments – QuickBooks, and Payroll and Payments.
    Our QuickBooks segment includes QuickBooks financial and business management software and services, technical support, financial supplies, and Web site design and hosting services for small businesses.
 
    Our Payroll and Payments segment includes small business payroll products and services. This segment also includes merchant services provided by our Innovative Merchant Solutions business that include credit and debit card processing, electronic check conversion and automated clearing house services.
Tax: This category also includes two segments – Consumer Tax and Accounting Professionals.
    Our Consumer Tax segment includes TurboTax income tax preparation products and services for consumers and small business owners.
 
    Our Accounting Professionals segment includes Lacerte and ProSeries professional tax products and services. This segment also includes QuickBooks Premier Accountant Edition and the QuickBooks ProAdvisor Program for accounting professionals.
Financial Institutions: This segment consists primarily of outsourced online banking services for banks and credit unions provided by our Digital Insight business.
Other Businesses: This segment includes Quicken personal finance products and services, Intuit Real Estate Solutions, and our businesses in Canada and the United Kingdom.
Our Growth Strategy
Our core growth strategy remains unchanged: To be in growth businesses, high-profit businesses and attractive new markets with large unmet or underserved needs that we can solve well.
In an evolving world, we are adapting our approach to meet changing demographics, technology and market trends. In fiscal 2008 we announced our new Connected Services strategy. This strategy reflects a world where people and businesses are increasingly connected, whether through desktop, laptop or handheld devices. With this expanded connectivity, people increasingly expect access to services any time, any place. By implementing this strategy, we intend to create customer delight by offering easy-to-use connected services that solve customers’ problems while building durable competitive advantage.
Nearly 50 million people use our QuickBooks, Payroll, Payments, TurboTax, Digital Insight and Quicken products and services. This positions us to succeed in this environment by connecting these people to our services and to each other. We do this in three different ways:
    Connecting customers directly to our online services: We host services such as QuickBooks Online, QuickBooks Online Payroll, Web site services for small businesses, TurboTax Online and outsourced banking services for financial institutions. Sometimes referred to as Software as a Service, or SaaS, these offerings are designed to deliver clear benefits and value to customers.
 
    Connecting our services to our software: We offer services, such as small business payroll and merchant services, that can be connected with software, such as QuickBooks. This can create powerful solutions that we believe give us a competitive advantage.
 
    Connecting people to people : We are increasingly using our products as a platform to connect people to each other and to us, allowing them to share information and solve problems together. For example, our TurboTax Live Community allows participants to submit and answer each other’s questions while preparing their income tax returns.

4


Table of Contents

We have already made progress in this connected services environment. Over half of our $3 billion in fiscal 2008 revenue came from connected services.
To compete in this connected world, our strategy is to take advantage of three emerging technology and market trends:
    Social: Linked by a connected world to businesses and each other, people are able to shape product development, share their expertise and influence opinion like never before. Through our TaxAlmanac service, for example, tax professionals can research tax laws and create and share knowledge. In a social world, people are connecting and contributing to our product offerings.
 
    Mobile: As technology moves from the desktop to the palmtop, we are focusing on mobile services that deliver “in the pocket” – any place at any time that’s convenient for customers. For example, QuickBooks Online is now available for the iPhone.
 
    Global: As geographic borders become less important to businesses, we are working to help customers take advantage of a global marketplace and find new customers in new markets.
Summary
As our strategy evolves, we remain committed to developing innovative products and services that are so convenient and easy to use that customers actively recommend them to others. We call these customers promoters – people who create positive word-of-mouth by promoting our brand to others. For 25 years we’ve worked to solve their important business and financial management problems. As we begin this new chapter, we will increasingly work to help them solve each other’s problems, connecting people to people and to solutions.
PRODUCTS AND SERVICES
We offer our products and services in the six business segments discussed in “Business Overview” above. The following table shows the classes of similar products or services that accounted for 10% or more of total net revenue in fiscal 2008, 2007 and 2006.
                         
    Fiscal   Fiscal   Fiscal
    2008   2007   2006
 
QuickBooks
    20 %     22 %     23 %
Payroll and Payments
    18 %     19 %     20 %
Consumer Tax
    30 %     30 %     31 %
Accounting Professionals
    11 %     12 %     13 %
Financial Institutions
    10 %     6 %     1 %
 
                       
Our products and services are sold mainly in the United States and are described below. International total net revenue was less than 5% of consolidated total net revenue for fiscal 2008, 2007 and 2006. For financial information about these segments, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” in Item 7 and Note 8 to the financial statements in Item 8.
QuickBooks
QuickBooks Software . Our QuickBooks product line brings bookkeeping capabilities and business management tools to small business users in an easy-to-use design that does not require them to be familiar with debit and credit accounting. We offer a range of products to suit the needs of different types of small businesses. Our desktop software products include QuickBooks Simple Start, which provides accounting functionality suitable for very small, less complex businesses and is offered in both free and paid versions; QuickBooks Pro, which provides accounting functionality suitable for slightly larger businesses, including those with payroll needs; QuickBooks Pro for Mac; QuickBooks Premier, which provides small businesses with advanced accounting functionality and business planning tools; and QuickBooks Enterprise Solutions, designed for larger businesses. Our Premier and Enterprise products also come in a range of industry-specific editions, including Manufacturing, Wholesale and

5


Table of Contents

Distribution, Retail, Non-Profit, Contractors, and Professional Services. In addition, we offer a Web-based version of QuickBooks called QuickBooks Online that is suitable for multiple users working in various locations.
QuickBooks Technical Support . We offer several technical support options to our QuickBooks customers. These include support plans that are sold separately and priced based on the length of the plan. QuickBooks customers may choose one-time support or support plans that last for one month, three months, six months or one year. We also offer a free self-help information section on our QuickBooks.com Web site and free access to the QuickBooks Community, an online forum where QuickBooks users can share information with each other.
Web Services for Small Businesses. With our December 2007 acquisition of Homestead, we offer services to small businesses that help them establish a presence on the Web, maintain and promote their Web sites, and sell or market their products online.
Financial Supplies . We offer a range of financial supplies designed for small businesses and individuals for use with QuickBooks. These include paper checks, envelopes, invoices and deposit slips. In addition, we offer business identity services that include business cards and stationery. We also offer tax forms, tax return presentation folders and other supplies for professional tax preparers. Our customers can personalize many products to incorporate their logos and use a variety of color, font and design options.
QuickBooks Point of Sale Solutions . Our QuickBooks Point of Sale offering helps retailers manage customer transactions and inventories. The Basic version is suitable for single stores that want to process sales using barcodes and track inventory and customer purchases. The Pro version offers more advanced functionality such as serial number tracking and the ability to process layaways and special orders. The Pro Multi-Store version allows the transfer of information between stores. We sell this software with or without the accompanying hardware.
QuickBase. Our QuickBase offering is a Software as a Service (SaaS) platform based on a robust database that allows business users to select ready-made online workgroup applications or create custom solutions for their businesses. The most common solutions include project collaboration, sales team management and employee management. QuickBase customers pay a monthly or yearly subscription fee that varies based on the number of users and the amount of data and file storage they need.
Intuit Developer Network . The Intuit Developer Network is an initiative that encourages third-party software developers to build applications that exchange data with QuickBooks and other Intuit products by giving them access to certain application programming interfaces. In addition, the Intuit Developer Network has launched in closed beta testing the QuickBase Developer Program, which allows developers to create SaaS applications without the need to host the applications, manage billing, or build connections to QuickBooks. Developers who register with the Intuit Developer Network have access to the latest QuickBooks software development kit, the QuickBase Web development platform, QuickBooks software downloads, and member benefits such as marketing tools, developer forums and one-on-one engineering support. At the end of fiscal 2008, approximately 300 third-party applications were available for QuickBooks and other Intuit products at www.marketplace.intuit.com.
Payroll and Payments
Payroll. QuickBooks Payroll is a family of products sold on a subscription basis to small businesses that use QuickBooks and prepare their own payroll or want some assistance with preparing their payroll. It is also sold to accountants who use QuickBooks and help their clients manage their payrolls. The product family includes QuickBooks Basic Payroll, which provides payroll tax tables and payroll reports; QuickBooks Enhanced Payroll, which provides payroll tax tables, payroll reports, federal and state payroll tax forms, workers’ compensation tracking, and eFile & Pay for federal and state payroll taxes; QuickBooks Enhanced Payroll for Accountants, which has several accountant-specific features in addition to the features in QuickBooks Enhanced Payroll; and QuickBooks Online Payroll, for use with QuickBooks Online. We also offer QuickBooks Assisted Payroll, through which we provide the back-end aspects of payroll processing, including tax payments and filings, for customers who process their payrolls using QuickBooks. Direct deposit is available with all of these offerings for additional fees. Intuit Online Payroll provides small business payroll services on a subscription basis that do not require customers to use QuickBooks. This offering includes online payroll tax calculation, payroll reports, direct deposit, electronic payment of federal and state payroll taxes, and federal and state payroll tax forms.

6


Table of Contents

Payments. Our Innovative Merchant Solutions business and our recently acquired Electronic Clearing House business offer a full range of merchant services to small businesses. These include credit card, debit card, electronic benefits, check guarantee and gift card processing services; electronic check conversion and automated clearing house (ACH) capabilities; and Web-based transaction processing services for online merchants. In addition to processing services, we provide a full range of support for our merchants that includes customer service, charge-back retrieval and support, and fraud and loss prevention screening.
Consumer Tax
Our Consumer Tax business offers a number of tax return preparation products and services for customers whose returns have varying levels of complexity. Our current solutions include:
Tax Return Preparation Offerings . Our TurboTax products and services are designed to enable individuals and small business owners to prepare their own federal and state personal and small business income tax returns easily, quickly and accurately. They are designed to be easy to use, yet sophisticated enough for complex tax returns. For the 2007 tax season we offered a range of software products and services that included desktop and online versions of TurboTax Basic, TurboTax Deluxe, TurboTax Premier, and TurboTax Home and Business. We also offered TurboTax Business desktop software and TurboTax Free Edition online. These offerings are subject to change for the 2008 tax season. Our online offerings are interactive tax preparation services that enable individual taxpayers to prepare and electronically file their federal and state income tax returns entirely online. In addition, our Instant Data Entry feature enables taxpayers to import data directly into their tax returns from Form W-2 (wages) and Form 1099 (interest, dividends and stock transactions) from participating financial institutions and payroll service companies. This feature saves TurboTax users time and increases accuracy. TurboTax Live Community is an online forum where participants can learn from and share information with other users while preparing their income tax returns.
Electronic Filing and Other Services . Through our electronic filing center, our desktop and online tax preparation customers can electronically file their federal income tax returns, as well as state returns in all states that support electronic filing. For the 2007 tax year our online tax services were offered through the Web sites of approximately 1,100 financial institutions, electronic retailers and other merchants and on Yahoo!® Finance Tax Center. We also offer services that enable taxpayers to pay for their tax products and services from their anticipated refund.
Intuit Tax Freedom Project . Under the Intuit Tax Freedom Project, we provide online federal and state income tax return preparation and electronic filing services at no charge to eligible taxpayers. In fiscal 2008 we provided approximately 1.6 million free federal returns under this initiative. We are a member of the Free File Alliance, a consortium of private sector companies that has entered into an agreement with the federal government to provide free online federal tax preparation and filing services to eligible taxpayers. The agreement is scheduled to expire in October 2009. See also “Competition – Consumer Tax” later in this Item 1.
Accounting Professionals
Our Accounting Professionals segment provides software and services for accountants and tax preparers in public practice. These include offerings that help professional accountants and tax preparers provide accounting, payroll, tax planning and tax compliance services to their individual and business clients, and that help them manage their own practices more effectively.
Tax Offerings . Our tax software product lines for accounting professionals are Lacerte and ProSeries. Lacerte software is designed for full-service accounting firms that prepare the most complex returns. We offer two versions of our ProSeries software: ProSeries Professional Edition, designed for year-round tax practices that prepare moderately complex tax returns; and ProSeries Basic Edition, designed for the needs of smaller and seasonal tax practices. Accounting professionals license these tax products for a flat fee for unlimited use, or use them to print or electronically file tax returns on a “pay-per-return” basis. Accountants and tax preparers using Lacerte and ProSeries can file their clients’ tax returns using our electronic filing services.
Accounting Offerings . Our accounting offering for professionals, QuickBooks Premier Accountant Edition, provides the tools and file-sharing capabilities needed to efficiently complete bookkeeping, trial balance, write-up, and financial reporting tasks. Our QuickBooks ProAdvisor Program is a subscription-based membership that provides

7


Table of Contents

QuickBooks and QuickBooks Payroll software for professional accountants, technical support, training, product certification, access to marketing tools and discounts on products purchased on behalf of clients.
Financial Institutions
Our Digital Insight business provides outsourced online banking software products that are hosted in our data centers and delivered as an on-demand service offering to small and medium sized financial institutions. No single financial institution accounted for more than 10% of this business’ revenue in fiscal 2008 or 2007.
Consumer Banking. We offer Internet banking applications that financial institutions make available to their retail customers. These applications include the ability to view transaction history, account balances, check images and statements; funds transfer between accounts; inter-institutional transfers; bill payment and bill presentment; and interfaces to personal financial management software such as Quicken.
Business Banking. We also offer business banking software products and services that financial institutions make available to their business customers. These offerings include features similar to those of our consumer product as well as lockbox reporting, payroll direct deposit, wire and inter-account fund transfers, account reconciliations, foreign exchange trade and interfaces to business financial management software such as QuickBooks.
Other Businesses
Quicken. Our Quicken line of desktop software products helps users organize, understand and manage their personal finances. Quicken allows customers to reconcile bank accounts, pay bills, record credit card and other transactions, and track investments, mortgages and other assets and liabilities. Quicken also allows customers to flag their tax-related financial transactions and download that information into our TurboTax consumer tax return preparation software. We offer Quicken Starter Edition and Quicken Deluxe as well as Quicken Premier, which offers more robust investment and tax planning tools; Quicken Home and Business, which allows customers to manage both personal and small business finances in one application; and Quicken for Mac. We also offer Quicken Online, which brings customer bank account, credit card and bill payment information together on the Internet under a single password.
Intuit Real Estate Solutions . Our Intuit Real Estate Solutions business offers software and related technical support, consulting and training services for residential, commercial and corporate property managers. In addition to its domestic operations, this business has operations in several international locations.
Canada and the United Kingdom. In Canada, we offer versions of QuickBooks that we have “localized,” that is, customized to meet the unique needs of customers in that specific international location. These include QuickBooks software offerings, payroll offerings and service plans. We also offer QuickTax consumer tax return preparation software, professional tax preparation products and services, and localized versions of Quicken in Canada. In the United Kingdom, we offer localized versions of QuickBooks and QuickBooks Payroll, including products and services sold in partnership with banks.
PRODUCT DEVELOPMENT
Since the markets for software and related services are characterized by rapid technological change, shifting customer needs and frequent new product introductions and enhancements, a continuous high level of investment is required to innovate and develop new products and services and to enhance existing offerings. We develop the majority of our products and services internally. We also supplement our internal development efforts by acquiring or licensing products and technology from third parties, and establishing other relationships that enable us to enhance or expand our offerings more rapidly. We have a number of United States patents and pending applications that relate to various aspects of our products and technology.
Our traditional core desktop software products – QuickBooks, TurboTax, Lacerte, ProSeries and Quicken – tend to have predictable annual development and product release cycles. We also develop new products for which development cycles are less predictable. Developing consumer and professional tax software and services presents unique challenges because of the demanding development cycle required to accurately incorporate tax law and tax

8


Table of Contents

form changes within a rigid timetable. The development timing for our other small business and financial institutions offerings varies with business needs and regulatory requirements and the length of the development cycle depends on the scope and complexity of each particular project.
In our Financial Institutions business, we have developed interfaces with the systems of many of the major providers of core processing software and services to financial institutions. These system interfaces allow us to access a financial institution’s host system to provide end users access to their account data. In addition to developing new interfaces, we continue to enhance our many existing interfaces in order to deliver more robust connectivity and increase operating efficiencies.
We continue to make substantial investments in research and development, and we expect to focus our future research and development efforts on enhancing existing products and services and on developing new products and services that will offer increased ease of use, be customized for specific customer categories, be Web-integrated or Web-based, and feature improved integration with other Intuit and third party products and services and with our internal information systems. We also expect to continue to focus significant research and development efforts on multi-year projects to update the technology platforms for several of our products. Our research and development expenses were $605.8 million or 20% of total net revenue in fiscal 2008, $472.5 million or 17% of total net revenue in fiscal 2007, and $385.8 million or 17% of total net revenue in fiscal 2006.
SEASONALITY
Our QuickBooks, Consumer Tax and Accounting Professionals businesses are highly seasonal. Some of our other offerings are also seasonal, but to a lesser extent. Revenue from our QuickBooks software products tends to be highest during our second and third fiscal quarters, although the timing of new product releases or changes in our offerings can materially shift revenue between quarters. Sales of income tax preparation products and services are heavily concentrated in the period from November through April. In our Consumer Tax business, a greater proportion of our revenue has been occurring later in this seasonal period due in part to the growth in sales of TurboTax Online, for which revenue is recognized upon printing or electronic filing of a tax return. The seasonality of our Consumer Tax and Accounting Professionals revenue is also affected by the timing of the availability of tax forms from taxing agencies and the ability of those agencies to receive electronic tax return submissions. Delays in the availability of tax forms or the ability of taxing agencies to receive submissions can cause revenue to shift from our second fiscal quarter to our third fiscal quarter. These seasonal patterns mean that our total net revenue is usually highest during our second quarter ending January 31 and third quarter ending April 30. We typically report losses in our first quarter ending October 31 and fourth quarter ending July 31, when revenue from our tax businesses is minimal while operating expenses continue at relatively consistent levels. We believe the seasonality of our revenue is likely to continue in the future.
MARKETING, SALES AND DISTRIBUTION CHANNELS
Markets
Our primary target customers are small and medium sized businesses, consumers, accounting professionals, and small and medium sized financial institutions. The markets in which we compete have always been characterized by rapid technological change, shifting customer needs, and frequent new product introductions and enhancements by competitors. Over the past few years the Internet has accelerated the pace of change and revolutionized the way that customers learn about and purchase products and services. Real-time, personalized online shopping experiences are rapidly becoming the standard. Many customers now begin their shopping process online and make their purchase either online or at a retail location. This drives the need to create integrated, multi-channel shop and buy experiences. Market and industry changes are quickly rendering existing products and services obsolete, so our success depends on our ability to respond rapidly to these changes with new business models, updated competitive strategies, new or enhanced products and services, alternative distribution methods and other changes in the way we do business.
Our target customers for online banking services are small and medium sized financial institutions seeking an outsourced solution that allows them to compete with the larger national banks in their market.

9


Table of Contents

Marketing Programs
To sell our products and services to small businesses, consumers and accounting professionals, we use a variety of marketing programs to generate software orders, stimulate demand and generally maintain and increase customer awareness of our products and services. These programs include Web marketing, including purchasing key words from major search engine companies; direct-response mail and email campaigns; telephone solicitations; newspaper, magazine, billboard, radio and television advertising; and promotional offers that we coordinate with major retailers and computer original equipment manufacturers, or OEMs. We also use workflow-integrated in-product discovery in some of our software products to market other related products and services, including third-party products and services. In our Financial Institutions business, our marketing efforts are primarily focused on identifying potential financial institution clients and marketing our services to consumer end users in cooperation with our financial institution clients.
Sales and Distribution Channels
Multi-Channel Shop and Buy Experiences. Our consumer and small business customers increasingly use the Internet to research both online and desktop products and services. Some customers buy and use our products and services entirely online. Others purchase desktop products and services using the Internet. Still others prefer to make their final decision at a retail location. We coordinate our Web sites, promotions and retail displays in support of this integrated multi-channel shop and buy model.
Direct Sales Channel . We sell many of our products and services for small businesses, consumers and accounting professionals directly to our customers through our Web sites and call centers. Telesales continues to be an effective channel for serving customers that want live help selecting the products and services that are right for their needs.
In our Financial Institutions business, we sell our products and services to financial institutions using a direct sales model and, to a lesser extent, in cooperation with core processing partners. Our typical sales cycle is approximately six to twelve months for new financial institutions and four to six months for add-on sales to existing customers.
Retail Channel . We sell our QuickBooks, TurboTax and Quicken desktop software as well as our QuickBooks Payroll and Intuit Online Payroll services and merchant credit card payment processing services at retail in the United States. We sell these products and services directly and through distributors to office supply superstores, warehouse clubs, consumer electronics retailers, general mass merchandisers, online retailers, and catalogers. In Canada and other international markets we also rely on distributors and other third parties who sell products into the retail channel. The retail channel provides broad customer reach through retailer-sponsored advertising and exposure to retail foot traffic. This channel also gives us the opportunity to communicate our product and service lineup and messages through multiple touch points and allows us to serve our customers at relatively modest cost.
OEM, Alliance Partner and Solution Provider Channels. We have strategies to address the original equipment manufacturer (OEM), alliance partner, and solution provider channels. Revenue from these channels is currently less significant than revenue from our direct and retail channels, but it is growing. Relationships with selected personal computer OEMs help us attract new customers and generate sales of our core desktop software products. We also sell our consumer and small business products and services through selected alliance partners, primarily banks, credit unions, and savings and investment firms. These alliance partners help us reach new customers at the point of transaction and drive growth and market share by extending our online reach. Solution providers combine our products and services with value-added marketing, sales and technical expertise to deliver a complete solution at the local level.
In our Financial Institutions business, we have joint marketing arrangements with several core processing vendors. They include Fiserv, Inc., Open Solutions, Inc., Fidelity Information Services, Inc., Metavante Corporation and Computer Services Inc. To deliver bill payment and bill presentment services to our financial institution customers, we also maintain value-added reseller relationships with major providers such as Metavante Corporation and CheckFree Corporation (part of Fiserv).

10


Table of Contents

COMPETITION
Overview
We face intense competition in all of our businesses, both domestically and internationally. Competitive interest and expertise in many of the markets we serve, particularly small business, consumer tax and online banking, has grown markedly over the past few years and we expect this trend to continue. Some of our existing competitors have significantly greater financial, technical and marketing resources than we do. In addition, the competitive landscape can shift rapidly as new companies enter markets in which we compete. This is particularly true for online products and services, where the barriers to entry are lower than they are for desktop software products and services. To attract customers, many new online competitors are offering free or low-priced entry-level products which we must take into account in our pricing strategies.
Our most obvious competition comes from other companies that offer technology solutions similar to ours. However, for many of our products and services, other important competitive alternatives for customers are third party service providers such as professional accountants and seasonal assisted tax preparation businesses. Manual tools and processes, or general-purpose software, are also important competitive alternatives. Many of our new customers previously used pencil and paper or software such as word processors and spreadsheets, rather than competitors’ software and services, to perform financial tasks. We believe that there is a long-term trend away from manual methods and toward the use of both desktop and online software to accomplish these tasks that will provide future growth opportunities.
Competition Specific to Business Segments
Small Business. QuickBooks is the leading product in the retail sales channel for its category. We face competitive challenges in our QuickBooks business and our Payroll and Payments business from Microsoft Corporation, which offers accounting software and associated services that directly target small business customers. Increasingly, our small business products and services also face competition from free or low cost online accounting offerings as well as free online banking and bill payment services offered by financial institutions and others. In our merchant services business, we also compete directly with a number of independent sales organizations, none of which dominates the market.
Consumer Tax . In the private sector we face intense competition primarily from H&R Block, the makers of TaxCut software, and from 2nd Story Software’s TaxACT, an online offering that subjects us to significant price pressure. We also compete for customers with assisted tax preparation businesses such as H&R Block.
We face potential competitive challenges in our Consumer Tax business from publicly funded government entities that offer electronic tax preparation and filing services at no cost to individual taxpayers. We are a member of the Free File Alliance, a consortium of private sector companies that entered into an agreement with the federal government that is scheduled to expire in October 2009. Under this agreement, a number of private sector companies, rather than the federal government, have been providing online federal tax preparation and filing services at no cost to eligible federal taxpayers through initiatives such as our Intuit Tax Freedom Project. Approximately 20 states have also adopted Free File Alliance public-private agreements while approximately 20 other states offer some form of direct government tax preparation and filing services free to qualified taxpayers. We continue to actively work with others in the private and public sectors to advance the goals of the Free File Alliance policy initiative and to support successful public-private partnerships. However, future administrative, regulatory or legislative activity in this area could harm our Consumer Tax business.
Accounting Professionals. Our ProSeries professional tax offerings face pricing pressure from competitors who may offer deep product discounts or lower prices. Our Lacerte professional tax offerings face competition from competitively-priced tax and accounting solutions that include integration with non-tax functionality. We also face growing competition from online offerings, which may be marketed more effectively or have lower pricing than our offerings for accounting professionals.
Financial Institutions. The market for Internet banking services is highly competitive. In the area of consumer Internet banking, we primarily compete with other companies that provide outsourced online banking services to financial institutions, including Online Resources, S1 Corporation and FundsXpress (a subsidiary of First Data Corporation). Also, vendors such as Corillian (part of Fiserv) that primarily target the largest financial institutions

11


Table of Contents

occasionally compete with us in our market segment. In addition, Fiserv, Open Solutions, Inc., Fidelity Information Services, Inc., Jack Henry, Metavante Corporation and several other vendors of core processing services to financial institutions offer their own online banking products, although many of these firms also offer our products through a referral or reseller arrangement with us.
The following table shows the significant competitors for each of our major products and services.
             
Intuit   Significant Competitors
Segment   Product or Service   Name   Product or Service
 
QuickBooks
  QuickBooks   Microsoft Corporation   Microsoft Office Accounting
 
           
 
  Financial supplies   Deluxe Corporation   Business forms and checks
 
   
FedEx Kinko’s, Office Depot, Staples
 
Business forms and business identity services
 
           
Payroll and Payments
  Small business payroll   ADP  
Payroll solutions for businesses of any size
 
      Paychex  
Payroll solutions for small and medium sized businesses
 
      PayCycle  
Online self-service payroll
solutions for small businesses
 
           
 
  Merchant services  
Wells Fargo, JP Morgan Chase,
First Data Corporation, Elavon
 
Merchant processing services
 
           
Consumer Tax
  TurboTax   H&R Block   TaxCut
    2nd Story Software, Inc.   TaxACT
 
           
Accounting Professionals
  ProSeries   CCH   ATX and TaxWise offerings
    Drake Software  
Drake professional tax offerings
 
           
 
  Lacerte   CCH   ProSystem fx Office Suite
 
    Thomson Reuters  
CS Professional Suite,
GoSystems Tax
 
           
Financial Institutions
  Online banking services  
Online Resources, S1 Corporation, and FundsXpress
  Online banking services
 
     
Fiserv, Open Solutions, Fidelity Information Services, Jack Henry and Metavante Corporation
 
Online banking services (core processors)
 
           
Competitive Factors
We believe the most important competitive factors for our core software products – QuickBooks, TurboTax, Lacerte, ProSeries and Quicken – are ease of use, product features, size of the installed customer base, brand name recognition, value proposition, cost, and product and support quality. Access to distribution channels is also important for our QuickBooks, TurboTax and Quicken products. In addition, support from accounting professionals and the ability for customers to upgrade within product families as their businesses grow are significant competitive factors for our QuickBooks products. Productivity is also an important competitive factor for the full-service accounting firms to which we market our Lacerte products. We believe we compete effectively on these factors as our QuickBooks, TurboTax, and Quicken products are the leading products in the retail sales channel for their respective categories.

12


Table of Contents

For our service offerings such as small business payroll, merchant payment processing services and outsourced online banking, features and ease of use, the integration of these products with related software, brand name recognition, effective distribution, quality of support, cost and scalability of operations are important competitive factors.
CUSTOMER SERVICE AND TECHNICAL SUPPORT
We provide customer service and technical support by telephone, e-mail, online chat, online communities, and our customer service and technical support Web sites. We have full-time and outsourced customer service and technical support staffs. We supplement these staffs with seasonal employees and additional outsourcing during periods of peak call volumes, such as during the tax return filing season or following a major product launch. We outsource to several firms domestically and internationally. Most of our internationally outsourced consumer and small business customer service and technical support personnel are currently located in Canada and India.
We offer free self-help information through our technical support Web sites for our QuickBooks, TurboTax, Accounting Professionals and Quicken software products. Customers use our Web sites to find answers to commonly asked questions and check on the status of orders. Under certain support plans, customers can also use our Web sites to receive product updates electronically. Support alternatives and fees vary by product. We also sponsor online user communities, such as TurboTax Live Community, where customers can share knowledge and product advice with each other.
MANUFACTURING AND DISTRIBUTION
Desktop Software and Supplies
The main steps involved in manufacturing desktop software are manufacturing compact discs (CDs), printing boxes and related materials, and assembling and shipping the final products.
For retail manufacturing, we have an agreement with Arvato Digital Services, Inc. (ADiS), a division of Bertelsmann AG, under which ADiS provides a large majority of the manufacturing volume for our launches of QuickBooks, TurboTax and Quicken, as well as for day-to-day replenishment after product launches. ADiS has operations in multiple locations that can provide redundancy if necessary. We also have an agreement with JVC America Inc. under which JVC provides secondary outsourced manufacturing volume for these launches and for day-to-day replenishment.
For retail distribution, we have an agreement with ADiS under which ADiS handles all logistics services. Our retail product launches are operationally complex. Our model for product delivery for retail launches and replenishment is a hybrid of direct to store deliveries and shipments to central warehouse locations. This allows improved inventory management by our retailers. We also ship products for many of our smaller retail customers through distributors.
ADiS also provides most of the manufacturing volume and distribution services for our direct desktop software orders. We have an exclusive agreement with Harland Clarke, a division of M&F Worldwide Corporation, to fulfill orders for all of our printed checks and most other products for our financial supplies business.
We have multiple sources for all of our raw materials and availability has historically not been a significant problem for us.
Prior to major product releases for our core desktop software products we tend to have significant levels of backlog, but at other times backlog is minimal and we typically ship products within a few days of receiving an order. Because of this fluctuation in backlog, we believe that backlog is not a reliable predictor of our future core desktop software sales.

13


Table of Contents

Internet-Based Products and Services
Intuit’s data centers house most of the systems, networks and databases required to operate and deliver our Internet-based products and services. These include QuickBooks Online, online payroll services, merchant payment processing services, Web site hosting services for small businesses, TurboTax Online, consumer and professional electronic tax filing services, Digital Insight outsourced online banking services, and Quicken Online. Through our data centers, we connect customers to products and services and we store the vast amount of data that represents the content on our Web sites. As our businesses continue to move toward delivering more online products and services, this infrastructure will become even more critical in the future. Our data centers consist of numerous servers and databases located in several sites across the United States. Due to our evolving business needs, we are building a new data center in Washington state to support our longer term hosting and system availability requirements. We expect to begin occupying this data center in the second half of fiscal 2009.
PRIVACY AND SECURITY OF CUSTOMER INFORMATION AND TRANSACTIONS
We are subject to various federal, state and international laws and regulations and to financial institution requirements relating to the privacy and security of customer and employee personal information. We are also subject to laws and regulations that apply to telemarketing, email activities and credit reporting. Additional laws in all of these areas are likely to be passed in the future, which could result in significant limitations on or changes to the ways in which we can use or transmit the personal information of our customers or employees, communicate with our customers, and deliver products and services, or may significantly increase our compliance costs. If our business expands to new industry segments that are regulated for privacy and security, or to countries outside the United States that have strict data protections laws, our compliance requirements and costs will increase.
Through a Master Privacy Policy Framework designed to be consistent with globally recognized privacy principles, we comply with United States federal and other country guidelines and practices to help ensure that customers and employees are aware of, and can control, how we use information about them. Our primary Web sites, such as QuickBooks.com and TurboTax.com, have been certified by TRUSTe, an independent, non-profit organization that operates a Web site privacy certification program representing industry standard practices to address users’ and regulators’ concerns about online privacy. We also use privacy statements to provide notice to customers of our privacy practices, as well as provide them the opportunity to furnish instructions with respect to use of their personal information. We participate in industry groups whose purpose is to influence public policy and industry best practices for privacy and security.
To address security concerns, we use security safeguards to help protect the systems and the information customers give to us from loss, misuse and unauthorized alteration. Whenever customers transmit sensitive information, such as a credit card number or tax return data, to us through one of our Web sites, that information is stored on servers that allow encryption of the information as it is transmitted to us. We work to protect our systems from unauthorized internal or external access using numerous commercially available computer security products as well as internally developed security procedures and practices.
GOVERNMENT REGULATION
The financial services industry is subject to extensive and complex federal and state regulation. Our financial institution customers, which include commercial banks and credit unions, operate in markets that are subject to rigorous regulatory oversight and supervision. The compliance of our products and services with these requirements depends on a variety of factors including the particular functionality, the interactive design and the charter or license of the financial institution. Our financial services customers must independently assess and determine what is required of them under these regulations and are responsible for ensuring that our systems and the design of their Web sites conform to their regulatory obligations.
Our Digital Insight subsidiary is not directly subject to federal or state regulations specifically applicable to financial institutions such as banks and credit unions. However, as a provider of services to financial institutions, our Digital Insight subsidiary is examined by the Federal Financial Institution Examination Council under the Information

14


Table of Contents

Technology examination guidelines. Although we believe we are not subject to direct supervision by federal and state banking agencies with regard to other regulations, we have from time to time agreed to examinations of our business and operations by these agencies.
Our Consumer Tax and Accounting Professionals businesses are also subject to federal and state government requirements, including regulations related to the electronic filing of tax returns, the provision of tax preparer assistance and the use and disclosure of customer information. In addition, we offer certain other products and services, such as small business payroll, which are subject to special regulatory requirements. As we expand our financial institutions, tax and small business products and services, we may become subject to additional government regulation. New laws or regulations may be adopted in these areas that could impose significant limitations on our business and increase our cost of compliance. We continually analyze new business opportunities, and new businesses that we pursue may require additional costs for regulatory compliance.
We are subject to federal and state laws and government regulations concerning employee safety and health and environmental matters. The Occupational Safety and Health Administration, the Environmental Protection Agency, and other federal and state agencies have the authority to put regulations in place that may have an impact on our operations.
INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY
We regard our products as proprietary. We protect our intellectual property by relying on a combination of copyright, patent, trade secret and trademark laws, restrictions on disclosure and other methods. In particular, we have a number of registered trademarks that include Intuit, QuickBooks, TurboTax, Lacerte, ProSeries, Digital Insight and Quicken. We have registered these and other trademarks and service marks in the United States and, depending on the relevance of each brand to other markets, in many foreign countries. Most registrations can be renewed perpetually at 10-year intervals. We also currently hold a small but growing patent portfolio. We regularly file applications for patents, copyrights and trademarks and service marks in order to protect proprietary intellectual property that we believe is important to our business. We also license intellectual property from third parties for use in our products.
We face a number of risks relating to our intellectual property, including unauthorized use and unauthorized copying, or piracy, of our products. Litigation may be necessary to protect our intellectual property rights or to determine the validity and scope of the proprietary rights of others. Patents that have been issued to us could be determined to be invalid and may not be enforceable against competitive products in every jurisdiction. Furthermore, other parties have asserted and may, in the future, assert infringement claims against us. These claims and any litigation may result in invalidation of our proprietary rights or a finding of infringement against us along with an assessment of damages. Litigation, even if without merit, could result in substantial costs and diversion of resources and management attention. In addition, third party licenses may not continue to be available to us on commercially acceptable terms, or at all.
EMPLOYEES
As of July 31, 2008, we had approximately 8,200 employees in major offices in the United States, Canada, India, the United Kingdom and other locations. We believe our future success and growth will depend on our ability to attract and retain qualified employees in all areas of our business. We do not currently have any collective bargaining agreements with our employees, and we believe employee relations are generally good. Although we have employment-related agreements with a number of key employees, these agreements do not guarantee continued service. We believe we offer competitive compensation and a good working environment. We were named one of Fortune magazine’s “100 Best Companies to Work For” in each of the last seven years. However, we face intense competition for qualified employees, and we expect to face continuing challenges in recruiting and retention.

15


Table of Contents

ITEM 1A
RISK FACTORS
Forward-Looking Statements and Risk Factors
This Annual Report on Form 10-K contains forward-looking statements. All statements in this report, other than statements that are purely historical, are forward-looking statements. Words such as “expect,” “anticipate,” “intend,” “plan,” “believe,” “forecast,” “estimate,” “seek,” and similar expressions also identify forward-looking statements. In this report, forward-looking statements include, without limitation, the following:
    our expectations and beliefs regarding future conduct and growth of the business;
 
    our expectations regarding competition and our ability to compete effectively;
 
    our expectations regarding the development of future products, services and technology platforms and our research and development efforts;
 
    our intention to create easy-to-use connected services that solve customer problems while building durable competitive advantage;
 
    the assumptions underlying our critical accounting policies and estimates, including our estimates regarding product rebate and return reserves; stock volatility and other assumptions used to estimate the fair value of share-based compensation; and expected future amortization of purchased intangible assets;
 
    our belief that the investments that we hold are not other-than-temporarily impaired;
 
    our belief that the reduction in liquidity of the municipal auction rate securities we hold will not have a material impact on our overall ability to meet our liquidity needs;
 
    our belief that our exposure to currency exchange fluctuation risk will not be significant in the future;
 
    our assessments and estimates that determine our effective tax rate;
 
    our belief that our income tax valuation allowance is sufficient;
 
    our belief that our cash and cash equivalents, investments and cash generated from operations will be sufficient to meet our working capital, capital expenditure and other liquidity requirements for at least the next 12 months;
 
    our belief that long-term trends toward the use of both desktop and online software will provide future growth opportunities;
 
    our belief that the continuing trend among individual taxpayers toward the use of software to prepare their own income tax returns will continue to be important to the growth of our Consumer Tax business;
 
    our expectations regarding capital expenditures;
 
    our expectations regarding the timing of our occupation of the new data center we are building in Washington state;
 
    our belief that our facilities are adequate for our near-term needs and that we will be able to locate additional facilities as needed; and
 
    our assessments and beliefs regarding the future outcome of pending legal proceedings and the liability, if any, that Intuit may incur as a result of those proceedings.
We caution investors that forward-looking statements are only predictions based on our current expectations about future events and are not guarantees of future performance. We encourage you to read carefully all information provided in this report and in our other filings with the SEC before deciding to invest in our stock or to maintain or change your investment. These forward-looking statements are based on information as of the filing date of this Annual Report, and we undertake no obligation to revise or update any forward-looking statement for any reason.
Because forward-looking statements involve risks and uncertainties, there are important factors that may cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in the forward-looking statements. These factors include the following:
We face intense competitive pressures in all of our businesses that may harm our operating results.
We face intense competition in all of our business units, and we expect competition to remain intense in the future. The number, resources and sophistication of the companies with whom we compete have increased as we continue to expand our product and service offerings. Our competitors, whether new or well-established, may introduce new

16


Table of Contents

and improved products and services, bundle new offerings with market-leading products, reduce prices, gain better access to distribution channels, advertise aggressively or beat us to market with new products and services. We also face intensified competition from providers of free online and desktop accounting, tax, banking and other financial services. In order to compete, we have also introduced free offerings in several categories, but we may not be able to attract customers or effectively monetize all of these offerings. These actions of our competitors, if successful, can diminish our revenue and profitability, capture market share, and harm our ability to acquire and retain customers.
QuickBooks; Payroll and Payments. Losing existing or potential QuickBooks customers to competitors causes us to lose potential revenue in the short-term and limits our opportunities to sell related products and services, including payroll and payments offerings, in the future. Many competitors provide accounting and business management products and services to small businesses. For example, Microsoft currently offers a version of its small business accounting software for no additional charge to users of its operating system, and offers, in partnership with third parties, several other competitive products and services for small businesses. Although we have successfully competed with Microsoft in the past, Microsoft’s small business offerings may have a significant negative impact on our future revenue and profitability. As we continue to offer small business services beyond financial management, we are likely to come into competition with several other well-established companies that may have greater resources, market share and other advantages. In addition, as online services and business models grow in popularity, new competitors may face lower barriers to entry and can offer online services that compete directly with our desktop and online offerings.
We may also experience pricing pressure for our small business payroll offerings due to the larger size and economies of scale of certain competitors in that business.
Consumer Tax . Our consumer tax business faces significant competition from both the public and private sector. In the public sector we face the risk of federal and state taxing authorities developing or contracting to provide software or other systems to facilitate tax return preparation and electronic filing at no charge to taxpayers.
    Government Encroachment . Although the Free File Alliance has kept the federal government from being a direct competitor to Intuit’s tax offerings, it has fostered additional online competition and could cause us to lose significant revenue opportunities. Companies have used the Free File Alliance and its position on the Internal Revenue Service Web site as a marketing tool to grow brand awareness and attract customers to other paid services, which has intensified competition. In addition, taxpayers who formerly have paid for Intuit’s products may elect to use Intuit’s or our competitors’ free federal service instead. The current agreement with the Free File Alliance is scheduled to expire in October 2009. However, the IRS often seeks to negotiate changes to the agreement in the fall prior to each new tax filing season based on the prior tax season’s experience with the Free File program. If the IRS chose not to renew this agreement or terminated the agreement and elected to provide government software and electronic filing services to taxpayers at no charge, or if the federal government significantly altered the Free File Alliance or required the provision of government tax filing services directly to taxpayers, our revenue and profits could suffer. See the discussion on the Free File Alliance in Item 1, “Business – Competition.”
 
      In 2008, approximately 20 state governments had agreements with the private sector based on the federal Free File Alliance agreement and had agreed not to provide direct government tax preparation services. However, approximately 20 other states, including California, directly offered their own online tax preparation and filing services to taxpayers. California has tested a program under which a state-operated system automatically prepared and filed state income tax returns for approximately 11,000 taxpayers for tax year 2007 with no individual transaction charge to those taxpayers. These or similar programs could be introduced or expanded in the future, which could cause us to lose customers and revenue. We anticipate that governmental encroachment will present a continued competitive threat to our business for the foreseeable future.
 
    Private Sector Competition . In the private sector we face intense competition primarily from H&R Block, which offers tax preparation services and software, and from online offerings from 2nd Story Software, which subject us to significant price pressure. In addition, the availability of free online tax preparation services, whether through the Free File Alliance or otherwise, may reduce demand for our paid offerings which would harm our business and results of operations. Pricing pressure or other factors may cause us to bundle products and services for which we have previously charged separate fees, which could lead to a loss of market share or a decrease or deferral of revenue.

17


Table of Contents

Accounting Professionals. Our ProSeries professional tax offerings face pricing pressure from competitors who may offer deep product discounts or lower prices. Our Lacerte professional tax offerings face competition from competitively-priced tax and accounting solutions that include integration with non-tax functionality. We also face growing competition from online offerings, which may be marketed more effectively or have lower pricing than our offerings for accounting professionals.
Financial Institutions. We compete with several companies that provide online banking services to financial institutions. We face intense competition from two main sources: other companies that primarily offer outsourced online banking services, and vendors of core processing services to financial institutions. Also, vendors that primarily target the largest financial institutions occasionally compete in our target market. In some instances, we compete with companies, including core processing vendors, with whom we also have significant business relationships. Some of our current and potential competitors have longer operating histories and may be in a better position to produce and market their services due to their greater technical, marketing and other resources, as well as their greater name recognition and larger installed bases of customers. Many of our competitors, including the core processors, may have well-established relationships with our current and potential financial institution customers, which may harm our ability to acquire and retain those customers.
As we negotiate service contract renewals with current customers, competitive pressures may require us to make concessions on pricing and other material terms to induce the customer to remain with us. If we are unable to compete effectively with other online banking service providers, our business results may suffer.
Future revenue growth for our core products depends upon our successful introduction of new and enhanced products and services.
A number of our businesses derive a significant amount of their revenue through one-time upfront license fees and rely on customer upgrades and service offerings to generate a significant portion of their revenues. In addition, our consumer tax business depends significantly on revenue from customers who return each year to use our updated tax preparation and filing software and services. As our existing products mature, encouraging customers to purchase product upgrades becomes more challenging unless new product releases provide features and functionality that have meaningful incremental value. If we are not able to develop and clearly demonstrate the value of upgraded products to our customers, our upgrade and service revenues will be harmed. Similarly, our business will be harmed if we are not successful in our efforts to develop and introduce new products and services to retain our existing customers, expand our customer base and increase revenues per customer.
As online services and business models grow in popularity and usage, and as we continue to grow our online offerings, we must continue to innovate and develop features that are demanded by our existing and potential online customers, which may require expertise with new technologies and platforms. If we are unable to continue developing, marketing and commercializing valuable online services, we may be unable to attract and retain customers, and our revenues could suffer.
In some cases, we may expend a significant amount of resources and management attention on products or services that do not ultimately succeed in their markets. We have encountered difficulty in launching new products and services in the past. For example, we discontinued our Easy Estimator for contractors offering at the end of fiscal 2007. If we misjudge customer needs, our new products and services will not succeed and our revenues and earnings will be harmed. As we expand our offerings to new customer categories we run the risk of customers shifting from our higher priced and higher margin products to our lower priced or free offerings. For instance, our QuickBooks Simple Start free edition may attract users that would otherwise have purchased our higher priced, more full featured offerings.
Interruption or failure of our information technology and communications systems could compromise the availability and security of our online products and services, which could damage our reputation and harm our operating results.
As we continue to grow our online services, including TurboTax Online, consumer and professional electronic tax filing services, QuickBooks Online, Web site design and hosting services for small businesses, online payroll and banking services, Quicken Online and online commerce Web sites, we become more dependent on the continuing

18


Table of Contents

operation and availability of our information technology and communication systems and those of our external service providers. Any damage to or failure of our systems could result in interruptions in our service, which could reduce our revenues and profits, cause us to lose customers and damage our brand. Although we have implemented practices designed to maintain the availability of our online products and services and mitigate the harm of any unplanned interruptions, we do not have complete redundancy for all of our systems, and our disaster recovery planning cannot account for all eventualities. Despite our efforts to maintain continuous and reliable server operations, we occasionally experience unplanned outages or technical difficulties. Due to our evolving business needs and real estate planning, we are building a new data center in Washington state to support our longer term hosting requirements. We expect to begin occupying this data center in the second half of fiscal 2009. If we do not execute this transition to the new data center in an effective manner, we could experience unplanned service disruptions or unforeseen increases in cost which could harm our operating results and our business. We do not maintain real-time back-up of all our data, and in the event of significant system disruption, particularly during peak tax filing season, we could experience loss of data or processing capabilities, which could cause us to lose customers and could materially harm our reputation and our operating results.
Our data centers and our information technology and communications systems are vulnerable to damage or interruption from natural disasters, malicious attacks, fire, power loss, telecommunications failures, computer viruses, computer denial of service attacks or other attempts to harm our systems. If hackers were able to circumvent our security measures, we could lose proprietary information or personal information or experience significant disruptions in the delivery of our products and services. If our systems become unavailable or suffer a security breach, we may expend significant resources to address these problems, including notification under data privacy regulations, and our reputation and operating results could suffer.
We rely on internal systems and external systems maintained by manufacturers, distributors and service providers to take and fulfill customer orders, handle customer service requests and host certain online activities. Any interruption or failure of our internal or external systems could prevent us or our service providers from accepting and fulfilling customer orders or cause company and customer data to be unintentionally disclosed. Our continuing efforts to upgrade and expand our network security and other information systems could be costly, and problems with the design or implementation of system enhancements could harm our business and our results of operations.
If we fail to maintain reliable and responsive service levels for our electronic tax offerings, or if the IRS or other governmental agencies experience difficulties in receiving customer submissions, we could lose customers and our revenue and earnings could decrease.
Our online tax preparation and filing services are an important and growing part of our tax businesses and must effectively handle extremely heavy customer demand during the peak tax season from January to April. We face significant risks and challenges in maintaining these services and maintaining adequate service levels, particularly during peak volume service times. Similarly, governmental entities receiving electronic tax filings must also handle large volumes of data and may experience difficulties with their systems which could prevent the receipt of electronic filings. If customers are unable to file their returns electronically they may elect to make paper filings. This would result in reduced electronic tax return preparation and filing revenues and would harm our reputation and ability to attract and retain customers. For example, on April 17, 2007 our customers experienced significant delays in electronically filing their income tax returns due to an intermittent database problem in our e-filing system. We refunded approximately $9 million in credit card charges for our consumer electronic filing and online tax preparation services that were made during the time that the delays occurred. These refunds did not have a significant impact on our fiscal 2007 financial condition or results of operations. However, we may experience problems with our online systems and services in the future, and any prolonged interruptions in our online tax preparation or electronic filing service at any time during the tax season would result in lost customers, additional refunds of customer charges, negative publicity and increased operating costs, any of which could significantly harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.
The nature of our products necessitates timely product launches and if we experience significant product quality problems or delays, it will harm our revenue, earnings and reputation.
All of our tax products and many of our non-tax products have rigid development timetables that increase the risk of errors in our products and the risk of launch delays. Our tax preparation software product development cycle is particularly challenging due to the need to incorporate unpredictable tax law and tax form changes each year and

19


Table of Contents

because our customers expect high levels of accuracy and a timely launch of these products to prepare and file their taxes by the tax filing deadline. Due to the complexity of our products and the condensed development cycles under which we operate, our products sometimes contain “bugs” that can unexpectedly interfere with the operation of the software. When we encounter problems we may be required to modify our code, distribute patches to customers who have already purchased the product and recall or repackage existing product inventory in our distribution channels. If we encounter development challenges or discover errors in our products late in our development cycle it may cause us to delay our product launch date. Any major defects or launch delays could lead to loss of customers and revenue, negative publicity, customer and employee dissatisfaction, reduced retailer shelf space and promotions, and increased operating expenses, such as inventory replacement costs, legal fees or payments resulting from our commitment to reimburse penalties and interest paid by customers due solely to calculation errors in our consumer tax preparation products.
Our collection, use and retention of personal customer information present business operations and security risks, require us to incur expenses, and could harm our business.
A number of our businesses collect, use and retain large amounts of personal customer information, including credit card numbers, tax return information, bank account numbers and passwords, personal and business financial data, social security numbers and other payroll information. We may also develop new business models that use personal information, or data derived from personal information, in innovative and novel ways. In addition, we collect and maintain personal information of our employees in the ordinary course of our business. Some of this personal customer and employee information is held and some transactions are executed by third parties. In addition, as many of our products and services are Web based, the amount of data we store for our users on our servers (including personal information) has been increasing. We and our vendors use commercially available security technologies to protect transactions and personal information. We use security and business controls to limit access and use of personal information. However, a third party may be able to circumvent these security and business measures, and errors in the storage, use or transmission of personal information could result in a breach of customer or employee privacy or theft of assets, which may require notification under applicable data privacy regulations. We employ contractors, temporary and seasonal employees who may have access to the personal information of customers and employees or who may execute transactions in the normal course of their duties. While we conduct necessary and appropriate background checks of these individuals and limit access to systems and data, it is possible that one or more of these individuals could circumvent these controls, resulting in a security breach. The ability to execute transactions and the possession and use of personal information in conducting our business subjects us to legislative and regulatory burdens that could require notification to customers or employees of a security breach, restrict our use of personal information and hinder our ability to acquire new customers or market to existing customers. We have incurred – and will continue to incur – significant expenses to comply with mandatory privacy and security standards and protocols imposed by law, regulation, industry standards or contractual obligations.
In the past we have experienced lawsuits and negative publicity relating to privacy issues and we could face similar suits in the future. A major breach of our security measures or those of third parties that execute transactions or hold and manage personal information could have serious negative consequences for our businesses, including possible fines, penalties and damages, reduced customer demand for our services, harm to our reputation and brands, further regulation and oversight by federal or state agencies, and loss of our ability to provide financial transaction services or accept and process customer credit card orders or tax returns. From time to time, we detect, or receive notices from customers or public or private agencies that they have detected, vulnerabilities in our software or in third-party software components that are distributed with our products. The existence of vulnerabilities, even if they do not result in a security breach, can harm customer confidence and require substantial resources to address, and we may not be able to discover or remediate such security vulnerabilities before they are exploited. Although we have sophisticated network and application security, internal control measures, and physical security procedures to safeguard our systems, there can be no assurance that a security breach, loss or theft of personal information will not occur, which could harm our business, customer reputation and results of operations. If our business expands to new industry segments that are regulated for privacy and security, or to countries outside the U.S. that have more strict data protection laws, our compliance requirements and costs will increase.
The growth of our business depends on our ability to adapt to rapid technological change.
The software industry in which we operate is characterized by rapidly changing technology, evolving industry standards and frequent new product introductions and enhancements. We must continually invest in our software

20


Table of Contents

architecture and developer tools in order to enhance our current products and develop new products to meet changing customer needs and to attract and retain talented software developers. We are currently in the process of updating the software platforms for a number of our product lines, including our QuickBooks and TurboTax products and services. Completing these upgrades and adapting to other technological developments and new platforms may require considerable time and expense. If we experience prolonged delays or unforeseen difficulties in upgrading our software architecture, our ability to develop new products and enhancements to our current products would suffer.
Our reliance on a limited number of manufacturing and distribution suppliers could harm our business.
We have chosen to outsource the large majority of the manufacturing and distribution for many of our desktop software products to a single third party provider and we use a single vendor to produce and distribute our check and business forms supplies products. Although our reliance on single suppliers provides us with efficiencies and enhanced bargaining power, poor performance by or lack of effective communication with these suppliers can significantly harm our business. This risk is amplified by the fact that we carry very little inventory and rely on just-in-time manufacturing processes. In particular, the loss of our manufacturing partner for retail would be disruptive to our business and could cause delay in a product launch. We seek to mitigate this risk by managing our second tier vendors and maintaining contingency plans. If we experience delays during a peak demand period or significant quality issues our business could be significantly harmed.
As our product and service offerings become more complex our revenue streams may become less predictable .
Our expanding range of products and services generates more varied revenue streams than our traditional desktop software businesses. The accounting policies that apply to these revenue streams are more complex than those that apply to our traditional products and services. We expect this trend to continue as we expand our offerings. For example, as we begin to offer additional features and options as part of multiple-element revenue arrangements, we could be required to defer a higher percentage of our product revenue at the time of sale than we do for traditional products. This would decrease recognized revenue at the time products are shipped, but result in increased recognized revenue in fiscal periods after shipment. In addition, as we offer more services on a subscription basis, including certain online services for small businesses, we recognize revenue from those services over the periods in which they are delivered, rather than recognizing one-time license fees. This could result in significant shifts of revenue from quarter to quarter, or from one fiscal year to the next, and could make our revenues less predictable.
Our revenue and earnings are highly seasonal and our quarterly results fluctuate significantly.
Several of our businesses are highly seasonal causing significant quarterly fluctuations in our financial results. Revenue and operating results are usually strongest during the second and third fiscal quarters ending January 31 and April 30 due to our tax businesses contributing most of their revenue during those quarters and the timing of the release of our small business software products and upgrades. We experience lower revenues, and significant operating losses, in the first and fourth quarters ending October 31 and July 31. For example, in the second and third quarters of fiscal 2007 and 2008 we had total net revenue of between $751 million and $1.3 billion while in the first and fourth quarters of fiscal 2007 and 2008 we had total net revenue of between $351 million and $478 million. Our financial results can also fluctuate from quarter to quarter and year to year due to a variety of factors, including changes in product sales mix that affect average selling prices; product release dates; the timing of our discontinuance of support for older product offerings; our methods for distributing our products, including the shift to a consignment model for some of our desktop products sold through retail distribution channels; changes to our bundling strategy, including the inclusion of upgrades with certain offerings, changes to how we communicate the availability of new functionality in the future, and the timing of our delivery of federal and state tax forms (any of which can impact the pattern of revenue recognition); and the timing of acquisitions, divestitures, and goodwill and purchased intangible asset impairment charges.
We face a number of risks in our payment processing business that could result in a reduction in our revenue and earnings.
Our payment processing service business is subject to several specific risks, including the following:
    if merchants for whom we process payment transactions are unable to pay refunds due to their customers in connection with disputed or fraudulent merchant transactions, we may be required to pay those amounts

21


Table of Contents

      and our payments may exceed the amount of the customer reserves we have established to make such payments;
 
    if banks who receive our automated clearing house (ACH) check settlement requests refuse to honor those requests due to inadequate account balances or account closures, we may be required to pay those amounts and our payments may exceed the amount of the check return reserves we have established to make such payments;
 
    we rely on sponsor banks, payment processors and other service providers to process payment transactions and to access the ACH to submit both credit card and check settlements. If these service providers place restrictions on our processing volume or terminate their relationships with us (including due to failures of financial institutions) and we are unable to secure or successfully migrate our business to other service providers, our ability to process payment transactions and receive the related revenue would be adversely affected;
 
    if we or our sponsor banks fail to adhere to the data security and other standards of the payment card associations, we may lose our ability to provide payment processing services for Visa, MasterCard and other payment cards;
 
    we depend on independent sales organizations, some of which do not serve us exclusively, as well as Superior Bankcard Services, a joint venture in which we participate, to acquire and retain merchant accounts;
 
    our profit margins will be reduced if for competitive reasons we cannot increase our fees at times when the card associations increase the fees that we pay to process merchant transactions through their systems;
 
    government regulation or policy could restrict the types of merchants for which we can process payments or could impose other requirements on the way we conduct our business, which could result in lower revenue and higher compliance costs;
 
    unauthorized disclosure of merchant and cardholder data, whether through breach of our computer systems or otherwise, could expose us to protracted and costly litigation as well as notification requirements under applicable regulations; and
 
    we may encounter difficulties scaling our business systems to support our expected growth.
Should any of these risks be realized our business and financial results would suffer.
We face a number of risks associated with our financial institutions business which could harm our revenue and results of operations.
In February 2007 we acquired Digital Insight, a provider of outsourced online banking services to financial institutions. This financial institutions business is subject to several risks, including the following:
    consolidation among core processors or between core processors and online banking and bill-pay providers may create larger or vertically-integrated competitors that may have stronger relationships with our current or potential financial institutions clients, which could harm our reseller and revenue-sharing agreements with core processors or reduce the likelihood of extending our agreements at expiration;
 
    if any of our products fail to be supported by financial institutions’ core processing vendors, we would have to redesign our products to suit these financial institutions, and we cannot assure that any redesign could be accomplished in a cost-effective or timely manner, and we could experience higher implementation costs or the loss of current and potential customers;
 
    the financial institutions business experiences lengthy sales cycles, which could cause us to expend substantial employee and management resources without making a sale or could cause our operating results to fall short of anticipated levels for a particular quarter;
 
    continued consolidation of the banking and financial services industry, including due to failures of financial institutions, could result in a smaller market for our products and services and may cause us to lose relationships with key customers;
 
    our financial institution clients may not promote our services to their end user customers, and we may not be able to persuade potential customers to adopt our solutions in place of financial institutions’ own proprietary solutions or competitive offerings; and
 
    macro-economic factors affecting banks, credit unions, mortgage lenders and other financial institutions may lead to cost-cutting efforts by our clients, which could cause us to lose current or potential customers or achieve less revenue per customer.

22


Table of Contents

Because we depend on a small number of larger retailers and distributors, changes in these relationships could harm our results of operations.
We sell most of our desktop software products through our retail distribution channel and a relatively small number of larger retailers and distributors generate a significant portion of our sales volume. Our principal retailers have significant bargaining leverage due to their size and available resources. Historically, some retailers have elected to offer our tax products exclusively, but we cannot guarantee that these exclusive relationships will continue in the future. Any change in principal business terms, loss of exclusivity, major disruption or termination of a relationship with these resellers could result in a potentially significant decline in our revenues and earnings. The sourcing decisions, product display locations and promotional activities that retailers undertake can greatly impact the sales of our products. Changes in our pricing, product offerings or features, or concerns by retailers about our direct sales efforts, could cause retailers or distributors to reduce their efforts to promote our products, eliminate any exclusive placements, or stop selling our products altogether. If any of our retailers or distributors experience financial difficulties we may be unable to collect amounts that we are owed. At January 31, 2008, in the midst of the 2007 consumer tax season, amounts due from our 10 largest retailers and distributors represented approximately 49% of total gross accounts receivable.
Increased government regulation of our businesses could harm our operating results.
The tax preparation industry has received increased attention from legislative and regulatory bodies in recent years, both because of the continuing focus on free tax preparation and because of the nature of certain services used to process and transfer refunds to taxpayers. New legislation, regulation or public policy considerations could result in greater oversight of the tax preparation industry, restrict the types of products and services that we can offer, or otherwise cause us to change the way we operate our tax businesses or offer our tax products and services. This in turn could increase our cost of doing business and limit our revenue opportunities.
We are also required to comply with a variety of state revenue agency standards in order to successfully operate our tax preparation and electronic filing services. Changes in state-imposed requirements by one or more of the states, including the required use of specific technologies or technology standards, could significantly increase the costs of providing those services to our customers and could prevent us from delivering a quality product to our customers in a timely manner.
Our financial institutions business provides services to banks, credit unions and other institutions that are subject to extensive and complex federal and state regulation. As a result, our financial institution customers require that our products and services comply with the regulations applicable to these customers. If we are unable to comply with these regulations, we could incur significant costs and penalties, face litigation or governmental proceedings, and lose our ability to sell to these customers. Any of these adverse events could harm our results of operations and our reputation.
In addition, as we seek to grow our business, we may expand into more highly-regulated businesses or countries, which will require increased investment in compliance and auditing functions or new technologies in order to meet regulatory standards. Government authorities could adopt other laws, rules or regulations that place new burdens or restrictions on our business or determine that our operations are directly subject to existing rules or regulations, such as requirements related to data collection, use, transmission, retention and processing, which could make our business more costly, less efficient or impossible to conduct, and could require us to modify our current or future products or services, which could harm our operating results.
Expansion of our operations in international markets exposes us to operational and compliance risks.
As we continue to grow our business internationally we face increased risk which could harm our business operating results and financial condition. We have limited experience with operations outside the U.S. and our ability to manage our business and conduct our operations internationally requires management attention and resources and is subject to a number of risks, including difficulties in managing varying foreign operations, political or social unrest or economic instability, foreign currency restrictions and exchange rate fluctuations, higher costs associated with doing business internationally and potentially adverse tax consequences. Also, compliance with complex foreign and U.S. laws and regulations that apply to our international operations increases our cost of doing business in international jurisdictions and could expose us or our employees to fines and penalties.

23


Table of Contents

If we do not respond promptly and effectively to customer service and technical support inquiries we will lose customers and our revenue and earnings will decline.
The effectiveness of our customer service and technical support operations are critical to customer satisfaction and our financial success. If we do not respond effectively to service and technical support requests we will lose customers and miss revenue opportunities, such as paid service, product renewals and new product sales. We occasionally experience customer service and technical support problems, including longer than expected waiting times for customers when our staffing and systems are inadequate to handle a higher-than-anticipated volume of requests. Training and retaining qualified customer service and technical support personnel is particularly challenging due to the expansion of our product offerings and the seasonality of our tax business. For example, although many of our consumer tax service representatives return each tax season, it is challenging to expand the number of representatives from about 110 during off-season months to about 1,100 at the peak of the season. If we do not adequately train our support representatives our customers will not receive an appropriate level of support, we will lose customers and our financial results will suffer.
If we encounter problems with our third-party customer service and technical support providers our business and operating results will be harmed.
We outsource a substantial portion of our customer service and technical support activities to domestic and international third-party service providers, including service providers in India, and we expect to continue to rely heavily on third parties in the future. This strategy provides us with lower operating costs and greater flexibility, but also presents risks to our business, including the following:
    In recent years India has experienced political instability and changing policies that may impact our operations. In addition, for a number of years India and Pakistan have been in conflict and an active state of war between the two countries could disrupt our services.
 
    Customers may react negatively to providing information to and receiving support from overseas organizations.
 
    We may not be able to affect the quality of support as directly as we are able to in our company-run call centers.
 
    International outsourcing has received considerable negative attention in the media, which could harm our reputation, and the U.S. government may adopt legislation that would affect how we operate. For example, the Treasury Department and Internal Revenue Service recently released new regulations restricting the flow of personal information to overseas providers.
 
    We rely on a global communications infrastructure that may be interrupted in a number of ways. For example, in fiscal 2007 an earthquake in Taiwan caused temporary disruption to overseas infrastructure.
We are exposed to risks associated with credit card and payment fraud and with credit card processing.
Many of our customers use credit cards or automated payment systems to pay for our products and services. We have suffered losses, and may continue to suffer losses, as a result of orders placed with fraudulent credit card or other payment data. For example, under current credit card practices, we may be liable for fraudulent credit card transactions if we do not obtain a cardholder’s signature, a frequent practice in Internet sales. We employ technology solutions to help us detect fraudulent transactions. However, the failure to detect or control payment fraud could have an adverse effect on our results of operations.
We are subject to payment card association operating rules and certification requirements, as in effect from time to time. Failure to comply with these rules or requirements may subject us to fines and higher transaction fees or cause us to lose our ability to accept credit card payments from our customers, resulting in harm to our business and results of operations.
If we fail to adequately protect our intellectual property rights, competitors may exploit our innovations, which could weaken our competitive position and reduce our revenue and earnings.
Our success depends upon our proprietary technology. We rely on a combination of copyright, trade secret, trademark, patent, confidentiality procedures and licensing arrangements to establish and protect our proprietary rights. As part of our confidentiality procedures, we generally enter into non-disclosure agreements with our

24


Table of Contents

employees, contractors, distributors and corporate partners and into license agreements with respect to our software, documentation and other proprietary information. The creation and protection of our proprietary rights are expensive and may require us to engage in costly and distracting litigation. Despite these precautions, third parties could copy or otherwise obtain and use our products or technology without authorization. Because we outsource significant aspects of our product development, manufacturing and distribution we are at risk that confidential portions of our intellectual property could become public by lapses in security by our contractors. We have licensed in the past, and expect to license in the future, certain of our proprietary rights, such as trademarks or copyrighted material, to others. These licensees may take actions that diminish the value of our proprietary rights or harm our reputation. It is also possible that other companies could successfully challenge the validity or scope of our patents and that our patent portfolio, which is relatively small, may not provide us with adequate protection. Ultimately, our attempts to secure legal protection for our proprietary rights may not be adequate and our competitors could independently develop similar technologies, duplicate our products, or design around patents and other intellectual property rights. If our intellectual property protection proves inadequate we could lose our competitive advantage and our financial results will suffer.
Third parties claiming that we infringe their proprietary rights could cause us to incur significant legal expenses and prevent us from selling our products.
From time to time, we have received claims that we have infringed the intellectual property rights of others. As the number of products in the software industry increases and the functionality of these products further overlap, and as we acquire technology through acquisitions or licenses, we may become increasingly subject to infringement claims, including patent, copyright, and trademark infringement claims. We have received allegations of patent infringement claims in the past and may receive more claims in the future based on allegations that our products infringe upon patents held by third parties. Some of these claims are the subject of pending litigation against us and against some of our OEM customers. These claims may involve patent holding companies or other adverse patent owners who have no relevant product revenues of their own, and against whom our own patents may provide little or no deterrence. The ultimate outcome of any allegation is uncertain and, regardless of outcome, any such claim, with or without merit, could be time consuming to defend, result in costly litigation, divert management’s time and attention from our business, require us to stop selling, to delay shipping or to redesign our products, or require us to pay monetary damages for royalty or licensing arrangements, or to satisfy indemnification obligations that we have with some of our customers. Our failure to obtain necessary license or other rights, or litigation arising out of intellectual property claims could adversely affect our business.
We expect copying and misuse of our intellectual property to be a persistent problem causing lost revenue and increased expenses.
Our intellectual property rights are among our most valuable assets. Policing unauthorized use and copying of our products is difficult, expensive, and time consuming. Current U.S. laws that prohibit copying give us only limited practical protection from software piracy and the laws of many other countries provide very little protection. We may not be able to prevent misappropriation of our technology. For example, we frequently encounter unauthorized copies of our software being sold through online auction sites and other online marketplaces. In addition, efforts to protect our intellectual property may be misunderstood and perceived negatively by our customers. Although we continue to evaluate and put in place technology solutions to attempt to lessen the impact of piracy, and we continue to increase our civil and criminal enforcement efforts, we expect piracy to be a persistent problem that results in lost revenues and increased expenses.
Although we are unable to quantify the extent of piracy of our software products, software piracy may depress our net revenues. We engage in efforts to educate consumers on the benefits of licensing genuine products and to educate lawmakers on the advantages of a business climate where intellectual property rights are protected, and we cooperate with the Software & Information Industry Association in their efforts to combat piracy. However, these efforts may not fully combat the effect of piracy of our products.
We do not own all of the software, other technologies and content used in our products and services.
Many of our products include intellectual property owned by third parties. We believe we have all of the necessary licenses from third parties to use and distribute third party technology and content that we do not own that is used in our current products and services. From time to time we may be required to renegotiate with these third parties – or

25


Table of Contents

negotiate with new third parties – to include their technology or content in our existing products, in new versions of our existing products or in wholly new products. We may not be able to negotiate or renegotiate licenses on reasonable terms, or at all. These third parties may from time to time receive claims that they have infringed the intellectual property rights of others, including patent and copyright infringement claims, which may affect our ability to continue licensing their software. If we are unable to obtain the rights necessary to use or continue to use third-party technology or content in our products and services, we may not be able to sell the affected products, which would in turn harm our revenue and operating results.
Certain of our offerings include third-party software that is licensed under so-called “open source” licenses, some of which may include a requirement that, under certain circumstances, we make available, or grant licenses to, any modifications or derivative works we create based upon the open source software. Although we have established internal review and approval processes to mitigate these risks, we cannot be sure that all open source software is submitted for approval prior to use in our products. Many of the risks associated with usage of open source cannot be eliminated, and could, if not properly addressed, harm our business.
Our acquisition and divestiture activities could disrupt our ongoing business, may involve increased expenses and may present risks not contemplated at the time of the transactions.
We have acquired and may continue to acquire companies, products and technologies that complement our strategic direction. For example, in February 2007 we acquired Digital Insight for total consideration of approximately $1.34 billion including the value of assumed vested options. Acquisitions involve significant risks and uncertainties, including:
    inability to successfully integrate the acquired technology and operations into our business and maintain uniform standards, controls, policies, and procedures;
 
    inability to realize synergies expected to result from an acquisition;
 
    distraction of management’s attention away from normal business operations;
 
    challenges retaining the key employees, customers, resellers and other business partners of the acquired operation;
 
    lack of experience in new markets, products or technologies or the initial dependence on unfamiliar supply or distribution partners;
 
    insufficient revenue generation to offset liabilities assumed;
 
    expenses associated with the acquisition; and
 
    unidentified issues not discovered in our due diligence process, including product or service quality issues, intellectual property issues and legal contingencies.
Acquisitions and divestitures are inherently risky. We can not be certain that our previous, pending or future transactions will be successful and will not materially adversely affect the conduct, operating results or financial condition of our business. Many transactions are subject to closing conditions, which may not be satisfied, and transactions may not be successfully completed even after their public announcement. In addition, integrating acquired businesses has been and will continue to be complex, time consuming, and expensive, and can impact the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. We have generally paid cash for our recent acquisitions. These transactions may involve further use of our cash resources, the issuance of equity or debt securities, the incurrence of other forms of debt, the amortization of expenses related to intangible assets, or potential future impairment charges related to goodwill that we record on our balance sheet, which will be subject to annual testing in the future, any of which could harm our financial condition and results of operations. In particular, we allocated a portion of the purchase price for Digital Insight to goodwill, which could be subject to potential future impairment charges, and we also allocated a portion of the purchase price to identified intangible assets, which we expect to amortize over a period of three to five years. Further, we issued $1 billion in senior unsecured notes to fund a portion of the purchase price of Digital Insight and to fund our operations. The use of debt to fund acquisitions or for other purposes significantly increases our interest expense and leverage. If we issue equity securities as consideration in an acquisition, current shareholders’ percentage ownership and earnings per share may be diluted.

26


Table of Contents

We have issued $1 billion in a debt offering and may incur other debt in the future, which could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.
In fiscal 2007 we issued $1 billion in senior unsecured notes. We have also entered into a $500 million five-year revolving credit facility. Although we have no current plans to request any advances under this credit facility, we may use the proceeds of any future borrowing for general corporate purposes or for future acquisitions or expansion of our business.
This debt may adversely affect our operating results and financial condition by, among other things:
    increasing our vulnerability to downturns in our business, to competitive pressures and to adverse economic and industry conditions;
 
    requiring the dedication of a portion of our expected cash from operations to service our indebtedness, thereby reducing the amount of expected cash flow available for other purposes, including capital expenditures and acquisitions; and
 
    limiting our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business and our industry.
Our current revolving credit facility imposes restrictions on us, including restrictions on our ability to create liens on our assets and the ability of our subsidiaries to incur indebtedness, and require us to maintain compliance with specified financial ratios. Our ability to comply with these ratios may be affected by events beyond our control. In addition, our long-term non-convertible debt includes covenants that may adversely affect our ability to incur certain liens or engage in certain types of sale and leaseback transactions. If we breach any of the covenants under our long-term debt or our revolving credit facility and do not obtain a waiver from the lenders, then, subject to applicable cure periods, any outstanding indebtedness could be declared immediately due and payable.
In addition, changes by any rating agency to our credit rating can negatively impact the value and liquidity of both our debt and equity securities. If our credit ratings are downgraded or other negative action is taken, the interest rate payable by us under our revolving credit facility would increase. In addition, any downgrades in our credit ratings could affect our ability to obtain additional financing in the future and may affect the terms of any such financing.
We are subject to risks associated with information disseminated through our services.
The law relating to the liability of online services companies for information carried on or disseminated through their services is often unsettled. Claims could be made against online services companies under both U.S. and foreign law for defamation, libel, invasion of privacy, negligence, copyright or trademark infringement, or other theories based on the nature and content of the materials disseminated through their services. Certain of our services feature a Live Community, which includes input from users in response to questions from other users. Although all such feedback is generated by users and not by us, claims of defamation or other injury could be made against us for content posted in the Live Community. Any costs incurred as a result of this potential liability could harm our business.
If actual product returns exceed returns reserves our financial results would be harmed.
We ship more desktop software products to our distributors and retailers than we expect them to sell, in order to reduce the risk that distributors or retailers will run out of products. This is particularly true for our Consumer Tax products, which have a short selling season and for which returns occur primarily in our fiscal third and fourth quarters. Like many software companies that sell their products through distributors and retailers, we have historically accepted significant product returns. We establish reserves against revenue for product returns in our financial statements based on estimated returns and we closely monitor product sales and inventory in the retail channel in an effort to maintain adequate reserves. In the past, returns have not differed significantly from these reserves. However, if we experience actual returns that significantly exceed reserves, it would result in lower net revenue. For example, if we had increased our fiscal 2008 returns reserves by 1% of non-consignment sales to retailers for QuickBooks, TurboTax and Quicken, our total net revenue for fiscal 2008 would have been approximately $3.0 million lower. In addition, our policy of recognizing revenue from distributors and retailers upon delivery of product for non-consignment sales is predicated upon our ability to reasonably estimate returns. If we do not continue to demonstrate our ability to estimate returns then our revenue recognition policy for these types of sales may no longer be appropriate.

27


Table of Contents

Acquisition-related costs and impairment charges can cause significant fluctuation in our net income.
Our acquisitions have resulted in significant expenses, including amortization and impairment of purchased intangible assets, charges for in-process research and development, and impairment of goodwill. Total acquisition-related costs in the categories identified above were approximately $92 million in fiscal 2008, $51 million in fiscal 2007 and $18 million in fiscal 2006. Although under current accounting rules goodwill is no longer amortized, we may incur impairment charges related to the goodwill already recorded and to goodwill arising out of future acquisitions. We test the impairment of goodwill annually in our fourth fiscal quarter or more frequently if indicators of impairment arise. The timing of the formal annual test may result in charges to our statement of operations in our fourth fiscal quarter that could not have been reasonably foreseen in prior periods. At July 31, 2008, we had $1.7 billion in goodwill and $273 million in net purchased intangible assets on our balance sheet, both of which could be subject to impairment charges in the future. New acquisitions, and any impairment of the value of purchased assets, could have a significant negative impact on our future operating results.
Our investments in auction rate securities are subject to risks that may cause losses and affect the liquidity of these investments.
At July 31, 2008, we held approximately $285 million in municipal auction rate securities that were valued at par and classified as long-term assets. Due to a decrease in liquidity in the global credit markets, in February 2008 auctions began failing for the municipal auction rate securities we held. Regularly scheduled auctions for these securities have generally continued to fail since that time. We will not be able to liquidate these investments and realize their full carrying value unless successful auctions occur, a buyer is found outside of the auction process, the issuer calls the security, the issuer repays principal over time from cash flows prior to final maturity, or the security matures according to contractual terms ranging from one to 39 years. We believe the fair values of the municipal auction rate securities we hold are substantially equivalent to their par values. However, if the issuers of these securities are unable to call the securities or successfully close future auctions and their credit ratings are lowered, we may be required to record future impairment charges related to these investments, which would harm our results of operations. If we are unable to find alternate means to liquidate these investments, we may not realize the value of the investments until the final maturity of the underlying securities.
If we fail to operate our payroll business effectively our revenue and earnings will be harmed.
Our payroll business handles a significant amount of dollar and transaction volume. Due to the size and volume of transactions that we handle, effective processing systems and controls are essential to ensure that transactions are handled appropriately. Despite our efforts, it is possible that we may make errors or that funds may be misappropriated. In addition to any direct damages and fines that any such problems would create, which could be substantial, the loss of customer confidence in our accuracy and controls would seriously harm our business. The systems supporting our payroll business are comprised of multiple technology platforms that are difficult to scale. We must constantly continue to upgrade our systems and processes to ensure that we process customer data in an accurate, reliable and timely manner. These upgrades must also meet the various regulatory requirements and deadlines associated with employer-related payroll activities. Any failure of our systems or processes in critical switch-over times, such as in January when many businesses elect to change payroll service providers, would be detrimental to our business. If we failed to timely deliver any of our payroll products, it could cause our current and prospective customers to choose a competitor’s product for that year’s payroll and not to purchase Intuit products in the future. If these efforts are not successful our revenue growth and profitability will decline.
Interest income attributable to payroll customer deposits may fluctuate or be eliminated, causing our revenue and earnings to decline.
We currently record revenue from interest earned on customer deposits that we hold pending payment of funds to taxing authorities or to customers’ employees. If interest rates decline, or there are regulatory changes that diminish the amount of time that we are required or permitted to hold such funds, our interest revenue will decline.
We may be unable to attract and retain key personnel.
Much of our future success depends on the continued service and availability of skilled personnel, including members of our executive team, and those in technical, marketing and staff positions. Experienced personnel in the

28


Table of Contents

software and services industries are in high demand and competition for their talents is intense, especially in the San Francisco Bay Area and San Diego, California, where the majority of our employees are located. Although we strive to be an employer of choice, we may not be able to continue to successfully attract and retain key personnel which would cause our business to suffer.
We are frequently a party to litigation that is costly to defend and consumes the time of our management.
Due to our financial position and the large number of customers that we serve we are often forced to defend litigation. Defending litigation consumes the time of our management and is expensive for Intuit. Even though we often seek insurance coverage for litigation defense costs, there is no assurance that our defense costs, which can be substantial, will be covered in all cases. In addition, by its nature, litigation is unpredictable and we may not prevail even in cases where we strongly believe a plaintiff’s case has no valid claims. If we do not prevail in litigation we may be required to pay substantial monetary damages or alter our business operations. Regardless of the outcome, litigation is expensive and consumes the time of our management and may ultimately reduce our income.
Unanticipated changes in our tax rates could affect our future financial results.
Our future effective tax rates could be favorably or unfavorably affected by unanticipated changes in the valuation of our deferred tax assets and liabilities, or by changes in tax laws or their interpretation. In addition, we are subject to the continuous examination of our income tax returns by the Internal Revenue Service and other tax authorities. We regularly assess the likelihood of adverse outcomes resulting from these examinations to determine the adequacy of our provision for income taxes. There can be no assurance that the outcomes from these continuous examinations will not have an adverse effect on our operating results and financial condition.
If we fail to maintain an effective system of internal controls, we may not be able to detect fraud or report our financial results accurately, which could harm our business and the trading price of our common stock.
We periodically assess our system of internal controls, and the internal controls of service providers upon which we rely, to review their effectiveness and identify potential areas of improvement. In addition, from time to time we acquire businesses, many of which have limited infrastructure and systems of internal controls. Performing assessments of internal controls, implementing necessary changes, and maintaining an effective controls environment is expensive and requires considerable management attention. Internal control systems are designed in part upon assumptions about the likelihood of future events, and all such systems, however well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable, and not absolute, assurance that the objectives of the system are met. Because of the inherent limitations of control systems, there can be no assurance that any design will succeed in achieving its stated goals under all potential future conditions. If we fail to implement and maintain an effective system of internal controls or prevent fraud, we could suffer losses, could be subject to costly litigation, investors could lose confidence in our reported financial information and our brand and operating results could be harmed.
We and our independent registered public accounting firm must certify the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting annually. Identification of material weaknesses in internal controls over financial reporting could harm our business.
General economic conditions may affect our revenue and harm our business.
Economic growth in the U.S. continued to slow in the last quarter of fiscal year 2008. If economic growth in the U.S. continues to slow, many customers may delay or reduce technology purchases. This could result in reductions in sales of our products, slower adoption of new technologies and upgrades to existing technologies and increased price competition. Weakness in the end-user market could negatively affect the cash flow of our distributors and resellers who could, in turn, delay paying their obligations to us, which could increase our credit risk exposure and cause delays in our recognition of revenue or future sales to these customers. If economic or other factors cause financial institutions to fail, we could lose current or potential customers and our revenues could suffer. Any of these events would likely harm our business, results of operations and financial condition.

29


Table of Contents

Business interruptions could adversely affect our future operating results.
Several of our major business operations are subject to interruption by earthquake, fire, power shortages, terrorist attacks and other hostile acts, and other events beyond our control. Our global operations are also dependent on political stability in regions with emerging economies and less predictable regulation of commerce. The majority of our research and development activities, our corporate headquarters, our principal information technology systems, and other critical business operations are located near major seismic faults. We do not carry earthquake insurance for direct quake-related losses. While we maintain disaster recovery facilities for key data centers that support the information systems, networks and databases that are necessary to operate our business, we do not have disaster recovery facilities for all of our data centers. Our operating results and financial condition could be materially harmed in the event of a major earthquake or other natural or man-made disaster or disruption.

30


Table of Contents

ITEM 1B
UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS
None.
ITEM 2
PROPERTIES
Our principal locations, their purposes and the expiration dates for the leases on facilities at those locations as of July 31, 2008 are shown in the table below. We have renewal options on many of our leases.
                     
                Principal
        Approximate   Lease
        Square   Expiration
Location   Purpose   Feet   Dates
 
Mountain View and Menlo Park, California
 
Principal offices, corporate headquarters and headquarters for Small Business division
    774,000     2009 - 2018
   
 
               
San Diego, California  
Headquarters for Consumer Tax business, general office space and data center
    537,000     2009 - 2017
   
 
               
Calabasas and Westlake Village, California
 
Headquarters for Digital Insight financial institutions business and data center
    212,000     2008 - 2011
   
Headquarters for Innovative Merchant Solutions payments business and data center
               
   
 
               
Tucson, Arizona  
Major customer call center
    186,000     2008 - 2017
   
 
               
Plano, Texas  
Headquarters for Accounting Professionals business and data center
    166,000       2011  
   
 
               
In November 2006 we entered into an agreement under which we will lease approximately 167,000 square feet of office space in a new building to be constructed by the landlord in Woodland Hills, California for our Innovative Merchant Solutions business. The lease term is 10 years beginning on October 1, 2008.
Due to our evolving business needs, we are building a new data center in Washington state to support our longer term hosting requirements. We expect to begin occupying this data center in the second half of fiscal 2009.
We also lease or own facilities in a number of other domestic locations and internationally in Canada, India, the United Kingdom and several other locations. We believe our facilities are adequate for our current and near-term needs, and that we will be able to locate additional facilities as needed. See Note 10 to the financial statements in Item 8 for more information about our lease commitments.

31


Table of Contents

ITEM 3
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
Intuit is subject to certain routine legal proceedings, as well as demands, claims and threatened litigation, that arise in the normal course of our business, including assertions that we may be infringing patents or other intellectual property rights of others. We currently believe that the ultimate amount of liability, if any, for any pending claims of any type (either alone or combined) will not materially affect our financial position, results of operations or cash flows. The ultimate outcome of any litigation is uncertain and, regardless of outcome, litigation can have an adverse impact on Intuit because of defense costs, negative publicity, diversion of management resources and other factors. Our failure to obtain necessary license or other rights, or litigation arising out of intellectual property claims could adversely affect our business.
ITEM 4
SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS
None.

32


Table of Contents

PART II
ITEM 5
MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES
Market Information for Common Stock
Intuit’s common stock is quoted on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol “INTU.” The following table shows the range of high and low sale prices reported on the NASDAQ Global Select Market for the periods indicated. The closing price of Intuit’s common stock on August 29, 2008 was $30.07.
                 
    High   Low
Fiscal year ended July 31, 2007
               
First quarter
  $  35.98     $  29.15  
Second quarter
    35.44       28.54  
Third quarter
    32.10       26.74  
Fourth quarter
    31.83       27.39  
 
               
Fiscal year ended July 31, 2008
               
First quarter
  $ 33.10     $ 26.14  
Second quarter
    33.02       27.75  
Third quarter
    31.50       25.08  
Fourth quarter
    30.06       26.18  
 
               
Stockholders
As of September 2, 2008 we had approximately 800 record holders and approximately 79,000 beneficial holders of our common stock.
Dividends
Intuit has never paid any cash dividends on its common stock. We currently anticipate that we will retain all future earnings for use in our business and for repurchases under our stock repurchase programs. We do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future.
On July 6, 2006 we implemented a two-for-one stock split in the form of a 100% stock dividend.
Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities
None.
Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers
During the three months ended July 31, 2008 we repurchased no shares of our common stock under our stock repurchase programs. At July 31, 2008, we had authorization from our Board to expend up to $600 million for stock repurchases through May 15, 2011.

33


Table of Contents

Company Stock Price Performance
The graph below compares the cumulative total stockholder return on Intuit common stock for the last five full fiscal years with the cumulative total returns on the S&P 500 Index and the Morgan Stanley High Technology Index for the same period. The graph assumes that $100 was invested in Intuit common stock and in each of the other indices on July 31, 2003 and that all dividends were reinvested. Intuit has never paid cash dividends on its stock. The comparisons in the graph below are based on historical data — with Intuit common stock prices based on the closing price on the dates indicated — and are not intended to forecast the possible future performance of Intuit’s common stock.
COMPARISON OF 5 YEAR CUMULATIVE TOTAL RETURN*
Among Intuit Inc., The S&P 500 Index
And The Morgan Stanley Technology Index
(PERFORMANCE GRAPH)
*     $100 invested on 7/31/03 in stock & index-including reinvestment of dividends.
       Fiscal year ending July 31.
Copyright © 2008 S&P, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies Inc. All rights reserved.
                                                                 
 
        July 31,       July 31,       July 31,       July 31,       July 31,       July 31,    
        2003       2004       2005       2006       2007       2008    
 
 
Intuit Inc.
      100.00         86.81         111.29         143.15         132.81         126.73    
 
S&P 500
      100.00         113.17         129.07         136.02         157.97         140.44    
 
Morgan Stanley Technology
      100.00         113.76         126.83         117.64         158.30         150.54    
 
 

34


Table of Contents

ITEM 6
SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
The following tables show Intuit’s selected financial information for the past five fiscal years. The comparability of the information is affected by a variety of factors, including acquisitions and divestitures of businesses, issuance of debt, share-based compensation expense, amortization of purchased intangible assets, gains and losses related to marketable equity securities and other investments, and repurchases of common stock under our stock repurchase programs.
On July 6, 2006 we implemented a two-for-one stock split in the form of a 100% stock dividend. All share and per share figures in the selected financial data below, in Item 7, and in the statement of operations and notes to the financial statements in Item 8 retroactively reflect this stock split.
We adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) 123(R), “Share-Based Payment,” on August 1, 2005 using the modified prospective transition method. Because we elected to use the modified prospective transition method, results for prior periods have not been restated to include share-based compensation expense for stock options or our Employee Stock Purchase Plan. See Note 1 and Note 12 to the financial statements in Item 8 for more information.
In February 2007 we acquired Digital Insight Corporation for a purchase price of approximately $1.34 billion. In December 2007 we acquired Homestead Technologies Inc. for total consideration of approximately $170 million and in February 2008 we acquired Electronic Clearing House, Inc. for a total purchase price of approximately $131 million. Accordingly, we have included the results of operations for these companies in our consolidated results of operations from their respective dates of acquisition. During fiscal 2007 and fiscal 2008 we transitioned certain outsourced payroll customers in connection with a sale of assets to Automatic Data Processing, Inc. (ADP). In addition, we sold our Intuit Distribution Management Solutions business in fiscal 2008, our Intuit Information Technology Solutions business in fiscal 2006, and our Intuit Public Sector Solutions business in fiscal 2005. We accounted for these three businesses as discontinued operations and, accordingly, we have reclassified the selected financial data for all periods presented to reflect them as such. To better understand the information in the tables, investors should read “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” in Item 7, and the financial statements and related notes in Item 8.

35


Table of Contents

FIVE-YEAR SUMMARY
                                         
Consolidated Statement of Operations Data   Fiscal  
(In thousands, except per share amounts)   2008     2007     2006     2005     2004  
 
Total net revenue
  $  3,070,974     $  2,672,947     $  2,293,010     $  1,993,102     $  1,760,147  
Total costs and expenses
    2,420,207       2,035,377       1,727,416       1,464,401       1,338,983  
Operating income from continuing operations
    650,767       637,570       565,594       528,701       421,164  
 
                                       
Total share-based compensation expense included in total costs and expenses
    113,238       76,313       70,340       5,489       6,232  
 
                                       
Net income from continuing operations
    450,750       443,468       380,963       377,743       324,267  
Net income (loss) from discontinued operations
    26,012       (3,465 )     36,000       3,884       (7,237 )
Net income
    476,762       440,003       416,963       381,627       317,030  
 
                                       
Net income (loss) per common share:
                                       
Basic net income per share from continuing operations
  $ 1.37     $ 1.29     $ 1.10     $ 1.02     $ 0.83  
Basic net income (loss) per share from discontinued operations
    0.08       (0.01 )     0.10       0.01       (0.02 )
 
                             
Basic net income per share
  $ 1.45     $ 1.28     $ 1.20     $ 1.03     $ 0.81  
 
                             
 
                                       
Diluted net income per share from continuing operations
  $ 1.33     $ 1.25     $ 1.06     $ 1.00     $ 0.81  
Diluted net income (loss) per share from discontinued operations
    0.08       (0.01 )     0.10       0.01       (0.02 )
 
                             
Diluted net income per share
  $ 1.41     $ 1.24     $ 1.16     $ 1.01     $ 0.79  
 
                             
 
                                       
 
Consolidated Balance Sheet Data   At July 31,
(In thousands)   2008   2007   2006   2005   2004
 
Cash, cash equivalents and investments
  $  827,833     $  1,303,671     $  1,197,200     $  994,258     $  1,017,963  
Long-term investments
    288,310                          
Working capital
    306,324       791,823       801,056       610,935       636,856  
Total assets
     4,666,584       4,252,026       2,770,027        2,716,451        2,730,741  
Long-term debt
    997,996       997,819                    
Other long-term obligations
    121,489       57,756       15,399       17,548       16,394  
Total stockholders’ equity
    2,072,954       2,035,013       1,738,086       1,695,499       1,822,419  
 
                                       

36


Table of Contents

ITEM 7
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
Our Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (MD&A) includes the following sections:
    Executive Overview that discusses at a high level our operating results and some of the trends that affect our business.
 
    Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates that we believe are important to understanding the assumptions and judgments underlying our financial statements.
 
    Results of Operations that includes a more detailed discussion of our revenue and expenses.
 
    Liquidity and Capital Resources which discusses key aspects of our statements of cash flows, changes in our balance sheets and our financial commitments.
You should note that this MD&A discussion contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Please see the section entitled “Forward-Looking Statements and Risk Factors” at the beginning of Item 1A for important information to consider when evaluating such statements.
You should read this MD&A in conjunction with the financial statements and related notes in Item 8. In February 2007 we completed the acquisition of Digital Insight Corporation (Digital Insight) for a total purchase price of approximately $1.34 billion. In December 2007 we acquired Homestead Technologies Inc. (Homestead) for total consideration of approximately $170 million and in February 2008 we acquired Electronic Clearing House, Inc. (ECHO) for a total purchase price of approximately $131 million. Accordingly, we have included the results of operations for these companies in our consolidated results of operations from their respective dates of acquisition. During fiscal 2007 and fiscal 2008 we transitioned certain outsourced payroll customers in connection with a sale of assets to Automatic Data Processing, Inc. (ADP). We have also reclassified our financial statements for all periods presented to reflect our Intuit Information Technology Solutions and Intuit Distribution Management Solutions businesses as discontinued operations. See “Results of Operations - Dispositions and Discontinued Operations” later in this Item 7 for more information. Unless otherwise noted, the following discussion pertains only to our continuing operations.
Executive Overview
This overview provides a high level discussion of our operating results and some of the trends that affect our business. We believe that an understanding of these trends is important in order to understand our financial results for fiscal 2008 as well as our future prospects. This summary is not intended to be exhaustive, nor is it intended to be a substitute for the detailed discussion and analysis provided elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Overview of Financial Results
Total net revenue for fiscal 2008 was $3.1 billion, up 15% compared with fiscal 2007. The fiscal 2008 revenue increase was driven by our acquisition of Digital Insight and revenue growth in our Consumer Tax segment. Excluding the impact of our acquisitions of Digital Insight, Homestead, and ECHO and the transition of certain outsourced payroll customers in connection with a sale of assets to ADP, we estimate that total net revenue for fiscal 2008 would have increased 11% compared with fiscal 2007.
Operating income from continuing operations of $650.8 million for fiscal 2008 increased 2% compared with $637.6 million for fiscal 2007. Fiscal 2008 revenue growth was almost completely offset by higher costs of revenue and higher operating expenses. Higher costs and expenses in fiscal 2008 reflect our acquisition of Digital Insight, which has a higher cost structure than our other businesses; higher costs of revenue associated with revenue growth in our other segments; increased investment in research and development for new and existing offerings; and increases in advertising and other marketing spending to support our Consumer Tax offerings. In addition, share-based compensation expense increased approximately $37 million in fiscal 2008 compared with fiscal 2007, and we recorded a $23 million restructuring charge in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2008 in connection with a reallocation of resources to key growth businesses. The effects of these factors are described in more detail under “Cost of Revenue” and “Operating Expenses” below.

37


Table of Contents

Net income from continuing operations of $450.8 million for fiscal 2008 increased 2% compared with $443.5 million for fiscal 2007 and diluted net income per share from continuing operations of $1.33 for fiscal 2008 increased 6% compared with $1.25 for fiscal 2007. In fiscal 2008 we incurred interest expense of $52.3 million, compared with $27.1 million in fiscal 2007. Interest expense for both periods related primarily to the senior notes we issued in March 2007. We also recorded a pre-tax gain of $51.6 million on the sale of certain outsourced payroll assets to ADP in fiscal 2008, compared with $31.7 million in fiscal 2007. Our effective tax rates for fiscal 2008 and fiscal 2007 were approximately 35% and 36%. Average shares outstanding declined during fiscal 2008 as a result of repurchases of 27.2 million shares of common stock under our stock repurchase programs, partially offset by the issuance of 10.6 million shares in connection with our employee stock plans.
In August 2007 we sold our Intuit Distribution Management Solutions (IDMS) business for approximately $100 million in cash and recorded a net gain on disposal of $27.5 million. IDMS was part of our Other Businesses segment. We have accounted for IDMS as a discontinued operation and segregated the operating results of IDMS from continuing operations for all periods presented.
In December 2007 we acquired Homestead Technologies Inc. for total consideration of approximately $170 million on a fully diluted basis. Homestead is a provider of Web site design and hosting services to small businesses and became part of our QuickBooks segment.
In February 2008 we acquired Electronic Clearing House, Inc. for a total purchase price of approximately $131 million in cash. ECHO is a provider of electronic payment processing services to small businesses and became part of our Payroll and Payments segment.
During the third quarter of fiscal 2008 we completed the transition of certain outsourced payroll customers in connection with a sale of assets to ADP. See “ Non-Operating Income and Expenses - Dispositions and Discontinued Operations” later in this Item 7 for more information.
We ended fiscal 2008 with cash, cash equivalents and investments totaling $827.8 million, a decrease of $475.9 million from July 31, 2007. This decrease was due in part to the reclassification of $285.3 million in municipal auction rate securities to long-term investments during fiscal 2008. See “Liquidity and Capital Resources — Auction Rate Securities,” later in this Item 7 for more information. In fiscal 2008 we generated $830.2 million in cash from continuing operations, $347.9 million from sales of investments, $194.7 million from the issuance of common stock under employee stock plans, and $97.1 million from the sale of our IDMS business. During the same period we used $800 million in cash for the repurchase of shares of our common stock under our stock repurchase programs, $306.1 million for capital expenditures, and $264.5 million for acquisitions of businesses, including Homestead and ECHO. At July 31, 2008, we had authorization from our Board to expend up to $600 million for stock repurchases through May 15, 2011.
Seasonality
Our QuickBooks, Consumer Tax and Accounting Professionals businesses are highly seasonal. Some of our other offerings are also seasonal, but to a lesser extent. Revenue from our QuickBooks software products tends to be highest during our second and third fiscal quarters, although the timing of new product releases or changes in our offerings can materially shift revenue between quarters. Sales of income tax preparation products and services are heavily concentrated in the period from November through April. In our Consumer Tax business, a greater proportion of our revenue has been occurring later in this seasonal period due in part to the growth in sales of TurboTax Online, for which revenue is recognized upon printing or electronic filing of a tax return. The seasonality of our Consumer Tax and Accounting Professionals revenue is also affected by the timing of the availability of tax forms from taxing agencies and the ability of those agencies to receive electronic tax return submissions. Delays in the availability of tax forms or the ability of taxing agencies to receive submissions can cause revenue to shift from our second fiscal quarter to our third fiscal quarter. These seasonal patterns mean that our total net revenue is usually highest during our second quarter ending January 31 and third quarter ending April 30. We typically report losses in our first quarter ending October 31 and fourth quarter ending July 31, when revenue from our tax businesses is minimal while operating expenses continue at relatively consistent levels. We believe the seasonality of our revenue is likely to continue in the future.

38


Table of Contents

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates
In preparing our financial statements, we make estimates, assumptions and judgments that can have a significant impact on our net revenue, operating income or loss and net income or loss, as well as on the value of certain assets and liabilities on our balance sheet. We believe that the estimates, assumptions and judgments involved in the accounting policies described below have the greatest potential impact on our financial statements, so we consider these to be our critical accounting policies. Senior management has reviewed the development and selection of these critical accounting policies and their disclosure in this Annual Report on Form 10-K with the Audit Committee of our Board of Directors.
Revenue Recognition
We derive revenue from the sale of packaged software products, license fees, software subscriptions, product support, hosting services, payroll services, merchant services, professional services, transaction fees and multiple element arrangements that may include any combination of these items. We follow the appropriate revenue recognition rules for each type of revenue. For additional information, see “Revenue Recognition” in Note 1 to the financial statements in Item 8. We generally recognize revenue when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, we have delivered the product or performed the service, the fee is fixed or determinable and collectibility is probable. However, determining whether and when some of these criteria have been satisfied often involves assumptions and judgments that can have a significant impact on the timing and amount of revenue we report. For example, for multiple element arrangements we must make assumptions and judgments in order to allocate the total price among the various elements we must deliver, to determine whether undelivered services are essential to the functionality of the delivered products and services, to determine whether vendor-specific evidence of fair value exists for each undelivered element and to determine whether and when each element has been delivered. If we were to change any of these assumptions or judgments, it could cause a material increase or decrease in the amount of revenue that we report in a particular period. Amounts for fees collected or invoiced and due relating to arrangements where revenue cannot be recognized are reflected on our balance sheet as deferred revenue and recognized when the applicable revenue recognition criteria are satisfied.
In connection with the sale of certain products, we provide a limited amount of free technical support assistance to customers. We do not defer the recognition of any revenue associated with sales of these products since the cost of providing this free technical support is insignificant. The technical support is generally provided within one year after the associated revenue is recognized and free product enhancements are minimal and infrequent. We accrue the estimated cost of providing this free support upon product shipment.
Return and Rebate Reserves
As part of our revenue recognition policy, we estimate future product returns and rebate payments and establish reserves against revenue at the time of sale based on these estimates. Our return policy allows distributors and retailers, subject to contractual limitations, to return purchased products. Product returns by distributors and retailers relate primarily to the return of excess and obsolete products. In determining our product returns reserves, we consider the volume and price mix of products in the retail channel, historical return rates for prior releases of the product, trends in retailer inventory and economic trends that might impact customer demand for our products (including the competitive environment and the timing of new releases of our products). We fully reserve for excess and obsolete products in the distribution channels.
Our rebate reserves include distributor and retailer sales incentive rebates and end-user rebates. Our estimated reserves for distributor and retailer incentive rebates are based on distributors’ and retailers’ actual performance against the terms and conditions of rebate programs, which we typically establish annually. Our reserves for end-user rebates are estimated based on the terms and conditions of the specific promotional rebate program, actual sales during the promotion and historical redemption trends by product and by type of promotional program.
In the past, actual returns and rebates have not differed significantly from the reserves that we have established. However, actual returns and rebates in any future period are inherently uncertain. If we were to change our assumptions and estimates, our revenue reserves would change, which would impact the net revenue we report. If actual returns and rebates are significantly greater than the reserves we have established, the actual results would decrease our future reported revenue. Conversely, if actual returns and rebates are significantly less than our

39


Table of Contents

reserves, this would increase our future reported revenue. For example, if we had increased our fiscal 2008 returns reserves by 1% of non-consignment sales to retailers for QuickBooks, TurboTax and Quicken, our total net revenue for fiscal 2008 would have been $3.0 million lower.
Allowance for Doubtful Accounts
We make ongoing assumptions relating to the collectibility of our accounts receivable. The accounts receivable amount on our balance sheet includes a reserve for accounts that might not be paid. In determining the amount of the reserve, we consider our historical level of credit losses. We also make judgments about the creditworthiness of significant customers based on ongoing credit evaluations, and we assess current economic trends that might impact the level of credit losses in the future. Our reserves have generally been adequate to cover our actual credit losses. However, since we cannot reliably predict future changes in the financial stability of our customers, we cannot guarantee that our reserves will continue to be adequate. If actual credit losses are significantly greater than the reserve we have established, that would increase our general and administrative expenses and reduce our reported net income. Conversely, if actual credit losses are significantly less than our reserve, this would eventually decrease our general and administrative expenses and increase our reported net income.
Business Combinations — Purchase Accounting
Under the purchase method of accounting, we allocate the purchase price of acquired companies to the tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their estimated fair values. We record the excess of purchase price over the aggregate fair values as goodwill. We engage third-party appraisal firms to assist us in determining the fair values of assets acquired and liabilities assumed. These valuations require us to make significant estimates and assumptions, especially with respect to intangible assets. Critical estimates in valuing purchased technology, customer lists and other identifiable intangible assets include future cash flows that we expect to generate from the acquired assets. If the subsequent actual results and updated projections of the underlying business activity change compared with the assumptions and projections used to develop these values, we could experience impairment charges. In addition, we have estimated the economic lives of certain acquired assets and these lives are used to calculate depreciation and amortization expense. If our estimates of the economic lives change, depreciation or amortization expenses could be accelerated or slowed.
Goodwill, Purchased Intangible Assets and Other Long-Lived Assets — Impairment Assessments
We make judgments about the recoverability of purchased intangible assets and other long-lived assets whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that an other-than-temporary impairment in the remaining value of the assets recorded on our balance sheet may exist. We test the impairment of goodwill annually in our fourth fiscal quarter or more frequently if indicators of impairment arise. The timing of the formal annual test may result in charges to our statement of operations in our fourth fiscal quarter that could not have been reasonably foreseen in prior periods. In order to estimate the fair value of long-lived assets, we typically make various assumptions about the future prospects for the business that the asset relates to, consider market factors specific to that business and estimate future cash flows to be generated by that business. We evaluate cash flows at the lowest operating level and the number of reporting units that we have identified may make impairment more probable than it would be at a company with fewer reporting units and integrated operations following acquisitions. Based on these assumptions and estimates, we determine whether we need to record an impairment charge to reduce the value of the asset stated on our balance sheet to reflect its estimated fair value. Assumptions and estimates about future values and remaining useful lives are complex and often subjective. They can be affected by a variety of factors, including external factors such as industry and economic trends, and internal factors such as changes in our business strategy and our internal forecasts. Although we believe the assumptions and estimates we have made in the past have been reasonable and appropriate, different assumptions and estimates could materially impact our reported financial results. More conservative estimates of the anticipated future benefits from these businesses could result in impairment charges, which would decrease net income and result in lower asset values on our balance sheet. Conversely, less conservative estimates could result in smaller or no impairment charges, higher net income and higher asset values. At July 31, 2008, we had $1.7 billion in goodwill and $273.1 million in net purchased intangible assets on our balance sheet.

40


Table of Contents

Accounting for Share-Based Compensation Plans
We account for share-based compensation using the fair value recognition provisions of SFAS 123(R), “Share-Based Payment.” At July 31, 2008, there was $221.5 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to non-vested share-based compensation arrangements granted under all equity compensation plans which we will amortize to expense in the future. Total unrecognized compensation cost will be adjusted for future changes in estimated forfeitures. We expect to recognize that cost over a weighted average vesting period of 2.2 years.
We use a lattice binomial model and the assumptions shown in Note 12 to the financial statements in Item 8 to estimate the fair value of stock options granted. We estimate the expected term of options granted based on implied exercise patterns using a binomial model. We estimate the volatility of our common stock at the date of grant based on the implied volatility of publicly traded one-year and two-year options on our common stock, consistent with SFAS 123(R) and Securities and Exchange Commission Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 107. Our decision to use implied volatility was based upon the availability of actively traded options on our common stock and our assessment that implied volatility is more representative of future stock price trends than historical volatility. We base the risk-free interest rate that we use in our option valuation model on the implied yield in effect at the time of option grant on constant maturity U.S. Treasury issues with equivalent remaining terms. We have never paid any cash dividends on our common stock and we do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Consequently, we use an expected dividend yield of zero in our option valuation model. In accordance with SFAS 123(R), we estimate forfeitures at the time of grant and revise those estimates in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates. We use historical data to estimate pre-vesting option forfeitures and record share-based compensation expense only for those awards that are expected to vest. We amortize the fair value of options on a straight-line basis over the requisite service periods of the awards, which are generally the vesting periods. We may elect to use different assumptions under our option valuation model in the future, which could materially affect our net income or loss and net income or loss per share. We value restricted stock units using the intrinsic value method. We amortize the value of restricted stock units on a straight-line basis over the restriction period.
Legal Contingencies
We are subject to certain legal proceedings, as well as demands, claims and threatened litigation that arise in the normal course of our business. We review the status of each significant matter quarterly and assess our potential financial exposure. If the potential loss from any claim or legal proceeding is considered probable and the amount can be reasonably estimated, we record a liability and an expense for the estimated loss. Significant judgment is required in both the determination of probability and the determination of whether an exposure is reasonably estimable. Our accruals are based on the best information available at the time. As additional information becomes available, we reassess the potential liability related to our pending claims and litigation and may revise our estimates. Potential legal liabilities and the revision of estimates of potential legal liabilities could have a material impact on our financial position and results of operations.
Income Taxes — Estimates of Effective Tax Rates, Deferred Taxes and Valuation Allowance
When we prepare our financial statements, we estimate our income taxes based on the various jurisdictions where we conduct business. Significant judgment is required in determining our worldwide income tax provision. The calculation of our tax liabilities involves dealing with uncertainties in the application of complex tax rules and the potential for future adjustment of our uncertain tax positions by the Internal Revenue Service or other taxing jurisdiction. We estimate our current tax liability and assess temporary differences that result from differing treatments of certain items for tax and accounting purposes. These differences result in deferred tax assets and liabilities, which we show on our balance sheet. We must then assess the likelihood that our deferred tax assets will be realized. To the extent we believe that realization is not likely, we establish a valuation allowance. When we establish a valuation allowance or increase this allowance in an accounting period, we record a corresponding tax expense in our statement of operations.
Our net deferred tax asset at July 31, 2008 was $154.2 million and we had no valuation allowance on our deferred tax assets at that date. While we have considered future taxable income in assessing the need for a valuation allowance, we could in the future be required to record a valuation allowance to take into account deferred tax assets

41


Table of Contents

that we may be unable to realize. An increase in a valuation allowance would have an adverse impact, which could be material, on our income tax provision and net income in the period in which we record the increase.
We adopted Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) Interpretation (FIN) No. 48, “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes—An Interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109” on August 1, 2007. See Note 11 to the financial statements in Item 8. As a result of our adoption of FIN 48 we recognize and measure benefits for uncertain tax positions accounted for in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 109, “Accounting for Income Taxes,” using a two-step approach. The first step is to evaluate the tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return by determining if the weight of available evidence indicates that it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained upon audit, including resolution of any related appeals or litigation processes. For tax positions that are more likely than not of being sustained upon audit, the second step is to measure the tax benefit as the largest amount that is more than 50% likely of being realized upon settlement. Significant judgment is required to evaluate uncertain tax positions. We evaluate our uncertain tax positions on a quarterly basis. Our evaluations are based upon a number of factors, including changes in facts or circumstances, changes in tax law, correspondence with tax authorities during the course of audits and effective settlement of audit issues. Changes in the recognition or measurement of uncertain tax positions could result in material increases or decreases in our income tax expense in the period in which we make the change, which could have a material impact on our effective tax rate and operating results.
Results of Operations
Financial Overview
                                         
  Fiscal   Fiscal   Fiscal   2008-2007   2007-2006
(Dollars in millions, except per share amounts)   2008   2007   2006   % Change   % Change
 
Total net revenue
  $  3,071.0     $  2,672.9     $  2,293.0       15 %     17 %
Operating income from continuing operations
    650.8       637.6       565.6       2 %     13 %
Net income from continuing operations
    450.8       443.5       381.0       2 %     16 %
Diluted net income per share from continuing operations
  $ 1.33     $ 1.25     $ 1.06       6 %     18 %
 
                                       
Total net revenue increased $398.1 million or 15% in fiscal 2008 compared with fiscal 2007. Total net revenue was higher in fiscal 2008 due to our February 2007 acquisition of Digital Insight, to revenue growth in our Consumer Tax segment and, to a lesser extent, to revenue growth in our QuickBooks segment and our Payroll and Payments segment. Revenue from our Financial Institutions segment, which includes Digital Insight, was $298.6 million in fiscal 2008 compared with $150.4 million in fiscal 2007. Consumer Tax revenue increased $116.5 million or 14% in fiscal 2008 due to growth in TurboTax online units. Revenue in our QuickBooks segment was up $35.6 million or 6% in fiscal 2008 and Payroll and Payments revenue increased $44.1 million or 9% compared with fiscal 2007. Payroll and Payments segment revenue for fiscal 2008 increased 14% when adjusted for our acquisition of ECHO and the transition of certain outsourced payroll customers in connection with a sale of assets to ADP. See “Total Net Revenue by Business Segment” below for more information.
Higher revenue in fiscal 2008 was almost completely offset by higher costs and expenses, including those of Digital Insight, which are relatively higher as a percentage of revenue than the costs and expenses for our other businesses. In addition, share-based compensation expense increased approximately $37 million in fiscal 2008 compared with fiscal 2007, and we recorded a $23 million restructuring charge in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2008 in connection with a reallocation of resources to key growth businesses. Including Digital Insight, share-based compensation expense and these restructuring charges, increases in costs and expenses for fiscal 2008 were approximately $90 million for cost of revenue, approximately $133 million for product development expenses, approximately $117 million for selling and marketing expenses, and approximately $41 million for the amortization of purchased intangible assets and acquisition-related charges. See “Cost of Revenue” and “Operating Expenses” below for more information.

42


Table of Contents

Net income from continuing operations increased 2% to $450.8 million in fiscal 2008 compared with $443.5 million in fiscal 2007 and diluted net income per share from continuing operations increased 6% to $1.33 in fiscal 2008 compared with $1.25 in fiscal 2007. In fiscal 2008 we incurred interest expense of $52.3 million, compared with $27.1 million in fiscal 2007. Interest expense for both periods related primarily to the senior notes we issued in March 2007. We also recorded a pre-tax gain of $51.6 million on the sale of certain outsourced payroll assets to ADP in fiscal 2008, compared with $31.7 million in fiscal 2007. Our effective tax rates for fiscal 2008 and 2007 were approximately 35% and 36%. See “ Income Taxes” later in this Item 7 for more information. Average shares outstanding declined during fiscal 2008 as a result of repurchases of 27.2 million shares of common stock under our stock repurchase programs, partially offset by the issuance of 10.6 million shares in connection with our employee stock plans.
Total Net Revenue by Business Segment
The table below and the discussion of total net revenue that follows it are organized in accordance with our six reportable business segments. See Note 8 to the financial statements in Item 8 for descriptions of product revenue and service and other revenue for each segment.
We have reclassified segment results for all periods presented to reflect changes that align our product groups more closely with the customers they serve. We transferred QuickBooks Premier Accountant Edition and ProAdvisor Program product revenue from our QuickBooks segment to our Professional Tax segment and renamed that segment Accounting Professionals. Revenue from these products was $31.5 million in fiscal 2008, $22.5 million in fiscal 2007 and $20.0 million in fiscal 2006. We also transferred QuickBase service revenue from our Other Businesses segment to our QuickBooks segment. QuickBase revenue was $15.6 million in fiscal 2008, $10.5 million in fiscal 2007 and $7.1 million in fiscal 2006.

43


Table of Contents

                                                                 
            % Total             % Total             % Total              
    Fiscal     Net     Fiscal     Net     Fiscal     Net     2008-2007     2007-2006  
(Dollars in millions)   2008     Revenue     2007     Revenue     2006     Revenue     % Change     % Change  
 
QuickBooks
                                                               
Product revenue
  471.8             484.9             446.2                          
Service and other revenue
    150.0               101.3               79.8                          
 
                                                         
Subtotal
    621.8       20 %     586.2       22 %     526.0       23 %     6 %     11 %
 
                                                         
 
                                                               
Payroll and Payments
                                                               
Product revenue
    219.3               208.9               194.1                          
Service and other revenue
    341.5               307.8               268.0                          
 
                                                         
Subtotal
    560.8       18 %     516.7       19 %     462.1       20 %     9 %     12 %
 
                                                         
 
                                                               
Consumer Tax
                                                               
Product revenue
    311.6               300.7               265.8                          
Service and other revenue
    617.8               512.2               440.3                          
 
                                                         
Subtotal
    929.4       30 %     812.9       30 %     706.1       31 %     14 %     15 %
 
                                                         
 
                                                               
Accounting Professionals
                                                               
Product revenue
    301.5               283.8               265.0                          
Service and other revenue
    25.2               30.4               27.9                          
 
                                                         
Subtotal
    326.7       11 %     314.2       12 %     292.9       13 %     4 %     7 %
 
                                                         
 
                                                               
Financial Institutions
                                                               
Product revenue
    0.8               0.2               0.2                          
Service and other revenue
    297.8               150.2               24.2                          
 
                                                         
Subtotal
    298.6       10 %     150.4       6 %     24.4       1 %     99 %     516 %
 
                                                         
 
                                                               
Other Businesses
                                                               
Product revenue
    191.7               168.9               164.1                          
Service and other revenue
    142.0               123.6               117.4                          
 
                                                         
Subtotal
    333.7       11 %     292.5       11 %     281.5       12 %     14 %     4 %
 
                                                         
 
                                                               
Total Company
                                                               
Product revenue
    1,496.7               1,447.4               1,335.4                          
Service and other revenue
    1,574.3               1,225.5               957.6                          
 
                                                   
Total net revenue
  3,071.0       100 %   2,672.9       100 %   2,293.0       100 %     15 %     17 %
 
                                                   
QuickBooks
Fiscal 2008 Compared with Fiscal 2007 . QuickBooks segment total net revenue increased $35.6 million or 6% in fiscal 2008 compared with fiscal 2007. Excluding about $15 million in revenue from Homestead, which we acquired in December 2007, QuickBooks segment total net revenue increased 4% in fiscal 2008 compared with fiscal 2007. Total QuickBooks software unit sales, including activations of our free Simple Start offering, were up slightly in fiscal 2008 compared with fiscal 2007. Revenue growth in fiscal 2008 was driven by a 14% increase in QuickBooks

44


Table of Contents

Online subscribers, a 22% increase in the number of active QuickBooks Enterprise Solutions customers, and 8% growth in revenue from secondary products and services sold in conjunction with QuickBooks software units.
Fiscal 2007 Compared with Fiscal 2006 . QuickBooks segment total net revenue increased $60.2 million or 11% in fiscal 2007 compared with fiscal 2006. Total QuickBooks software unit sales were 10% higher in fiscal 2007 compared with fiscal 2006 due in part to new promotions, including our first-ever QuickBooks television advertisements. Revenue growth in fiscal 2007 was also driven by favorable product mix, with QuickBooks Premier units increasing 25% compared with fiscal 2006.
Payroll and Payments
Fiscal 2008 Compared with Fiscal 2007. Payroll and Payments total net revenue increased $44.1 million or 9% in fiscal 2008 compared with fiscal 2007. In our Payments business, revenue increased 33% in fiscal 2008 due to 18% growth in our core merchant services customer base and about $16 million in revenue from ECHO, which we acquired in February 2008. Payroll revenue decreased 3% in fiscal 2008 as we completed the transition of portions of our Complete Payroll and Premier Payroll Services customer base in connection with a sale of assets to ADP. We estimate that revenue growth in our Payroll and Payments segment in fiscal 2008 compared with fiscal 2007 would have been approximately 14% when adjusted for the impact of our acquisition of ECHO and the sale of those payroll customers.
Fiscal 2007 Compared with Fiscal 2006. Payroll and Payments total net revenue increased $54.6 million or 12% in fiscal 2007 compared with fiscal 2006. In our Payments business, revenue increased 36% in fiscal 2007 due to 22% growth in the customer base and 9% higher transaction volume per customer. Merchant services revenue slowed in fiscal 2007 compared with fiscal 2006 due to new customer acquisition remaining relatively constant on a larger customer base. Payroll revenue grew 3% in fiscal 2007 due to 4% growth in the customer base and, to a lesser extent, to favorable product mix that resulted in higher revenue per customer. We estimate that revenue growth in our Payroll and Payments segment in fiscal 2007 compared with fiscal 2006 would have been approximately 16% when adjusted for the impact of the sale of certain payroll customers to ADP.
Consumer Tax
Fiscal 2008 Compared with Fiscal 2007. Consumer Tax total net revenue increased $116.5 million or 14% in fiscal 2008 compared with fiscal 2007. The fiscal 2008 revenue increase was due to 17% growth in total federal TurboTax units, which was driven by 37% growth in TurboTax Online units. We believe that the continuing trend among individual taxpayers toward the use of software, rather than manual methods, to prepare their own income tax returns will continue to be important to the growth of our Consumer Tax business.
Fiscal 2007 Compared with Fiscal 2006. Consumer Tax total net revenue increased $106.8 million or 15% in fiscal 2007 compared with fiscal 2006 due to 16% growth in federal TurboTax Online units and to price increases. Consumer Tax net revenue for fiscal 2007 included the impact of approximately $9 million in refunds to customers who experienced delays in electronically preparing or filing their income tax returns on April 17, 2007.
Accounting Professionals
Fiscal 2008 Compared with Fiscal 2007. Accounting Professionals total net revenue increased $12.5 million or 4% in fiscal 2008 compared with fiscal 2007. We discontinued our ProSeries Express product line in fiscal 2008, which we estimate resulted in a loss of five percentage points of growth for the Accounting Professionals segment in fiscal 2008 compared with fiscal 2007.
Fiscal 2007 Compared with Fiscal 2006. Accounting Professionals total net revenue increased $21.3 million or 7% in fiscal 2007 compared with fiscal 2006 due to add-on product penetration and price increases.
Financial Institutions
Fiscal 2008 Compared with Fiscal 2007. Financial Institutions total net revenue increased $148.2 million to $298.6 million in fiscal 2008 compared with fiscal 2007 due mainly to revenue from Digital Insight, which we acquired in February 2007. In fiscal 2008 Internet banking end users grew 10% and bill-pay end users grew 16%.

45


Table of Contents

Fiscal 2007 Compared with Fiscal 2006. Financial Institutions total net revenue increased $126.0 million to $150.4 million in fiscal 2007 compared with fiscal 2006 due almost entirely to our February 2007 acquisition of Digital Insight.
Other Businesses
Fiscal 2008 Compared with Fiscal 2007. Other Businesses total net revenue increased $41.2 million or 14% in fiscal 2008 compared with fiscal 2007. In fiscal 2008 revenue from our businesses in Canada and the United Kingdom increased 28%, revenue from our Intuit Real Estate Solutions business grew 17%, and Quicken revenue was flat compared with fiscal 2007. The weaker U.S. dollar contributed to Canadian revenue growth, accounting for approximately five percentage points of Other Businesses segment revenue growth in fiscal 2008 compared with fiscal 2007.
Fiscal 2007 Compared with Fiscal 2006. Other Businesses total net revenue increased $11.0 million or 4% in fiscal 2007 compared with fiscal 2006. Quicken revenue was flat while revenue from our business in Canada increased 11% and revenue from our Intuit Real Estate Solutions business grew 28%.
Cost of Revenue
                                                 
            % of             % of             % of  
    Fiscal     Related     Fiscal     Related     Fiscal     Related  
(Dollars in millions)   2008     Revenue     2007     Revenue     2006     Revenue  
 
Cost of product revenue
  $ 154.1       10 %   $ 169.1       12 %   $ 165.9       12 %
Cost of service and other revenue
    414.1       26 %     309.4       25 %     232.6       24 %
Amortization of purchased intangible assets
    56.0       n/a       30.9       n/a       8.8       n/a  
 
                                         
Total cost of revenue
  $ 624.2       20 %   $ 509.4       19 %   $ 407.3       18 %
 
                                         
 
                                               
Our cost of revenue has three components: (1) cost of product revenue, which includes the direct costs of manufacturing and shipping our software products; (2) cost of service and other revenue, which reflects direct costs associated with providing services, including data center costs related to delivering Internet-based services, and costs associated with revenue sharing and online transactions revenue; and (3) amortization of purchased intangible assets, which represents the cost of amortizing over their useful lives developed technologies that we have obtained through acquisitions.
Fiscal 2008 Compared with Fiscal 2007. Cost of product revenue as a percentage of product revenue decreased to 10% in fiscal 2008 from 12% in fiscal 2007 due to cost efficiencies achieved for our QuickBooks 2008 and Consumer Tax product lines. Cost of service and other revenue as a percentage of service and other revenue increased slightly to 26% in fiscal 2008 from 25% in fiscal 2007. The impact of our acquisition of Digital Insight, which has relatively higher costs of service revenue, was partially offset by the impact of $105.6 million growth in revenue from TurboTax Online and electronic tax filing services, which have relatively lower costs of service revenue compared with our other service offerings. Amortization of purchased intangible assets increased in fiscal 2008 compared with fiscal 2007 due primarily to the amortization of Digital Insight purchased intangible assets, which we acquired in February 2007.
Fiscal 2007 Compared with Fiscal 2006. Cost of service and other revenue as a percentage of service and other revenue increased slightly to 25% in fiscal 2007 from 24% in fiscal 2006. The impact of our acquisition of Digital Insight, which has relatively higher costs of service revenue, was partially offset by the impact of $71.9 million growth in revenue from TurboTax Online and electronic tax filing services, which have relatively lower costs of service revenue compared with our other service offerings. Amortization of purchased intangible assets increased in

46


Table of Contents

fiscal 2007 compared with fiscal 2006 due to the amortization of Digital Insight purchased intangible assets, which we acquired in February 2007.
Operating Expenses
                                                 
            % of             % of             % of  
            Total             Total             Total  
    Fiscal     Net     Fiscal     Net     Fiscal     Net  
(Dollars in millions)   2008     Revenue     2007     Revenue     2006     Revenue  
 
Selling and marketing
  859.6       28 %   742.4       28 %   657.6       29 %
Research and development
    605.8       20 %     472.5       17 %     385.8       17 %
General and administrative
    295.0       10 %     291.1       11 %     267.2       12 %
Acquisition-related charges
    35.5       1 %     20.0       1 %     9.5       0 %
 
                                   
Total operating expenses
  1,795.9       59 %   1,526.0       57 %   1,320.1       58 %
 
                                   
 
                                               
Fiscal 2008 Compared with Fiscal 2007. Total operating expenses as a percentage of total net revenue increased to 59% in fiscal 2008 compared with 57% in fiscal 2007. Total operating expenses in dollars increased about $270 million in fiscal 2008, approximately $109 million of which was due to our acquisitions of Digital Insight, Homestead and ECHO and approximately $37 million of which was due to higher share-based compensation expense. Share-based compensation expense was higher in fiscal 2008 compared with fiscal 2007 due to our broad use of restricted stock units in addition to stock options. We also recorded a $23 million restructuring charge in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2008 in connection with a reallocation of resources to key growth businesses.
Including Digital Insight, Homestead, ECHO, share-based compensation expense and the restructuring charge, about half of the increase in total operating expenses in dollars for fiscal 2008 was due to higher research and development expenses. During this period, we continued to invest in research and development for existing offerings as well as for new offerings. Almost 45% of the fiscal 2008 increase in total operating expenses in dollars was due to higher selling and marketing expenses. Of the total increase in selling and marketing expenses in dollars for this period about a third was due to our acquisition of Digital Insight, whose selling costs are relatively higher compared with our other businesses because they sell their services to financial institutions through a direct sales force. About 20% of the fiscal 2008 increase in selling and marketing expenses in dollars was due to higher advertising and other marketing expenses to support our Consumer Tax offerings. Excluding the impact of the increase in share-based compensation expense, general and administrative expenses declined about $5 million in fiscal 2008 compared with fiscal 2007.
Acquisition-related charges increased in fiscal 2008 compared with fiscal 2007 primarily due to the amortization of Digital Insight purchased intangible assets, which we acquired in February 2007.
Fiscal 2007 Compared with Fiscal 2006. Individually and in the aggregate, operating expenses as a percentage of total net revenue were generally consistent in fiscal 2007 compared with fiscal 2006. Total operating expenses in dollars increased about $206 million in fiscal 2007, approximately $60 million of which was due to our February 2007 acquisition of Digital Insight.
Including Digital Insight, approximately 42% of the fiscal 2007 increase in total operating expenses in dollars was due to higher research and development expenses. During fiscal 2007 we continued to invest in research and development for existing offerings as well as for new offerings. Approximately 41% of the fiscal 2007 increase in total operating expenses in dollars was due to higher selling and marketing expenses that included increases in radio, television and online advertising expenses for our Consumer Tax and QuickBooks offerings as well as additional investments in direct marketing and product management.

47


Table of Contents

Acquisition-related charges increased in fiscal 2007 compared with fiscal 2006 due to the amortization of Digital Insight purchased intangible assets, which we acquired in February 2007.
Segment Operating Income (Loss)
Segment operating income or loss is segment net revenue less segment cost of revenue and operating expenses. Segment expenses do not include certain costs, such as corporate selling and marketing, product development, and general and administrative expenses and share-based compensation expenses, which are not allocated to specific segments. These unallocated costs totaled $561.4 million in fiscal 2008, $506.2 million in fiscal 2007 and $465.2 million in fiscal 2006. Unallocated costs increased approximately $55 million in fiscal 2008 compared with fiscal 2007. This increase was due to $37 million in higher share-based compensation expenses and approximately $27 million in higher expenses for shared product development and marketing functions, partially offset by a decline in corporate general and administrative expenses. Segment expenses also do not include amortization of purchased intangible assets, acquisition-related charges, and impairment of goodwill and purchased intangible assets. In addition, segment expenses do not include interest expense, interest and other income, and realized net gains or losses on marketable equity securities and other investments. See Note 8 to the financial statements in Item 8 for reconciliations of total segment operating income to income from continuing operations for each fiscal year presented.
                                                 
            % of             % of             % of  
    Fiscal     Related     Fiscal     Related     Fiscal     Related  
(Dollars in millions)   2008     Revenue     2007     Revenue     2006     Revenue  
 
QuickBooks
  172.3       28 %   178.8       31 %   167.4       32 %
Payroll and Payments
    216.3       39 %     215.4       42 %     181.9       39 %
Consumer Tax
    594.5       64 %     508.6       63 %     467.1       66 %
Accounting Professionals
    162.6       50 %     154.4       49 %     136.7       47 %
Financial Institutions
    57.0       19 %     38.8       26 %     12.2       50 %
Other Businesses
    101.0       30 %     98.7       34 %     83.8       30 %
 
                                         
Total segment operating income
  1,303.7       42 %   1,194.7       45 %   1,049.1       46 %
 
                                         
 
                                               
QuickBooks
Fiscal 2008 Compared with Fiscal 2007. QuickBooks segment operating income as a percentage of related revenue decreased to 28% in fiscal 2008 from 31% in fiscal 2007. QuickBooks segment revenue grew $35.6 million in fiscal 2008 compared with fiscal 2007, including about $15 million in revenue from Homestead. Cost of revenue increased approximately $4 million as cost efficiencies achieved for our QuickBooks 2008 product line partially offset higher costs associated with QuickBooks services. Including Homestead, selling and marketing expenses increased approximately $18 million, product development expenses increased approximately $15 million and general and administrative expenses increased approximately $5 million in fiscal 2008 compared with fiscal 2007.
Fiscal 2007 Compared with Fiscal 2006. QuickBooks segment operating income as a percentage of related revenue decreased slightly to 31% in fiscal 2007 from 32% in fiscal 2006. The $60.2 million growth in QuickBooks segment revenue in fiscal 2007 was partially offset by higher expenses, including increases of approximately $11 million for cost of revenue, approximately $16 million for selling and marketing expenses (which consisted primarily of higher radio and television advertising expenses and additional investments in direct marketing and product management) and approximately $18 million for product development expenses in fiscal 2007.
Payroll and Payments
Fiscal 2008 Compared with Fiscal 2007. Payroll and Payments segment operating income as a percentage of related revenue decreased to 39% in fiscal 2008 from 42% in fiscal 2007. Total Payroll and Payments revenue increased $44.1 million in fiscal 2008 compared with fiscal 2007, with higher merchant services revenue and about $16 million in revenue from ECHO more than offsetting lower total payroll revenue. Although merchant services

48


Table of Contents

revenue has relatively higher costs of revenue than our combined payroll business, low growth in cost of revenue in the segment was achieved through our transition of certain full service payroll customers, which also have relatively higher costs of revenue, to ADP. Higher gross margins in fiscal 2008 were partially offset by higher expenses, including increases of approximately $11 million for selling and marketing expenses, approximately $17 million for product development expenses, approximately $6 million for infrastructure costs and approximately $4 million in lease termination costs. About a third of the fiscal 2008 increase in Payroll and Payments costs and expenses was associated with our acquisition of ECHO.
Fiscal 2007 Compared with Fiscal 2006. Payroll and Payments segment operating income as a percentage of related revenue increased to 42% in fiscal 2007 from 39% in fiscal 2006. Most of the fiscal 2007 revenue growth in this segment came from products and services with relatively lower costs of revenue, such as QuickBooks Payroll, Assisted Payroll and merchant services. The $54.6 million higher Payroll and Payments revenue in fiscal 2007 was partially offset by higher expenses, including increases of approximately $7 million for product development expenses, approximately $5 million for selling and marketing expenses and approximately $6 million for general and administrative expenses in fiscal 2007.
Consumer Tax
Fiscal 2008 Compared with Fiscal 2007. Consumer Tax segment operating income as a percentage of related revenue increased slightly to 64% in fiscal 2008 from 63% in fiscal 2007. The $116.5 million growth in Consumer Tax revenue in fiscal 2008 was partially offset by higher expenses, including increases of approximately $25 million for selling and marketing expenses (including higher radio, television and online advertising expenses as well as higher direct marketing expenses) and approximately $12 million for product development expenses. Lower cost of revenue partially offset the increases in selling and marketing expenses and product development expenses.
Fiscal 2007 Compared with Fiscal 2006. Consumer Tax segment operating income as a percentage of related revenue decreased to 63% in fiscal 2007 from 66% in fiscal 2006. The $106.8 million growth in Consumer Tax revenue in fiscal 2007 was partially offset by higher expenses, including increases of approximately $45 million for selling and marketing expenses (including higher radio, television and online advertising expenses as well as higher direct marketing expenses) and approximately $18 million for product development expenses.
Accounting Professionals
Fiscal 2008 Compared with Fiscal 2007. Accounting Professionals segment operating income as a percentage of related revenue increased slightly to 50% in fiscal 2008 from 49% in fiscal 2007. Accounting Professionals revenue increased $12.5 million while expenses were relatively stable in fiscal 2008 compared with fiscal 2007.
Fiscal 2007 Compared with Fiscal 2006. Accounting Professionals segment operating income as a percentage of related revenue increased to 49% in fiscal 2007 from 47% in fiscal 2006. Accounting Professionals revenue increased $21.3 million while expenses were relatively stable in fiscal 2007 compared with fiscal 2006.
Financial Institutions
Fiscal 2008 Compared with Fiscal 2007. Financial Institutions segment operating income as a percentage of related revenue decreased to 19% in fiscal 2008 from 26% in fiscal 2007. The fiscal 2008 decrease in segment operating income was due to our February 2007 acquisition of Digital Insight, which has higher costs and expenses, including relatively higher costs of service revenue and higher selling expenses, than the Intuit financial institutions business that existed prior to the acquisition.
Fiscal 2007 Compared with Fiscal 2006. Financial Institutions segment operating income as a percentage of related revenue decreased to 26% in fiscal 2007 from 50% in fiscal 2006. The fiscal 2007 decrease in segment operating income was due to our February 2007 acquisition of Digital Insight, which we combined with our existing financial institutions business to create a new Financial Institutions segment. This new segment is significantly larger and has higher costs, including relatively higher cost of service revenue and higher selling expenses, than the Intuit financial institutions business that preceded it.

49


Table of Contents

Other Businesses
Fiscal 2008 Compared with Fiscal 2007. Other Businesses segment operating income as a percentage of related revenue decreased to 30% in fiscal 2008 from 34% in fiscal 2007. About a quarter of the $41.2 million in fiscal 2008 revenue growth in this segment came from our Intuit Real Estate Solutions business, which sells its products and services through a direct sales force and therefore has a higher cost structure than the other businesses in this segment. While revenue from our business in Canada was higher in fiscal 2008 due in part to the weaker U.S. dollar, total costs and expenses for this business also increased due to the impact of foreign exchange rates. In addition, fiscal 2008 selling and marketing expenses in our business in Canada increased in support of our latest QuickBooks and consumer tax offerings.
Fiscal 2007 Compared with Fiscal 2006. Other Businesses segment operating income as a percentage of related revenue increased to 34% in fiscal 2007 from 30% in fiscal 2006. The fiscal 2007 improvement in segment operating income as a percentage of related revenue was due to the May 2006 sale of our MasterBuilder business, which had relatively low operating margins.
Non-Operating Income and Expenses
Interest Expense
In March 2007 we issued $1 billion in senior notes to finance a portion of our February 2007 acquisition of Digital Insight and to fund our operations. Interest expense of $52.3 million for fiscal 2008 and $27.1 million for fiscal 2007 consisted primarily of interest on $500 million in principal amount of the senior notes at 5.40% and interest on $500 million in principal amount of the senior notes at 5.75%. The senior notes are due in March 2012 and March 2017 and are redeemable by Intuit at any time, subject to a make-whole premium.
Interest and Other Income
                         
    Fiscal     Fiscal     Fiscal  
(In millions)   2008     2007     2006  
 
Interest income
  35.6     44.0     31.0  
Quicken Loans royalties and fees
    7.5       9.3       9.3  
Gain on sale of assets
    2.7             2.4  
Net foreign exchange gain (loss)
    0.5       (0.1 )     0.1  
Other
    0.2       (0.5 )     0.2  
 
                 
Total interest and other income
  46.5     52.7     43.0  
 
                 
 
                       
Interest and other income consists primarily of interest income. Lower interest rates and lower average invested balances resulted in lower interest income in fiscal 2008 compared with fiscal 2007. Higher interest rates and higher average invested balances resulted in higher interest income in fiscal 2007 compared with fiscal 2006. Total interest and other income for all periods presented included royalties and fees from trademark license and distribution agreements that we entered into when we sold our Quicken Loans mortgage business in July 2002.

50


Table of Contents

Income Taxes
Effective Tax Rate
Our effective tax rate was approximately 35% for fiscal 2008, approximately 36% for fiscal 2007 and approximately 38% for fiscal 2006. Our effective tax rate for fiscal 2008 did not differ significantly from the federal statutory rate. State income taxes were offset primarily by the benefit we received from tax exempt interest income, the domestic production activities deduction, and federal and state research and experimental credits. Our effective tax rate for fiscal 2007 differed from the federal statutory rate of 35% due primarily to state income taxes, which were partially offset by the benefit we received from tax exempt interest income, federal and state research and experimental credits and the domestic production activities deduction. In addition, in fiscal 2007 we benefited from the retroactive extension of the federal research and experimental credit as it related to fiscal 2006. Our effective tax rate for fiscal 2006 differed from the federal statutory rate of 35% primarily due to state income taxes and the taxable gain on the sale of our Master Builder business, which were partially offset by the benefit we received from tax exempt interest income, federal and state research and experimental credits and the domestic production activities deduction. See Note 11 to the financial statements in Item 8 for more information.
In December 2006 the Tax Relief and Health Care Act of 2006 was signed into law. The Act included a reinstatement of the federal research and experimental credit through December 31, 2007 that was retroactive to January 1, 2006. We recorded a discrete tax benefit of $3.7 million for the retroactive amount related to fiscal 2006 during fiscal 2007.
Tax Carryforwards
We acquired Electronic Clearing House and Homestead in fiscal 2008 and Digital Insight in fiscal 2007. See Note 6 to the financial statements in Item 8. These companies had federal net operating loss carryforwards at their respective dates of acquisition that totaled approximately $164 million. We have recorded the tax effects of these carryforwards and other federal tax credit carryforwards, which together totaled approximately $66 million, as deferred tax assets at the respective dates of acquisition. The carryforwards do not result in an income tax provision benefit, but they reduce income taxes payable and cash paid for income taxes as we utilize them. At July 31, 2008, we had total federal net operating loss carryforwards of $95.0 million that will expire starting in fiscal 2019.
Net Deferred Tax Assets
At July 31, 2008, we had net deferred tax assets of $154.2 million and no valuation allowance. While we believe no valuation allowance was appropriate at that date, it may be necessary to record a valuation allowance if it becomes more likely that we will not realize some portion of the net deferred tax assets. We assess the need for an adjustment to the valuation allowance on a quarterly basis. The assessment is based on our estimates of future sources of taxable income for the jurisdictions in which we operate and the periods over which our deferred tax assets will be realizable. See Note 11 to the financial statements in Item 8 for more information.
Dispositions and Discontinued Operations
During fiscal 2008, 2007 and 2006 we sold the assets and businesses described below. See Note 7 to the financial statements in Item 8 for a more complete description of these dispositions and discontinued operations and for a summary of the impact that discontinued operations have had on our statements of operations for those fiscal years.
Intuit Distribution Management Solutions Discontinued Operations
In August 2007 we sold our Intuit Distribution Management Solutions (IDMS) business for approximately $100 million in cash and recorded a net gain on disposal of $27.5 million. IDMS was part of our Other Businesses segment. In accordance with the provisions of SFAS 144, “Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-lived Assets,” we have accounted for IDMS as a discontinued operation and segregated its operating results from continuing operations in our statements of operations for all periods prior to the sale. Revenue from IDMS was $1.9 million in fiscal 2008, $52.0 million in fiscal 2007 and $49.3 million in fiscal 2006.

51


Table of Contents

Sale of Outsourced Payroll Assets
In March 2007 we sold certain assets related to our Complete Payroll and Premier Payroll Service businesses to ADP for a purchase price of up to approximately $135 million in cash. The final purchase price was contingent upon the number of customers that transitioned to ADP pursuant to the purchase agreement over a period of approximately one year from the date of sale. We recorded pre-tax gains of $51.6 million in fiscal 2008 and $31.7 million in fiscal 2007 in our statement of operations for customers who transitioned to ADP during those periods. We received a total purchase price of $93.6 million and recorded a total pre-tax gain of $83.2 million from the inception of this transaction through its completion in the third quarter of fiscal 2008. In accordance with the provisions of SFAS 144, we did not account for this transaction as a discontinued operation. The assets were part of our Payroll and Payments segment.
Intuit Information Technology Solutions Discontinued Operations
In December 2005 we sold our Intuit Information Technology Solutions (ITS) business for approximately $200 million in cash and recorded a net gain on disposal of $34.3 million. In accordance with the provisions of SFAS 144, we have accounted for ITS as a discontinued operation and segregated its operating results from continuing operations in our statements of operations for all periods prior to the sale. Revenue from ITS was $20.2 million in fiscal 2006.
Liquidity and Capital Resources
Overview
At July 31, 2008, our cash, cash equivalents and investments totaled $827.8 million, a decrease of $475.9 million from July 31, 2007. This decrease was due to the reclassification of $285.3 million in municipal auction rate securities to long-term investments (see “Auction Rate Securities” below) and to the factors described in “Statements of Cash Flows” below. Our primary source of liquidity has been cash from operations, which entails the collection of accounts receivable for products and services. Our primary uses of cash have been for research and development programs, selling and marketing activities, capital projects, debt service costs, repurchases of common stock and acquisitions of businesses.
In March 2007 we issued five-year and ten-year senior unsecured notes totaling $1 billion. We also have a $500 million unsecured revolving line of credit facility that is described later in this Item 7. To date we have not borrowed under the facility.
The following table summarizes selected measures of our liquidity and capital resources at the dates indicated:
                                 
    July 31,     July 31,     $     %  
(Dollars in millions)   2008     2007     Change     Change  
 
Cash, cash equivalents and investments
  $ 827.8     1,303.7     (475.9 )     (37 %)
Long-term investments
    288.3             288.3       NM  
Long-term debt
    998.0       997.8       0.2       0 %
Working capital
    306.3       791.8       (485.5 )     (61 %)
Ratio of current assets to current liabilities
    1.2  : 1     1.7  : 1                
 
                               
 
NM = Not Meaningful
Auction Rate Securities
At July 31, 2008, we held $285.3 million in municipal auction rate securities. These securities are collateralized long-term debt instruments that provide liquidity through a Dutch auction process that resets the applicable interest rate at pre-determined intervals, typically every 35 days. Due to a decrease in liquidity in the global credit markets, in February 2008 auctions began failing for the municipal auction rate securities we held. Regularly scheduled

52


Table of Contents

auctions for these securities have generally continued to fail since that time. When these auctions initially failed, higher interest rates for many of the securities went into effect. Of the total auction rate securities we held at July 31, 2008, the underlying assets of $220.7 million or 77% were student loans which are guaranteed by the U.S. Department of Education and $241.2 million or 85% were rated AAA/Aaa by the major credit rating agencies.
We estimated the fair values of the municipal auction rate securities we held at July 31, 2008 based on valuation reports from third parties and a discounted cash flow model that we prepared. Using the valuation reports from third parties and our discounted cash flow model we determined that the fair values of the municipal auction rate securities we held at July 31, 2008 were substantially equal to their par values. As a result, we recorded no decrease in the fair values of those securities for the twelve months then ended. Based on our ability and intent to hold these auction rate securities until liquidity returned to the market or they matured, we classified them as long-term investments on our balance sheet at July 31, 2008.
In August 2008 the broker-dealers for our auction rate securities announced settlements under which they may provide liquidity solutions for, or purchase, the auction rate securities held by their institutional clients. Details of the agreements are still being finalized.
Based on our expected operating cash flows and our other sources of cash, we do not believe that the reduction in liquidity of our municipal auction rate securities will have a material impact on our overall ability to meet our liquidity needs.
Statements of Cash Flows
The following table summarizes selected items from our statements of cash flows for fiscal 2008, 2007 and 2006. See the financial statements in Item 8 for complete statements of cash flows for those periods.
                         
    Fiscal     Fiscal     Fiscal  
(In millions)   2008     2007     2006  
 
Net cash provided by operating activities of continuing operations
  $ 830.2     $ 726.8     $ 595.5  
Net income from continuing operations
    477.5       441.1       377.4  
Depreciation
    116.6       94.2       94.2  
Amortization
    99.9       64.4       32.5  
Share-based compensation
    113.3       77.3       71.4  
 
                       
Net cash used in investing activities of continuing operations
    (86.1 )     (1,412.5 )     (210.0 )
Acquisitions of businesses, net of cash acquired
    (264.5 )     (1,271.8 )     (42.2 )
Net liquidation (purchases) of available-for-sale debt securities
    347.9       59.8       (111.1 )
Purchases of property and equipment
    (261.9 )     (104.9 )     (44.5 )
Capitalization of internal use software
    (44.2 )     (48.3 )     (37.6 )
 
                       
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities
    (586.5 )     733.9       (478.8 )
Issuance of long-term debt, net of discounts
          997.8        
Purchase of treasury stock
    (800.0 )     (506.8 )     (784.2 )
Net proceeds from issuance of common stock
    194.7       211.4       279.3  
 
                       
Net cash provided by discontinued operations
    (0.8 )     19.8       185.9  
 
                       
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents
    158.1       75.6       95.8  
 
                       
Operating Activities
During fiscal 2008 we generated $830.2 million in cash from our continuing operations. This included net income from continuing operations of $477.5 million, adjustments for depreciation and amortization of $216.5 million, and an adjustment for share-based compensation of $113.3 million. Depreciation expense increased in fiscal 2008

53


Table of Contents

compared with fiscal 2007 due in part to the amortization of leasehold improvements for new office facilities that we occupied in early fiscal 2008. Amortization expense increased in the same period primarily due to our February 2007 acquisition of Digital Insight. Share-based compensation increased in fiscal 2008 compared with fiscal 2007 due to our broad use of restricted stock units in addition to stock options. During fiscal 2007 we generated $726.8 million in cash from our continuing operations. This included net income from continuing operations of $441.1 million, adjustments for depreciation and amortization of $158.6 million, and an adjustment for share-based compensation of $77.3 million. Amortization expense increased in fiscal 2007 compared with fiscal 2006 due to our February 2007 acquisition of Digital Insight. During fiscal 2006 we generated $595.5 million in cash from our continuing operations. This included net income from continuing operations of $377.4 million, adjustments for depreciation and amortization of $126.7 million, and an adjustment for share-based compensation of $71.4 million.
Investing Activities
Investing activities used $86.1 million in cash during fiscal 2008, including $264.5 million for acquisitions of businesses (primarily Homestead and ECHO) and $306.1 million for capital expenditures, partially offset by the receipt of $347.9 million from sales of investments and the receipt of $132.0 million from the sale of our Intuit Distribution Management Solutions business and certain outsourced payroll assets. Investing activities used $1.4 billion in cash during fiscal 2007, including $1.3 billion for the acquisition of Digital Insight and $153.2 million for capital expenditures. Investing activities used $210.0 million in cash during fiscal 2006, including $111.1 million for purchases of investments and $82.1 million in cash for capital expenditures.
Our capital expenditures increased from a total of $153.2 million in fiscal 2007 to a total of $306.1 million in fiscal 2008. This increase in capital expenditures was related to investments in a new data center and expansion of office capacity to support the expected growth in our business. We expect total capital expenditures to decrease to approximately $200 million in fiscal 2009.
Financing Activities
We used $586.5 million in cash for financing activities during fiscal 2008, including $800 million for the repurchase of common stock under our stock repurchase programs partially offset by $194.7 million from the issuance of common stock under employee stock plans. Financing activities provided $733.9 million during fiscal 2007, including $1 billion from the issuance of senior notes and $211.4 million from the issuance of common stock under employee stock plans, partially offset by the use of $506.8 million for the repurchase of common stock. We used $478.8 million in cash for financing activities during fiscal 2006, including $784.2 million for the repurchase of common stock under our stock repurchase programs partially offset by $279.3 million from the issuance of common stock under employee stock plans.
Stock Split
On July 6, 2006 we implemented a two-for-one stock split in the form of a 100% stock dividend. All share and per share figures in this Item 7 and in the statements of operations and notes to the financial statements in Item 8 retroactively reflect this stock split.
Stock Repurchase Programs
Our Board of Directors has authorized a series of common stock repurchase programs. Shares of common stock repurchased under these programs become treasury shares. During fiscal 2008, 2007 and 2006 we repurchased 27.2 million, 17.1 million and 31.0 million shares of our common stock for $800.0 million, $506.6 million and $784.2 million under our repurchase programs. From the inception of these programs in May 2001 through the end of fiscal 2008, we repurchased 185.9 million shares of our common stock for $4.6 billion. At July 31, 2008, we had authorization from our Board to expend up to $600 million for stock repurchases through May 15, 2011.
Unsecured Revolving Credit Facility
On March 22, 2007 we entered into an agreement with certain institutional lenders for a $500 million unsecured revolving credit facility that will expire on March 22, 2012. Advances under the credit facility will accrue interest at rates that are equal to, at our election, either Citibank’s base rate or the London InterBank Offered Rate (LIBOR)

54


Table of Contents

plus a margin that ranges from 0.18% to 0.575% based on our senior debt credit ratings. The applicable interest rate will be increased by 0.05% for any period in which the total principal amount of advances and letters of credit under the credit facility exceeds $250 million. The agreement includes covenants that require us to maintain a ratio of total debt to annual earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization (EBITDA) of not greater than 3.25 to 1.00 and a ratio of annual EBITDA to interest payable of not less than 3.00 to 1.00. We may use amounts borrowed under this credit facility for general corporate purposes or for future acquisitions or expansion of our business. To date we have not borrowed under the credit facility, but we may borrow under the credit facility from time to time as opportunities and needs arise. See Note 9 to the financial statements in Item 8.
Liquidity and Capital Resource Requirements
We evaluate, on an ongoing basis, the merits of acquiring technology or businesses, or establishing strategic relationships with and investing in other companies. We may decide to use cash and cash equivalents, investments, and our revolving line of credit facility to fund such activities in the future.
Based on past performance and current expectations, we believe that our cash and cash equivalents, investments and cash generated from operations will be sufficient to meet anticipated seasonal working capital needs, capital expenditure requirements, contractual obligations, commitments and other liquidity requirements associated with our operations for at least the next 12 months. As discussed above in this Item 7 under “Auction Rate Securities,” we do not believe that the reduction in the liquidity of our municipal auction rate securities will have a material impact on our overall ability to meet our liquidity needs.
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
At July 31, 2008, we did not have any significant off-balance sheet arrangements, as defined in Item 303(a)(4)(ii) of Regulation S-K.
Contractual Obligations
The following table summarizes our known contractual obligations to make future payments at July 31, 2008:
                                         
    Payments Due by Period  
    Less than     1-3     3-5     More than        
(In millions)   1 year     years     years     5 years     Total  
 
Amounts due under executive deferred compensation plan
  $ 38.2     $     $     $     38.2  
Senior unsecured notes
                500.0       500.0       1,000.0  
Interest and fees due on long-term obligations
    55.8       112.5       84.9       115.0       368.2  
Capital lease obligations
    0.4       0.5                   0.9  
Operating leases (1)
    52.1       101.6       81.4       140.2       375.3  
Purchase obligations (2)
    55.0       41.7       2.7             99.4  
 
                             
Total contractual obligations (3)
  $      201.5     $       256.3     $       669.0     $       755.2     1,882.0  
 
                             
 
(1)   Includes our lease on Woodland Hills, California office space that is currently under construction by the landlord. See Item 2, “Properties.”
 
(2)   Represents agreements to purchase products and services that are enforceable, legally binding and specify terms, including: fixed or minimum quantities to be purchased; fixed, minimum or variable price provisions; and the approximate timing of the payments.
 
(3)   Excludes $47.9 million of non-current uncertain tax benefits under FIN 48, which are included in other long-term obligations on our balance sheet at July 31, 2008. We have not included this amount in the table above because we cannot make a reasonably reliable estimate regarding the timing of settlements with taxing authorities, if any.

55


Table of Contents

Innovative Merchant Solutions Loan and Buyout Commitments
In April 2005 our wholly owned subsidiary, Innovative Merchant Solutions (IMS), became a member of Superior Bankcard Services, LLC (SBS), a newly formed entity that acquires merchant accounts for IMS. In connection with the formation of this entity IMS agreed to provide to SBS revolving loans in an amount of up to $24.5 million under the terms of a credit agreement. In June 2006 IMS entered into an amendment to the credit agreement to increase the amount of funds IMS may loan under that agreement to $40.0 million. The credit agreement expires in July 2013, although certain events, such as a sale of SBS, can trigger earlier termination. Amounts outstanding under the agreement at July 31, 2008 totaled $8.5 million at interest rates of 6.0% to 8.5%. Amounts outstanding under the agreement at July 31, 2007 totaled $11.2 million at an interest rate of 9.25%. There are no scheduled repayments on the outstanding loan balance. All unpaid principal amounts and the related accrued interest are due and payable in full at the loan expiration date.
The operating agreement of SBS requires that, no later than July 2009, either IMS agree to purchase the minority members’ interests in SBS at a price to be set by negotiation or arbitration, or IMS and the minority members pursue a sale of their interests in SBS to a third party.
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
SFAS 157, “Fair Value Measurements”
In September 2006 the FASB issued SFAS 157, “Fair Value Measurements.” SFAS 157 provides enhanced guidance for using fair value to measure assets and liabilities. The standard also responds to investors’ requests for expanded information about the extent to which companies measure assets and liabilities at fair value, the information used to measure fair value and the effect of fair value measurements on earnings. SFAS 157 applies whenever other standards require or permit assets or liabilities to be measured at fair value. This standard does not expand the use of fair value in any new circumstances. SFAS 157 is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007, which means that it will be effective for our fiscal year beginning August 1, 2008. We are in the process of evaluating this standard and therefore have not yet determined the impact that the adoption of SFAS 157 will have on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.
SFAS 159, “The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities”
In February 2007 the FASB issued SFAS 159, “The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities.” SFAS 159 provides companies with an option to report selected financial assets and liabilities at fair value. The standard’s objective is to reduce both complexity in accounting for financial instruments and the volatility in earnings caused by measuring related assets and liabilities differently. The standard requires companies to provide additional information that will help investors and other users of financial statements to more easily understand the effect of the company’s choice to use fair value on its earnings. It also requires companies to display the fair value of those assets and liabilities for which the company has chosen to use fair value on the face of the balance sheet. The new standard does not eliminate disclosure requirements included in other accounting standards, including requirements for disclosures about fair value measurements included in SFAS 157, “Fair Value Measurements,” and SFAS 107, “Disclosures about Fair Value of Financial Instruments.” SFAS 159 is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007, which means that it will be effective for our fiscal year beginning August 1, 2008. We are in the process of evaluating this standard and therefore have not yet determined the impact that the adoption of SFAS 159 will have on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.
SFAS 141 (revised 2007), “Business Combinations”
In December 2007 the FASB issued SFAS 141 (revised 2007), “ Business Combinations.” SFAS 141R will significantly change the accounting for business combinations in a number of areas, including the measurement of assets and liabilities acquired and the treatment of contingent consideration, contingencies, acquisition costs, in-process research and development and restructuring costs. In addition, under SFAS 141R, changes in deferred tax asset valuation allowances and acquired income tax uncertainties in a business combination after the measurement period will affect the income tax provision. SFAS 141R is effective for business combinations for which the

56


Table of Contents

acquisition date is on or after the beginning of the first annual reporting period beginning after December 15, 2008, which means that it will be effective for our fiscal year beginning August 1, 2009. Early adoption is prohibited. We are in the process of evaluating this standard and therefore have not yet determined the impact that the adoption of SFAS 141R will have on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.
SFAS 160, “Noncontrolling Interests in Consolidated Financial Statements”
In December 2007 the FASB issued SFAS 160, “ Noncontrolling Interests in Consolidated Financial Statements, ” which establishes accounting and reporting standards for the noncontrolling (minority) interest in a subsidiary and for the deconsolidation of a subsidiary. SFAS 160 is effective for business arrangements entered into in fiscal years beginning on or after December 15, 2008, which means that it will be effective for our fiscal year beginning August 1, 2009. Early adoption is prohibited. We are in the process of evaluating this standard and therefore have not yet determined the impact that the adoption of SFAS 160 will have on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.
FSP SFAS 142-3, “ Determination of the Useful Life of Intangible Assets”
In April 2008 the FASB issued FASB Staff Position (FSP) SFAS 142-3, “ Determination of the Useful Life of Intangible Assets.” FSP SFAS 142-3 amends the factors that should be considered in developing renewal or extension assumptions used to determine the useful life of a recognized intangible asset under SFAS 142, “ Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets.” This new staff position is intended to improve the consistency between the useful life of a recognized intangible asset under SFAS 142 and the period of expected cash flows used to measure the fair value of the asset under SFAS 141(R), “Business Combinations.” FSP SFAS 142-3 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008, which means that it will be effective for our fiscal year beginning August 1, 2009. We are in the process of evaluating this staff position and therefore have not yet determined the impact that adoption of FSP SFAS 142-3 will have on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

57


Table of Contents

ITEM 7A
QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
Investment Portfolio
Our investments consist of instruments that meet quality standards that are consistent with our investment policy. This policy specifies that, except for direct obligations of the United States government, securities issued by agencies of the United States government, and money market funds, we diversify our investments by limiting our holdings with any individual issuer. We do not hold derivative financial instruments in our portfolio of investments.
See Note 2 to the financial statements in Item 8, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Liquidity and Capital Resources,” in Item 7; and “Risk Factors” in Item 1A of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for a description of market events that have affected the liquidity of certain municipal auction rate securities that we held at July 31, 2008.
The following table presents our portfolio of cash equivalents and available-for-sale debt securities as of July 31, 2008 by stated maturity. The table is classified by the original maturity date listed on the security and includes cash equivalents, which consist primarily of money market funds. At July 31, 2008, the weighted average interest rate earned on our money market accounts was 2.73% and the weighted average tax adjusted interest rate earned on our investments was 6.03%.
                                                         
    Years Ending July 31,        
                                            2014 and        
(In thousands)   2009     2010     2011     2012     2013     Thereafter     Total  
 
Cash equivalents
  382,702                         382,702  
Investments
    109,562       193,444       10,402       1,992       1,251       97,842       414,493  
Long-term investments
          14,700                         270,625       285,325  
 
                                         
Total
    492,264       208,144          10,402            1,992            1,251       368,467     1,082,520  
 
                                         
Interest Rate Risk
Our cash equivalents and investments are subject to market risk due to changes in interest rates. Interest rate movements affect the interest income we earn on cash equivalents and investments and the value of those investments. Should the Federal Reserve Target Rate increase by 25 basis points from the level of July 31, 2008, the value of our investments would decline by approximately $1.1 million. Should interest rates increase by 100 basis points from the level of July 31, 2008, the value of our investments would decline by approximately $4.4 million.
We are also exposed to the impact of changes in interest rates as they affect our $500 million revolving credit facility. Advances under the credit facility accrue interest at rates that are equal to Citibank’s base rate or the London InterBank Offered Rate (LIBOR) plus a margin that ranges from 0.18% to 0.575% based on our senior debt credit ratings. Consequently, our interest expense would fluctuate with changes in the general level of these interest rates if we were to borrow any amounts under the credit facility. At July 31, 2008, no amounts were outstanding under the credit facility.
On March 12, 2007 we issued $500 million of 5.40% senior unsecured notes due on March 15, 2012 and $500 million of 5.75% senior unsecured notes due on March 15, 2017. Since these senior notes bear interest at fixed rates, they are not subject to market risk due to changes in interest rates.
Impact of Foreign Currency Rate Changes
The functional currencies of our international operating subsidiaries are the local currencies. We translate the assets and liabilities of our foreign subsidiaries at the exchange rates in effect on the balance sheet date. We translate their revenue, costs and expenses at the average rates of exchange in effect during the period. We include translation

58


Table of Contents

gains and losses in the stockholders’ equity section of our balance sheet. We include net gains and losses resulting from foreign exchange transactions in interest and other income in our statements of operations.
Since we translate foreign currencies (primarily Canadian dollars, British pounds and Indian rupees) into U.S dollars for financial reporting purposes, currency fluctuations can have an impact on our financial results. The historical impact of currency fluctuations has generally been immaterial. We believe that our exposure to currency exchange fluctuation risk is not significant primarily because our global subsidiaries invoice customers and satisfy their financial obligations almost exclusively in their local currencies. Although the impact of currency fluctuations on our financial results has generally been immaterial in the past and we believe that for the reasons cited above currency fluctuations will not be significant in the future, there can be no guarantee that the impact of currency fluctuations will not be material in the future. As of July 31, 2008 we did not engage in foreign currency hedging activities.

59


Table of Contents

ITEM 8
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA
1.   INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
    The following financial statements are filed as part of this Report:
         
    Page
 
    61  
 
       
    63  
 
       
    64  
 
       
    65  
 
       
    66  
 
       
    67  
2.   INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
 
    The following financial statement schedule is filed as part of this Report and should be read in conjunction with the Consolidated Financial Statements:
         
Schedule   Page
 
II        Valuation and Qualifying Accounts
    106  
All other schedules not listed above have been omitted because they are inapplicable or are not required.

60


Table of Contents

REPORT OF ERNST & YOUNG LLP,
INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
The Board of Directors and Stockholders of Intuit Inc.
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Intuit Inc. as of July 31, 2008 and 2007, and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended July 31, 2008. Our audits also included the financial statement schedule listed in the Index at Item 15(a) 2. These financial statements and schedule are the responsibility of Intuit Inc.’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and schedule based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Intuit Inc. at July 31, 2008 and 2007, and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended July 31, 2008, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Also, in our opinion, the related financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly in all material respects the information set forth therein.
As discussed in Note 11 to the consolidated financial statements, effective August 1, 2007, the Company adopted Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) Interpretation No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes, an interpretation of FASB Statement No 109 .
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), Intuit Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting as of July 31, 2008, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report dated September 11, 2008 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.
/s/ ERNST & YOUNG LLP
San Jose, California
September 11, 2008

61


Table of Contents

REPORT OF ERNST & YOUNG LLP,
INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
The Board of Directors and Stockholders of Intuit Inc.
We have audited Intuit Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting as of July 31, 2008, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (the COSO criteria). Intuit Inc.’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies and procedures may deteriorate.
In our opinion, Intuit Inc. maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of July 31, 2008, based on the COSO criteria.
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the fiscal 2008 consolidated financial statements of Intuit Inc. and our report dated September 11, 2008 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.
/s/ ERNST & YOUNG LLP
San Jose, California
September 11, 2008

62


Table of Contents

INTUIT INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
                         
    Twelve Months Ended July 31,  
(In thousands, except per share amounts)   2008     2007     2006  
 
Net revenue:
                       
Product
  $  1,496,655     $  1,447,392     $  1,335,430  
Service and other
    1,574,319       1,225,555       957,580  
 
                 
Total net revenue
    3,070,974       2,672,947       2,293,010  
 
                 
Costs and expenses:
                       
Cost of revenue:
                       
Cost of product revenue
    154,147       169,101       165,949  
Cost of service and other revenue
    414,100       309,419       232,588  
Amortization of purchased intangible assets
    56,011       30,926       8,785  
Selling and marketing
    859,647       742,368       657,588  
Research and development
    605,818       472,516       385,795  
General and administrative
    294,966       291,083       267,233  
Acquisition-related charges
    35,518       19,964       9,478  
 
                 
Total costs and expenses
    2,420,207       2,035,377       1,727,416  
 
                 
Operating income from continuing operations
    650,767       637,570       565,594  
Interest expense
    (52,290 )     (27,091 )      
Interest and other income
    46,520       52,689       43,023  
Gains on marketable equity securities and other investments, net
    1,417       1,568       7,629  
Gain on sale of outsourced payroll assets
    51,571       31,676        
 
                 
Income from continuing operations before income taxes
    697,985       696,412       616,246  
Income tax provision
    245,579       251,607       234,592  
Minority interest expense, net of tax
    1,656       1,337       691  
 
                 
Net income from continuing operations
    450,750       443,468       380,963  
Net income (loss) from discontinued operations
    26,012       (3,465 )     36,000  
 
                 
Net income
  $ 476,762     $ 440,003     $ 416,963  
 
                 
 
                       
Basic net income per share from continuing operations
  $ 1.37     $ 1.29     $ 1.10  
Basic net income (loss) per share from discontinued operations
    0.08       (0.01 )     0.10  
 
                 
Basic net income per share
  $ 1.45     $ 1.28     $ 1.20  
 
                 
Shares used in basic per share amounts
    328,545       342,637       347,854  
 
                 
 
                       
Diluted net income per share from continuing operations
  $ 1.33     $ 1.25     $ 1.06  
Diluted net income (loss) per share from discontinued operations
  $ 0.08       (0.01 )     0.10  
 
                 
Diluted net income per share
  $ 1.41     $ 1.24     $ 1.16  
 
                 
Shares used in diluted per share amounts
    339,268       355,815       360,471  
 
                 
See accompanying notes.

63


Table of Contents

INTUIT INC.
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
                 
    July 31,  
(In thousands, except par value)   2008     2007  
ASSETS
               
Current assets:
               
Cash and cash equivalents
  $   413,340     $   255,201  
Investments
    414,493       1,048,470  
Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $15,636 and $15,248
    127,230       131,691  
Income taxes receivable
    60,564       54,178  
Deferred income taxes
    101,730       84,682  
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
    45,457       54,854  
Current assets of discontinued operations
          8,515  
 
           
Current assets before funds held for customers
    1,162,814       1,637,591  
Funds held for customers
    610,748       314,341  
 
           
Total current assets
    1,773,562       1,951,932  
 
               
Long-term investments
    288,310        
Property and equipment, net
    507,499       298,396  
Goodwill
    1,698,087       1,517,036  
Purchased intangible assets, net
    273,087       292,884  
Long-term deferred income taxes
    52,491       72,066  
Other assets
    73,548       67,501  
Long-term assets of discontinued operations
          52,211  
 
           
Total assets
  $ 4,666,584     $ 4,252,026  
 
           
 
               
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
               
Current liabilities:
               
Accounts payable
  $ 115,198     $ 119,799  
Accrued compensation and related liabilities
    229,819       192,286  
Deferred revenue
    359,936       313,753  
Income taxes payable
    16,211       33,278  
Other current liabilities
    135,326       171,650  
Current liabilities of discontinued operations
          15,002  
 
           
Current liabilities before customer fund deposits
    856,490       845,768  
Customer fund deposits
    610,748       314,341  
 
           
Total current liabilities
    1,467,238       1,160,109  
 
               
Long-term debt
    997,996       997,819  
Other long-term obligations
    121,489       57,756  
 
           
Total liabilities
    2,586,723       2,215,684  
 
           
 
               
Commitments and contingencies
               
Minority interest
    6,907       1,329  
 
               
Stockholders’ equity:
               
Preferred stock, $0.01 par value
           
Authorized - 1,345 shares total; 145 shares designated Series A; 250 shares designated Series B Junior Participating
               
Issued and outstanding - None
               
Common stock, $0.01 par value
    3,226       3,391  
Authorized - 750,000 shares
               
Issued and outstanding - 322,600 shares at July 31, 2008 and 339,157 shares at July 31, 2007
               
Additional paid-in capital
    2,404,523       2,247,755  
Treasury stock, at cost
    (2,786,499 )     (2,207,114 )
Accumulated other comprehensive income
    7,722       6,096  
Retained earnings
    2,443,982       1,984,885  
 
           
Total stockholders’ equity
    2,072,954       2,035,013  
 
           
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
  $ 4,666,584     $ 4,252,026  
 
           
See accompanying notes.

64


Table of Contents

INTUIT INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
                                                                 
                                            Accumulated                
                    Additional                     Other             Total  
    Common Stock     Paid-In     Treasury     Deferred     Comprehensive     Retained     Stockholders’  
(Dollars in thousands)   Shares     Amount     Capital     Stock     Compensation     Income     Earnings     Equity  
 
Balance at July 31, 2005
    179,270,062     $ 1,793     $  1,976,161     $  (1,557,833 )   $ (16,283 )   $ 174     $  1,291,487     $ 1,695,499  
Reclassification of deferred compensation balance upon adoption of SFAS 123(R)
                (16,283 )           16,283                    
Components of comprehensive income:
                                                               
Net income
                                        416,963       416,963  
Other comprehensive income, net of tax
                                  910             910  
 
                                                             
Comprehensive net income
                                                            417,873  
Issuance of common stock under
employee stock plans - pre-split
    8,098,645       81             374,814                   (104,090 )     270,805  
Stock repurchases under stock
repurchase programs - pre-split
    (15,507,013 )     (155 )           (784,031 )                       (784,186 )
Tax benefit from employee stock
option transactions
                57,956                               57,956  
Share-based compensation (1)
    186             71,638                               71,638  
Stock split effected in the form of a 100%
stock dividend
    171,861,694       1,719                               (1,719 )      
Issuance of common stock upon
exercise of options and other - post-split
    447,205       4             23,014                   (14,517 )     8,501  
     
Balance at July 31, 2006
    344,170,779       3,442       2,089,472       (1,944,036 )           1,084       1,588,124       1,738,086  
Components of comprehensive income:
                                                               
Net income
                                        440,003       440,003  
Other comprehensive income, net of tax
                                  5,012             5,012  
 
                                                             
Comprehensive net income
                                                            445,015  
Issuance of common stock under
employee stock plans
    12,013,581       119       12,452       242,168                   (41,907 )     212,832  
Restricted stock units released, net of taxes
    61,904       1       (1,462 )     1,334                   (1,335 )     (1,462 )
Assumed vested stock options from
purchase acquisitions
                13,898                               13,898  
Stock repurchases under stock
repurchase programs
    (17,083,600 )     (171 )           (506,422 )                       (506,593 )
Repurchase of vested restricted stock
    (5,362 )                 (158 )                       (158 )
Tax benefit from employee stock
option transactions
                56,081                               56,081  
Share-based compensation (2)
                77,314                               77,314  
     
Balance at July 31, 2007
    339,157,302       3,391       2,247,755       (2,207,114 )           6,096       1,984,885       2,035,013  
Components of comprehensive income:
                                                               
Net income
                                        476,762       476,762  
Other comprehensive income, net of tax
                                  1,626             1,626  
 
                                                             
Comprehensive net income
                                                            478,388  
Issuance of common stock under
employee stock plans
    10,266,359       102             213,519                   (10,838 )     202,783  
Restricted stock units released, net of taxes
    347,251       4       (8,122 )     6,823                   (6,827 )     (8,122 )
Issuance of restricted stock units pursuant
to Management Stock Purchase Plan
                2,284                               2,284  
Assumed vested stock options from
purchase acquisitions
                11,096                               11,096  
Stock repurchases under stock
repurchase programs
    (27,171,082 )     (271 )           (799,727 )                       (799,998 )
Tax benefit from employee stock
option transactions
                38,226                               38,226  
Share-based compensation (3)
                113,284                               113,284  
     
Balance at July 31, 2008
    322,599,830     $ 3,226     $ 2,404,523     $ (2,786,499 )   $     $ 7,722     $ 2,443,982     $ 2,072,954  
     
 
(1)   Includes $70,340 for continuing operations and $1,298 for discontinued operations.
 
(2)   Includes $76,313 for continuing operations and $1,001 for discontinued operations.
 
(3)   Includes $113,238 for continuing operations and $46 for discontinued operations.
See accompanying notes.

65


Table of Contents

INTUIT INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                         
    Twelve Months Ended July 31,  
(In thousands)   2008     2007     2006  
Cash flows from operating activities:
                       
Net income
  476,762     440,003     416,963  
Net (income) loss from discontinued operations (1)
    755       1,140       (39,533 )
 
                 
Net income from continuing operations (1)
    477,517       441,143       377,430  
Adjustments to reconcile net income from continuing operations to net cash provided by operating activities:
                       
Depreciation
    116,572       94,175       94,237  
Amortization of intangible assets
    99,891       64,353       32,502  
Share-based compensation
    113,284       77,314       71,361  
Net gains on marketable equity securities and other investments
    (1,417 )     (1,568 )     (7,629 )
Gain on sale of outsourced payroll assets
    (51,571 )     (31,676 )      
Gain on sale of Intuit Distribution Management Solutions
    (45,667 )            
Deferred income taxes
    60,550       (39,200 )     (18,943 )
Tax benefit from share-based compensation plans
    38,226       56,081       57,956  
Excess tax benefit from share-based compensation plans
    (20,764 )     (30,913 )     (26,981 )
Other
    13,612       6,212       2,630  
 
                 
Subtotal
    800,233       635,921       582,563  
 
                 
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
                       
Accounts receivable
    11,427       (3,913 )     (10,981 )
Prepaid expenses, income taxes and other current assets
    (14,360 )     1,600       (2,912 )
Accounts payable
    (17,504 )     18,574       4,256  
Accrued compensation and related liabilities
    28,508       3,641       26,438  
Deferred revenue
    47,472       23,250       18,656  
Income taxes payable
    (15,147 )     (1,202 )     (6,276 )
Other liabilities
    (10,439 )     48,889       (16,284 )
 
                 
Total changes in operating assets and liabilities
    29,957       90,839       12,897  
 
                 
Net cash provided by operating activities of continuing operations (1)
    830,190       726,760       595,460  
Net cash provided by operating activities of discontinued operations (1)
                14,090  
 
                 
Net cash provided by operating activities
    830,190       726,760       609,550  
 
                 
 
                       
Cash flows from investing activities:
                       
Purchases of available-for-sale debt securities
    (934,335 )     (2,466,642 )     (1,636,765 )
Sales of available-for-sale debt securities
    1,045,321       1,997,825       1,388,216  
Maturities of available-for-sale debt securities
    236,895       528,647       137,440  
Net change in funds held for customers’ money market funds and other cash equivalents
    (290,462 )     (51,242 )     539  
Purchases of property and equipment
    (261,901 )     (104,922 )     (44,522 )
Capitalization of internal use software
    (44,226 )     (48,335 )     (37,552 )
Net change in customer fund deposits
    290,462       (42,958 )     (539 )
Acquisitions of businesses and intangible assets, net of cash acquired
    (264,525 )     (1,271,791 )     (42,231 )
Cash received from acquirer of outsourced payroll assets
    34,883       54,900        
Proceeds from divestiture of businesses
    97,147             23,169  
Other
    4,691       (7,958 )     2,248  
 
                 
Net cash used in investing activities of continuing operations (1)
    (86,050 )     (1,412,476 )     (209,997 )
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities of discontinued operations (1)
    (755 )     19,849       171,833  
 
                 
Net cash used in investing activities
    (86,805 )     (1,392,627 )     (38,164 )
 
                 
 
                       
Cash flows from financing activities:
                       
Proceeds from bridge credit facility
          1,000,000        
Retirement of bridge credit facility
          (1,000,000 )      
Issuance of long-term debt, net of discounts
          997,755        
Net proceeds from issuance of common stock under stock plans
    194,661       211,370       279,306  
Purchases of treasury stock
    (799,998 )     (506,751 )     (784,186 )
Excess tax benefit from share-based compensation plans
    20,764       30,913       26,981  
Issuance of restricted stock units pursuant to Management Stock Purchase Plan
    2,284              
Other
    (4,220 )     573       (923 )
 
                 
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities
    (586,509 )     733,860       (478,822 )
 
                 
 
                       
Effect of exchange rates on cash and cash equivalents
    1,263       7,607       3,195  
 
                 
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents
    158,139       75,600       95,759  
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period
    255,201       179,601       83,842  
 
                 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period
  $ 413,340     $ 255,201     $ 179,601  
 
                 
 
                       
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:
                       
Interest paid
  $ 56,481     $ 6,196     $  
 
                 
Income taxes paid
  $ 185,549     $ 221,701     $ 228,282  
 
                 
Increases in property and equipment and in other liabilities in connection with leasehold improvement additions that were directly funded by landlord allowances under certain operating leases
  $ 4,926     $ 24,478     $ 353  
 
                 
 
(1)   We have segregated the cash flows of our ITS discontinued operations on these statements of cash flows. Because the cash flows of our IDMS discontinued operations were not material for any period presented, we have not segregated the cash flows of that business on these statements of cash flows. See Note 7 to the financial statements.
See accompanying notes.

66


Table of Contents

INTUIT INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
Description of Business
Intuit Inc. provides business and financial management solutions for small and medium sized businesses, financial institutions, consumers, and accounting professionals. Our flagship software products and services, including QuickBooks, Quicken and TurboTax, simplify small business management and payroll processing, personal finance, and tax preparation and filing. Lacerte and ProSeries are Intuit’s tax preparation offerings for professional accountants. Our financial institutions division, anchored by Digital Insight, provides outsourced online banking services to banks and credit unions. Founded in 1983 and headquartered in Mountain View, California, we sell our products and services primarily in the United States.
Basis of Presentation
These consolidated financial statements include the financial statements of Intuit and its wholly owned subsidiaries. We have eliminated all significant intercompany balances and transactions in consolidation. We have reclassified certain amounts previously reported in our financial statements to conform to the current presentation, including amounts related to discontinued operations and reportable segments.
These consolidated financial statements also include the financial position, results of operations and cash flows of Superior Bankcard Services, LLC (SBS), an entity formed in April 2005 that acquires merchant accounts for our Innovative Merchant Solutions (IMS) business. IMS provides merchant services to small businesses that include credit card, debit card and other payment processing services. At July 31, 2008 and 2007, SBS had total assets of $12.8 million and $14.8 million. SBS had total revenue of $17.6 million, $13.5 million and $7.1 million for the twelve months ended July 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006. We are allocated 51% of the earnings and losses of this entity and 100% of the losses in excess of the minority interest capital balances. We therefore eliminate the portion of the SBS financial results that pertain to the minority interests on a separate line in our statements of operations and on our balance sheets. The operating agreement of SBS requires that, no later than July 2009, either IMS agree to purchase the minority members’ interests in SBS at a price to be set by negotiation or arbitration, or IMS and the minority members pursue a sale of their interests in SBS to a third party. See Note 10.
In February 2007 we acquired Digital Insight Corporation for a total purchase price of approximately $1.34 billion. In December 2007 we acquired Homestead Technologies Inc. for total consideration of approximately $170 million and in February 2008 we acquired Electronic Clearing House, Inc. for a total purchase price of approximately $131 million. Accordingly, we have included the results of operations for these companies in our consolidated results of operations from their respective dates of acquisition. See Note 6.
As discussed in Note 7, in August 2007 we sold our Intuit Distribution Management Solutions (IDMS) business and in December 2005 we sold our Intuit Information Technology Solutions (ITS) business. Accordingly, we have reclassified our financial statements for all periods prior to the sales to reflect IDMS and ITS as discontinued operations. Unless noted otherwise, discussions in these notes pertain to our continuing operations.
On July 6, 2006 we implemented a two-for-one stock split in the form of a 100% stock dividend. All share and per share figures in the statements of operations and the notes to the financial statements retroactively reflect this stock split.
Seasonality
Our QuickBooks, Consumer Tax and Accounting Professionals businesses are highly seasonal. Some of our other offerings are also seasonal, but to a lesser extent. Revenue from our QuickBooks software products tends to be highest during our second and third fiscal quarters, although the timing of new product releases or changes in our offerings can materially shift revenue between quarters. Sales of income tax preparation products and services are heavily concentrated in the period from November through April. These seasonal patterns mean that our total net revenue is usually highest during our second quarter ending January 31 and third quarter ending April 30. We

67


Table of Contents

typically report losses in our first quarter ending October 31 and fourth quarter ending July 31, when revenue from our tax businesses is minimal while operating expenses continue at relatively consistent levels.
Use of Estimates
We make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and the disclosures made in the accompanying notes. For example, we use estimates in determining the appropriate levels of reserves for product returns and rebates, the collectibility of accounts receivable, the appropriate levels of various accruals, the amount of our worldwide tax provision and the realizability of deferred tax assets. We also use estimates in determining the remaining economic lives and carrying values of purchased intangible assets (including goodwill), property and equipment, and other long-lived assets. In addition, we use assumptions to estimate the fair value of share-based compensation. Despite our intention to establish accurate estimates and use reasonable assumptions, actual results may differ from our estimates.
Revenue Recognition
We derive revenue from the sale of packaged software products, license fees, software subscriptions, product support, hosting services, payroll services, merchant services, professional services, transaction fees and multiple element arrangements that may include any combination of these items. We recognize revenue for software products and related services in accordance with the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants’ Statement of Position (SOP) 97-2, “ Software Revenue Recognition ,” as modified by SOP 98-9. For other offerings, we follow Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 104, “Revenue Recognition .” We recognize revenue when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, we have delivered the product or performed the service, the fee is fixed or determinable and collectibility is probable.
In some situations, we receive advance payments from our customers. We defer revenue associated with these advance payments and the relative fair value of undelivered elements under multiple element arrangements until we ship the products or perform the services.
In accordance with the Financial Accounting Standard Board’s (FASB’s) Emerging Issues Task Force Issue No. 01-9, “ Accounting for Consideration Given by a Vendor to a Customer or a Reseller of the Vendor’s Product ,” we account for cash consideration (such as sales incentives) that we give to our customers or resellers as a reduction of revenue rather than as an operating expense unless we receive a benefit that we can identify and for which we can reasonably estimate the fair value.
Product Revenue
We recognize revenue from the sale of our packaged software products and supplies when legal title transfers, which is generally when our customers download products from the Web, when we ship the products or, in the case of certain agreements, when products are delivered to retailers. We sell some of our QuickBooks, Consumer Tax and Quicken products on consignment to certain retailers. We recognize revenue for these consignment transactions only when the end-user sale has occurred. For products that are sold on a subscription basis and include periodic updates, we recognize revenue ratably over the contractual time period. We record revenue net of our sales tax obligations.
We recognize product revenue in accordance with SFAS 48, “Revenue Recognition When Right of Return Exists.” We reduce product revenue from distributors and retailers for estimated returns that are based on historical returns experience and other factors, such as the volume and price mix of products in the retail channel, return rates for prior releases of the product, trends in retailer inventory and economic trends that might impact customer demand for our products (including the competitive environment and the timing of new releases of our product). We also reduce product revenue for the estimated redemption of rebates on certain current product sales. Our estimated reserves for distributor and retailer sales incentive rebates are based on distributors’ and retailers’ actual performance against the terms and conditions of rebate programs, which we typically establish annually. Our reserves for end user rebates are estimated based on the terms and conditions of the specific promotional rebate program, actual sales during the promotion and historical redemption trends by product and by type of promotional program.
Service Revenue
We recognize revenue from payroll processing and payroll tax filing services as the services are performed, provided we have no other remaining obligations to these customers. We generally require customers to remit

68


Table of Contents

payroll tax funds to us in advance of the applicable payroll due date via electronic funds transfer. We include in total net revenue the interest earned on invested balances resulting from timing differences between when we collect these funds from customers and when we remit the funds to outside parties.
We offer several technical support plans and recognize support revenue over the life of the plans. Service revenue also includes Web services such as QuickBooks Online and TurboTax Online, and electronic tax filing services in both our Consumer Tax and Accounting Professionals segments. Service revenue for electronic payment processing services that we provide to merchants is recorded net of interchange fees charged by credit card associations because we do not control these fees. Finally, service revenue includes revenue from consulting and training services, primarily in our Intuit Real Estate Solutions business. We generally recognize revenue as these services are performed, provided that we have no other remaining obligations to these customers and that the services performed are not essential to the functionality of delivered products and services.
We recognize revenue from our outsourced online banking services for financial institutions, for which we host our customers’ Internet banking and business banking applications, in two ways. Revenue earned for upfront fees for implementation services is recognized ratably over the greater of the initial life of the customer contract or the estimated life of the customer service relationship, which is approximately seven years. Revenue and amounts billed for recurring monthly services are earned as services are performed.
Other Revenue
Other revenue consists primarily of revenue from revenue-sharing arrangements with third-party service providers. We recognize transaction fees from revenue-sharing arrangements as end-user sales are reported to us by these partners.
Multiple Element Arrangements
We enter into certain revenue arrangements for which we are obligated to deliver multiple products and/or services (multiple elements). For these arrangements, which generally include software products, we allocate and defer revenue for the undelivered elements based on their vendor-specific objective evidence of fair value (VSOE). VSOE is the price charged when that element is sold separately.
In situations where VSOE exists for all elements (delivered and undelivered), we allocate the total revenue to be earned under the arrangement among the various elements, based on their relative fair value. For arrangements where VSOE exists only for the undelivered elements, we defer the full fair value of the undelivered elements and recognize the difference between the total arrangement fee and the amount deferred for the undelivered items as revenue. If VSOE does not exist for an undelivered service element, we recognize the revenue from the entire arrangement as the services are delivered. If VSOE does not exist for undelivered elements that are specified products or features, we defer revenue until the earlier of the delivery of all elements or the point at which we determine VSOE for these undelivered elements.
We recognize revenue related to the delivered products or services only if: (1) the above revenue recognition criteria are met; (2) any undelivered products or services are not essential to the functionality of the delivered products and services; (3) payment for the delivered products or services is not contingent upon delivery of the remaining products or services; and (4) we have an enforceable claim to receive the amount due in the event that we do not deliver the undelivered products or services.
Shipping and Handling
We record the amounts we charge our customers for the shipping and handling of our software products as product revenue and we record the related costs as cost of product revenue in our statements of operations. Product revenue from shipping and handling was not significant for the twelve months ended July 31, 2008, 2007 or 2006.

69


Table of Contents

Customer Service and Technical Support
We include the costs of providing customer service under paid technical support contracts on the cost of service and other revenue line in our statements of operations. We include customer service and free technical support costs on the sales and marketing expense line in our statements of operations. Customer service and technical support costs include costs associated with performing order processing, answering customer inquiries by telephone and through Web sites, e-mail and other electronic means, and providing free technical support assistance to customers. In connection with the sale of certain products, we provide a limited amount of free technical support assistance to customers. We do not defer the recognition of any revenue associated with sales of these products, since the cost of providing this free technical support is insignificant. The technical support is generally provided within one year after the associated revenue is recognized and free product enhancements are minimal and infrequent. We accrue the estimated cost of providing this free support upon product shipment.
Software Development Costs
Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) 86, “ Accounting for Costs of Computer Software to be Sold, Leased, or otherwise Marketed ,” requires companies to expense software development costs as they incur them until technological feasibility has been established, at which time those costs are capitalized until the product is available for general release to customers. To date, our software has been available for general release concurrent with the establishment of technological feasibility and, accordingly, we have not capitalized any development costs. SFAS 2, “ Accounting for Research and Development Costs ,” establishes accounting and reporting standards for research and development. In accordance with SFAS 2, costs we incur to enhance our existing products or after the general release of the service using the product are expensed in the period they are incurred and included in research and development costs in our statements of operations.
Internal Use Software
We capitalize costs related to computer software developed or obtained for internal use in accordance with SOP 98-1, “ Accounting for the Costs of Computer Software Developed or Obtained for Internal Use .” Software obtained for internal use has generally been enterprise-level business and finance software that we customize to meet our specific operational needs. Costs incurred in the application development phase are capitalized and amortized over their useful lives, generally three to five years. We have not sold, leased or licensed software developed for internal use to our customers and we have no intention of doing so in the future.
Advertising
We expense advertising costs as we incur them. We recorded advertising expense of approximately $120.6 million, $94.9 million and $64.5 million for the twelve months ended July 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006.
Leases
We review all leases for capital or operating classification at their inception under the guidance of SFAS 13, “Accounting for Leases,” as amended. We use our incremental borrowing rate in the assessment of lease classification and define the initial lease term to include the construction build-out period but to exclude lease extension periods. We conduct our operations primarily under operating leases. For leases that contain rent escalations, we record the total rent payable during the lease term, as defined above, on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease. We record the difference between the rents paid and the straight-line rent in a deferred rent account in other current liabilities or other long-term obligations, as appropriate, on our balance sheets.
In accordance with FASB Technical Bulletin (FTB) No. 88-1, “Issues Relating to Accounting for Leases,” we record landlord allowances as deferred rent liabilities in other current liabilities or other long-term obligations, as appropriate, on our balance sheets. We record landlord cash incentives as operating activity on our statements of cash flows. We record other landlord allowances as non-cash investing and financing activities on our statements of cash flows. Also in accordance with FTB 88-1, we classify the amortization of landlord allowances as a reduction of occupancy expense in our statements of operations.

70


Table of Contents

Capitalization of Interest Expense
In accordance with SFAS 34, “Capitalization of Interest Cost ,” we capitalize interest on capital projects, including facilities build-out projects and internal use computer software projects. Capitalization commences with the first expenditure for the project and continues until the project is substantially complete and ready for its intended use. We amortize capitalized interest to depreciation expense using the straight-line method over the same lives as the related assets. Capitalized interest was not significant for the twelve months ended July 31, 2008, 2007 or 2006.
Foreign Currency
The functional currencies of our international operating subsidiaries are the local currencies. We translate the assets and liabilities of our foreign subsidiaries at the exchange rates in effect on the balance sheet date. We translate their revenue, costs and expenses at the average rates of exchange in effect during the period. We include translation gains and losses in the stockholders’ equity section of our balance sheet. We include net gains and losses resulting from foreign exchange transactions in interest and other income in our statements of operations.
Income Taxes
When we prepare our financial statements, we estimate our income taxes based on the various jurisdictions where we conduct business. Significant judgment is required in determining our worldwide income tax provision. We estimate our current tax liability and assess temporary differences that result from differing treatments of certain items for tax and accounting purposes. These differences result in deferred tax assets and liabilities, which we show on our balance sheet. We must then assess the likelihood that our deferred tax assets will be realized. To the extent we believe that realization is not likely, we establish a valuation allowance. When we establish a valuation allowance or increase this allowance in an accounting period, we record a corresponding tax expense in our statement of operations.
We review the need for a valuation allowance to reflect uncertainties about whether we will be able to utilize some of our deferred tax assets before they expire. The valuation allowance analysis is based on our estimates of taxable income for the jurisdictions in which we operate and the periods over which our deferred tax assets will be realizable. While we have considered future taxable income in assessing the need for a valuation allowance for the periods presented, we could be required to record a valuation allowance to take into account additional deferred tax assets that we may be unable to realize. An increase in the valuation allowance would have an adverse impact, which could be material, on our income tax provision and net income in the period in which we record the increase.
We adopted FASB Interpretation (FIN) No. 48, “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes—An Interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109” on August 1, 2007. As a result of our adoption of FIN 48 we recognize and measure benefits for uncertain tax positions accounted for in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 109, “Accounting for Income Taxes,” using a two-step approach. The first step is to evaluate the tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return by determining if the weight of available evidence indicates that it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained upon audit, including resolution of any related appeals or litigation processes. For tax positions that are more likely than not of being sustained upon audit, the second step is to measure the tax benefit as the largest amount that is more than 50% likely of being realized upon settlement. Significant judgment is required to evaluate uncertain tax positions. We evaluate our uncertain tax positions on a quarterly basis. Our evaluations are based upon a number of factors, including changes in facts or circumstances, changes in tax law, correspondence with tax authorities during the course of audits and effective settlement of audit issues. Changes in the recognition or measurement of uncertain tax positions could result in material increases or decreases in our income tax expense in the period in which we make the change, which could have a material impact on our effective tax rate and operating results.

71


Table of Contents

Per Share Computations
We compute basic net income or loss per share using the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period. We compute diluted net income per share using the weighted average number of common shares and dilutive potential common shares outstanding during the period. Dilutive potential common shares consist of the shares issuable upon the exercise of stock options and upon the vesting of restricted stock units (RSUs) under the treasury stock method. In loss periods, basic net loss per share and diluted net loss per share are identical since the effect of potential common shares is anti-dilutive and therefore excluded.
We include stock options with combined exercise prices and unrecognized compensation expense that are less than the average market price for our common stock, and RSUs with unrecognized compensation expense that is less than the average market price for our common stock, in the calculation of diluted net income per share. We exclude stock options with combined exercise prices and unrecognized compensation expense that are greater than the average market price for our common stock, and RSUs with unrecognized compensation expense that is greater than the average market price for our common stock, from the calculation of diluted net income per share because their effect is anti-dilutive. Under the treasury stock method, the amount that must be paid to exercise stock options, the amount of compensation expense for future service that we have not yet recognized for stock options and RSUs, and the amount of tax benefits that will be recorded in additional paid-in capital when the awards become deductible are assumed to be used to repurchase shares.

72


Table of Contents

The following table presents the composition of shares used in the computation of basic and diluted net income per share for the periods indicated.
                         
    Twelve Months Ended July 31,  
(In thousands, except per share amounts)   2008     2007     2006  
 
Numerator:
                       
Net income from continuing operations
  $  450,750     $  443,468     $  380,963  
Net income (loss) from discontinued operations
    26,012       (3,465 )     36,000  
 
                 
Net income
  $ 476,762     $ 440,003     $ 416,963  
 
                 
 
                       
Denominator:
                       
Shares used in basic per share amounts:
                       
Weighted average common shares outstanding
    328,545       342,637       347,854  
 
                 
 
                       
Shares used in diluted per share amounts:
                       
Weighted average common shares outstanding
    328,545       342,637       347,854  
Dilutive common equivalent shares from stock options and restricted stock awards
    10,723       13,178       12,617  
 
                 
Dilutive weighted average common shares outstanding
    339,268       355,815       360,471  
 
                 
 
                       
Basic and diluted net income per share:
                       
Basic net income per share from continuing operations
  $ 1.37     $ 1.29     $ 1.10  
Basic net income (loss) per share from discontinued operations
    0.08       (0.01 )     0.10  
 
                 
Basic net income per share
  $ 1.45     $ 1.28     $ 1.20  
 
                 
 
                       
Diluted net income per share from continuing operations
  $ 1.33     $ 1.25     $ 1.06  
Diluted net income (loss) per share from discontinued operations
    0.08       (0.01 )     0.10  
 
                 
Diluted net income per share
  $ 1.41     $ 1.24     $ 1.16  
 
                 
 
                       
Weighted average stock options and restricted stock awards excluded from calculation due to anti-dilutive effect
    18,419       10,652       15,593  
 
                 
 
 
                       
Cash Equivalents and Investments
We consider highly liquid investments with maturities of three months or less at the date of purchase to be cash equivalents. Cash equivalents consist primarily of AAA-rated money market funds in all periods presented. Investments consist of available-for-sale investment-grade debt securities that we carry at fair value. Long-term investments consist primarily of municipal auction rate securities that we carry at fair value. Due to a decrease in liquidity in the global credit markets, we estimate the fair values of these municipal auction rate securities based on valuation reports from third parties and a discounted cash flow model that we prepare. See Note 2. Except for direct obligations of the United States government, securities issued by agencies of the United States government, and money market funds, we diversify our investments by limiting our holdings with any individual issuer.
We use the specific identification method to compute gains and losses on investments. We include unrealized gains and losses on investments, net of tax, in the stockholders’ equity section of our balance sheet. We generally classify

73


Table of Contents

available-for-sale debt securities as current assets based upon our ability and intent to use any and all of these securities as necessary to satisfy the significant short-term liquidity requirements that may arise from the highly seasonal nature of our businesses. Because of our significant business seasonality, stock repurchase programs and acquisition opportunities, cash flow requirements may fluctuate dramatically from quarter to quarter and require us to use a significant amount of the investments held as available-for-sale securities.
Accounts Receivable
Accounts receivable are recorded at the invoiced amount and are not interest bearing. We maintain an allowance for doubtful accounts to reserve for potentially uncollectible receivables. We review our accounts receivable by aging category to identify significant customers or invoices with known disputes or collectibility issues. For those invoices not specifically reviewed, we provide reserves based on the age of the receivable. In determining the amount of the reserve, we make judgments about the creditworthiness of significant customers based on ongoing credit evaluations. We also consider our historical level of credit losses and current economic trends that might impact the level of future credit losses.
Funds Held for Customers and Customer Fund Deposits
Funds held for customers at July 31, 2008 and 2007 represent cash held on behalf of our payroll, payments and financial institutions customers that is invested in cash and cash equivalents. Customer fund deposits consist of amounts we owe on behalf of our payroll, payments and financial institutions customers, such as direct deposit payroll funds and payroll taxes.
Property and Equipment
Property and equipment is stated at cost, net of accumulated depreciation. We calculate depreciation using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets, which range from two to 30 years. We amortize leasehold improvements using the straight-line method over the lesser of their estimated useful lives or remaining lease terms. We include the amortization of assets that are recorded under capital leases in depreciation expense.
Goodwill, Purchased Intangible Assets and Other Long-Lived Assets
We record goodwill when the purchase price of net tangible and intangible assets we acquire exceeds their fair value. We amortize the cost of identified intangible assets on a straight-line basis over periods ranging from three to eight years.
We regularly perform reviews to determine if the carrying values of our long-lived assets are impaired. In accordance with SFAS 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets,” we review goodwill and other intangible assets that have indefinite useful lives for impairment at least annually in our fourth fiscal quarter, or more frequently if an event occurs indicating the potential for impairment. In accordance with SFAS 144, “ Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets ,” we review intangible assets that have finite useful lives and other long-lived assets when an event occurs indicating the potential for impairment. In our reviews, we look for facts or circumstances, either internal or external, indicating that we may not recover the carrying value of the asset. We measure impairment losses related to long-lived assets based on the amount by which the carrying amounts of these assets exceed their fair values. Our measurement of fair value under SFAS 142 is generally based on a blend of an analysis of the present value of estimated future discounted cash flows and a comparison of revenue and operating income multiples for companies of similar industry and/or size. Our measurement of fair value under SFAS 144 is generally based on the present value of estimated future discounted cash flows. Our analysis is based on available information and on assumptions and projections that we consider to be reasonable and supportable. The discounted cash flow analysis considers the likelihood of possible outcomes and is based on our best estimate of projected future cash flows. If necessary, we perform subsequent calculations to measure the amount of the impairment loss based on the excess of the carrying value over the fair value of the impaired assets.

74


Table of Contents

Share-Based Compensation Plans
We account for share-based compensation using the fair value recognition provisions of SFAS 123(R), “Share-Based Payment.” We estimate the fair value of stock options granted using a lattice binomial model and a multiple option award approach. We use historical data to estimate pre-vesting option forfeitures and record share-based compensation expense only for those awards that are expected to vest. We amortize the fair value of stock options on a straight-line basis over the requisite service periods of the awards, which are generally the vesting periods. We value restricted stock units using the intrinsic value method. We amortize the value of restricted stock units on a straight-line basis over the restriction period. See Note 12 for a description of our share-based employee compensation plans and the assumptions we use to calculate the fair value of share-based employee compensation.
Concentration of Credit Risk and Significant Customers and Suppliers
We operate in markets that are highly competitive and rapidly changing. Significant technological changes, shifting customer needs, the emergence of competitive products or services with new capabilities and other factors could negatively impact our operating results.
We are also subject to risks related to changes in the values of our significant balance of investments. Our portfolio of investments consists of investment-grade securities. Except for direct obligations of the United States government, securities issued by agencies of the United States government, and money market funds, we diversify our investments by limiting our holdings with any individual issuer.
We sell a significant portion of our products through third-party retailers and distributors. As a result, we face risks related to the collectibility of our accounts receivable. For example, at January 31, 2008, in the midst of the 2007 consumer tax season, amounts due from our 10 largest retailers and distributors represented approximately 49% of total gross accounts receivable. To appropriately manage this risk, we perform ongoing evaluations of customer credit and limit the amount of credit extended as we deem appropriate but generally do not require collateral. We maintain reserves for estimated credit losses and these losses have historically been within our expectations. However, since we cannot necessarily predict future changes in the financial stability of our customers, we cannot guarantee that our reserves will continue to be adequate. No customer accounted for 10% or more of total net revenue for the twelve months ended July 31, 2008, 2007 or 2006, nor did any customer account for 10% or more of accounts receivable at July 31, 2008 or 2007.
We rely primarily on one third-party vendor to perform the manufacturing and distribution functions for our retail desktop software products. We also have a key single-source vendor that prints and fulfills orders for all of our checks and most other products for our financial supplies business. While we believe that relying heavily on key vendors improves the efficiency and reliability of our business operations, relying on any one vendor for a significant aspect of our business can have a significant negative impact on our revenue and profitability if that vendor fails to perform at acceptable service levels for any reason, including financial difficulties of the vendor.
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
SFAS 157, “Fair Value Measurements”
In September 2006 the FASB issued SFAS 157, “Fair Value Measurements.” SFAS 157 provides enhanced guidance for using fair value to measure assets and liabilities. The standard also responds to investors’ requests for expanded information about the extent to which companies measure assets and liabilities at fair value, the information used to measure fair value and the effect of fair value measurements on earnings. SFAS 157 applies whenever other standards require or permit assets or liabilities to be measured at fair value. This standard does not expand the use of fair value in any new circumstances. SFAS 157 is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007, which means that it will be effective for our fiscal year beginning August 1, 2008. In February 2008 the FASB issued a Staff Position that partially defers the effective date of SFAS 157 for one year for non-financial assets and liabilities, except for items that are recognized or disclosed at fair value in an entity’s financial statements on a recurring basis (at least annually ) . We are in the process of evaluating this standard and therefore have not yet determined the impact that the adoption of SFAS 157 will have on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

75


Table of Contents

SFAS 159, “The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities”
In February 2007 the FASB issued SFAS 159, “The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities.” SFAS 159 provides companies with an option to report selected financial assets and liabilities at fair value. The standard’s objective is to reduce both complexity in accounting for financial instruments and the volatility in earnings caused by measuring related assets and liabilities differently. The standard requires companies to provide additional information that will help investors and other users of financial statements to more easily understand the effect of the company’s choice to use fair value on its earnings. It also requires companies to display the fair value of those assets and liabilities for which the company has chosen to use fair value on the face of the balance sheet. The new standard does not eliminate disclosure requirements included in other accounting standards, including requirements for disclosures about fair value measurements included in SFAS 157, “Fair Value Measurements,” and SFAS 107, “Disclosures about Fair Value of Financial Instruments.” SFAS 159 is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007, which means that it will be effective for our fiscal year beginning August 1, 2008. We are in the process of evaluating this standard and therefore have not yet determined the impact that the adoption of SFAS 159 will have on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.
SFAS 141 (revised 2007), “Business Combinations”
In December 2007 the FASB issued SFAS 141 (revised 2007), “ Business Combinations.” SFAS 141R will significantly change the accounting for business combinations in a number of areas, including the measurement of assets and liabilities acquired and the treatment of contingent consideration, contingencies, acquisition costs, in-process research and development and restructuring costs. In addition, under SFAS 141R, changes in deferred tax asset valuation allowances and acquired income tax uncertainties in a business combination after the measurement period will affect the income tax provision. SFAS 141R is effective for business combinations for which the acquisition date is on or after the beginning of the first annual reporting period beginning after December 15, 2008, which means that it will be effective for our fiscal year beginning August 1, 2009. Early adoption is prohibited. We are in the process of evaluating this standard and therefore have not yet determined the impact that the adoption of SFAS 141R will have on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.
SFAS 160, “Noncontrolling Interests in Consolidated Financial Statements”
In December 2007 the FASB issued SFAS 160, “ Noncontrolling Interests in Consolidated Financial Statements, ” which establishes accounting and reporting standards for the noncontrolling (minority) interest in a subsidiary and for the deconsolidation of a subsidiary. SFAS 160 is effective for business arrangements entered into in fiscal years beginning on or after December 15, 2008, which means that it will be effective for our fiscal year beginning August 1, 2009. Early adoption is prohibited. We are in the process of evaluating this standard and therefore have not yet determined the impact that the adoption of SFAS 160 will have on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.
FSP SFAS 142-3, “ Determination of the Useful Life of Intangible Assets”
In April 2008 the FASB issued FASB Staff Position (FSP) SFAS 142-3, “ Determination of the Useful Life of Intangible Assets.” FSP SFAS 142-3 amends the factors that should be considered in developing renewal or extension assumptions used to determine the useful life of a recognized intangible asset under SFAS 142, “ Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets.” This new staff position is intended to improve the consistency between the useful life of a recognized intangible asset under SFAS 142 and the period of expected cash flows used to measure the fair value of the asset under SFAS 141(R), “Business Combinations.” FSP SFAS 142-3 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008, which means that it will be effective for our fiscal year beginning August 1, 2009. We are in the process of evaluating this staff position and therefore have not yet determined the impact that adoption of FSP SFAS 142-3 will have on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

76


Table of Contents

2. Cash and Cash Equivalents, Investments and Funds Held for Customers
The following table summarizes our cash and cash equivalents, investments and funds held for customers by balance sheet classification at the dates indicated.
                                 
    July 31, 2008     July 31, 2007  
(In thousands)   Cost     Fair Value     Cost     Fair Value  
Classification on balance sheets:
                               
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 413,340     $ 413,340     $ 255,201     $ 255,201  
Investments
    412,075       414,493       1,048,643       1,048,470  
Funds held for customers
    610,748       610,748       314,341       314,341  
Long-term investments
    288,310       288,310              
 
                       
Total cash and cash equivalents, investments and funds held for customers
  $  1,724,473     $  1,726,891     $  1,618,185     $  1,618,012  
 
                       
 
                               
The following table summarizes our cash and cash equivalents, investments and funds held for customers by investment category at the dates indicated.
                                 
    July 31, 2008     July 31, 2007  
(In thousands)   Cost     Fair Value     Cost     Fair Value  
Type of issue:
                               
Total cash and cash equivalents
  $ 1,024,088     $ 1,024,088     $ 569,542     $ 569,542  
Available-for-sale debt securities:
                               
Corporate notes
    7,163       7,163              
Municipal bonds
    330,436       332,534       442,269       442,095  
Municipal auction rate securities
    285,325       285,325       601,524       601,525  
U.S. agency securities
    74,476       74,796              
Asset-backed securities
                4,850       4,850  
 
                       
Total available-for-sale debt securities
    697,400       699,818       1,048,643       1,048,470  
Other long-term investments
    2,985       2,985              
 
                       
Total cash and cash equivalents, investments and funds held for customers
  $  1,724,473     $  1,726,891     $  1,618,185     $  1,618,012  
 
                       
 
                               
We accumulate unrealized gains and losses on our available-for-sale debt securities, net of tax, in accumulated other comprehensive income in the stockholders’ equity section of our balance sheets. Gross unrealized gains and losses on our available-for-sale debt securities were as follows at the dates indicated.
                 
    July 31,     July 31,  
(In thousands)   2008     2007  
 
Gross unrealized gains
  $ 2,482     $ 15  
Gross unrealized losses
    (64 )     (188 )
 
           
Net unrealized gains (losses)
  $         2,418     $         (173 )
 
           
 

77


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes the fair value and gross unrealized losses related to 13 and 45 available-for-sale debt securities, aggregated by type of investment and length of time that individual securities had been in a continuous unrealized loss position, at July 31, 2008 and 2007.
                                                 
    In a Loss Position for     In a Loss Position for        
    Less Than 12 Months     12 Months or More     Total in a Loss Position  
            Gross             Gross             Gross  
    Fair     Unrealized     Fair     Unrealized     Fair     Unrealized  
(In thousands)   Value     Losses     Value     Losses     Value     Losses  
 
At July 31, 2008:
                                               
Corporate notes
  $ 3,151     $ (9 )   $     $     $ 3,151     $ (9 )
U.S. agency securities
    14,964       (9 )                 14,964       (9 )
Municipal bonds
    29,484       (46 )                 29,484       (46 )
 
                                   
Total
  $ 47,599     $ (64 )   $     $     $ 47,599     $ (64 )
 
                                   
 
                                               
At July 31, 2007:
                                               
Municipal bonds
  $  217,304     $ (185 )   $  3,005     $ (3 )   $  220,309     $ (188 )
 
                                   
 
                                               
We periodically review our investment portfolios to determine if any investment is other-than-temporarily impaired due to changes in credit risk or other potential valuation concerns. We believe that the investments that we held at July 31, 2008 were not other-than-temporarily impaired. While certain available-for-sale debt securities have fair values that are below cost, we believe that if the securities were held to maturity it is probable that principal and interest would be collected in accordance with contractual terms. We believe that the unrealized losses at July 31, 2008 are due to changes in interest rates and not due to increased credit risk.
We include realized gains and losses on our available-for-sale debt securities in interest and other income in our statements of operations. Gross realized gains and losses on our available-for-sale debt securities were as follows for the periods indicated:
                         
    Twelve Months Ended July 31,  
(In thousands)   2008     2007     2006  
 
Gross realized gains
  $ 463     $ 126     $ 12  
Gross realized losses
    (88 )     (192 )     (506 )
 
                 
Net realized gains (losses)
  $ 375     $ (66 )   $ (494 )
 
                 
 
                       
At July 31, 2008, we held $285.3 million in municipal auction rate securities. These securities are collateralized long-term debt instruments that provide liquidity through a Dutch auction process that resets the applicable interest rate at pre-determined intervals, typically every 35 days. Due to a decrease in liquidity in the global credit markets, in February 2008 auctions began failing for the municipal auction rate securities we held. Regularly scheduled auctions for these securities have generally continued to fail since that time. When these auctions initially failed, higher interest rates for many of the securities went into effect. Of the total auction rate securities we held at July 31, 2008, the underlying assets of $220.7 million or 77% were student loans which are guaranteed by the U.S. Department of Education and $241.2 million or 85% were rated AAA/Aaa by the major credit rating agencies.
We estimated the fair values of the municipal auction rate securities we held at July 31, 2008 based on valuation reports from third parties and a discounted cash flow model that we prepared. Key inputs to our discounted cash flow model included the current contractual interest rates; forward projections of the current contractual interest rates; the likely timing of principal repayments; the probability of full repayment considering guarantees by the U.S. Department of Education of the underlying student loans or insurance by other third parties; publicly available

78


Table of Contents

pricing data for recently issued student loan backed securities that are not subject to auctions; and the impact of the reduced liquidity for auction rate securities. Using the valuation reports from third parties and our discounted cash flow model we determined that the fair values of the municipal auction rate securities we held at July 31, 2008 were substantially equal to their par values. As a result, we recorded no decrease in the fair values of those securities for the twelve months then ended. Based on our ability and intent to hold these auction rate securities until liquidity returned to the market or they matured, we classified them as long-term investments on our balance sheet at July 31, 2008.
In August 2008 the broker-dealers for our auction rate securities announced settlements under which they may provide liquidity solutions, or purchase, the auction rate securities held by their institutional clients. Details of the agreements are still being finalized.
Based on our expected operating cash flows and our other sources of cash, we do not believe that the reduction in liquidity of our municipal auction rate securities will have a material impact on our overall ability to meet our liquidity needs.
The following table summarizes our available-for-sale debt securities classified by the stated maturity date of the security at the dates indicated.
                                 
    July 31, 2008     July 31, 2007  
(In thousands)   Cost     Fair Value     Cost     Fair Value  
 
Due within one year
  $ 108,753     $ 109,562     $ 159,564     $ 159,488  
Due within two years
    207,157       208,144       25,856       25,808  
Due within three years
    10,379       10,402       14,700       14,700  
Due after three years
    371,111       371,710       848,523       848,474  
 
                       
Total available-for-sale debt securities
  $  697,400     $  699,818     $  1,048,643     $  1,048,470  
 
                       
 
                               
3. Property and Equipment
Property and equipment consisted of the following at the dates indicated:
                     
    Life in   July 31,  
(Dollars in thousands)   Years   2008     2007  
 
Equipment
  3-5   $   400,111     $   357,715  
Computer software
  3-5     310,789       275,949  
Furniture and fixtures
  3-5     55,590       41,906  
Leasehold improvements
  2-11     180,621       139,327  
Land
  N/A     3,463       3,760  
Buildings
  30     27,760       27,341  
Capital in progress
  N/A     213,735       62,743  
 
               
 
        1,192,069       908,741  
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization
        (684,570 )     (610,345 )
 
               
Total property and equipment, net
      $ 507,499     $ 298,396  
 
               
 
                   
Capital in progress consists primarily of costs related to internal use software projects and to facilities construction projects. The increase in the balance of total capital in progress between July 31, 2007 and July 31, 2008 relates primarily to construction costs for our new data center in Washington state, which we expect to begin occupying in the second half of fiscal 2009. As discussed in Note 1, “ Software Development Costs ,” we capitalize costs related to the development of computer software for internal use in accordance with SOP 98-1. We capitalized internal use software costs totaling $44.2 million, $48.3 million and $37.6 million for the twelve months ended July 31, 2008,

79


Table of Contents

2007 and 2006. These amounts included capitalized labor costs of $16.1 million, $13.2 million and $13.7 million in those periods. Costs related to internal use software projects are included in the capital in progress category of property and equipment until project completion, at which time they are transferred to the computer software category and amortized on a straight-line basis over their useful lives, which are generally three to five years.
4. Goodwill and Purchased Intangible Assets
Goodwill
As discussed in Note 1, “ Goodwill, Purchased Intangible Assets and Other Long-Lived Assets ,” under current accounting rules goodwill is not amortized but is subject to annual impairment tests. Changes in the carrying value of goodwill by reportable segment during the twelve months ended July 31, 2008 and 2007 were as shown in the following table. Our reportable segments are described in Note 8.
                                                         
    Balance     Goodwill     Foreign     Balance     Goodwill     Foreign     Balance  
    July 31,     Acquired/     Currency     July 31,     Acquired/     Currency     July 31,  
(In thousands)   2006     Adjusted     Translation     2007     Adjusted     Translation     2008  
 
QuickBooks
  $ 4,228     $ 50,405     $     $ 54,633     $ 98,894     $     $ 153,527  
Payroll and Payments
    249,688                   249,688       82,492             332,180  
Consumer Tax
    30,041                   30,041                   30,041  
Accounting Professionals
    90,507                   90,507                   90,507  
Financial Institutions
          1,002,631             1,002,631       (805 )           1,001,826  
Other Businesses
    88,751             785       89,536             470       90,006  
 
                                         
Totals
     463,215     1,053,036     $             785     1,517,036          180,581     $             470     1,698,087  
 
                                         
 
                                                       
The increase in goodwill in our Financial Institutions segment during the twelve months ended July 31, 2007 was due to the acquisition of Digital Insight Corporation. The increase in goodwill in our QuickBooks segment during the twelve months ended July 31, 2008 was due to the acquisition of Homestead Technologies Inc. (Homestead). The increase in goodwill in our Payroll and Payments segment during the fiscal 2008 period was due to the acquisition of Electronic Clearing House, Inc. (ECHO). See Note 6.
Purchased Intangible Assets
The following tables shows the cost, accumulated amortization and weighted average life in years for our purchased intangible assets at the dates indicated. The increases in the cost of purchased intangible assets during the twelve months ended July 31, 2008 were primarily due to our acquisitions of Homestead and ECHO. See Note 6.
                                                 
                    Trade     Covenants        
    Customer     Purchased     Names     Not to        
(Dollars in thousands)   Lists     Technology     and Logos     Compete     Total  
 
At July 31, 2008:
                                       
Cost
  $   397,356     $   299,963     $   26,248     $   12,596     $   736,163  
Accumulated amortization
     (240,386 )     (193,563 )     (17,007 )     (12,120 )     (463,076 )
 
                             
Purchased intangible assets, net
  $   156,970     $   106,400     $   9,241     $ 476     $   273,087  
 
                             
 
                                       
Weighted average life in years
    5       4       5       3       4  
 
                             
 
                                       
At July 31, 2007:
                                       
Cost
  $   346,425     $   267,693     $   23,696     $   12,313     $   650,127  
Accumulated amortization
    (192,367 )     (138,566 )     (14,580 )     (11,730 )     (357,243 )
 
                             
Purchased intangible assets, net
  $   154,058     $   129,127     $ 9,116     $ 583     $   292,884  
 
                             
 
                                       
Weighted average life in years
    5       4       5       3       4  
 
                             
 
 

80


Table of Contents

The following table shows the expected future amortization expense for our purchased intangible assets at July 31, 2008. Amortization of purchased technology is charged to cost of service and other revenue and amortization of purchased intangible assets in our statements of operations. Amortization of other purchased intangible assets such as customer lists is charged to acquisition-related charges in our statements of operations.
         
    Expected  
    Future  
    Amortization  
(In thousands)   Expense  
 
Twelve months ending July 31,
       
2009
  $ 107,704  
2010
    74,829  
2011
    43,718  
2012
    25,160  
2013
    7,168  
Thereafter
    14,508  
 
     
Total expected future amortization expense
  $ 273,087  
 
     
 
       
Future acquisitions could cause these amounts to increase. In addition, if impairment events occur they could accelerate the timing of purchased intangible asset charges.

81


Table of Contents

5. Comprehensive Net Income
SFAS 130, “ Reporting Comprehensive Income ,” establishes standards for reporting and displaying comprehensive net income and its components in stockholders’ equity. SFAS 130 requires that the components of other comprehensive income, such as changes in the fair value of available-for-sale debt securities and foreign currency translation adjustments, be added to our net income to arrive at comprehensive net income. Other comprehensive income items have no impact on our net income as presented in our statements of operations.
The components of accumulated other comprehensive income, net of income taxes, were as follows for the periods indicated:
                                               
                    Realized              
    Unrealized Gain (Loss) on     Gain on     Foreign        
              Marketable       Derivative     Currency        
(In thousands)   Investments     Securities     Instruments     Translation           Total        
 
Balance at July 31, 2005
  $ (582 )   $ 1,451     $     $ (695 )   $ 174  
Unrealized (loss) gain, net of income tax benefit of $141 and provision of $1,354
    (179 )     2,210                   2,031  
Reclassification adjustment for realized loss (gain) included in net income, net of income tax provision of $195 and benefit of $2,244
    299       (3,661 )                 (3,362 )
Translation adjustment, net of income taxes of $1,212
                      2,241       2,241  
 
                             
Other comprehensive income (loss)
    120       (1,451 )           2,241       910  
 
                             
Balance at July 31, 2006
    (462 )                 1,546       1,084  
Unrealized gain, net of income tax provision of $209
    317                         317  
Reclassification adjustment for realized loss included in net income, net of income tax provision of $26
    40                         40  
Realized gain on derivative instruments, net of income tax provision of $294
                450             450  
Amortization of realized gain on derivative instruments, net of income tax provision of $9
                (17 )           (17 )
Translation adjustment, net of income taxes of $2,791
                      4,222       4,222  
 
                             
Other comprehensive income
    357             433       4,222       5,012  
 
                             
Balance at July 31, 2007
    (105 )           433       5,768       6,096  
Unrealized gain, net of income tax provision of $1,178
    1,788                         1,788  
Reclassification adjustment for realized gain included in net income, net of income tax benefit of $149
    (226 )                       (226 )
Amortization of realized gain on derivative instruments, net of income tax provision of $28
                (41 )           (41 )
Translation adjustment, net of income taxes of $71
                      105       105  
 
                             
Other comprehensive income
    1,562             (41 )     105       1,626  
 
                             
Balance at July 31, 2008
  $ 1,457     $     $ 392     $ 5,873     $ 7,722  
 
                             
 
                                       
6. Acquisitions
Electronic Clearing House, Inc.
On February 29, 2008 we acquired all of the outstanding equity interests of Electronic Clearing House, Inc. (ECHO) for a total purchase price of approximately $131 million in cash. ECHO is a provider of electronic payment processing services to small businesses and became part of our Payroll and Payments segment. We acquired ECHO in order to expand our merchant services capabilities.

82


Table of Contents

Under the purchase method of accounting we allocated the total purchase price to the tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their estimated fair values on the date of acquisition. We estimated the fair values with the assistance of a third party appraisal firm. The fair values assigned to identifiable intangible assets acquired were based on estimates and assumptions determined by management. We recorded the excess of purchase price over the aggregate fair values as goodwill. Using information available at the time the acquisition closed, we allocated approximately $6 million of the purchase price to tangible assets and liabilities and approximately $44 million of the purchase price to identified intangible assets. We recorded the excess purchase price of approximately $81 million as goodwill, none of which is deductible for income tax purposes. We may adjust the preliminary purchase price allocation after obtaining more information about asset valuations and liabilities assumed. The identified intangible assets are being amortized over a weighted average life of eight years.
We have included ECHO’s results of operations in our consolidated results of operations from the date of acquisition. ECHO’s results of operations for periods prior to the date of acquisition were not material when compared with our consolidated results of operations.
Homestead Technologies Inc.
On December 18, 2007 we acquired Homestead Technologies Inc. (Homestead), including all of its outstanding equity interests, for total consideration of approximately $170 million on a fully diluted basis. The total consideration was comprised of the purchase price of $146 million (which included the fair value of vested stock options assumed) plus the $24 million fair value of unvested stock options and restricted stock units assumed. Homestead is a provider of Web site design and hosting services to small businesses and became part of our QuickBooks segment. We acquired Homestead as part of our strategy to help small businesses acquire and serve customers through the Internet.
Under the purchase method of accounting we allocated the total purchase price to the tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their estimated fair values on the date of acquisition. We estimated the fair values with the assistance of a third party appraisal firm. The fair values assigned to identifiable intangible assets acquired were based on estimates and assumptions determined by management. We recorded the excess of purchase price over the aggregate fair values as goodwill. Using information available at the time the acquisition closed, we allocated approximately $14 million of the purchase price to tangible assets and liabilities and approximately $22 million of the purchase price to identified intangible assets. We recorded the excess purchase price of approximately $110 million as goodwill, none of which is deductible for income tax purposes. In the third quarter of fiscal 2008 we recorded an $11 million increase to tangible assets and a corresponding decrease to goodwill. The increase in the tangible assets was the result of a determination made after we obtained additional information regarding the realizability of certain deferred tax assets not previously recorded. We may continue to adjust the preliminary purchase price allocation after obtaining more information about asset valuations and liabilities assumed. The identified intangible assets are being amortized over a weighted average life of five years.
We have included Homestead’s results of operations in our consolidated results of operations from the date of acquisition. Homestead’s results of operations for periods prior to the date of acquisition were not material when compared with our consolidated results of operations.
Digital Insight Corporation
Purchase Price
On February 6, 2007 we acquired all of the outstanding shares of Digital Insight Corporation for a total purchase price of approximately $1.34 billion including the value of vested options assumed. Digital Insight is a provider of outsourced online banking services to banks and credit unions. We intend to combine workflows in our financial management tools with online banking capabilities offered by Digital Insight to create new, easier to use, and better-value offerings for consumers and small businesses. We have included Digital Insight’s results of operations in our consolidated results of operations from the date of acquisition. We combined Digital Insight with our existing financial institutions group, which had been part of our Other Businesses segment, to create a new Financial Institutions segment during the twelve months ended July 31, 2007. See Note 8.

83


Table of Contents

Pursuant to the terms of the acquisition agreement, we paid a cash amount of $39.00 per share for each outstanding share of Digital Insight common stock and assumed options to purchase Digital Insight common stock which were converted as of the acquisition date into options to purchase approximately 1.5 million shares of our common stock. The total purchase price of the acquisition was as follows:
         
(In thousands)   Amount  
 
Cash
  1,319,105  
Fair value of assumed vested stock options
    13,898  
Acquisition-related transaction costs
    11,424  
 
     
Total purchase price
  1,344,427  
 
     
 
       
The fair value of the assumed Digital Insight stock options was determined using a lattice binomial model. The use of the lattice binomial model and the method of determining the variables used in that model were consistent with our valuation of stock options in accordance with SFAS 123(R), “Share-Based Payment.” In addition to vested stock options valued at $13.9 million, we assumed unvested stock options valued at $7.9 million that will be amortized to share-based compensation expense over a weighted average vesting period of 2.4 years. The acquisition-related transaction costs included legal, accounting and investment banking fees.
Under the purchase method of accounting, in the third quarter of fiscal 2007 we allocated the total purchase price to the tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their estimated fair values on the date of acquisition. We estimated the fair values with the assistance of a third party appraisal firm. The fair values assigned to identifiable intangible assets acquired were based on estimates and assumptions determined by management. We recorded the excess of purchase price over the aggregate fair values as goodwill, none of which is deductible for income tax purposes. The acquired goodwill was assigned to our Financial Institutions segment. See Note 4. We allocated the purchase price using the information available at the time the acquisition closed. In the fourth quarter of fiscal 2007 we recorded a $10.7 million decrease to the net deferred income tax liability and a corresponding decrease to goodwill. We decreased the net deferred income tax liability as a result of a determination, after obtaining additional information, regarding the realizability of certain deferred tax assets not previously recorded.
The total allocation of the Digital Insight purchase price is as follows:
         
(In thousands)   Amount  
 
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 124,662  
Accounts receivable
    35,385  
Property and equipment, net
    21,549  
Goodwill
    1,002,631  
Intangible assets
    291,500  
Other current and noncurrent assets
    7,267  
Deferred income taxes
    (69,349 )
Accounts payable
    (31,127 )
Accrued compensation
    (21,202 )
Deferred revenue
    (5,297 )
Other current and long-term liabilities
    (11,592 )
 
     
Total preliminary purchase price allocation
  1,344,427  
 
     
 

84


Table of Contents

Intangible assets consist of customer lists (including existing contractual relationships), purchased technology, trade names and logos, and covenants not to compete. The customer lists intangible assets relate to Digital Insight’s ability to sell existing, in-process and future versions of its products to its existing customers. We amortize purchased intangible assets on a straight-line basis over their respective useful lives. The following table presents the details of the identifiable intangible assets acquired.
                 
    Estimated        
    Useful Life        
(Dollars in thousands)   (in Years)     Amount  
 
Customer lists
    5     146,000  
Purchased technology
    3       134,800  
Trade names and logos
    5       10,000  
Covenants not to compete
    3       700  
 
             
Total identifiable intangible assets
          291,500  
 
             
 
               
Pro Forma Financial Information
The unaudited financial information in the table below summarizes the combined results of operations of Intuit and Digital Insight on a pro forma basis, as though the companies had been combined as of the beginning of each of the periods presented. The pro forma financial information is presented for informational purposes only and is not indicative of the results of operations that would have been achieved if the acquisition and the issuance of $1 billion of related senior notes (see Note 10) had taken place at the beginning of each of the periods presented. The pro forma financial information for all periods presented also includes adjustments to share-based compensation expense for stock options assumed, adjustments to depreciation expense for acquired property and equipment, amortization charges for acquired intangible assets, adjustments to interest income, and related tax effects.
The pro forma financial information for the twelve months ended July 31, 2007 combines our results for that period, which include the results of Digital Insight subsequent to February 6, 2007, the date of acquisition, and the historical results for Digital Insight for the six months ended December 31, 2006. The pro forma financial information for the twelve months ended July 31, 2006 combines our historical results for that period with the historical results of Digital Insight for the twelve months ended June 30, 2006.
The following table summarizes the pro forma financial information:
                                 
    Twelve Months Ended   Twelve Months Ended
    July 31, 2007   July 31, 2006
    As   Pro   As   Pro
(In thousands)   Reported   Forma   Reported   Forma
 
Total net revenue
  $  2,672,947     $  2,797,943     $  2,293,010     $  2,520,747  
Net income from continuing operations
    443,468       414,527       380,963       324,041  
Basic net income per share from continuing operations
  $ 1.29     $ 1.21     $ 1.10     $ 0.93  
Diluted net income per share from continuing operations
  $ 1.25     $ 1.17     $ 1.06     $ 0.90  
 

85


Table of Contents

7. Dispositions and Discontinued Operations
Intuit Distribution Management Solutions Discontinued Operations
In August 2007 we sold our Intuit Distribution Management Solutions (IDMS) business for approximately $100 million in cash and recorded a net gain on disposal of $27.5 million. The decision to sell IDMS was a result of management’s desire to focus resources on Intuit’s core products and services. IDMS was part of our Other Businesses segment.
In accordance with the provisions of SFAS 144, “Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-lived Assets,” we determined that IDMS became a discontinued operation in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2007. We have therefore segregated the net assets and operating results of IDMS from continuing operations on our balance sheets and in our statements of operations for all periods prior to the sale. Assets held for sale at July 31, 2007 consisted primarily of goodwill and purchased intangible assets. Because IDMS operating cash flows were not material for any period presented, we have not segregated them from continuing operations on our statements of cash flows. We have presented the effect of the gain on disposal of IDMS on our statement of cash flows for the twelve months ended July 31, 2008. See the table later in this Note 7 for the components of revenue and net income or loss from discontinued operations.
Sale of Outsourced Payroll Assets
In March 2007 we sold certain assets related to our Complete Payroll and Premier Payroll Service businesses to Automatic Data Processing, Inc. (ADP) for a price of up to approximately $135 million in cash. The final purchase price was contingent upon the number of customers that transitioned to ADP pursuant to the purchase agreement over a period of approximately one year from the date of sale. In the twelve months ended July 31, 2008 and 2007 we recorded pre-tax gains of $51.6 million and $31.7 million on our statement of operations for customers who transitioned to ADP during those periods. We received a total purchase price of $93.6 million and recorded a total pre-tax gain of $83.2 million from the inception of this transaction through its completion in the third quarter of fiscal 2008. The assets were part of our Payroll and Payments segment.
In accordance with the provisions of SFAS 144, “Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-lived Assets,” we have not accounted for this transaction as a discontinued operation because the operations and cash flows of the assets could not be clearly distinguished, operationally or for financial reporting purposes, from the rest of our outsourced payroll business. We held deposits received from ADP of $30.3 million in other current liabilities on our balance sheet at July 31, 2007. Assets held for sale at July 31, 2007 consisted of $5.1 million in customer lists and were included in purchased intangible assets on our balance sheet. There were no deposits received from ADP or assets held for sale on our balance sheet at July 31, 2008.
Intuit Information Technology Solutions Discontinued Operations
In December 2005 we sold our Intuit Information Technology Solutions (ITS) business for approximately $200 million in cash and recorded a net gain on disposal of $34.3 million. The decision to sell ITS was a result of our desire to focus resources on our core products and services. ITS was part of our Other Businesses segment.
In accordance with the provisions of SFAS 144, “Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-lived Assets,” we accounted for the sale of ITS as discontinued operations. We have therefore segregated the operating results and cash flows of ITS from continuing operations in our statements of operations and statements of cash flows for all periods prior to the sale. See the table later in this Note 7 for the components of revenue and net income or loss from discontinued operations.

86


Table of Contents

Components of Net Income (Loss) from Discontinued Operations
The components of net income (loss) from discontinued operations in our statements of operations as well as net revenue from discontinued operations and income (loss) from discontinued operations before income taxes are as follows for the periods indicated:
                         
    Twelve Months Ended July 31,  
(In thousands)   2008     2007     2006  
 
Net income (loss) from discontinued operations
                       
Net income from Intuit Information Technology Solutions operations
  $     $     $ 5,209  
Net gain (loss) on disposal of Intuit Information Technology Solutions discontinued operations
    (755 )     (1,140 )     34,324  
Net loss from Intuit Distribution Management Solutions operations
    (747 )     (2,325 )     (3,533 )
Net gain on disposal of Intuit Distribution Management Solutions discontinued operations
    27,514              
 
                 
Total net income (loss) from discontinued operations
  $ 26,012     $ (3,465 )   $ 36,000  
 
                 
 
                       
Net revenue from discontinued operations
                       
Intuit Information Technology Solutions
  $     $     $ 20,167  
Intuit Distribution Management Solutions
    1,916       52,001       49,293  
 
                 
Total net revenue from discontinued operations
  $ 1,916     $ 52,001     $ 69,460  
 
                 
 
                       
Income (loss) from discontinued operations before income taxes
                       
Intuit Information Technology Solutions
  $     $     $ 9,100  
Intuit Distribution Management Solutions
    (1,240 )     (3,995 )     (6,035 )
 
                 
Total income (loss) from discontinued operations before income taxes
  $ (1,240 )   $ (3,995 )   $ 3,065  
 
                 
 
                       
Income tax provision (benefit) on income (loss) from discontinued operations
                       
Intuit Information Technology Solutions
  $     $     $ 3,891  
Intuit Distribution Management Solutions
    (493 )     (1,670 )     (2,502 )
 
                 
Total income tax provision (benefit)
  $ (493 )   $ (1,670 )   $ 1,389  
 
                 
 
                       
The $27.5 million net gain on disposal of IDMS that we recorded for the twelve months ended July 31, 2008 included $41.8 for goodwill. The $34.3 million net gain on disposal of ITS that we recorded for the twelve months ended July 31, 2006 included $150.3 million for goodwill and $9.2 million for the estimated tax payable in connection with the taxable gain on the sale of ITS.

87


Table of Contents

8. Industry Segment and Geographic Information
SFAS 131, “ Disclosures about Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information ,” establishes standards for the way in which public companies disclose certain information about operating segments in their financial reports. Consistent with SFAS 131, we have defined six reportable segments, described below, based on factors such as how we manage our operations and how our chief operating decision maker views results. We define the chief operating decision maker as our Chief Executive Officer and our Chief Financial Officer. Our chief operating decision maker organizes and manages our business primarily on the basis of product and service offerings. We have aggregated two operating segments to form our Payroll and Payments reportable segment.
QuickBooks product revenue is derived primarily from QuickBooks desktop software products and financial supplies such as paper checks, envelopes, invoices, business cards and business stationery. QuickBooks service and other revenue is derived primarily from QuickBooks Online, QuickBooks support plans, Web site design and hosting services for small businesses, and royalties from small business online services.
Payroll and Payments product revenue is derived primarily from QuickBooks Payroll, a family of products sold on a subscription basis offering payroll tax tables, federal and state payroll tax forms, and electronic tax payment and filing to small businesses that prepare their own payrolls. Payroll and Payments service and other revenue is derived from small business payroll services as well as from merchant services such as credit and debit card processing provided by our Innovative Merchant Solutions business. Service and other revenue for this segment also includes interest earned on funds held for payroll customers.
Consumer Tax product revenue is derived primarily from TurboTax federal and state consumer and small business desktop tax return preparation software. Consumer Tax service and other revenue is derived primarily from TurboTax Online tax return preparation services and electronic tax filing services.
Accounting Professionals product revenue is derived primarily from Lacerte and ProSeries professional tax preparation software products and from QuickBooks Premier Accountant Edition and ProAdvisor Program for professional accountants. Accounting Professionals service and other revenue is derived primarily from electronic tax filing services, bank product transmission services and training services.
Financial Institutions service and other revenue is derived primarily from outsourced online banking software products that are hosted in our data centers and delivered as on-demand service offerings to banks and credit unions by our Digital Insight business.
Other Businesses consist primarily of Quicken, Intuit Real Estate Solutions (IRES), and our business in Canada. Quicken product revenue is derived primarily from Quicken desktop software products. Quicken service and other revenue is derived primarily from Quicken Online and fees from consumer online transactions. IRES product revenue is derived primarily from property management software licenses. Service and other revenue in our IRES business consists primarily of revenue from support plans, hosting services and professional services. In Canada, product revenue is derived primarily from localized versions of QuickBooks and Quicken as well as consumer desktop tax return preparation software and professional tax preparation products. Service and other revenue in Canada consists primarily of revenue from payroll services and QuickBooks support plans.
Our QuickBooks, Payroll and Payments, Consumer Tax, Accounting Professionals and Financial Institutions segments operate primarily in the United States. All of our segments sell primarily to customers located in the United States. International total net revenue was less than 5% of consolidated total net revenue for all periods presented.
We include expenses such as corporate selling and marketing, product development, and general and administrative expenses and share-based compensation expenses that are not allocated to specific segments in a category we call Corporate. The Corporate category also includes amortization of purchased intangible assets, acquisition-related charges, interest expense, interest and other income, and realized net gains or losses on marketable equity securities and other investments.

88


Table of Contents

The accounting policies of our reportable segments are the same as those described in the summary of significant accounting policies in Note 1. Except for goodwill and purchased intangible assets, we do not generally track assets by reportable segment and, consequently, we do not disclose total assets by reportable segment. See Note 4 for goodwill by reportable segment.
The following tables show our financial results by reportable segment for the twelve months ended July 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006. We have reclassified segment results for all periods presented to reflect changes that align our product groups more closely with the customer groups they serve. We transferred QuickBooks Premier Accountant Edition and ProAdvisor Program product revenue from our QuickBooks segment to our Professional Tax segment and renamed that segment Accounting Professionals. Revenue from these products was $31.5 million, $22.5 million and $20.0 million in the twelve months ended July 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006. We also transferred QuickBase service revenue from our Other Businesses segment to our QuickBooks segment. QuickBase revenue was $15.6 million, $10.5 million and $7.1 million in those periods.
                                                                 
            Payroll                        
            and   Consumer   Accounting   Financial   Other        
(In thousands)   QuickBooks   Payments   Tax   Professionals   Institutions   Businesses   Corporate   Consolidated
     
Twelve Months Ended July 31, 2008
                                                               
Product revenue
  471,795     219,282     311,607     301,511     759     191,701         1,496,655  
Service and other revenue
    149,966       341,503       617,822       25,212       297,781       142,035             1,574,319  
     
Total net revenue
    621,761       560,785       929,429       326,723       298,540       333,736             3,070,974  
     
Segment operating income (loss)
    172,270       216,257       594,534       162,589       56,982       101,043             1,303,675  
Common expenses
                                        (561,379 )     (561,379 )
     
Subtotal
    172,270       216,257       594,534       162,589       56,982       101,043       (561,379 )     742,296  
Amortization of purchased intangible assets
                                        (56,011 )     (56,011 )
Acquisition-related charges
                                        (35,518 )     (35,518 )
Interest expense
                                        (52,290 )     (52,290 )
Interest and other income
                                        46,520       46,520  
Gains on marketable equity securities and other investments, net
                                        1,417       1,417  
Gain on sale of outsourced payroll assets
                                        51,571       51,571  
     
Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes
  172,270     216,257     594,534     162,589     56,982     101,043     (605,690 )   697,985  
     
 
                                                               

89


Table of Contents

                                                                 
            Payroll                        
            and   Consumer   Accounting   Financial   Other        
(In thousands)   QuickBooks   Payments   Tax   Professionals   Institutions   Businesses   Corporate   Consolidated
     
Twelve Months Ended July 31, 2007
                                                               
Product revenue
  484,904     208,885     300,725     283,812     150     168,916         1,447,392  
Service and other revenue
    101,304       307,856       512,179       30,439       150,200       123,577             1,225,555  
     
Total net revenue
    586,208       516,741       812,904       314,251       150,350       292,493             2,672,947  
     
Segment operating income (loss)
    178,798       215,377       508,616       154,355       38,845       98,675             1,194,666  
Common expenses
                                        (506,206 )     (506,206 )
     
Subtotal
    178,798       215,377       508,616       154,355       38,845       98,675       (506,206 )     688,460  
Amortization of purchased intangible assets
                                        (30,926 )     (30,926 )
Acquisition-related charges
                                        (19,964 )     (19,964 )
Interest expense
                                        (27,091 )     (27,091 )
Interest and other income
                                        52,689       52,689  
Gains on marketable equity securities and other investments, net
                                        1,568       1,568  
Gain on sale of outsourced payroll assets
                                        31,676       31,676  
     
Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes
  178,798     215,377     508,616     154,355     38,845     98,675     (498,254 )   696,412  
     
 
 
            Payroll                        
            and   Consumer   Accounting   Financial   Other        
(In thousands)   QuickBooks   Payments   Tax   Professionals   Institutions   Businesses   Corporate   Consolidated
     
Twelve Months Ended July 31, 2006
                                                               
Product revenue
  446,253     194,097     265,748     264,991     199     164,142         1,335,430  
Service and other revenue
    79,790       267,944       440,328       27,898       24,202       117,418             957,580  
     
Total net revenue
    526,043       462,041       706,076       292,889       24,401       281,560             2,293,010  
     
Segment operating income (loss)
    167,397       181,927       467,118       136,663       12,225       83,758             1,049,088  
Common expenses
                                        (465,231 )     (465,231 )
     
Subtotal
    167,397       181,927       467,118       136,663       12,225       83,758       (465,231 )     583,857  
Amortization of purchased intangible assets
                                        (8,785 )     (8,785 )
Acquisition-related charges
                                        (9,478 )     (9,478 )
Interest and other income
                                        43,023       43,023  
Gains on marketable equity securities and other investments, net
                                        7,629       7,629  
     
Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes
  167,397     181,927     467,118     136,663     12,225     83,758     (432,842 )   616,246  
     
 
                                                               
9. Current Liabilities
Bridge Credit Facility
In connection with our February 6, 2007 acquisition of Digital Insight (see Note 6), we borrowed $1 billion under a one-year unsecured bridge credit facility with two institutional lenders in order to pay a portion of the purchase price of Digital Insight. This bridge credit facility accrued interest at 5.77%. On March 12, 2007 we retired this bridge credit facility with the proceeds of our issuance of $1 billion in long-term senior unsecured notes. See Note 10.
Unsecured Revolving Credit Facility
On March 22, 2007 we entered into an agreement with certain institutional lenders for a $500 million unsecured revolving credit facility that will expire on March 22, 2012. Advances under the credit facility will accrue interest at

90


Table of Contents

rates that are equal to, at our election, either Citibank’s base rate or the London InterBank Offered Rate (LIBOR) plus a margin that ranges from 0.18% to 0.575% based on our senior debt credit ratings. The applicable interest rate will be increased by 0.05% for any period in which the total principal amount of advances and letters of credit under the credit facility exceeds $250 million. The agreement includes covenants that require us to maintain a ratio of total debt to annual earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization (EBITDA) of not greater than 3.25 to 1.00 and a ratio of annual EBITDA to interest payable of not less than 3.00 to 1.00. We were in compliance with these covenants at July 31, 2008. We may use amounts borrowed under this credit facility for general corporate purposes or for future acquisitions or expansion of our business. To date we have not borrowed under this credit facility.
Other Current Liabilities
Other current liabilities were as follows at the dates indicated:
                 
    July 31,  
(In thousands)   2008     2007  
 
Reserve for product returns
  $ 27,910     $ 25,833  
Reserve for rebates
    13,408       18,918  
Interest payable
    20,597       21,061  
Deposits received from acquirer of outsourced payroll assets
          30,257  
Executive deferred compensation plan
    38,234       35,898  
Other
    35,177       39,683  
 
           
Total other current liabilities
  $  135,326     $  171,650  
 
           
 
               
The balances of several of our other current liabilities, particularly our reserves for product returns and rebates, are affected by the seasonality of our business. See Note 1.
Restructuring Liability
In the fourth quarter of fiscal 2008 we announced a reorganization plan that has resulted in a reduction of our workforce. We recorded a $23.3 million restructuring liability related to the workforce reduction in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2008 that consisted of approximately $16.0 million for employee severance costs and approximately $7.3 million for facilities costs. We paid $3.9 million of the facilities costs in cash during the three months ended July 31, 2008 and we expect to pay all of the employee severance costs in cash during the three months ending October 31, 2008.
10. Long-Term Obligations and Commitments
Senior Unsecured Notes
On March 12, 2007 we issued $500 million of 5.40% senior unsecured notes due on March 15, 2012 and $500 million of 5.75% senior unsecured notes due on March 15, 2017 (together, the Notes), for a total principal amount of $1 billion. The Notes are redeemable by Intuit at any time, subject to a make-whole premium. On March 12, 2007 we retired the bridge credit facility described in Note 9 with the proceeds of our issuance of these senior unsecured notes. The Notes include covenants that limit our ability to grant liens on our facilities and to enter into sale and leaseback transactions, subject to significant allowances. We paid $56.2 million in cash for interest on the Notes during the twelve months ended July 31, 2008. Based on the trading prices of the Notes at July 31, 2008 and 2007 and the interest rates we could obtain for other borrowings with similar terms at those dates, the estimated fair value of the Notes at those dates was approximately $964.7 million and $963.0 million.

91


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes our senior unsecured notes:
                 
    July 31,  
(In thousands)   2008     2007  
 
Senior notes:
               
5.40% fixed-rate notes, due 2012
  $ 500,000     $ 500,000  
5.75% fixed-rate notes, due 2017
    500,000       500,000  
 
           
Total senior notes
    1,000,000       1,000,000  
Unamortized discount
    (2,004 )     (2,181 )
 
           
Total
  $ 997,996     $ 997,819  
 
           
 
               
Derivative Instruments
In December 2006 we entered into a $500 million notional amount five-year forward starting swap and a $500 million notional amount 10-year forward starting swap designated as cash flow hedges of the interest payments on the senior notes described above. Under these interest rate swap contracts, we made fixed-rate interest payments and received variable-rate interest payments based on the London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR). The effect of these swaps was to offset changes in the fixed rate between the date we entered into the interest rate swaps and the issuance date of the senior notes. We settled the interest rate swaps on March 7, 2007 for a cumulative gain of $0.7 million which will be amortized using the effective yield method as an adjustment of interest expense over the term of the related debt in our statements of operations. At July 31, 2008, the net unamortized gain of $0.4 million was included in other comprehensive income in the stockholders’ equity section of our balance sheet.
Other Long-Term Obligations
Other long-term obligations were as follows at the dates indicated:
                 
    July 31,  
(In thousands)   2008     2007  
 
Capital lease obligations: Monthly installments through 2011; interest rates of 4.50% to 6.75%
  $ 1,562     $ 2,377  
Total deferred rent
    61,747       49,205  
Long-term deferred revenue
    12,939       8,715  
Long-term income tax liabilities
    47,857        
Other
    6,446       4,843  
 
           
Total long-term obligations
    130,551       65,140  
Less current portion (included in other current liabilities)
    (9,062 )     (7,384 )
 
           
Long-term obligations due after one year
  $    121,489     $      57,756  
 
           
 
               
Innovative Merchant Solutions Loan and Buyout Commitments
In April 2005 our wholly owned subsidiary, Innovative Merchant Solutions (IMS), became a member of Superior Bankcard Services, LLC (SBS), a newly formed entity that acquires merchant accounts for IMS. Our consolidated financial statements include the financial position, results of operations and cash flows of SBS, after elimination of all significant intercompany balances and transactions, including amounts outstanding under the credit agreement described below. See Note 1. In connection with the formation of this entity IMS agreed to provide to SBS revolving loans in an amount of up to $24.5 million under the terms of a credit agreement. In June 2006 IMS entered into an amendment to the credit agreement to increase the amount of funds IMS may loan under that agreement to $40.0 million. The credit agreement expires in July 2013, although certain events, such as a sale of SBS, can trigger earlier termination. Amounts outstanding under this agreement at July 31, 2008 totaled $8.5 million at interest rates of 6.0%

92


Table of Contents

to 8.5%. Amounts outstanding under this agreement at July 31, 2007 totaled $11.2 million at an interest rate of 9.25%. There are no scheduled repayments on the outstanding loan balance. All unpaid principal amounts and the related accrued interest are due and payable in full at the loan expiration date.
The operating agreement of SBS requires that, no later than July 2009, either IMS agree to purchase the minority members’ interests in SBS at a price to be set by negotiation or arbitration, or IMS and the minority members pursue a sale of their interests in SBS to a third party.
Operating Leases
We lease office facilities and equipment under various operating lease agreements. Our facilities leases generally provide for periodic rent increases and many contain escalation clauses and renewal options. Certain leases require us to pay property taxes, insurance and routine maintenance. Annual minimum commitments under all of these leases are shown in the table below.
         
    Operating  
    Lease  
(In thousands)   Commitments  
 
Fiscal year ending July 31,
       
2009
  $ 52,105  
2010
    52,535  
2011
    49,036  
2012
    42,827  
2013
    38,587  
Thereafter
    140,183  
 
     
Total operating lease commitments
  $ 375,273  
 
     
 
       
Rent expense totaled $49.2 million, $36.0 million and $27.3 million for the twelve months ended July 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006.
Purchase Obligations
At July 31, 2008, we had unconditional purchase obligations of approximately $99.4 million. These unconditional purchase obligations represent agreements to purchase products and services that are enforceable, legally binding, and specify terms that include fixed or minimum quantities to be purchased; fixed, minimum or variable price provisions; and the approximate timing of the payments. The largest of these commitments totaled $52.0 million and relates to future outsourced payment fulfillment and bill management services to financial institutions that contract with our Digital Insight business for Internet banking services. This commitment expires in June 2010.

93


Table of Contents

11. Income Taxes
The provision (benefit) for income taxes from continuing operations consisted of the following for the periods indicated:
                         
    Twelve Months Ended July 31,  
(In thousands)   2008     2007     2006  
 
Current:
                       
Federal
  $ 179,835     $ 220,064     $ 204,289  
State
    35,046       54,372       33,150  
Foreign
    8,458       8,103       14,550  
 
                 
 
    223,339       282,539       251,989  
 
                 
 
                       
Deferred:
                       
Federal
    13,099       (24,158 )     (18,684 )
State
    9,381       (7,596 )     4,786  
Foreign
    (240 )     822       (3,499 )
 
                 
 
    22,240       (30,932 )     (17,397 )
 
                 
Total provision for income taxes from continuing operations
  $  245,579     $  251,607     $  234,592  
 
                 
 
                       
The sources of income from continuing operations before the provision for income taxes consisted of the following for the periods indicated:
                         
    Twelve Months Ended July 31,  
(In thousands)   2008     2007     2006  
 
United States
  $  669,746     $  661,966     $  583,676  
Foreign
    28,239       34,446       32,570  
 
                 
Total
  $  697,985     $  696,412     $  616,246  
 
                 
 

94


Table of Contents

Differences between income taxes calculated using the federal statutory income tax rate of 35% and the provision for income taxes from continuing operations were as follows for the periods indicated:
                         
    Twelve Months Ended July 31,  
(In thousands)   2008     2007     2006  
 
Income from continuing operations before income taxes
  $  697,985     $  696,412     $  616,246  
 
                 
 
                       
Statutory federal income tax
  $ 244,294     $ 243,744     $ 215,686  
State income tax, net of federal benefit
    28,878       30,404       24,658  
Federal research and experimental credits
    (7,842 )     (13,341 )     (3,464 )
Domestic production activities deduction
    (11,816 )     (4,985 )     (4,375 )
Share-based compensation
    311       5,048       1,929  
Tax exempt interest
    (11,641 )     (15,940 )     (11,771 )
Federal tax related to divestiture
                8,748  
Other, net
    3,395       6,677       3,181  
 
                 
Total provision for income taxes from continuing operations
  $ 245,579     $ 251,607     $ 234,592  
 
                 
In accordance with SFAS 123(R), tax savings from expected future deductions based on the expense attributable to our stock option plans are reflected in the federal and state tax provisions for the twelve months ended July 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006.
Excess tax benefits associated with stock option exercises are credited to stockholders’ equity. The reductions of income taxes payable resulting from the exercise of employee stock options and other employee stock programs that were credited to stockholders’ equity were approximately $38.2 million, $56.1 million and $58.0 million for the twelve months ended July 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006.
In December 2006 the Tax Relief and Health Care Act of 2006 was signed into law. The Act included a reinstatement of the federal research and experimental credit through December 31, 2007 that was retroactive to January 1, 2006. We recorded a discrete tax benefit of approximately $3.7 million for the retroactive amount related to fiscal 2006 during the twelve months ended July 31, 2007.

95


Table of Contents

Significant deferred tax assets and liabilities were as follows at the dates indicated:
                 
    July 31,  
(In thousands)   2008     2007  
 
Deferred tax assets:
               
Accruals and reserves not currently deductible
  $ 28,178     $ 34,095  
Deferred rent
    13,859       21,363  
Accrued and deferred compensation
    33,954       30,397  
Loss and tax credit carryforwards
    38,782       19,448  
Property and equipment
    12,130       30,385  
Share-based compensation
    77,336       46,021  
Other, net
    21,002       22,740  
 
           
Total deferred tax assets
    225,241       204,449  
 
           
Deferred tax liabilities:
               
Intangible assets
    65,925       41,152  
Other, net
    5,095       4,022  
 
           
Total deferred tax liabilities
    71,020       45,174  
 
           
Total net deferred tax assets
     154,221        159,275  
Valuation allowance
          (2,527 )
 
           
Total net deferred tax assets, net of valuation allowance
  $  154,221     $  156,748  
 
           
 
               
We had provided a valuation allowance related to the benefits of certain state capital loss carryforwards and state net operating losses that we believed were unlikely to be realized. The valuation allowance decreased by $2.5 million during the twelve months ended July 31, 2008 as a result of the elimination of the deferred tax asset in connection with the sale of certain outsourced payroll assets. See Note 7. The valuation allowance decreased by $1.9 million during the twelve months ended July 31, 2007 due to utilization of $1.0 million and expired losses of $0.9 million.
The components of total net deferred tax assets, net of valuation allowance, as shown on our balance sheet were as follows at the dates indicated:
                 
    July 31,  
(In thousands)   2008     2007  
 
Current deferred income taxes
  $ 101,730     $ 84,682  
Long-term deferred income taxes
    52,491       72,066  
 
           
Total net deferred tax assets, net of valuation allowance
  $  154,221     $  156,748  
 
           
 
               
We acquired Electronic Clearing House, Inc. and Homestead Technologies Inc. in fiscal 2008 and Digital Insight in fiscal 2007. See Note 6. These companies had federal net operating loss carryforwards at their respective dates of acquisition that totaled approximately $164 million. The tax effects of these federal net operating loss carryforwards and other federal tax credit carryforwards totaled approximately $66 million. We recorded the tax effects of these carryforwards as deferred tax assets at the respective dates of acquisition. These carryforwards do not result in an income tax provision benefit, but they reduce income taxes payable and cash paid for income taxes as we utilize them.
At July 31, 2008, we had total federal net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $95.0 million that will expire starting in fiscal 2019. Utilization of the net operating losses is subject to annual limitation. The annual limitation may result in the expiration of net operating losses before utilization.

96


Table of Contents

At July 31, 2008, we had various state net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards for which we have recorded a deferred tax asset of $4.3 million. The state net operating losses will expire starting in fiscal 2013. Utilization of the net operating losses is subject to annual limitation. The annual limitation may result in the expiration of net operating losses before utilization.
Adoption of FASB Interpretation No. 48
On August 1, 2007 we adopted the provisions of FASB Interpretation (FIN) No. 48, “ Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes—An Interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109 .” FIN 48 prescribes a threshold for the financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in an income tax return. FIN 48 requires that we determine whether the benefits of tax positions are more likely than not of being sustained upon audit based on the technical merits of the tax position. For tax positions that are more likely than not of being sustained upon audit, we recognize the largest amount of the benefit that is more likely than not of being sustained in our financial statements. For tax positions that are not more likely than not of being sustained upon audit, we do not recognize any portion of the benefit in our financial statements.
As a result of the adoption of FIN 48, there was no cumulative effect of the change on our retained earnings. We increased deferred tax assets and income taxes payable by $8.4 million and reclassified $30.2 million of income taxes payable from current liabilities to long-term obligations as a result of the adoption of FIN 48.
The aggregate changes in the balance of our gross unrecognized tax benefits were as follows for the period indicated:
         
    Twelve  
    Months  
    Ended  
(In thousands)   July 31, 2008  
Gross unrecognized tax benefits at August 1, 2007 (date of adoption of FIN 48)
  $ 33,321  
Increases related to tax positions from prior fiscal years, including acquisitions
    14,076  
Decreases related to tax positions from prior fiscal years
    (1,518 )
Increases related to tax positions taken during fiscal 2008
    8,233  
Settlements with tax authorities
    (7,898 )
Lapses of statutes of limitations
    (1,371 )
 
     
Gross unrecognized tax benefits at July 31, 2008
  $ 44,843  
 
     
 
The total amount of our unrecognized tax benefits at July 31, 2008 was $44.8 million. Net of related deferred tax assets, unrecognized tax benefits were $34.0 million at that date. If we were to recognize these net benefits, our income tax expense would reflect a favorable net impact of $18.8 million. The recognition of the balance of these net benefits would result in an increase to stockholders’ equity of $5.5 million and a decrease to goodwill of $9.7 million. We do not believe that it is reasonably possible that there will be a significant increase or decrease in unrecognized tax benefits over the next 12 months.
We file U.S. federal, U.S. state, and foreign tax returns. Our major tax jurisdictions are U.S. federal and the state of California. For U.S. federal tax returns we are generally no longer subject to tax examinations for years prior to fiscal 2005. For California tax returns we are generally no longer subject to tax examinations for years prior to fiscal 2003.
We recognize interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits within the provision for income taxes. At July 31, 2008 and as of the date of our adoption of FIN 48, we had accrued $4.9 million and $3.6 million for the payment of interest and had no accruals for the payment of penalties. The amount of interest and penalties recognized during the twelve months ended July 31, 2008 was not material.

97


Table of Contents

12. Stockholders’ Equity
Stock Split
On July 6, 2006 we implemented a two-for-one stock split in the form of a 100% stock dividend. All share and per share figures in the statements of operations and notes to the financial statements retroactively reflect this stock split. This stock split was an equity restructuring that is considered a modification under SFAS 123(R), but it did not result in a change in fair value of any equity awards.
Stock Repurchase Programs
Intuit’s Board of Directors has authorized a series of common stock repurchase programs. Shares of common stock repurchased under these programs become treasury shares. Under these programs, we repurchased 27.2 million shares of our common stock for $800.0 million during the twelve months ended July 31, 2008; 17.1 million shares of our common stock for $506.6 million during the twelve months ended July 31, 2007; and 31.0 million shares of our common stock for $784.2 million during the twelve months ended July 31, 2006. At July 31, 2008, we had authorization from our Board to expend up to $600 million for stock repurchases through May 15, 2011.
Repurchased shares of our common stock are held as treasury shares until they are reissued or retired. When we reissue treasury stock, if the proceeds from the sale are more than the average price we paid to acquire the shares we record an increase in additional paid-in capital. Conversely, if the proceeds from the sale are less than the average price we paid to acquire the shares, we record a decrease in additional paid-in capital to the extent of increases previously recorded for similar transactions and a decrease in retained earnings for any remaining amount.
Description of 2005 Equity Incentive Plan
Our stockholders approved our 2005 Equity Incentive Plan on December 9, 2004. Under the 2005 Plan, we are permitted to grant incentive and non-qualified stock options, restricted stock awards, restricted stock units (RSUs), stock appreciation rights and stock bonus awards to our employees, non-employee directors and consultants. The 2005 Plan provides for the automatic grant of stock options to non-employee directors according to a formula in the plan document. For other awards, the Compensation and Organizational Development Committee of our Board of Directors or its delegates determine who will receive grants, when those grants will be exercisable, their exercise price and other terms. Our stockholders have approved amendments to the 2005 Plan to permit the issuance of up to 46,000,000 shares under the 2005 Plan. At July 31, 2008, there were 7,975,824 shares available for grant under this plan. Up to 50% of equity awards granted each year under the 2005 Plan may have an exercise or purchase price per share that is less than full fair market value on the date of grant. All stock options granted to date under the 2005 Plan have exercise prices equal to the fair market value of our stock on the date of grant. All RSUs are considered to be granted at less than the fair market value of our stock on the date of grant because they have no exercise price. Stock options granted under the 2005 Plan typically vest over three years based on continued service and have a seven year term. RSUs granted under the 2005 Plan typically vest over three years.
Description of Employee Stock Purchase Plan
On November 26, 1996 our stockholders adopted our Employee Stock Purchase Plan under Section 423 of the Internal Revenue Code. The ESPP permits our eligible employees to make payroll deductions to purchase our stock on regularly scheduled purchase dates at a discount. Our stockholders have approved amendments to the ESPP to permit the issuance of up to 13,800,000 shares under the ESPP, which expires on July 27, 2015. The length of the offering periods under the ESPP is three months and shares are purchased at 85% of the lower of the closing price for Intuit common stock on the first day or the last day of the offering period in which the employee is participating.
Under the ESPP, employees purchased 1,164,977 shares of Intuit common stock during the twelve months ended July 31, 2008; 1,099,757 shares during the twelve months ended July 31, 2007; and 1,050,198 shares during the twelve months ended July 31, 2006. At July 31, 2008, there were 2,109,360 shares available for issuance under this plan.

98


Table of Contents

Share-Based Compensation Expense
The following table summarizes the total share-based compensation expense that we recorded for continuing operations for the periods shown. The share-based compensation expense that we recorded for discontinued operations for these periods was nominal.
                         
    Twelve Months Ended July 31,  
(In thousands, except per share amounts)   2008     2007     2006  
 
Cost of product revenue
  1,018     743     941  
Cost of service and other revenue
    6,211       3,283       1,727  
Selling and marketing
    37,948       23,518       21,710  
Research and development
    31,841       21,511       18,896  
General and administrative
    36,220       27,258       27,066  
 
                 
Reduction of operating income from continuing operations and income from continuing operations before income taxes
    113,238       76,313       70,340  
Income tax benefit
    (44,873 )     (24,237 )     (25,284 )
 
                 
Reduction of net income from continuing operations
  $ 68,365     $ 52,076     $ 45,056  
 
                 
 
                       
Reduction of net income per share from continuing operations:
                       
Basic
  $ 0.21     $ 0.15     $ 0.13  
 
                 
Diluted
  $ 0.20     $ 0.15     $ 0.12  
 
                 
Determining Fair Value
Valuation and Amortization Method. Effective August 1, 2006 we began estimating the fair value of stock options granted using a lattice binomial model and a multiple option award approach. Prior to that date we used the Black Scholes valuation model and a multiple option approach. This change did not have a material impact on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows. Our stock options have various restrictions, including vesting provisions and restrictions on transfer, and are often exercised prior to their contractual maturity. We therefore believe that lattice binomial models are more capable of incorporating the features of our stock options than closed-form models such as the Black Scholes model. The use of a lattice binomial model requires the use of extensive actual employee exercise behavior and a number of complex assumptions including the expected volatility of our stock price over the term of the options, risk-free interest rates and expected dividends. We amortize the fair value of options on a straight-line basis over the requisite service periods of the awards, which are generally the vesting periods. We value restricted stock units using the intrinsic value method. We amortize the value of restricted stock units on a straight-line basis over the restriction period.
Expected Term . The expected term of options granted represents the period of time that they are expected to be outstanding and is a derived output of the lattice binomial model. The expected term of stock options is impacted by all of the underlying assumptions and calibration of our model. The lattice binomial model assumes that option exercise behavior is a function of the option’s remaining vested life and the extent to which the market price of our common stock exceeds the option exercise price. The lattice binomial model estimates the probability of exercise as a function of these two variables based on the history of exercises and cancellations on all past option grants made by us. Beginning in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2006, we estimated the expected term of options granted based on implied exercise patterns using a binomial model. For the first three quarters of fiscal 2006, we estimated the expected term of options granted based on historical exercise patterns.
Expected Volatility . We estimate the volatility of our common stock at the date of grant based on the implied volatility of one-year and two-year publicly traded options on our common stock, consistent with SFAS 123(R) and SAB 107. Our decision to use implied volatility was based upon the availability of actively traded options on our

99


Table of Contents

common stock and our assessment that implied volatility is more representative of future stock price trends than historical volatility.
Risk-Free Interest Rate. We base the risk-free interest rate that we use in our option valuation model on the implied yield in effect at the time of option grant on constant maturity U.S. Treasury issues with equivalent remaining terms.
Dividends. We have never paid any cash dividends on our common stock and we do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Consequently, we use an expected dividend yield of zero in our option valuation model.
Forfeitures. In accordance with SFAS 123(R), we estimate forfeitures at the time of grant and revise those estimates in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates. We use historical data to estimate pre-vesting option forfeitures and record share-based compensation expense only for those awards that are expected to vest.
We used the following assumptions to estimate the fair value of stock options granted and shares purchased under our Employee Stock Purchase Plan for the periods indicated:
                         
    Twelve Months Ended July 31,
    2008   2007   2006
Assumptions for stock options:
                       
Average expected term (years)
    N/A       N/A       2.78  
Expected volatility (range)
    28% - 34 %     24% - 27 %     22% - 28 %
Weighted average expected volatility
    33 %     27 %     25 %
Risk-free interest rate (range)
    2.11% - 4.56 %     4.47% - 5.05 %     3.70% - 5.14 %
Expected dividend yield
    0 %     0 %     0 %
 
                       
Assumptions for ESPP:
                       
Average expected term (years)
    N/A       N/A       0.27  
Expected volatility (range)
    31% - 37 %     26% - 27 %     22% - 28 %
Weighted average expected volatility
    33 %     26 %     25 %
Risk-free interest rate (range)
    1.11% - 4.15 %     4.63% - 5.04 %     3.14% - 4.77 %
Expected dividend yield
    0 %     0 %     0 %
 

100


Table of Contents

Stock Option Activity and Related Share-Based Compensation Expense
A summary of activity under all share-based compensation plans for the periods indicated was as follows:
                         
            Options Outstanding
    Shares           Weighted Average
    Available   Number of   Exercise Price
    for Grant   Shares   Per Share
     
 
Balance at July 31, 2005
    2,626,380       64,616,560     $   19.59  
Additional shares authorized
    13,000,000              
Options granted
    (10,816,070 )     10,816,070       28.37  
Stock bonus awards granted
    (11,916 )            
Options exercised
          (15,594,297 )     16.52  
Options canceled or expired and returned to pool, net of options canceled from expired plans
    1,270,588       (2,906,840 )     22.93  
Stock bonus awards canceled or expired
    3,111              
             
Balance at July 31, 2006
    6,072,093       56,931,493       21.93  
Additional shares authorized
    10,000,000              
Options assumed and converted related to acquisitions
          1,544,613       20.78  
Options granted
    (9,119,495 )     9,119,495       30.10  
Restricted stock units granted
    (2,548,340 )            
Options exercised
          (10,913,824 )     17.02  
Options canceled or expired and returned to pool, net of options canceled from expired plans
    1,766,921       (2,192,127 )     26.88  
Restricted stock units canceled and returned to pool, net of restricted stock units canceled from expired plans
    239,285              
             
Balance at July 31, 2007
    6,410,464       54,489,650       24.05  
Additional shares authorized
    10,000,000              
Options assumed and converted related to acquisitions
          647,992       2.00  
Options granted
    (8,319,960 )     8,319,960       27.99  
Restricted stock units granted
    (3,045,883 )            
Options exercised
          (9,101,382 )     19.37  
Options canceled or expired and returned to pool, net of options canceled from expired plans
    2,310,928       (4,150,247 )     30.91  
Restricted stock units canceled and returned to pool, net of restricted stock units canceled from expired plans
    620,275              
             
Balance at July 31, 2008
    7,975,824       50,205,973     $   24.70  
             
 
                       
All 7,975,824 shares available for grant at July 31, 2008 were available under the 2005 Plan. The weighted average fair values of options granted during the twelve months ended July 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 were $8.36 per share, $8.41 per share and $6.57 per share. The total fair value of options vested during those periods was $61.2 million, $61.5 million and $68.0 million.

101


Table of Contents

Options outstanding at July 31, 2008 were as follows:
                                 
    Options Outstanding  
            Weighted           Weighted              
            Average     Average     Aggregate  
            Remaining     Exercise     Intrinsic  
    Number     Contractual     Price per     Value (in  
Exercise Price     Outstanding         Life (in Years)       Share     (thousands)  
  $0.16 - $17.50
    5,721,659       2.45     $13.73     $ 77,807,575  
$17.97 - $19.52
    5,199,528       3.04       18.69       44,916,351  
$19.63 - $21.99
    5,457,512       2.60       21.31       32,861,626  
$22.01 - $24.00
    7,398,391       3.40       23.49       28,424,850  
$24.05 - $27.57
    3,568,087       3.78       25.88       5,179,823  
$27.68 - $27.68
    6,273,870       6.98       27.68        
$27.70 - $30.00
    3,272,457       5.03       29.15        
$30.07 - $30.07
    6,283,824       5.98       30.07        
$30.13 - $31.29
    5,314,960       4.93       31.23        
$31.36 - $61.10
    1,715,685       3.19       33.90        
 
                           
  $0.16 - $61.10
    50,205,973       4.22     $24.70     189,190,225  
 
                           
 
                               
Options exercisable at July 31, 2008 were as follows:
                                 
    Options Exercisable  
            Weighted           Weighted              
            Average     Average     Aggregate  
            Remaining     Exercise     Intrinsic  
    Number     Contractual     Price per     Value (in  
Exercise Price     Exercisable       Life (in Years)       Share     (thousands)  
  $0.16 - $17.50
    5,496,822       2.20     $14.12     $ 72,632,883  
$17.97 - $19.52
    5,197,606       3.03       18.69       44,898,550  
$19.63 - $21.99
    5,394,603       2.58       21.31       32,497,155  
$22.01 - $24.00
    7,355,893       3.38       23.49       28,237,637  
$24.05 - $27.57
    2,927,172       3.23       25.74       4,654,182  
$27.68 - $27.68
                0.00        
$27.70 - $30.00
    1,505,264       3.57       29.11        
$30.07 - $30.07
    2,088,320       5.96       30.07        
$30.13 - $31.29
    3,583,800       4.86       31.23        
$31.36 - $61.10
    1,427,268       2.67       34.22        
 
                           
  $0.16 - $61.10
    34,976,748       3.29     $23.02     182,920,407  
 
                           
 
                               
There were 37,347,856 options exercisable under our stock option plans at July 31, 2007 and 37,815,299 options exercisable at July 31, 2006.
We define in-the-money options at July 31, 2008 as options that had exercise prices that were lower than the $27.33 market price of our common stock at that date. The aggregate intrinsic value of options outstanding at July 31, 2008 is calculated as the difference between the exercise price of the underlying options and the market price of our common stock for the shares that were in-the-money at that date. The aggregate intrinsic value of options exercised during the twelve months ended July 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 was $96.9 million, $154.5 million and $158.1 million, determined as of the date of exercise.

102


Table of Contents

We recorded $57.4 million, $50.9 million and $65.0 million in share-based compensation expense for stock options and our Employee Stock Purchase Plan in continuing operations for the twelve months ended July 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006. The total tax benefit related to this share-based compensation expense for those periods was $20.2 million, $17.9 million and $23.4 million.
At July 31, 2008, there was $134.3 million of unrecognized compensation cost related to non-vested stock options which we will amortize to expense in the future. Unrecognized compensation cost will be adjusted for future changes in estimated forfeitures. We expect to recognize that cost over a weighted average vesting period of 2.3 years.
We received $176.3 million, $185.7 million and $257.6 million in cash from option exercises under all share-based payment arrangements for the twelve months ended July 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006. The actual tax benefits that we realized related to tax deductions for non-qualified option exercises and disqualifying dispositions under all share-based payment arrangements totaled $38.3 million, $58.7 million and $62.0 million for those periods.
Due to our ongoing program of repurchasing our common stock on the open market, at July 31, 2008 we had 107.2 million treasury shares. We satisfy option exercises and RSU vesting from this pool of treasury shares.
Restricted Stock Unit Activity and Related Share-Based Compensation Expense
A summary of restricted stock unit (RSU) activity for the periods indicated was as follows:
                 
    Restricted Stock Units
            Weighted
            Average
    Number of   Grant Date
    Shares   Fair Value
 
Nonvested at July 31, 2005
    719,840     $   22.60  
Granted
    11,916       24.58  
Vested
    (239,316 )     22.18  
Forfeited
    (4,204 )     23.99  
 
           
Nonvested at July 31, 2006
    488,236       23.03  
Granted
    2,548,340       30.59  
Vested
    (292,401 )     23.73  
Forfeited
    (239,489 )     30.54  
 
           
Nonvested at July 31, 2007
    2,504,686       29.88  
Granted
    3,045,883       28.24  
Restricted stock units assumed and converted related to acquisitions
    561,887       29.78  
Vested
    (484,427 )     25.96  
Forfeited
    (630,696 )     29.52  
 
           
Nonvested at July 31, 2008
    4,997,333     $   29.29  
 
           
 
               
The total fair value of RSUs vested during the twelve months ended July 31, 2008 and 2007 was $11.4 million and $6.3 million. We recorded $55.8 million, $25.4 million and $5.3 million in share-based compensation expense for RSUs in continuing operations for the twelve months ended July 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006. The total tax benefit related to this RSU compensation expense was $24.7 million, $6.4 million and $1.9 million for those periods.
At July 31, 2008, there was $87.2 million of unrecognized compensation cost related to non-vested RSUs which we will amortize to expense in the future. Unrecognized compensation cost will be adjusted for future changes in estimated forfeitures. We expect to recognize that cost over a weighted average vesting period of 1.7 years.

103


Table of Contents

The actual tax benefits that we realized for tax deductions for RSUs during the twelve months ended July 31, 2008 totaled $3.1 million. The actual tax benefits that we realized for tax deductions for RSUs during the twelve months ended July 31, 2007 and 2006 were nominal.
13. Benefit Plans
Executive Deferred Compensation Plan
In December 2004 we adopted our 2005 Executive Deferred Compensation Plan, which became effective January 1, 2005. We adopted the 2005 Plan to meet the requirements for deferred compensation under Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code. The plan provides that executives who meet minimum compensation requirements are eligible to defer up to 50% of their salaries and up to 90% of their bonuses and commissions. We have agreed to credit the participants’ contributions with earnings that reflect the performance of certain independent investment funds. We may also make discretionary employer contributions to participant accounts in certain circumstances. The timing, amounts and vesting schedules of employer contributions are at the sole discretion of the Compensation and Organizational Development Committee of our Board of Directors or its delegate. The benefits under this plan are unsecured. Participants are generally eligible to receive payment of their vested benefit at the end of their elected deferral period or after termination of their employment with Intuit for any reason or at a later date to comply with the restrictions of Section 409A. Discretionary company contributions and the related earnings vest completely upon the participant’s disability, death or a change of control of Intuit.
We made employer contributions to the plan of $0.9 million, $0.9 million and $0.5 million during the twelve months ended July 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006. We have also entered into several agreements in which we committed to make employer contributions on behalf of certain executives provided that they remain employed at Intuit on certain future dates.
We held assets of $37.4 million and liabilities of $38.2 million related to this plan at July 31, 2008. We held assets of $33.8 million and liabilities of $35.9 million related to this plan at July 31, 2007. Assets related to this plan are in other long-term assets and liabilities related to this plan are in other current liabilities on our balance sheets. The plan liabilities include accrued employer contributions not yet funded to the plan.
401(k) Plan
Employees who participate in the Intuit Inc. 401(k) Plan may contribute up to 20% of pre-tax salary to the plan, subject to limitations imposed by the Internal Revenue Code. The plan allows Intuit to make matching contributions. During the twelve months ended July 31, 2008 we matched employee contributions at 150% for the first $1,000 of salary contributed by the employee, plus up to 75% of the next six percent of salary, subject to IRS limitations, up to a maximum matching contribution of $10,000. Fifty percent of matching contributions vest after two years of service by the employee and 100% of matching contributions vest after three years of service. Participating employees who are age 50 or older may also make catch-up contributions. These contributions are not matched. Matching contributions were $34.2 million, $27.5 million and $23.6 million during the twelve months ended July 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006.
14. Stockholder Rights Plan
On April 29, 1998 our Board of Directors adopted a stockholder rights plan designed to protect the long-term value of Intuit for its stockholders during any future unsolicited acquisition attempt. On May 1, 2008 our stockholder rights plan expired pursuant to its terms, and all rights issued under that plan expired and can no longer be exercised.
15. Litigation
Intuit is subject to certain routine legal proceedings, as well as demands, claims and threatened litigation, that arise in the normal course of our business, including assertions that we may be infringing patents or other intellectual property rights of others. We currently believe that the ultimate amount of liability, if any, for any pending claims of

104


Table of Contents

any type (either alone or combined) will not materially affect our financial position, results of operations or cash flows. The ultimate outcome of any litigation is uncertain and, regardless of outcome, litigation can have an adverse impact on Intuit because of defense costs, negative publicity, diversion of management resources and other factors. Our failure to obtain necessary license or other rights, or litigation arising out of intellectual property claims could adversely affect our business.
16. Selected Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited)
The following tables contain selected quarterly financial data for the twelve months ended July 31, 2008 and 2007. We accounted for our Intuit Distribution Management Solutions and Intuit Information Technology Solutions businesses as discontinued operations and as a result the operating results of these businesses have been segregated from continuing operations in our statements of operations and in these tables. See Note 7.
                                 
    Fiscal 2008 Quarter Ended  
(In thousands, except per share amounts)   October 31     January 31     April 30     July 31  
 
Total net revenue
  444,938     834,874     1,313,008     478,154  
Cost of revenue
    131,201       159,718       139,948       137,380  
All other costs and expenses
    416,936       501,526       498,559       434,939  
Net income (loss) from continuing operations
    (47,571 )     116,002       444,179       (61,860 )
Net income (loss) from discontinued operations
    26,767       (755 )            
Net income (loss)
    (20,804 )     115,247       444,179       (61,860 )
 
                               
Basic net income (loss) per share from continuing operations
  $ (0.14 )   0.35     1.37     $ (0.19 )
Basic net income per share from discontinued operations
    0.08                    
 
                       
Basic net income (loss) per share
  $ (0.06 )   0.35     1.37     $ (0.19 )
 
                       
 
                               
Diluted net income (loss) per share from continuing operations
  $ (0.14 )   0.34     1.33     $ (0.19 )
Diluted net income per share from discontinued operations
    0.08                    
 
                       
Diluted net income (loss) per share
  $ (0.06 )   0.34     1.33     $ (0.19 )
 
                       
 
                                 
    Fiscal 2007 Quarter Ended  
(In thousands, except per share amounts)   October 31     January 31     April 30     July 31  
 
Total net revenue
  350,493     750,637     1,139,145     432,672  
Cost of revenue
    98,207       131,454       130,982       117,877  
All other costs and expenses
    350,805       404,466       430,083       371,503  
Net income (loss) from continuing operations
    (57,200 )     145,580       367,947       (12,859 )
Net loss from discontinued operations
    (1,730 )     (218 )     (736 )     (781 )
Net income (loss)
    (58,930 )     145,362       367,211       (13,640 )
 
                               
Basic net income (loss) per share from continuing operations
  $ (0.17 )   0.42     1.08     $ (0.04 )
Basic net loss per share from discontinued operations
                       
 
                       
Basic net income (loss) per share
  $ (0.17 )   0.42     1.08     $ (0.04 )
 
                       
 
                               
Diluted net income (loss) per share from continuing operations
  $ (0.17 )   0.40     1.04     $ (0.04 )
Diluted net loss per share from discontinued operations
                       
 
                       
Diluted net income (loss) per share
  $ (0.17 )   0.40     1.04     $ (0.04 )
 
                       
 

105


Table of Contents

Schedule II
INTUIT INC.
VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
                                            
            Additions            
    Balance at     Charged to               Balance at  
    Beginning of   Expense/           End of
(In thousands)   Period   Revenue     Deductions     Period
 
Year ended July 31, 2008
                               
Allowance for doubtful accounts
   15,248       14,269       (13,881 )    15,636  
Reserve for product returns
    25,833       104,676       (102,599 )     27,910  
Reserve for rebates
    18,918       67,399       (72,909 )     13,408  
 
                               
Year ended July 31, 2007
                               
Allowance for doubtful accounts
   11,532       14,743       (11,027 )    15,248  
Reserve for product returns
    29,385       102,592       (106,144 )     25,833  
Reserve for rebates
    8,996       67,642       (57,720 )     18,918  
 
                               
Year ended July 31, 2006
                               
Allowance for doubtful accounts
  14,967     9,222     (12,657 )   11,532  
Reserve for product returns
    30,454       83,984       (85,053 )     29,385  
Reserve for rebates
    18,482       62,072       (71,558 )     8,996  
Note:   Additions to the allowance for doubtful accounts are charged to general and administrative expense.
Additions to the reserves for product returns and rebates are charged against revenue.

106


Table of Contents

ITEM 9
CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE
None.
ITEM 9A
CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures
Based upon an evaluation of the effectiveness of disclosure controls and procedures, Intuit’s Chief Executive Officer (CEO) and Chief Financial Officer (CFO) have concluded that as of the end of the period covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K our disclosure controls and procedures as defined under Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) were effective to provide reasonable assurance that information required to be disclosed in our Exchange Act reports is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified by the Securities and Exchange Commission and is accumulated and communicated to management, including the CEO and CFO, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.
Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting
Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as such term is defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f). Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, we conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of July 31, 2008 based on the guidelines established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). Based on the results of this evaluation, our management has concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of July 31, 2008 to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external reporting purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. We reviewed the results of management’s assessment with the Audit Committee of Intuit’s Board of Directors.
Ernst & Young LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, independently assessed the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of July 31, 2008. Ernst & Young has issued an attestation report concurring with management’s assessment, which is included in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting
During our most recent fiscal quarter, there has not occurred any change in our internal control over financial reporting that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.
ITEM 9B
OTHER INFORMATION
None.

107


Table of Contents

PART III
ITEM 10
DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
Except for the information about our executive officers shown below, the information required for this Item 10 is incorporated by reference from our Proxy Statement to be filed in connection with our December 2008 Annual Meeting of Stockholders.
We maintain a Code of Conduct and Ethics that applies to all employees, including all officers. We also maintain a Board of Directors Code of Ethics that applies to all members of our Board of Directors. Our Code of Conduct and Ethics and Board of Directors Code of Ethics incorporate guidelines designed to deter wrongdoing and to promote honest and ethical conduct and compliance with applicable laws and regulations. Our Code of Conduct and Ethics and Board of Directors Code of Ethics are published on our Investor Relations Web site at www.intuit.com/about_intuit/investors . We disclose amendments to certain provisions of our Code of Conduct and Ethics and Board of Directors Code of Ethics, or waivers of such provisions granted to executive officers and directors, on this Web site.
EXECUTIVE OFFICERS
The following table shows Intuit’s executive officers as of August 31, 2008 and their areas of responsibility. Their biographies follow the table.
             
Name   Age   Position
 
Brad D. Smith
    44     President, Chief Executive Officer and Director
William V. Campbell
    68     Chairman of the Board of Directors
Scott D. Cook
    56     Chairman of the Executive Committee
Laura A. Fennell
    47     Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary
Sasan Goodarzi
    40     Senior Vice President and General Manager, Intuit Financial Institutions Division
Rick W. Jensen
    49     Senior Vice President and General Manager, Small Business Group
Alexander M. Lintner
    46     Senior Vice President, Strategy and Corporate Development and President, Global Business Division
Kiran M. Patel
    60     Senior Vice President and General Manager, Consumer Tax Group
R. Neil Williams
    55     Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
Jeffrey P. Hank
    48     Vice President, Corporate Controller
 
Mr. Smith has been President and Chief Executive Officer and a member of the Board of Directors since January 2008. He was Senior Vice President and General Manager, Small Business Division from May 2006 to December 2007 and Senior Vice President and General Manager, QuickBooks from May 2005 to May 2006. He also served as Senior Vice President and General Manager, Consumer Tax Group from March 2004 until May 2005 and as Vice President and General Manager of Intuit’s Accountant Central and Developer Network from February 2003 to March 2004. Prior to joining Intuit in February 2003, Mr. Smith was Senior Vice President of Marketing and Business Development at ADP, a provider of business outsourcing solutions, where he held several executive positions from 1996 to 2003. Mr. Smith holds a Bachelor’s degree in Business Administration from Marshall University and a Master’s degree in Management from Aquinas College.
Mr. Campbell has been an Intuit director since May 1994. He has served as Chairman of the Board since August 1998 and was Acting Chief Executive Officer from September 1999 until January 2000. He also served as Intuit’s President and Chief Executive Officer from April 1994 through July 1998. Mr. Campbell also serves on the board of directors of Apple Inc. Mr. Campbell holds a Bachelor of Arts degree in Economics and a Masters of Science degree from Columbia University, where he is Chair of the Board of Trustees.
Mr. Cook, a founder of Intuit, has been an Intuit director since March 1984 and is currently Chairman of the Executive Committee. He served as Intuit’s Chairman of the Board from February 1993 through July 1998. From

108


Table of Contents

April 1984 to April 1994, he served as Intuit’s President and Chief Executive Officer. Mr. Cook also serves on the board of directors of eBay Inc. and The Procter & Gamble Company. Mr. Cook holds a Bachelor of Arts degree in Economics and Mathematics from the University of Southern California and a Masters degree in Business Administration from Harvard Business School.
Ms. Fennell has been Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary since February 2007. She joined Intuit as Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary in April 2004. Prior to joining Intuit, Ms. Fennell spent nearly eleven years at Sun Microsystems, Inc., most recently as Vice President of Corporate Legal Resources, as well as Acting General Counsel. Prior to joining Sun, she was an associate attorney at Wilson Sonsini, Goodrich & Rosati PC. Ms. Fennell holds a Bachelor of Science degree in Business Administration from California State University, Chico and a Juris Doctor from the University of Santa Clara.
Mr. Goodarzi has been Senior Vice President and General Manager, Intuit Financial Institutions Division since September 2007. From September 2005 to September 2007 he served as Intuit’s Vice President, Professional Tax and from June 2004 to September 2005 he served as Vice President of the Intuit-Branded Software Businesses. Previously, from 2002 to June 2004, Mr. Goodarzi was president of the products group in the process systems division of Invensys, a provider of process automation and controls. Prior to working at Invensys, he held senior leadership roles at Honeywell. Mr. Goodarzi holds a Bachelor’s degree in Electrical Engineering from the University of Central Florida and a Master’s degree in Business Administration from the Kellogg School of Management at Northwestern University.
Mr. Jensen has been Senior Vice President and General Manager of Intuit’s Small Business Group since October 2007. From August 2006 to October 2007, he served as Vice President, Small Business Division. Mr. Jensen joined Intuit in January 2001 and was previously Vice President of product management for Intuit’s Consumer Tax Group. Prior to joining Intuit, Mr. Jensen directed marketing and e-business initiatives at GE Capital and served as vice president of marketing services at U.S. Bancorp. Mr. Jensen holds a Bachelor’s degree in Marketing and Management from California State University, Sacramento and a Master’s degree in Business Administration from the University of Portland.
Mr. Lintner has been Senior Vice President, Strategy and Corporate Development since August 2005 and President, Global Business Division since November 2007. Prior to joining Intuit, Mr. Lintner spent six years with the Boston Consulting Group (BCG) as a vice president and director. Before joining BCG, Mr. Lintner headed the London office of Roland Berger and Partners from 1996 to 1999. Mr. Lintner holds a Bachelor of Business Administration degree from the University of Tulsa and a Master’s degree in Business Administration from Boston College. Mr. Lintner also holds an Executive Certificate in Strategic Retail Management from the Harvard University Graduate School of Business.
Mr. Patel has been Senior Vice President and General Manager, Consumer Tax Group since June 2007. He was Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer from September 2005 to January 2008. From August 2001 to September 2005, Mr. Patel served as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Solectron Corporation, a provider of electronics supply chain services, where he led finance, legal, investor relations and business development activities. From October 2000 to May 2001, he was the Chief Financial Officer of iMotors, an Internet-based value-added retailer of used cars. Previously, Mr. Patel had a 27-year career with Cummins Inc., where he served in a broad range of finance positions, most recently as Chief Financial Officer and Executive Vice President. Mr. Patel also serves on the board of directors of KLA-Tencor Corporation. Mr. Patel holds a Bachelor of Science degree in Electrical Engineering and a Master’s degree in Business Administration from the University of Tennessee, and he is a certified public accountant.
Mr. Williams joined Intuit in January 2008 as Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer. Beginning in 2001, he served as Executive Vice President of Visa U.S.A., Inc., the leading payments company in the U.S., and then from November 2004 to September 2007 served as Chief Financial Officer, leading all financial functions for the company and its subsidiaries. During the same period, Mr. Williams held the dual role of Chief Financial Officer for Inovant LLC, Visa’s global IT organization responsible for global transactions processing and technology development. Mr. Williams holds a Bachelor’s degree in Business Administration from the University of Southern Mississippi and he is a certified public accountant.
Mr. Hank has been Vice President, Corporate Controller since June 2005. He joined Intuit in October 2003 as Director, Accounting Principles Group. From June 2002 until September 2003, Mr. Hank was an Audit Partner at KPMG LLP. From September 1994 until June 2002, Mr. Hank was an Audit Partner at Arthur Andersen LLP. Mr.

109


Table of Contents

Hank holds a Bachelor of Science degree in Business Administration — Accounting and Finance from the University of California at Berkeley.
ITEM 11
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
The information required for this Item is incorporated by reference from our Proxy Statement to be filed for our December 2008 Annual Meeting of Stockholders.
ITEM 12
SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS
The information required for this Item is incorporated by reference from our Proxy Statement to be filed for our December 2008 Annual Meeting of Stockholders.
ITEM 13
CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE
The information required for this Item is incorporated by reference from our Proxy Statement to be filed for our December 2008 Annual Meeting of Stockholders.
ITEM 14
PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES
The information required for this Item is incorporated by reference from our Proxy Statement to be filed for our December 2008 Annual Meeting of Stockholders.

110


Table of Contents

PART IV
ITEM 15
EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
(a)   The following documents are filed as part of this report:
  1.   Financial Statements — See Index to Consolidated Financial Statements in Part II, Item 8.
 
  2.   Financial Statement Schedules — See Index to Consolidated Financial Statements in Part II, Item 8.
 
  3.   Exhibits
                 
            Incorporated by
            Reference
Exhibit       Filed        
Number   Exhibit Description   Herewith   Form/File No.   Date
2.01
  Agreement and Plan of Merger by and among Intuit, Durango Acquisition Corporation and Digital Insight Corporation       8-K
000-27459
Filed by
Digital Insight
  11/30/06
 
               
3.01
  Restated Intuit Certificate of Incorporation, dated as of January 19, 2000       10-Q   06/14/00
 
               
3.02
  Bylaws of Intuit, as amended and restated effective May 1, 2002       10-Q   05/31/02
 
               
4.01
  Form of Specimen Certificate for Intuit’s Common Stock       10-K   09/25/02
 
               
4.02
  Indenture, dated as of March 7, 2007, between Intuit and The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A. as trustee       8-K   3/7/07
 
               
4.03
  Forms of Global Note for Intuit’s 5.40% Senior Notes due 2012 and 5.75% Senior Notes due 2017       8-K   3/12/07
 
               
10.01+
  Intuit Inc. 2005 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended through December 15, 2006       S-8
333-139452
  12/18/06
 
               
10.02+
  Intuit Inc. 2005 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended through December 14, 2007       S-8
333-148112
  12/17/07
 
               
10.03+
  Intuit Inc. 2005 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended through April 23, 2008       8-K   4/28/08
 
               
10.04+
  2005 Equity Incentive Plan Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option — New Hire, Promotion or Retention Grant       10-Q   12/10/04
 
               
10.05+
  2005 Equity Incentive Plan Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option — Focal Grant       10-Q   12/10/04
 
               
10.06+
  2005 Equity Incentive Plan Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award — Executive Stock Ownership Program Matching Unit       10-Q   12/10/04
 
               
10.07+
  2005 Equity Incentive Plan Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option — Stephen Bennett Grant       10-Q   12/10/04
 
               
10.08+
  2005 Equity Incentive Plan Form of Non-Employee Director Option — Initial Grant       10-Q   12/10/04
 
               
10.09+
  2005 Equity Incentive Plan Form of Non-Employee Director Option — Succeeding Grant       10-Q   12/10/04
 
               
10.10+
  2005 Equity Incentive Plan Form of Non-Employee Director Option — Committee Grant       10-Q   12/10/04
 
               
10.11+
  Form of CEO Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement for fiscal year ended
July 31, 2005 (performance based vesting)
      8-K   8/2/05
 
               
10.12+
  Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (Performance-Based Vesting)   X        
 
               
10.13+
  Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (Service-Based Vesting)       8-K   7/31/06
 
               
10.14+
  Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement for Chief Executive Officer dated
August 25, 2006
      10-K   9/15/06
 

111


Table of Contents

                 
            Incorporated by
            Reference
Exhibit       Filed        
Number   Exhibit Description   Herewith   Form/File No.   Date
10.15+
  Intuit Inc. Management Stock Purchase Program       10-Q   12/1/06
 
               
10.16+
  Intuit Inc. Management Stock Purchase Program, as amended October 23, 2007   X        
 
               
10.17+
  Form of Restricted Stock Unit Grant Agreement for MSPP Purchased Award       10-Q   12/1/06
 
               
10.18+
  Form of Restricted Stock Unit Grant Agreement for MSPP Matching Award       10-Q   12/1/06
 
               
10.19+
  Form of Performance-based Restricted Stock Unit Agreement for key employees of Digital Insight       8-K   2/7/07
 
               
10.20+
  Digital Insight Corporation 1997 Stock Plan, Form of Stock Option Agreement under the Digital Insight Corporation 1997 Stock Plan and the Notice of Grant of Stock Purchase Right under the Digital Insight Corporation 1999 Stock Plan       S-1
333-81547
Filed by Digital
Insight
  6/25/99
 
               
10.21+
  Digital Insight Corporation 1999 Stock Plan and Form of Stock Option Agreement under the Digital Insight Corporation 1999 Stock Plan       S-1/A
333-81547
Filed by Digital
Insight
  9/13/99
 
               
10.22+
  First, Second and Third Amendments to the Digital Insight Corporation 1999 Stock Plan       10-Q
Filed by Digital
Insight
  5/15/01
 
               
10.23+
  Homestead.com Incorporated 1996 Stock Option Plan, as amended       S-8   1/10/08
 
               
10.24+
  Form of Stock Option Agreement under the Homestead.com Incorporated 1996 Stock Option Plan       S-8   1/10/08
 
               
10.25+
  Homestead Technologies Inc. 2006 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended       S-8   1/10/08
 
               
10.26+
  Form of Stock Option Agreement and Option Grant Notice under Homestead Technologies Inc. 2006 Equity Incentive Plan       S-8   1/10/08
 
               
10.27+
  Form of Homestead Technologies Inc. 2006 Equity Incentive Plan Award Agreement for Restricted Stock Units       S-8   1/10/08
 
               
10.28+
  Form of Intuit Inc. Stock Option Assumption Agreement       S-8   2/9/07
 
               
10.29+
  Form of Executive Promotion/New Hire Stock Option Agreement   X        
 
               
10.30+
  Form of Executive Restricted Stock Unit Agreement (performance vesting)   X        
 
               
10.31+
  Intuit Executive Relocation Policy       10-Q   12/5/05
 
               
10.32+
  Intuit Inc. 2005 Executive Deferred Compensation Plan, effective January 1, 2005       10-Q   12/10/04
 
               
10.33+
  Intuit 2002 Equity Incentive Plan and related plan documents, as amended through July 30, 2003       10-K   9/19/03
 
               
10.34+
  Intuit 1993 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended through January 16, 2002       10-Q   02/28/02
 
               
10.35+
  Intuit Employee Stock Purchase Plan, as amended through December 15, 2006       S-8
333-139452
  12/18/06
 
               
10.36+
  Description of Intuit Inc. Executive Stock Ownership and Matching Unit Program       10-K   9/26/05
 
               
10.37+
  Intuit 1996 Directors Stock Option Plan and forms of Agreement, as amended by the Board on January 30, 2003       10-Q   02/28/03
 
               
10.38+
  Intuit 1998 Option Plan for Mergers and Acquisitions and form of Agreement, as amended through July 29, 2003       10-K   9/19/03
 
               
10.39+
  Intuit Form of Amendment to All Stock Options Outstanding at February 19, 1999       10-K   10/12/99
 
               
10.40+
  Intuit Inc. Performance Incentive Plan for Fiscal Year 2009       8-K   7/25/08
 
               
10.41+
  Intuit Inc. Performance Incentive Plan for Fiscal Year 2008       8-K   7/30/07
 
               
10.42+
  Intuit Executive Deferred Compensation Plan, effective March 15, 2002       10-Q   05/31/02
 

112


Table of Contents

                 
            Incorporated by
            Reference
Exhibit       Filed        
Number   Exhibit Description   Herewith   Form/File No.   Date
10.43+
  Intuit Senior Executive Incentive Plan adopted on December 12, 2002       DEF 14A Appendix 3   10/23/02
 
               
10.44+
  Intuit Senior Executive Incentive Plan adopted on October 23, 2007       8-K   12/17/07
 
               
10.45+
  Form of Indemnification Agreement entered into by Intuit with each of its directors and certain officers       10-K   09/25/02
 
               
10.46+
  Form of Stock Bonus Agreement (Matching Unit) under the Intuit 2002 Equity Incentive Plan related to the Executive Stock Ownership Program       10-Q   12/05/03
 
               
10.47+
  Transition Agreement dated August 21, 2007 between Intuit and Stephen M. Bennett       8-K   08/22/07
 
               
10.48+
  Amended and Restated Employment Agreement between Intuit and Stephen M. Bennett, dated July 30, 2003       8-K   08/01/03
 
               
10.49+
  Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement, with respect to 150,000 shares of Intuit Common Stock between Intuit and Stephen M. Bennett, dated January 24, 2000       S-8
333-51700
  12/12/00
 
               
10.50+
  Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement, with respect to 75,000 shares of Intuit Common Stock between Intuit and Stephen M. Bennett, dated January 24, 2000       S-8
333-51700
  12/12/00
 
               
10.51+
  Amendment No. 1 to Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement, with respect to 150,000 shares of Intuit Common Stock dated January 24, 2000 between Intuit and Stephen M. Bennett, dated January 17, 2001       10-Q   06/13/01
 
               
10.52+
  Amendment No. 1 to Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement, with respect to 75,000 shares of Intuit Common Stock dated January 24, 2000 between Intuit and Stephen M. Bennett, dated January 17, 2001       10-Q   06/13/01
 
               
10.53+
  Amended and Restated Secured Balloon Payment Promissory Note between Intuit and Stephen M. Bennett, dated November 26, 2001       10-Q   02/28/02
 
               
10.54+
  Share Repurchase Agreement between Intuit and Stephen M. Bennett, dated March 27, 2003       10-Q   05/30/03
 
               
10.55+
  2002 Equity Incentive Plan Stock Bonus Award Agreement between Intuit and Stephen M. Bennett dated July 30, 2003       10-K   9/19/03
 
               
10.56+
  Share Repurchase Agreement dated February 23, 2004 between Intuit and Stephen M. Bennett       10-Q   06/14/04
 
               
10.57+
  Intuit Inc. 2002 Plan Option Grant Agreement between Stephen M. Bennett and Intuit Inc. dated July 31, 2004       10-Q   12/10/04
 
               
10.58+
  Intuit Inc. 2002 Equity Incentive Plan Stock Bonus Agreement - Restricted Stock Units — between Stephen M. Bennett and Intuit Inc. dated July 31, 2004       10-Q   12/10/04
 
               
10.59+
  Share Repurchase Agreement dated February 25, 2005 between Intuit and Stephen M. Bennett       8-K   2/28/05
 
               
10.60+
  Share Repurchase Agreement between Intuit and Stephen M. Bennett, dated February 27, 2007       8-K   2/28/07
 
               
10.61+
  Transitions Terms Agreement dated June 14, 2007 between Intuit and Robert B. (Brad) Henske       8-K   6/14/07
 
               
10.62+
  Letter Regarding Terms of Employment by and between Intuit Inc. and Mr. Brad D. Smith, dated October 1, 2007       8-K   10/5/07
 
               
10.63+
  Letter Regarding Terms of Employment by and between Intuit Inc. and Mr. R. Neil Williams, dated November 2, 2007       8-K   11/8/07
 
               
10.64+
  Separation Terms and General Release Agreement dated February 4, 2008 between Intuit and Jeffrey E. Stiefler       8-K   2/8/08
 
               
10.65+
  Employment Agreement dated September 2, 2005 between Intuit and Kiran Patel       8-K   9/8/05
 
               
10.66+
  Offer Letter Agreement dated June 24, 2005 between Intuit and Alexander M. Lintner and accepted by Mr. Lintner on June 29, 2005       8-K   7/6/05
 
               
10.67+
  Director Compensation Agreement between Intuit and Dennis D. Powell, dated February 11, 2004       10-Q   06/14/04
 

113


Table of Contents

                 
            Incorporated by
            Reference
Exhibit       Filed        
Number   Exhibit Description   Herewith   Form/File No.   Date
10.68
  Bridge Credit Agreement dated as of January 31, 2007, by and among Intuit, the Lenders parties thereto, Chase Lincoln First Commercial Corporation, as syndication agent, and Citicorp North America, Inc., as administrative agent.       8-K   2/1/07
 
               
10.69
  Five Year Credit Agreement dated as of March 22, 2007, by and among Intuit, the Lenders parties thereto, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as syndication agent, and Citicorp USA, Inc., as administrative agent       8-K   3/22/07
 
               
10.70
  Free On-Line Electronic Tax Filing Agreement Amendment, effective as of October 30, 2005 between the Internal Revenue Service and the Free File Alliance, LLC       10-Q   12/5/05
 
               
10.71#
  Master Services Agreement between Intuit and Arvato Services, Inc., dated May 28, 2003       10-K   9/19/03
 
               
10.72
  Second Amendment to Master Service Agreement between Intuit and Arvato Services, Inc., effective May 29, 2007       10-K   9/14/07
 
               
10.73#
  Amendment 3 to Master Services Agreement between Intuit and Arvato Services, Inc., effective April 1, 2008       10-Q   5/30/08
 
               
10.74#
  Lease, dated as of March 28, 2005, made by and between Kilroy Realty, L.P. and Intuit Inc. for property located on Torrey Santa Fe Road, San Diego       10-Q   6/7/05
 
               
10.75
  First Amendment to Lease, dated as of March 31, 2006, by and between Intuit and Kilroy Realty, L.P. for property in San Diego, California       10-Q   6/9/06
 
               
10.76
  Lease Expiration Advancement Agreement effective July 31, 2003 between Intuit and Charleston Properties for 2475, 2500, 2525, 2535 and 2550 Garcia Avenue and 2650, 2675, 2700 and 2750 Coast Avenue, Mountain View, CA       10-K   9/19/03
 
               
10.77
  Lease Agreement dated as of July 31, 2003 between Intuit and Charleston Properties for 2475, 2500, 2525, 2535 and 2550 Garcia Avenue, Mountain View, CA       10-K   9/19/03
 
               
10.78
  Lease Agreement dated as of July 31, 2003 between Intuit and Charleston Properties for 2650, 2675, 2700 and 2750 Coast Avenue and 2600 Casey Avenue, Mountain View, California       10-K   9/19/03
 
               
10.79
  Lease Agreement dated as of March 29, 1999 between Intuit and various parties as Landlord for 2632 Marine Way, Mountain View, California       10-K   10/13/01
 
               
10.80
  Build-to-Suit Lease Agreement dated as of June 9, 1995 between Intuit and Kilroy Realty Corporation, successor to UTC Greenwich Partners, a California limited partnership for 6200 and 6220 Greenwich, San Diego, California       10-K   9/24/04
 
               
10.81
  Amendment to Lease Agreement dated as of June 9, 1995, dated April 14, 1998 between Intuit and Kilroy Realty L.P., successor to UTC Greenwich Partners, L.P.       10-K   10/6/98
 
               
10.82
  Standard Office Lease for Calabasas facility dated August 4, 1997, by and between Arden Realty Limited Partnership and Digital Insight       S-1
333-81547
Filed by Digital
Insight
  9/30/99
 
               
10.83
  Third Amendment dated May 23, 2003 to the Calabasas Standard Office Lease between Arden Realty Finance III, LLC and Digital Insight       10-K
Filed by Digital
Insight
  3/10/04
 
               
10.84
  Standard Office Lease for Westlake Village facility dated as of March 6, 2000, by and between Arden Realty Finance Partnership, LP and Digital Insight       10-Q
Filed by Digital
Insight
  5/15/00
 

114


Table of Contents

                 
            Incorporated by
            Reference
Exhibit       Filed        
Number   Exhibit Description   Herewith   Form/File No.   Date
10.85
  Second Amendment dated May 23, 2003 to the Westlake Village Standard Office Lease between Arden Realty Finance Partnership, LP and Digital Insight       10-K
Filed by Digital
Insight
  3/10/04
 
               
10.86
  Office Lease dated as of November 15, 2006 between LNR Warner Center IV, LLC and Intuit for 21215 Burbank Boulevard, Woodland Hills, California   X        
 
               
21.01
  List of Intuit’s Subsidiaries   X        
 
               
23.01
  Consent of Ernst & Young LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm   X        
 
               
24.01
  Power of Attorney (see signature page)   X        
 
               
31.01
  Certification of Chief Executive Officer   X        
 
               
31.02
  Certification of Chief Financial Officer   X        
 
               
32.01
  Section 1350 Certification (Chief Executive Officer) *   X        
 
               
32.02
  Section 1350 Certification (Chief Financial Officer) *   X        
 
+   Indicates a management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement
 
#   We have requested confidential treatment for certain portions of this document pursuant to an application for confidential treatment sent to the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC). We omitted such portions from this filing and filed them separately with the SEC.
 
*   This certification is not deemed “filed” for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or otherwise subject to the liability of that section. Such certification will not be deemed to be incorporated by reference into any filing under the Securities Act of 1933 or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, except to the extent that Intuit specifically incorporates it by reference.
(b)   Exhibits
 
    See Item 15(a)(3) above.
 
(c)   Financial Statement Schedules
 
    See Item 15(a)(2) above.

115


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this Form 10-K to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
         
            INTUIT INC.
 
 
Dated: September 12, 2008  By:     /s/ R. NEIL WILLIAMS    
            R. Neil Williams   
            Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
       (Principal Financial Officer) 
 

116


Table of Contents

         
POWER OF ATTORNEY
By signing this Annual Report on Form 10-K below, I hereby appoint each of Brad D. Smith and R. Neil Williams as my attorney-in-fact to sign all amendments to this Form 10-K on my behalf, and to file this Form 10-K (including all exhibits and other documents related to the Form 10-K) with the Securities and Exchange Commission. I authorize each of my attorneys-in-fact to (1) appoint a substitute attorney-in-fact for himself and (2) perform any actions that he believes are necessary or appropriate to carry out the intention and purpose of this Power of Attorney. I ratify and confirm all lawful actions taken directly or indirectly by my attorneys-in-fact and by any properly appointed substitute attorneys-in-fact.
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
         
Name   Title   Date
 
       
Principal Executive Officer:
       
 
       
/s/ BRAD D. SMITH
 
Brad D. Smith
  President, Chief Executive Officer and Director   September 12, 2008
 
       
Principal Financial Officer:
       
 
       
/s/ R. NEIL WILLIAMS
 
R. Neil Williams
  Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer   September 12, 2008
 
       
Principal Accounting Officer:
       
 
       
/s/ JEFFREY P. HANK
 
Jeffrey P. Hank
  Vice President, Corporate Controller    September 12, 2008
 
       
Additional Directors:
       
 
       
/s/ STEPHEN M. BENNETT
 
Stephen M. Bennett
  Director    September 12, 2008
 
       
/s/ CHRISTOPHER W. BRODY
 
Christopher W. Brody
  Director    September 12, 2008
 
       
/s/ WILLIAM V. CAMPBELL
 
William V. Campbell
  Chairman of the Board of Directors    September 12, 2008
 
       
/s/ SCOTT D. COOK
 
Scott D. Cook
  Director    September 12, 2008
 
       
/s/ DIANE B. GREENE
 
Diane B. Greene
  Director    September 12, 2008
 
       
/s/ MICHAEL R. HALLMAN
 
Michael R. Hallman
  Director    September 12, 2008
 
       
/s/ EDWARD A. KANGAS
 
Edward A. Kangas
  Director    September 12, 2008
 
       
/s/ SUZANNE NORA JOHNSON
 
Suzanne Nora Johnson
  Director    September 12, 2008
 
       
/s/ DENNIS D. POWELL
 
Dennis D. Powell
  Director    September 12, 2008
 
       
/s/ STRATTON D. SCLAVOS
 
Stratton D. Sclavos
  Director    September 12, 2008
 

117


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX
     
Exhibit    
Number   Exhibit Description
10.12+
  Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (Performance-Based Vesting)
 
   
10.16+
  Intuit Inc. Management Stock Purchase Program, as amended October 23, 2007
 
   
10.29+
  Form of Executive Promotion/New Hire Stock Option Agreement
 
   
10.30+
  Form of Executive Restricted Stock Unit Agreement (performance vesting)
 
   
10.86
  Office Lease dated as of November 15, 2006 between LNR Warner Center IV, LLC and Intuit for 21215 Burbank Boulevard, Woodland Hills, California
 
   
21.01
  List of Intuit’s Subsidiaries
 
   
23.01
  Consent of Ernst & Young LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
 
   
24.01
  Power of Attorney (see signature page)
 
   
31.01
  Certification of Chief Executive Officer
 
   
31.02
  Certification of Chief Financial Officer
 
   
32.01
  Section 1350 Certification (Chief Executive Officer) *
 
   
32.02
  Section 1350 Certification (Chief Financial Officer) *
 
+   Indicates a management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement
 
*   This certification is not deemed “filed” for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or otherwise subject to the liability of that section. Such certification will not be deemed to be incorporated by reference into any filing under the Securities Act of 1933 or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, except to the extent that Intuit specifically incorporates it by reference.

118

EXHIBIT 10.12
Award No. «GrantNumber»
INTUIT INC. 2005 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN GRANT AGREEMENT
Restricted Stock Unit
(Performance-Based Vesting)
Intuit Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), hereby grants you a restricted stock unit award (“Award”) pursuant to the Company’s 2005 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”), for the number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock, $0.01 par value per share (“Common Stock”) set forth below. All capitalized terms in this Grant Agreement (“Agreement”) that are not defined in this Agreement have the meanings given to them in the Plan. This Award is subject to all of the terms and conditions of the Plan, which is incorporated into this Agreement by reference. This Agreement is not meant to interpret, extend, or change the Plan in any way, or to represent the full terms of the Plan. If there is any discrepancy, conflict or omission between this Agreement and the provisions of the Plan, the provisions of the Plan shall apply.
Name of Participant:
Employee ID:
Address:
Number of Shares:
Date of Grant:
Vesting Date:
Performance Goals to Begin Time-Based Vesting: The (1) net revenue growth and (2) operating income growth targets, attached hereto on Exhibit A (the “Performance Goals”) must be achieved between Month Date Year and Month Date Year and certified by the Compensation and Organizational Development Committee (the “Committee”) in order for the Time-Based Vesting described below to commence. The Committee will make such certification as soon as reasonably possible. If the Committee determines that the Performance Goals were not met by Month Date Year , this Award shall terminate upon the date of such determination.
Time-Based Vesting Once Performance Factor Goals Are Met : If the above Performance Goals are met, this Award will vest as to 100% of the Number of Shares on the Vesting Date set forth above, provided you have not Terminated through those respective dates.
1.   In the event of your Termination prior to the Vesting Date, the following provisions will govern the vesting of this Award:
  (a)   Termination Generally : In the event of your Termination prior to the Vesting Date for any reason other than as expressly set forth in the other subsections of this Section 1 of the Agreement, this Award will terminate without having vested as to any of the shares subject to this Award and you will have no right or claim to anything under this Award.
 
  (b)   Termination due to Retirement : In the event of your Termination prior to the Vesting Date due to your Retirement, you will be vested pro-rata in a percentage equal to your number of full months of service since the Date of Grant divided by thirty-six months times the Number of Shares, minus any shares previously vested, rounded down to the nearest whole share of Intuit Common Stock, and the Vesting Date under this Agreement will be your Termination Date. For purposes of this Award, Retirement means the Termination of your employment with the Company after you have reached age fifty-five (55) and completed ten full years of consecutive service with the Company (including any Parent or Subsidiary).
 
  (c)   Termination due to Death or Total Disability : In the event of your Termination prior to the Vesting Date due to your death or Total Disability after you have been actively employed by the Company for one year or more, this Award will vest as to 100% of the Number of the Shares on your Termination Date, and the Vesting Date under this Agreement will be your Termination Date. For purposes of this Award, Total Disability is defined in Section 5.6(a) of the Plan.

 


 

  (d)   Termination on or Within One Year Following Corporate Transaction : In the event of your Termination by the Company or its successor, prior to the Vesting Date, but on or within one year following the date of a Corporate Transaction, you will vest pro-rata in a percentage of the Number of Shares equal to your number of full months of service since the Date of Grant divided by thirty-six months, rounded down to the nearest whole share of Intuit Common Stock, and the Vesting Date under this Agreement will be your Termination Date. For purposes of this Award, Corporate Transaction is defined in Section 26(h) of the Plan.
 
  (e)   Termination due to Involuntary Termination : In the event of your Termination prior to the Vesting Date due to your Involuntary Termination, you will vest pro-rata in a percentage of the Number of Shares equal to your number of full months of service since the Date of Grant divided by thirty-six months, rounded down to the nearest whole share of Intuit Common Stock, and the Vesting Date under this Agreement will be your Termination Date. For purposes of this Award, Involuntary Termination means the Termination of your employment with the Company on account of your resignation within sixty (60) days after the occurrence any of the following events without your consent, (i) a material reduction in your duties that is inconsistent with your position at the time of the Date of Grant, (ii) any reduction in your base annual salary or target annual bonus (other than in connection with a general decrease in the salary or target bonuses for all officers of Intuit), or (iii) a requirement by Intuit that you relocate your principal office to a facility more than 50 miles from your principal office on the Date of Grant; provided however, that with regard to (i) through (iii) you must provide Intuit with written notice of its obligations hereunder and opportunity to cure within 15 days.
2.   Issuance of Shares under this Award : The Company will issue you the Shares subject to this Award on the Vesting Date, except in the event of vesting due to Involuntary Termination as noted in Section 1(b), (d) and (e), above. In the event of the issuance of Shares pursuant to Section 1(b), (d) and (e), such issuance will occur no earlier than six months and one day after the date of your termination of employment with Intuit, except when permitted by Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended and the regulations and/or other interpretive authority thereunder. Until the date the shares are issued to you, you will have no rights as a stockholder of the Company.
3.   Withholding Taxes : This Award is generally taxable for purposes of United States federal income and employment taxes upon vesting based on the Fair Market Value on Vesting Date. To the extent required by applicable federal, state or other law, you shall make arrangements satisfactory to the Company for the payment and satisfaction of any income tax, social security tax, payroll tax, payment on account or other tax related to withholding obligations that arise under this Award and, if applicable, any sale of Shares of the Common Stock. The Company shall not be required to issue shares of the Common Stock pursuant to this Award or to recognize any purported transfer of shares of the Common Stock until such obligations are satisfied. Unless otherwise agreed to by the Company and you, these obligations will be satisfied by the Company withholding a number of shares of Common Stock that would otherwise be issued under this Award that the Company determines has a Fair Market Value sufficient to meet the tax withholding obligations. For purposes of this Award, Fair Market Value is defined in Section 26(n) of the Plan.
 
    You are ultimately liable and responsible for all taxes owed by you in connection with this Award, regardless of any action the Company takes or any transaction pursuant to this section with respect to any tax withholding obligations that arise in connection with this Award. The Company makes no representation or undertaking regarding the treatment of any tax withholding in connection with the grant, issuance, vesting or settlement of this Award or the subsequent sale of any of the shares of Common Stock underlying the shares that vest. The Company does not commit and is under no obligation to structure this Award to reduce or eliminate your tax liability.
4.   Disputes : Any question concerning the interpretation of this Agreement, any adjustments to made thereunder, and any controversy that may arise under this Agreement, shall be determined by the Committee in accordance with its authority under Section 4 of the Plan. Such decision by the Committee shall be final and binding.

2


 

5.  Other Matters :
  (a)   The Award granted to an employee in any one year, or at any time, does not obligate the Company or any subsidiary or other affiliate of the Company to grant an award in any future year or in any given amount and should not create an expectation that the Company (or any subsidiary or other affiliate) might grant an award in any future year or in any given amount.
 
  (b)   Nothing contained in this Agreement creates or implies an employment contract or term of employment or any promise of specific treatment upon which you may rely.
 
  (c)   Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the Company may reduce your Award if you change classification from a full-time employee to a part-time employee.
 
  (d)   This Award is not part of your employment contract (if any) with the Company, your salary, your normal or expected compensation, or other renumeration for any purposes, including for purposes of computing benefits, severance pay or other termination compensation or indemnity.
 
  (e)   Because this Agreement relates to terms and conditions under which you may be issued shares of Common Stock of Intuit Inc., a Delaware corporation, an essential term of this Agreement is that it shall be governed by the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to choice of law principles of Delaware or other jurisdictions. Any action, suit, or proceeding relating to this Agreement or the Award granted hereunder shall be brought in the state or federal courts of competent jurisdiction in Santa Clara County in the State of California.
This Agreement (including the Plan, which is incorporated by reference) constitutes the entire agreement between you and the Company with respect to this Award, and supersedes all prior agreements or promises with respect to the Award. Except as provided in the Plan, this Agreement may be amended only by a written document signed by the Company and you. Subject to the terms of the Plan, the Company may assign any of its rights and obligations under this Agreement, and this Agreement shall be binding on, and inure to the benefit of, the successors and assigns of the Company. Subject to the restrictions on transfer of an Award described in Section 14 of the Plan, this Agreement shall be binding on your permitted successors and assigns (including heirs, executors, administrators and legal representatives). All notices required under this Agreement or the Plan must be mailed or hand-delivered, (1) in the case of the Company, to the Company at its address set forth in this Agreement, or at such other address designated in writing by the Company to you, and (2) in the case of you, at the address recorded in the books and records of the Company as your then current home address.
The Company has signed this Award Agreement effective as the Date of Grant.
         
  INTUIT INC.
2632 Marine Way
Mountain View, California 94043
 
 
  By:      
    NAME
TITLE 
 
       
 

3

EXHIBIT 10.16
INTUIT INC.
AMENDED AND RESTATED
MANAGEMENT STOCK PURCHASE PROGRAM
      1. ESTABLISHMENT OF PROGRAM; PURPOSE. The Intuit Inc. Amended and Restated Management Stock Purchase Program (the “MSPP”) was initially adopted by the Compensation and Organizational Development Committee of the Board on October 24, 2006. This amendment and restatement of the MSPP was adopted by the Compensation and Organizational Development Committee of the Board on October 23, 2007. The MSPP is intended to provide encouragement and assistance to certain key employees of the Company in meeting the Company’s stock ownership guidelines by providing for the opportunity to purchase and receive awards of Restricted Stock Units under Sections 6 and 9 of the Intuit Inc. 2005 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”). The MSPP is intended to be a part of the Plan. All capitalized terms in the MSPP that are not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Plan. The MSPP is not meant to interpret, extend, or change the Plan in any way, or to represent the full terms of the Plan. If there is any discrepancy, conflict or omission between the MSPP and the provisions of the Plan, the provisions of the Plan shall apply.
      2. TAX COMPLIANCE. The MSPP is intended to comply with Section 409A of the Code and any regulatory or other guidance issued under such section. It is the Company’s intention that any terms of the MSPP (and any Restricted Stock Units issued pursuant to the MSPP) that conflict with the final regulations issued under Section 409A of the Code or other future guidance shall be null and void and that any terms that are missing from the MSPP which such regulations and/or other guidance would require the MSPP to contain in order to comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code shall be incorporated into the MSPP.
      3. ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION.
           3.1 Eligibility . An employee of the Company shall be eligible to participate in the MSPP if the employee is a member of a select group of management or highly compensated employees within the meaning of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”) and is named by the Committee or the Company’s Chief Executive Officer to be a participant in the MSPP (each such employee who elects to defer bonus compensation pursuant to the MSPP is referred to herein a “Participant. For the avoidance of doubt, the Company’s Chief Executive Officer shall be permitted to participate in the MSPP. To be considered for participation in a year, the Participant must have projected annualized base salary and target incentive compensation equal to at least $145,000 and be employed in the U.S., at a position at the director level or above. Notwithstanding the foregoing, an employee who has participated in the MSPP as a director whose position has been reduced to below that of director may be eligible to participate in the MSPP for the year in which such reduction occurs provided he continues to have projected base salary and target incentive compensation equal to at least $145,000.
           3.2 Participation . An eligible employee may elect to participate in the MSPP with respect to any calendar year by submitting a participation agreement (in the form determined by the Company (a “Participation Agreement”) to the Company, prior to the date established by the Company, in the immediately preceding calendar year.
           3.3 Partial Year Participation . In the event that an employee first becomes eligible to participate during a calendar year, a Participation Agreement must be submitted to the Company no later than thirty (30) days following the employee first becoming eligible to participate in the MSPP. Such Participation Agreement shall be effective only with regard to bonus compensation for services to be performed subsequent to the receipt of the Participation Agreement by the Company.
      4. RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AWARDS
           4.1 Bonus Deferral Commitment. A Participant may elect defer from 5% to 15% of his or her annual bonus compensation (in increments of 1%), whether paid under the Company’s Performance Incentive Plan or Senior Executive Incentive Plan (collectively, “Bonus Compensation”), in the Participation Agreement (any amount

 


 

so elected to be deferred pursuant to the MSPP is referred to herein as a “Bonus Deferral Commitment”). Deferrals of Bonus Compensation under the MSPP are intended to conform to the requirements of Section 409A of the Code. The amount to be deferred shall be stated as a percentage of any Bonus Compensation payable during the calendar year with respect to which the deferral applies (the “Deferral Period”) from any Bonus Compensation payable during the Deferral Period, or in such other form as allowed by the Committee consistent with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code. Each Bonus Deferral Commitment shall be obtained by a Participant in a time and manner that complies with Section 409A of the Code and any regulatory or other guidance issued thereunder.
           4.2 Awards of Restricted Stock Units.
  (a)   Purchased Restricted Stock Units. On the date that amounts subject to a Bonus Deferral Commitment hereunder would otherwise become payable (the “Purchase Date”), the Company shall withhold such payment and instead award to the Participant on the Purchase Date pursuant to Sections 6 and 9 of the Plan Restricted Stock Units (“Purchased RSUs”) covering a number of Shares having an aggregate Fair Market Value on the Purchase Date equal to the amount of the Bonus Compensation elected to be deferred (rounded down to the nearest whole Share).
 
  (b)   Matching Restricted Stock Units. In addition to the Purchased RSUs and subject to the limitations set forth in Section 4.3(c) of this MSPP, on the Purchase Date, the Company shall also award to the Participant pursuant to the Plan Restricted Stock Units (“Matching RSUs”) covering a number of Shares equal to the number of Shares subject to the Purchased RSUs awarded to the Participant on the Purchase Date pursuant to Section 4.2(a) of this MSPP.
 
  (c)   Vesting. Unless otherwise provided for in the terms of an Award Agreement, all Purchased RSUs shall be fully vested as of the applicable Purchase Date. Matching RSUs shall vest as described in the applicable Award Agreement. All other terms and conditions of the Purchased RSUs and the Matching RSUs shall be set forth either in an applicable Award Agreement or in the Plan.
 
  (d)   Employment Required. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, a Participant must be employed by the Company on the Purchase Date in order to receive an award of Restricted Stock Units under the MSPP.
           4.3 Limitations on Bonus Deferral Commitments and Restricted Stock Unit Awards. The following limitations shall apply to Bonus Deferral Commitments:
  (a)   Minimum and Maximum Deferral. The deferral amount for a Bonus Deferral Commitment must be between five percent (5%) and fifteen percent (15%) of any such Bonus Compensation to be paid or payable during the Deferral Period.
 
  (b)   Maximum Match. In addition to the limit set forth in Section 4.3(b) above, the maximum number of Shares that may be subject to Matching RSUs that may be issued to a Participant in respect of Purchased RSUs purchased in any one calendar year shall be as follows (in each case, based on the Participant’s position on the applicable Purchase Date):
  (1)   if the Participant is employed on the Purchase Date at the Director level, 300 Shares;
 
  (2)   if the Participant is employed on the Purchase Date at the Vice President level, 750 Shares;
 
  (3)   if the Participant is employed on the Purchase Date at the Senior Vice President level or above (other than the Company’s Chief Executive Officer), 1,500 Shares; and
 
  (4)   if the Participant is employed on the Purchase Date as the Company’s Chief Executive Officer, 3,000 Shares; and

 


 

  (c)   Changes in Limits. The Committee may amend the MSPP to change the maximum limits set forth in this Section 4.3 (or implement new minimum or maximum limits) from time to time by giving written notice to all Participants. No such change may affect a Bonus Deferral Commitment made prior to the Committee’s action unless otherwise required by law.
           4.4 Modification of Bonus Deferral Commitment. A Bonus Deferral Commitment shall be irrevocable except that the Committee shall permit a Participant to reduce the amount to be deferred, or waive the remainder of the Bonus Deferral Commitment upon a finding that the Participant has suffered an Unforeseeable Emergency (as defined under the Company’s Executive Deferred Compensation Plan, as amended from time to time). If the Committee grants the application, the Participant will not be allowed to enter into a new Bonus Deferral Commitment for the remainder of the Deferral Period in which the reduction or waiver of the Bonus Deferral Commitment occurs and the following Deferral Period. Any resumption of the Participant’s deferrals under this Plan shall be made only at the election of the Participant in accordance with this Section 4.
      5. RIGHTS OF PARTICIPANTS.
           5.1 Contractual Obligation. The MSPP shall create an unfunded, unsecured contractual obligation on the part of the Company to make payments due under Restricted Stock Units.
           5.2 Unsecured Interest. No Participant or party claiming an interest in benefits of a Participant hereunder shall have any interest whatsoever in any specific asset of the Company. To the extent that any party acquires a right to receive payments under the MSPP, such right shall be equivalent to that of an unsecured general creditor of the Company. Each Participant, by participating hereunder, agrees to waive any priority creditor status with respect to any amounts due hereunder. The Company shall have no duty to set aside or invest any amounts credited to Restricted Stock Unit awards under the MSPP.
      6. AMENDMENTS AND TERMINATION. The Company reserves the right to amend, modify, or terminate the MSPP (in whole or in part) at any time by action of the Board or the Committee, with or without prior notice. Except as described below in this Section 6, no such amendment or termination shall in any material manner adversely affect any Participant’s rights to any amounts already deferred or credited hereunder or deemed earnings thereon, up to the point of amendment or termination, without the consent of the Participant. Subject to the above provisions, the Board shall have broad authority to amend the MSPP to take into account changes in applicable law, including but not limited to securities and tax laws and accounting rules.
      7. CLAIMS PROCEDURE.
           7.1 Claim. The Committee shall establish rules and procedures to be followed by Participants and their beneficiaries in (a) filing claims for benefits, and (b) for furnishing and verifying proof necessary to establish the right to benefits in accordance with the MSPP, consistent with the remainder of this Section 7. Such rules and procedures shall require that claims and proof be made in writing and directed to the Committee.
           7.2 Review of Claim. The Committee or its designee shall review all claims for benefits. Upon receipt by the Committee of such a claim, it shall determine all facts which are necessary to establish the right of the claimant to benefits under the provisions of the MSPP and the amount thereof as herein provided within ninety (90) days of receipt of such claim. If prior to the expiration of the initial ninety (90) day period, the Committee determines additional time is needed to come to a determination on the claim, the Committee shall provide written notice to the Participant, Beneficiary or other claimant of the need for the extension, not to exceed a total of one hundred eighty (180) days from the date the application was received.
           7.3 Notice of Denial of Claim. In the event that any Participant, beneficiary or other claimant claims to be entitled to a benefit under the MSPP, and the Committee determines that such claim should be denied, in whole or in part, the Committee shall, in writing, notify such claimant that the claim has been denied, in whole or in part, setting forth the specific reasons for such denial. Such notification shall be written in a manner reasonably expected to be understood by such claimant, shall refer to the specific sections of the MSPP relied on, shall describe any additional material or information necessary for the claimant to perfect the claim, shall provide an explanation of why such

 


 

material or information is necessary, and, where appropriate, shall include an explanation of how the claimant can obtain reconsideration of such denial.
           7.4 Reconsideration of Denied Claim.
  (a)   Within sixty (60) days after receipt of the notice of the denial of a claim, such claimant or duly authorized representative may request, by mailing or delivery of such written notice to the Committee, a reconsideration by the Committee of the decision denying the claim. If the claimant or duly authorized representative fails to request such a reconsideration within such sixty (60) day period, it shall be conclusively determined for all purposes of the MSPP that the denial of such claim by the Committee is correct. If such claimant or duly authorized representative requests a reconsideration within such sixty (60) day period, the claimant or duly authorized representative shall have thirty (30) days after filing a request for reconsideration to submit additional written material in support of the claim, review pertinent documents, and submit issues and comments in writing.
 
  (b)   After such reconsideration request, the Committee shall determine within sixty (60) days of receipt of the claimant’s request for reconsideration whether such denial of the claim was correct and shall notify such claimant in writing of its determination. The written notice of the Committee’s decision shall be in writing and shall include specific reasons for the decision, shall be written in a manner reasonably calculated to be understood by the claimant, and shall identify specific references to the pertinent Plan provisions on which the decision is based. In the event of special circumstances determined by the Committee, the time for the Committee to make a decision may be extended by an additional sixty (60) days upon written notice to the claimant prior to the commencement of the extension.
           7.5 Employer to Supply Information. To enable the Committee to perform its duties, the Company shall supply full and timely information to the Committee of all matters relating to the retirement, Disability, death, or other cause for termination of employment of all Participants, and such other pertinent facts as the Committee may require.

 

Exhibit 10.29
Grant No.
INTUIT INC. 2005 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN GRANT AGREEMENT
Non-Qualified Stock Option
New Hire / Promotion Grant
Intuit Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), hereby grants you a stock option (“Option”), pursuant to the Company’s 2005 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”), to purchase shares of the Company’s Common Stock, $0.01 par value per share (“Common Stock”), as described below. This Option is subject to all of the terms and conditions of the Plan, which is incorporated into this Agreement by reference. If there is any discrepancy, conflict or omission between this Agreement and the provisions of the Plan, the provisions of the Plan shall apply. All capitalized terms in this Agreement that are not defined in the Agreement have the meanings given to them in the Plan.
Name of Participant:
Number of Shares:
Exercise Price Per Share:
Date of Grant:
Expiration Date:
Vesting Schedule:
Further, as provided in your employment offer letter of <<Month Date Year>> (and not in addition thereto), acceleration of vesting will occur under the following circumstances and to the following extent: <<Terms>>
In the event of your Involuntary Termination or Termination Without Cause (as such terms are defined below), and conditioned further upon your delivery to Intuit of a signed release (in a form mutually satisfactory to you and Intuit) against Intuit, its officers and directors and satisfaction of all conditions to make such release effective, then such number of shares equal to <<Shares>>.
If this vesting acceleration, together with any severance and other benefits you otherwise may be entitled to receive from the Company or otherwise, constitute “parachute payments” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code and, but for this provision, would be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code, then this vesting acceleration (along with your severance and other benefits) will be payable, at your election, either in full or in such lesser amount as would result, after taking into account the applicable federal, state and local income taxes and the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code, in your receipt on an after-tax basis of the greatest overall amount.
As used in this Agreement, the following terms have the following meanings:
(a) “Good Reason” means (i) a reduction in your title or a material reduction in your duties or responsibilities that is inconsistent with your position as <<Position>>; (ii) any reduction in your base annual salary or target bonus opportunity (other than in connection with a general decrease in the salary or target bonuses for all officers of Intuit) without your prior consent; (iii) a material breach by Intuit of any of its obligations hereunder after you provide Intuit with written notice within a reasonable period of time following such breach and a reasonable opportunity to cure of not less than 30 days; (iv) failure of any successor to assume this agreement; or (v) a requirement by Intuit, without your prior

 


 

written consent, that you relocate your principal office to a facility more than 50 miles from <<Location>>;
(b) “Cause” means (i) gross negligence or willful misconduct in the performance of your duties to Intuit (other than as a result of a disability) that has resulted or is likely to result in substantial and material damage to the Company, after a written demand for substantial performance is delivered to you by the Board which specifically identifies the manner in which you have not substantially performed your duties and you have been provided with a reasonable opportunity of not less than 30 days to cure any alleged gross negligence or willful misconduct; (ii) commission of any act of fraud with respect to the Company; or (iii) conviction of a felony or a crime involving moral turpitude causing material harm to the business and affairs of the Company. No act or failure to act by you shall be considered “willful” if done or omitted by you in good faith with reasonable belief that your action or omission was in the best interests of the Company.
(c) “Involuntary Termination” means your termination of your employment upon written notice to the Board at any time for Good Reason.
(d) “Termination Without Cause” means Intuit terminates your employment upon written notice to you at any time in the sole discretion of the Board without a determination that there is Cause.
On your Termination Date, this Option will either cease to vest or, if you have been actively employed by the Company for one year or more and become totally disabled or die as provided in Section 5.6 of the Plan, accelerate in full. Vesting may also be suspended in accordance with Company policies, as described in Section 5.6 of the Plan.
To exercise this Option, you must follow the exercise procedures established by the Company, as described in Section 5.5 of the Plan. This Option may be exercised only with respect to vested shares. Payment of the Exercise Price for the Shares may be made in cash (by check) and/or, if a public market exists for the Company’s Common Stock, by means of a Same-Day-Sale Commitment or Margin Commitment from you and an NASD Dealer (as described in Section 11.1 of the Plan). Upon exercise of this Option, you understand that the Company may be required to withhold taxes.
Subject to the exercise procedures established by the Company, the last day this Option may be exercised is seven years from the Date of Grant which is the Expiration Date set forth above. If your Termination Date occurs before the Expiration Date, this Option will expire as to all unvested shares subject to the Option on your Termination Date. Following your Termination Date, this Option may be exercised with respect to vested shares during the post-termination exercise period as provided in Section 5.6 of the Plan. To the extent this Option is not exercised before the end of the post-termination exercise period, in accordance with the exercise procedures established by the Company, the Option will expire as to all shares remaining subject thereto.
This Agreement (including the Plan, which is incorporated by reference) constitutes the entire agreement between you and the Company with respect to this Option, and supersedes all prior agreements or promises with respect to the Option. Except as provided in the Plan, this Agreement may be amended only by a written document signed by the Company and you. Subject to the terms of the Plan, the Company may assign any of its rights and obligations under

 


 

this Agreement, and this Agreement shall be binding on, and inure to the benefit of, the successors and assigns of the Company. Subject to the restrictions on transfer of the Option described in Section 14 of the Plan, this Agreement shall be binding on your permitted successors and assigns (including heirs, executors, administrators and legal representatives). All notices required under this Agreement or the Plan must be mailed or hand-delivered to the Company or to you at its or your respective addresses set forth in this Agreement, or at such other address designated in writing by either of the parties to the other.
Additional information about the Plan and this Option (including certain tax consequences of exercising the Option and disposing of the Shares) is contained in the Prospectus for the Plan. A copy of the Prospectus accompanies this Promotion Grant Agreement and is available on the stock options pages of the Company’s Legal Department intranet web site or by calling the Company’s Stock Plan Analyst.
The Company has signed this Option Agreement effective as the Date of Grant.
             
    INTUIT INC.    
    2632 Marine Way    
    Mountain View, California 94043    
 
           
 
  By:        
 
     
 
   

 

Exhibit 10.30
Award No. «GrantNumber»
INTUIT INC. 2005 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN GRANT AGREEMENT
Restricted Stock Unit
(Performance-Based Vesting)
Intuit Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), hereby grants you a restricted stock unit award (“Award”) pursuant to the Company’s 2005 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”), for the number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock, $0.01 par value per share (“Common Stock”) set forth below. All capitalized terms in this Grant Agreement (“Agreement”) that are not defined in this Agreement have the meanings given to them in the Plan. This Award is subject to all of the terms and conditions of the Plan, which is incorporated into this Agreement by reference. This Agreement is not meant to interpret, extend, or change the Plan in any way, or to represent the full terms of the Plan. If there is any discrepancy, conflict or omission between this Agreement and the provisions of the Plan, the provisions of the Plan shall apply.
Name of Participant:
Employee ID:
Address:
Number of Shares:
Date of Grant:
Vesting Date(s):
Performance Goals to Begin Time-Based Vesting: The (1) net revenue growth and (2) operating income growth targets, attached hereto on Exhibit A (the “Performance Goals”) must be achieved between Month Date Year and Month Date Year and certified by the Compensation and Organizational Development Committee (the “Committee”) in order for the Time-Based Vesting described below to commence. The Committee will make such certification as soon as reasonably possible. If the Committee determines that the Performance Goals were not met by Month Date Year , this Award shall terminate upon the date of such determination.
Time-Based Vesting Once Performance Factor Goals Are Met : If the above Performance Goals are met, this Award will vest as to       of the Number of Shares on the Vesting Date(s) set forth above, provided you have not Terminated through those respective dates.
1.   In the event of your Termination prior to the Vesting Date, the following provisions will govern the vesting of this Award:
  (a)   Termination Generally : In the event of your Termination prior to the Vesting Date for any reason other than as expressly set forth in the other subsections of this Section 1 of the Agreement, this Award will terminate without having vested as to any of the shares subject to this Award and you will have no right or claim to anything under this Award.
 
  (b)   Termination due to Retirement : In the event of your Termination prior to the Vesting Date due to your Retirement, you will be vested pro-rata in a percentage equal to your number of full months of service since the Date of Grant divided by thirty-six months times the Number of Shares, minus any shares previously vested, rounded down to the nearest whole share of Intuit Common Stock, and the Vesting Date under this Agreement will be your Termination Date. For purposes of this Award, Retirement means the Termination of your employment with the Company after you have reached age fifty-five (55) and completed ten full years of consecutive service with the Company (including any Parent or Subsidiary).
 
  (c)   Termination due to Death or Total Disability : In the event of your Termination prior to the Vesting Date due to your death or Total Disability after you have been actively employed by the Company for one year or more, this Award will vest as to 100% of the Number of the Shares on your Termination Date, and the Vesting Date under this Agreement will be your Termination Date. For purposes of this Award, Total Disability is defined in Section 5.6(a) of the Plan.

 


 

  (d)   Termination on or Within One Year Following Corporate Transaction : In the event of your Termination by the Company or its successor, prior to the Vesting Date, but on or within one year following the date of a Corporate Transaction, you will vest pro-rata in a percentage of the Number of Shares equal to your number of full months of service since the Date of Grant divided by thirty-six months, rounded down to the nearest whole share of Intuit Common Stock, and the Vesting Date under this Agreement will be your Termination Date. For purposes of this Award, Corporate Transaction is defined in Section 26(h) of the Plan.
 
  (e)   Termination due to Involuntary Termination : In the event of your Termination prior to the Vesting Date due to your Involuntary Termination, you will vest pro-rata in a percentage of the Number of Shares equal to your number of full months of service since the Date of Grant divided by thirty-six months, rounded down to the nearest whole share of Intuit Common Stock, and the Vesting Date under this Agreement will be your Termination Date. For purposes of this Award, Involuntary Termination means the Termination of your employment with the Company on account of your resignation within sixty (60) days after the occurrence any of the following events without your consent, (i) a material reduction in your duties that is inconsistent with your position at the time of the Date of Grant, (ii) any reduction in your base annual salary or target annual bonus (other than in connection with a general decrease in the salary or target bonuses for all officers of Intuit), or (iii) a requirement by Intuit that you relocate your principal office to a facility more than 50 miles from your principal office on the Date of Grant; provided however, that with regard to (i) through (iii) you must provide Intuit with written notice of its obligations hereunder and opportunity to cure within 15 days.
2.   Issuance of Shares under this Award : The Company will issue you the Shares subject to this Award on the Vesting Date, except in the event of vesting due to Involuntary Termination as noted in Section 1(b), (d) and (e), above. In the event of the issuance of Shares pursuant to Section 1(b), (d) and (e), such issuance will occur no earlier than six months and one day after the date of your termination of employment with Intuit, except when permitted by Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended and the regulations and/or other interpretive authority thereunder. Until the date the shares are issued to you, you will have no rights as a stockholder of the Company.
 
3.   Withholding Taxes : This Award is generally taxable for purposes of United States federal income and employment taxes upon vesting based on the Fair Market Value on Vesting Date. To the extent required by applicable federal, state or other law, you shall make arrangements satisfactory to the Company for the payment and satisfaction of any income tax, social security tax, payroll tax, payment on account or other tax related to withholding obligations that arise under this Award and, if applicable, any sale of Shares of the Common Stock. The Company shall not be required to issue shares of the Common Stock pursuant to this Award or to recognize any purported transfer of shares of the Common Stock until such obligations are satisfied. Unless otherwise agreed to by the Company and you, these obligations will be satisfied by the Company withholding a number of shares of Common Stock that would otherwise be issued under this Award that the Company determines has a Fair Market Value sufficient to meet the tax withholding obligations. For purposes of this Award, Fair Market Value is defined in Section 26(n) of the Plan.
 
    You are ultimately liable and responsible for all taxes owed by you in connection with this Award, regardless of any action the Company takes or any transaction pursuant to this section with respect to any tax withholding obligations that arise in connection with this Award. The Company makes no representation or undertaking regarding the treatment of any tax withholding in connection with the grant, issuance, vesting or settlement of this Award or the subsequent sale of any of the shares of Common Stock underlying the shares that vest. The Company does not commit and is under no obligation to structure this Award to reduce or eliminate your tax liability.
 
4.   Disputes : Any question concerning the interpretation of this Agreement, any adjustments to made thereunder, and any controversy that may arise under this Agreement, shall be determined by the Committee in accordance with its authority under Section 4 of the Plan. Such decision by the Committee shall be final and binding.

2


 

5.   Other Matters :
  (a)   The Award granted to an employee in any one year, or at any time, does not obligate the Company or any subsidiary or other affiliate of the Company to grant an award in any future year or in any given amount and should not create an expectation that the Company (or any subsidiary or other affiliate) might grant an award in any future year or in any given amount.
 
  (b)   Nothing contained in this Agreement creates or implies an employment contract or term of employment or any promise of specific treatment upon which you may rely.
 
  (c)   Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the Company may reduce your Award if you change classification from a full-time employee to a part-time employee.
 
  (d)   This Award is not part of your employment contract (if any) with the Company, your salary, your normal or expected compensation, or other renumeration for any purposes, including for purposes of computing benefits, severance pay or other termination compensation or indemnity.
 
  (e)   Because this Agreement relates to terms and conditions under which you may be issued shares of Common Stock of Intuit Inc., a Delaware corporation, an essential term of this Agreement is that it shall be governed by the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to choice of law principles of Delaware or other jurisdictions. Any action, suit, or proceeding relating to this Agreement or the Award granted hereunder shall be brought in the state or federal courts of competent jurisdiction in Santa Clara County in the State of California.
This Agreement (including the Plan, which is incorporated by reference) constitutes the entire agreement between you and the Company with respect to this Award, and supersedes all prior agreements or promises with respect to the Award. Except as provided in the Plan, this Agreement may be amended only by a written document signed by the Company and you. Subject to the terms of the Plan, the Company may assign any of its rights and obligations under this Agreement, and this Agreement shall be binding on, and inure to the benefit of, the successors and assigns of the Company. Subject to the restrictions on transfer of an Award described in Section 14 of the Plan, this Agreement shall be binding on your permitted successors and assigns (including heirs, executors, administrators and legal representatives). All notices required under this Agreement or the Plan must be mailed or hand-delivered, (1) in the case of the Company, to the Company at its address set forth in this Agreement, or at such other address designated in writing by the Company to you, and (2) in the case of you, at the address recorded in the books and records of the Company as your then current home address.
The Company has signed this Award Agreement effective as the Date of Grant.
             
    INTUIT INC.    
    2632 Marine Way    
    Mountain View, California 94043    
 
           
 
  By:        
 
     
 
   

3

EXHIBIT 10.86
OFFICE LEASE
LNR WARNER CENTER PHASE IV
WOODLAND HILLS, CALIFORNIA
LNR WARNER CENTER IV, LLC,
a California limited liability company,
as Landlord,
and
INTUIT INC.,
a Delaware corporation,
as Tenant

 


 

LNR WARNER CENTER PHASE IV
SUMMARY OF BASIC LEASE INFORMATION
     This Summary of Basic Lease Information (“ Summary ”) is hereby incorporated into and made a part of the attached Office Lease (this Summary and the Office Lease to be known collectively as the “ Lease ”). Each reference in the Office Lease to any term of this Summary shall have the meaning as set forth in this Summary for such term. In the event of a conflict between the terms of this Summary and the Office Lease, the terms of the Office Lease shall prevail. Any capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined in this Summary shall have the meaning as set forth in the Office Lease.
                 
       
TERMS OF LEASE    
(References are to the Office Lease)   DESCRIPTION
1.     Date:   November 15, 2006
 
               
2.     Landlord:   LNR WARNER CENTER IV, LLC,
 
              a California limited liability company
 
               
3.     Address of Landlord (Section 26.18):   c/o LNR Property Corp.
 
              4350 Von Karman Avenue, Suite 200
 
              Newport Beach, California 92660
 
              Attn: Asset Manager
 
               
4.     Tenant:   INTUIT INC.,
 
              a Delaware corporation
 
               
5.     Address of Tenant (Section 26.18):   Intuit Inc.
 
              Real Estate Services
 
              2632 Marine Way
 
              Mountain View, California 94043
 
              Attn: Director, Corporate Real Estate
 
               
 
              With a copy to:
 
               
 
              Intuit Inc.
 
              2700 Coast Avenue
 
              Mountain View, California 94043
 
              Attn: General Counsel, Legal Dept.
 
               
6.     Premises (Article 1):    
 
               
 
    6.1     Building:   That certain 6-story office building containing approximately 255,000 rentable square feet of space to be constructed by Landlord as described in Section 1.1.1 of the Office Lease and Exhibit D attached to the Lease and known as Building E, whose address is 21215 Burbank Boulevard, Woodland Hills, California.
 
               
 
    6.2     Premises:   The entire first (1 st ) (excluding the elevator lobby and common areas on the ground floor), second (2 nd ), third (3 rd ) and fourth (4 th ) floors of the Building, containing a total of approximately 167,430 rentable square feet and 151,763 usable square feet of space, as depicted on the floor plans attached hereto as Exhibit A . The approximate rentable and usable square feet of space for each floor of the Premises are as follows:
 
               
 
              1 st Floor: 37,887 RSF/34,347 USF
 
              2 nd Floor: 42,033 RSF/38,162 USF
 
              3 rd Floor: 43,755 RSF/39,627 USF
 
              4 th Floor: 43,755 RSF/39,627 USF

(i)


 

                 
TERMS OF LEASE    
(References are to    
the Office Lease)   DESCRIPTION
 
    6.3     Project:   That certain existing multi-building project known as “LNR Warner Center”, as described in Section 1.1.2 of the Office Lease, which includes the Phase IV Real Property (upon which the Building will be located when constructed by Landlord).
 
               
 
    6.4     Phase IV Real Property:   That certain real property and all improvements now or hereafter located thereon (including the Building when constructed by Landlord) known as “Phase IV” of the Project, as described in Section 1.1.2 of the Office Lease.
 
               
7.     Term (Article 2):    
 
               
 
    7.1     Lease Term:   Ten (10) years (approx.).
 
               
 
    7.2     Lease Commencement Date:   The date which is the later of (i) October 1, 2008, and (ii) seven (7) months after the date Landlord delivers the Premises to Tenant in the Ready for TI Condition (as defined in the Tenant Work Letter) (which date is subject to adjustment pursuant to the terms of the Tenant Work Letter, including Section 4.7 thereof). The Lease Commencement Date is anticipated to be October 1, 2008
 
               
 
    7.3     Lease Expiration Date:   The last day of the calendar month in which the tenth (10th) anniversary of the Lease Commencement Date occurs, subject to extension pursuant to the Extension Option Rider.
 
               
 
    7.4     Amendment to Lease:   Landlord and Tenant shall confirm the Lease Commencement Date and the Lease Expiration Date in an Amendment to Lease ( Exhibit C ) to be executed pursuant to Article 2 of the Office Lease.
 
               
 
    7.5     Option Terms (Extension
Option Rider):
  Two (2) consecutive five (5) year options.
 
               
8.
    Base Rent (Article 3 ):    
                         
                    Monthly
            Monthly   Rental Rate
Year of   Annual   Installment   per Rentable
Lease Term   Base Rent   of Base Rent   Square Foot
1*
  $ 6,308,762.40     $ 525,730.20     $ 3.14  
2
  $ 6,455,431.08     $ 537,952.59     $ 3.213  
3
  $ 6,606,118.08     $ 550,509.84     $ 3.288  
4
  $ 6,758,814.24     $ 563,234.52     $ 3.364  
5
  $ 6,917,537.88     $ 576,461.49     $ 3.443  
6
  $ 7,076,261.52     $ 589,688.46     $ 3.522  
7
  $ 7,241,012.64     $ 603,417.72     $ 3.604  
8
  $ 7,409,782.08     $ 617,481.84     $ 3.688  
9
  $ 7,580,560.68     $ 631,713.39     $ 3.773  
10
  $ 7,757,366.76     $ 646,447.23     $ 3.861  
 
*   Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall receive a discount on the monthly Base Rent payable for the first four (4) months of the initial Lease Term equal to $219,185.00 per month.
 
    Such Base Rent amounts in the foregoing schedule will be reduced to reflect the estimated direct costs of Tenant providing and paying for all janitorial services for the Premises, as and when provided pursuant to Section 6.5 of the Office Lease.

(ii)


 

                 
9.
    Additional Rent (Article 4):    
 
               
 
    9.1     Expense Base Year:   Calendar year 2009 (subject to adjustment as provided in Section 4.2.2 of the Office Lease).
 
               
 
    9.2     Tax Expense Base Year:   Calendar year 2009 (subject to adjustment as provided in Section 4.2.2 of the Office Lease).
 
               
 
    9.3     Utilities Base Year:   Calendar year 2009 (subject to adjustment as provided in Section 4.2.2 of the Office Lease).
 
               
 
    9.4     Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses, Tax Expenses and Utilities Costs (Section 4.2.8):   65.66% ( i.e. , 167,430 rentable square feet of the Premises/255,000 rentable square feet within the Building).
 
               
10.
    Parking (Article 24):    
 
               
 
    10.1     Parking Allotment:   778 parking passes, consisting of (i) 10 reserved parking passes (collectively, the “ Reserved Parking Passes ”), and (ii) 768 unreserved, undesignated parking passes (collectively, the “ Unreserved Parking Passes ”). Tenant’s Reserved Parking Passes shall pertain to reserved parking passes located in the Phase IV Parking Structure (as defined in and to be constructed by Landlord as provided in the Office Lease), in the approximate location depicted on Exhibit A-2 attached to the Office Lease. 660 of Tenant’s Unreserved Parking Passes shall be on a first-come, first-serve basis located in the unreserved parking areas of the Phase IV Parking Structure (collectively, the “ Unreserved Parking Structure Passes ”), while the remaining 118 Unreserved Parking Passes shall be on a first-come, first-serve basis located in the unreserved parking areas of the Phase IV Surface Parking Areas (as defined in and to be constructed by Landlord as provided in the Office Lease).
 
               
 
    10.2     Additional Parking Passes:   Tenant has the right to lease certain additional reserved and/or unreserved, undesignated parking passes with respect to any Expansion Space, First Refusal Space and First Offer Space leased by Tenant pursuant to Sections 1.4, 1.5 and/or 1.6 of the Office Lease, in such amounts and in such locations of the Parking Facilities (as defined in the Office Lease) of the Project as set forth in, and subject to the provisions of, Sections 1.4, 1.5 and/or 1.6 of the Office Lease. Tenant also has the right to lease certain additional unreserved, undesignated parking passes on a month-to-month and/or permanent basis, in such amounts and in such locations in the Parking Facilities of the Project as set forth in, and subject to the provisions of, Section 24.3 of the Office Lease.
 
               
11.     Brokers (Section 26.24):   Studley (“ Landlord’s Broker ”) representing Landlord
 
               
 
              Corporate Realty Consultants and The Staubach Company (collectively, “ Tenant’s Broker ”) representing Tenant

(iii)


 

             
TABLE OF CONTENTS
             
        Page
 
           
ARTICLE 1
  PREMISES, BUILDING, PHASE IV REAL PROPERTY AND PROJECT     1  
 
           
ARTICLE 2
  LEASE TERM     12  
 
           
ARTICLE 3
  BASE RENT     14  
 
           
ARTICLE 4
  ADDITIONAL RENT     14  
 
           
ARTICLE 5
  USE OF PREMISES     29  
 
           
ARTICLE 6
  SERVICES AND UTILITIES     31  
 
           
ARTICLE 7
  REPAIRS     37  
 
           
ARTICLE 8
  ADDITIONS AND ALTERATIONS     39  
 
           
ARTICLE 9
  COVENANT AGAINST LIENS     40  
 
           
ARTICLE 10
  INSURANCE     41  
 
           
ARTICLE 11
  DAMAGE AND DESTRUCTION     43  
 
           
ARTICLE 12
  NONWAIVER     46  
 
           
ARTICLE 13
  CONDEMNATION     46  
 
           
ARTICLE 14
  ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING     47  
 
           
ARTICLE 15
  SURRENDER OF PREMISES; OWNERSHIP AND REMOVAL OF TRADE FIXTURES     50  
 
           
ARTICLE 16
  HOLDING OVER     51  
 
           
ARTICLE 17
  ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATES     52  
 
           
ARTICLE 18
  SUBORDINATION     52  
 
           
ARTICLE 19
  DEFAULTS; REMEDIES     52  
 
           
ARTICLE 20
  COVENANT OF QUIET ENJOYMENT     54  
 
           
ARTICLE 21
  SIGNS     54  
 
           
ARTICLE 22
  COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS     57  
 
           
ARTICLE 23
  ENTRY BY LANDLORD     57  
 
           
ARTICLE 24
  TENANT PARKING     58  
 
           
ARTICLE 25
  SPECIAL TENANT AREAS     59  
 
           
ARTICLE 26
  MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS     61  
 
           
EXHIBITS
     
A
  OUTLINE OF FLOOR PLANS OF PREMISES
 
   
A-1
  SITE PLAN OF PROJECT (INCLUDING PHASE IV REAL PROPERTY)
 
   
A-2
  APPROXIMATE LOCATION OF TENANT’S RESERVED PARKING SPACES IN PHASE IV PARKING STRUCTURE
 
   
B
  TENANT WORK LETTER
 
   
C
  AMENDMENT TO LEASE

(i)


 

     
        Page
 
   
D
  RULES AND REGULATIONS
 
   
E
  FORM OF TENANT’S ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATE
 
   
F
  PARKING RULES AND REGULATIONS
 
   
G
  COMMISSION AGREEMENT WITH TENANT’S BROKER
 
   
H
  HVAC TEMPERATURE DESIGN CONDITIONS
 
   
I
  PROJECT SECURITY PERSONNEL DUTIES
 
   
J
  AVAILABLE LOCATIONS FOR BUILDING TOP SIGNS
 
   
K-1
  FORM OF LANDLORD’S CONSENT (ASSIGNMENT)
 
   
K-2
  FORM OF LANDLORD’S CONSENT (SUBLEASE)
 
   
L
  SIGNAGE CRITERIA
 
   
M
  APPROXIMATE LOCATION OF LOBBY RECEPTIONIST AREA
 
   
N
  PROPOSITION 13 PROTECTION EXAMPLES
EXTENSION OPTION RIDER

(ii)


 

         
INDEX
         
    Page(s)  
 
       
5 th Floor Lobby/HVAC Work
    6  
5 th Floor Multi-Tenant Work
    6  
5 th Floor Refusal Start Date
    8  
Abatement Event
    35  
Abatement Event Termination Date
    36  
Abatement Event Termination Notice
    36  
Acceptable Changes
    39  
Acceptable Third Party Offer
    8  
Acceptance
    71  
Accountant
    28  
Accounting Standard
    15  
Actual Cost
    34  
Actual Monthly First Reassessment Tax Increase
    23  
Additional Rent
    14  
Adverse Condition
    3  
Affiliate
    50  
Alterations
    39  
Amortization Interest Rate
    16  
Anticipated Density Load
    29  
Applicable Reassessment
    23  
Arbitration Panel
    71  
Available Passes
    58  
Bank
    36  
Base Building HVAC System
    31  
Base Rent
    14  
BOMA Standard
    4  
Brokers
    64  
Building
    1  
Building D
    1  
Building Monument
    55  
Building Top Signs
    55  
Business Affiliate
    50  
Business Hours
    32  
Cafeteria
    31  
Cafeteria Facilities
    31  
Calendar Year
    15  
Capital Expenditures Accounting Standard
    16  
Claims
    41  
Commitment Notice
    58  
Committed Parking Passes
    58  
Comparable Buildings
    15  
Confirmation of Lease Dates Amendment
    13  
Connecting Equipment
    68  
Construction
    65  
Consumption Standard
    32  
Contemplated Effective Date
    49  
Contemplated Transfer
    49  
Contemplated Transfer Space
    49  
Control
    50  
Correctable Items
    25  
Cost Pools
    17  
Cut-Off Point
    27  
Damage Termination Date
    45  
Data Center
    13  
Default
    70  
Design Problem
    39  
Designated Holdover Period
    51  
Designated Holdover Space
    51  
Direct Competitor
    64  
Dispute Date
    71  
Early Occupancy Period
    12  
Early Occupancy Space
    12  
Economic Default
    6  
Economic Terms
    8  
Eligibility Period
    36  

(i)


 

         
    Page(s)  
 
       
Emergency Generator
    65  
Environmental Laws
    30  
Environmental Reports
    30  
Estimate
    25  
Estimate Statement
    25  
Estimated Excess
    25  
Estimated Repair Period
    44  
Excess
    24  
Excluded Claims
    41  
Exercise Period
    9  
Existing Office/Retail Buildings
    1  
Expansion Space
    5  
Expansion Space Commencement Date
    7  
Expansion Space Notice
    6  
Expansion Space Term
    7  
Expense Base Year
    15  
Expense Year
    15  
Exterior Signs
    56  
Fair Market Rental Rate
  Extension Option Rider  
First Reassessment Base Amount
    23  
First Reassessment Increase
    23  
First Refusal Notice
    8  
First Refusal Period
    8  
First Refusal Space
    8  
First Refusal Space Amendment
    10  
First Refusal Space Commencement Date
    10  
First Refusal Space Lease Term
    10  
Fitness Center
    31  
Force Majeure
    63  
Fuel Tank
    67  
Future Buildings
    26  
GAAP
    16  
Generator Connecting Equipment
    66  
Generator Equipment
    66  
Generator Site
    65  
Hazardous Materials
    30  
Holdover Notice
    51  
Holidays
    32  
HVAC
    18  
Insurance Start Date
    42  
Intention to Transfer Notice
    49  
Interest Rate
    27  
Landlord
    1  
Landlord Parties
    41  
Landlord Repair Notice
    43  
Landlord’s Consent
    48  
Landlord’s Damage Notice
    44  
Landlord’s Repair Period
    45  
Landlord’s Roof Costs
    33  
Landlord’s Roof Work
    33  
Landlord’s Special Area Work
    60  
Landlord’s TI Proceeds
    43  
Laws
    57  
Lease
    1  
Lease Commencement Date
    12  
Lease Expiration Date
    12  
Lease Term
    12  
Lease Year
    12  
Lien Holder
    52  
LNR Warner Center
    1  
LNR Warner Center Phase IV—Building D
    1  
LNR Warner Center Phase IV—Building E
    1  
Lobby Receptionist Area
    59  
Management Fee Percentage
    16  
Minimum Parking Ratio
    8  
Nine Month Period
    49  
Non-Disturbance Agreement
    52  

(ii)


 

         
    Page(s)  
 
       
Notice of Dispute
    71  
Notices
    63  
Objectionable Name
    56  
On-Site Medical Tenant
    48  
Operating Expenses
    15  
Option Term
  Extension Option Rider  
Original Landlord
    9  
Original Landlord Affiliate
    9  
Original Tenant
    6  
Outside Repair Period
    38  
Overlap Period
    36  
Overuse Charge
    34  
Parking Allotment
    58  
Parking Facilities
    2  
Partial Expansion Space
    5  
Patio Area
    59  
Permitted Office Use
    29  
Permitted Use
    29  
Phase I Parking Structure
    1  
Phase III Parking Structure
    1  
Phase IV Parking Facilities
    1  
Phase IV Parking Structure
    1  
Phase IV Real Property
    1  
Phase IV Surface Parking Areas
    1  
Premises
    1  
Prevailing Rate
    58  
Prohibited Governmental Entity
    48  
Project
    1  
Project Expenses Allocation Standard
    26  
Project Security
    32  
Proposition 13
    22  
Proposition 13 Protection Amount
    23  
Proposition 13 Purchase Price
    23  
Reassessment
    22  
Recapture Notice
    49  
Remaining Expansion Space
    5  
Remediation Costs
    19  
Rent
    14  
Rental Loss Damages
    51  
Review Period
    28  
Second Reassessment Base Amount
    23  
Second Reassessment Increase
    23  
Secured Areas
    58  
Signage Criteria
    55  
Signage Restrictions
    55  
Site Plan
    2  
Special
    40  
Special Capital Costs
    16  
Special Equipment
    68  
Special Lobby Signs
    56  
Special Tenant Areas
    59  
Sport Court Area
    60  
Statement
    24  
Subject Space
    47  
Subleasing Costs
    48  
Supplemental HVAC Equipment
    33  
Supplemental Roof HVAC Area
    68  
Supplemental Roof HVAC Equipment
    33  
Systems and Equipment
    21  
Tax Expense Base Year
    21  
Tax Expenses
    21  
Tax Increase
    22  
Telecommunication Equipment
    68  
Telecommunication Equipment Area
    68  
Tenant
    1  
Tenant Damage Event
    45  
Tenant Expansion Space Improvement Work
    6  

(iii)


 

         
    Page(s)  
 
       
Tenant’s Broker Commission Agreement
    64  
Tenant’s Damage Termination Notice
    45  
Tenant’s Demand Notice
    25  
Tenant’s Monument Signs
    55  
Tenant’s Property
    51  
Tenant’s Share
    24  
Tenant’s Special Area Equipment
    60  
Third Party Lease
    9  
Third Party Tenant
    9  
Threshold Amount
    45  
Threshold Ratio Passes
    58  
Total Premises
    51  
Transfer Notice
    47  
Transfer Premium
    48  
Transferee
    47  
Transfers
    47  
Underlying Documents
    29  
Unusable Area
    35  
Utilities Base Year
    24  
Utilities Costs
    24  

(iv)


 

LNR WARNER CENTER PHASE IV
OFFICE LEASE
     This Office Lease, which includes the preceding Summary attached hereto and incorporated herein by this reference (the Office Lease and Summary to be known sometimes collectively hereafter as the “ Lease ”), dated as of the date set forth in Section 1 of the Summary, is made by and between LNR WARNER CENTER IV, LLC, a California limited liability company (“ Landlord ”), and INTUIT INC., a Delaware corporation (“ Tenant ”).
ARTICLE 1
PREMISES, BUILDING, PHASE IV REAL PROPERTY AND PROJECT
     1.1 Premises, Building, Phase IV Real Property and Project .
          1.1.1 Premises and Building . Upon and subject to the terms, covenants and conditions hereinafter set forth in this Lease, Landlord hereby leases to Tenant and Tenant hereby leases from Landlord the premises described in Section 6.2 of the Summary (the “ Premises ”), which Premises shall be located in that certain 6-story office building described in Section 6.1 of the Summary (the “ Building ”) to be constructed by Landlord pursuant to the Tenant Work Letter attached hereto as Exhibit D (the “ Tenant Work Letter ”), and commonly known as “ LNR Warner Center Phase IV— Building E ”. The outline of the floor plan of each floor of the Premises is set forth in Exhibit A attached hereto. Subject to Landlord’s reasonable regulations, restrictions and guidelines, Tenant’s rights to the Premises include Tenant’s right to use and access the space within the ceilings, walls and floors of the Premises (excluding limited areas reasonably designated by Landlord which may interfere with any other tenant’s use or equipment therein) to install and service wire, conduit and cable that serve Tenant’s equipment, and any other items of improvements permitted to be installed by Tenant under the Tenant Work Letter, provided such use and access is in accordance with, and subject to, the other terms and provisions of this Lease.
          1.1.2 Phase IV Real Property . Landlord currently owns that certain real property known as “Phase IV” of the Project (as defined below) upon which real property Landlord shall construct (i) the Building, (ii) another 6-story office building containing approximately 250,000 rentable square feet of space, known as “ LNR Warner Center Phase IV— Building D ” and with an address of 21255 Burbank Boulevard, Woodland Hills, CA (“ Building D ”), (iii) a modification and extension of the Phase I Parking Structure (as defined below), which modification and extension shall provide for an additional approximately 1,764 striped parking spaces ( the Phase I Parking Structure, as so modified and extended, shall be referred to herein, as the “ Phase IV Parking Structure ”), (iv) surface parking areas containing approximately 260 striped parking spaces (the " Phase IV Surface Parking Areas ”) (the Phase IV Parking Structure and the Phase IV Surface Parking Areas shall be referred to herein collectively, as the “ Phase IV Parking Facilities ”), and (v) such landscaping, driveways, plazas, walkways, courtyards, streets and other improvements and facilities (including restaurant and/or other retail improvements) as Landlord may elect (or be required by this Lease and/or applicable Laws, as defined in Article 22 below) to construct from time to time, subject to the restrictions below in this Section 1.1 (such Phase IV real property, together with the Building, Building D, the Phase IV Parking Facilities and such other improvements and facilities described in clause (v) hereinabove located thereon, shall be referred to herein, collectively, as the “ Phase IV Real Property ”).
          1.1.3 Project . The Phase IV Real Property is located within and is part of a multi-building office building project currently owned by Landlord and other entities and known as " LNR Warner Center ” and located on the approximately 35-acre site at the northeast corner of Canoga Avenue and Burbank Boulevard in Woodland Hills, California. Such multi-building office building project (hereinafter referred to as the “ Project ”): (i) currently contains (A) five (5) other existing office buildings located thereon whose addresses are 5820 Canoga Avenue (Building A), 21281 Burbank Boulevard (Building B), 21271 Burbank Boulevard (Building C), 5700 Canoga Avenue (Building G), and 21301 Burbank Boulevard (Building H), and a retail food court building whose address is 5870 Canoga Avenue (collectively, the “ Existing Office/Retail Buildings ”); (B) a 4 level above-grade parking structure whose address is 5830 Canoga Boulevard (the “ Phase I Parking Structure ”); (C) a 5-level above-grade parking structure whose address is 5790 Canoga Avenue (the “ Phase III Parking Structure ”); and (D) surface parking areas, landscaping, driveways, plazas, walkways, courtyards, public and private streets and other improvements and facilities surrounding and/or appurtenant to the Existing Office/Retail Building; and (ii) shall be modified by Landlord to include the Building, Building D, the Phase IV Parking Facilities and certain other improvements to the Phase IV Real Property to be constructed by Landlord as required by this Lease; and (iii) may be further modified or expanded, in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion and/or the discretion of any other owners of LNR Warner Center (and/or any common area association formed for LNR Warner Center), to include additional office, retail and other buildings, parking areas and

 


 

structures, landscaping, driveways, plazas, walkways, courtyards, public and private streets, common areas and other improvements and facilities; provided, however, that no such expansions or modifications by Landlord pursuant to this clause (iii) shall result in an Adverse Condition (as defined below). For purposes of this Lease, the term “ Parking Facilities ” shall mean, collectively, the Phase I Parking Structure (subject to modification and extension as provided in Section 1.1.2 above), the Phase III Parking Structure, the Phase IV Parking Facilities (when constructed), and any existing and future parking structures and surface parking facilities now or hereafter servicing the Building, Building D, and the Existing Office/Retail Buildings (and any other buildings which may be constructed for LNR Warner Center) which are designated from time to time by Landlord (and/or any common area association formed for LNR Warner Center) as parking facilities servicing the Building, Building D, the Existing Office/Retail Buildings and/or any such other buildings.
          1.1.4 Site Plan . The site plan depicting the current configuration of the Project and contemplated configuration and improvements for the Phase IV Real Property is set forth in Exhibit A-1 attached hereto (the “ Site Plan ”), which Site Plan and the buildings, parking facilities, common areas and other improvements thereon may be revised from time to time by Landlord, and/or any other owners of LNR Warner Center so long as such revisions by Landlord will not result in an Adverse Condition or breach of Landlord’s construction obligations in the Tenant Work Letter. Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything contained in this Lease to the contrary:
          (i) the purpose of the Site Plan is to show the approximate locations of the Building, Building D, the Phase IV Parking Facilities, outside plaza areas, walkways, driveways, common areas and other contemplated improvements for the Phase IV Real Property, as well as the approximate locations of the Existing Office/Retail Buildings, parking areas and structures, outside plaza areas, walkways, driveways, common areas and certain other improvements and facilities currently existing and located at the Project;
          (ii) such Site Plan shall not constitute any covenant, representation or warranty by Landlord as to the construction of any such improvements, or the accuracy of any of the locations, improvements or elements thereon or thereof (although Landlord represents to Tenant that the Site Plan attached hereto as Exhibit A-1 is the current site plan prepared by or for Landlord for the Phase IV Property); and
          (iii) Landlord shall have no obligation to develop, expand or otherwise make any improvements within the Phase IV Real Property or the Project (including, without limitation, any of the landscaping, outside plaza areas, walkways, driveways, courtyards, streets, parking areas, and other structures, improvements and facilities which may be depicted on the Site Plan), other than (A) Landlord’s obligations expressly set forth in the Tenant Work Letter to construct the Building, Building D, the Phase IV Parking Facilities and such other common area improvements and facilities described therein (including the Special Tenant Areas (as defined below) in accordance with the terms thereof, and (B) after such construction, Landlord’s repair and maintenance obligations set forth in this Lease, including Landlord’s obligation to maintain the Building and those portions of the Phase IV Real Property owned by Landlord and servicing the Building as a first-class office building and project.
          1.1.5 Limitations on Landlord’s Obligations . Although LNR Warner Center, and the " Project ”, are currently defined above and elsewhere in this Lease to include real property and improvements owned by Landlord ( i.e. , the Phase IV Real Property) as well as certain real property and improvements now or hereafter owned by other owners (including any common area association formed for LNR Warner Center which now or may hereafter own any common parking structures, surface parking areas and other common areas within LNR Warner Center), and the provisions of Article 4 below contemplate a procedure for cost-sharing and allocation of Operating Expenses, Tax Expenses and Utilities Costs with respect to the entire LNR Warner Center: (i) except as otherwise expressly contained elsewhere in this Lease, Landlord shall have no maintenance, repair, operation, management, leasing or other obligations or responsibilities, and is making no representations, warranties or with respect to any such real property and improvements not owned by Landlord or the costs incurred in connection therewith (and all references in this Lease to “ Project ” shall exclude such portions of the real property and improvements not owned by Landlord for purposes of determining such obligations, responsibilities, representations, warranties and covenants, to the extent appropriate and consistent); provided, however, Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to enforce its rights under the Underlying Documents (as defined in Section 5.1 below) to eliminate any Adverse Condition of which Landlord is aware and resulting from the failure by the common area association formed for the Underlying Documents to enforce the Underlying Documents in accordance with its terms and/or the violation of the Underlying Documents by such common area association and/or any other owner subject to the Underlying Documents; and (ii) to the extent any such other owner of land and/or improvements in LNR Warner Center (other than any common area association formed for LNR Warner Center which now or may hereafter own any common parking structures, surface parking areas and other common areas within LNR Warner Center) incurs maintenance, repair, operation, management, employee, tax assessments and other costs which are attributable solely to such owner’s property and/or the improvements thereon (such as, for

-2-


 

example, Tax Expenses assessed against the Existing Office/Retail Buildings and the separate parcels of land upon which they are located), the same shall not be included in Operating Expenses, Tax Expenses and Utilities Costs that are allocable to the Building or Landlord pursuant to Article 4 below and shall not be payable by Tenant under this Lease.
          1.1.6 Tenant’s Rights . Subject to the following provisions of this Section 1.1.6, and in addition to Tenant’s rights to use certain Special Tenant Areas and the Generator Site as defined and set forth in Article 25 and Section 26.29 below, Tenant is hereby granted the right to the non-exclusive use by Tenant and Tenant’s employees, agents, contractors and invitees, of: (i) the common corridors and hallways, stairwells, elevators, closets, electrical and telephone rooms, restrooms and other public or common areas located within the Building (excluding the roof, except as expressly set forth in Section 26.30 below); and (ii) the areas located on the Phase IV Real Property and other portions of the Project designated by Landlord (and/or any common area association formed for LNR Warner Center) from time to time as common areas for the Building, including the Phase IV Parking Facilities but specifically excluding (A) the Phase III Parking Structure (except as expressly provided in Section 24.3 below to the extent any additional parking passes are made available to Tenant in the Phase III Parking Structure by Landlord), and (B) any other improvements located on and/or areas within the Project (including any portions of the Parking Facilities) which are designated by the owners thereof and/or any such common area association as exclusive or reserved areas. Notwithstanding the foregoing to the contrary, Tenant hereby covenants that (1) Tenant will use such common areas in a manner that will not damage or unreasonably interfere with the operation of the Building, the Phase IV Real Property or any other portion of the Project, and (2) Tenant’s use of such common areas shall be subject to (a) the approval of the City of Los Angeles and all other applicable governmental authorities to the extent required thereby, and the rights of any party under, and the provisions and restrictions contained in, the Underlying Documents, and Tenant’s compliance with all applicable Laws and the Underlying Documents, and (b) such reasonable, non-discriminatory rules, regulations and restrictions as Landlord may make from time to time (which shall be provided in writing to Tenant); provided, however, any such rules, regulations and restrictions made by Landlord shall not result in an Adverse Condition.
          1.1.7 Landlord’s Rights . Landlord reserves the right from time to time to use any of the common areas of the Phase IV Real Property and/or the Project (excluding the Special Tenant Areas and Generator Site, other than in connection with Landlord’s exercise of any of its rights or performance of any of its obligations expressly provided in this Lease), and the roof, risers and conduits of the Building (excluding any of the foregoing to the extent expressly reserved in this Lease for Tenant’s exclusive use) for telecommunications and/or any other purposes, and to do any of the following, as long as such acts are performed in accordance with all applicable Laws and do not result in an Adverse Condition: (i) make any changes, additions, improvements, repairs and/or replacements in or to the Phase IV Real Property and/or the Project (or any portion or elements thereof), including, without limitation, (A) changes in the location, size, shape and number of driveways, entrances, loading and unloading areas, ingress, egress, direction of traffic, landscaped areas, walkways, public and private streets and roads, plazas, courtyards and common areas, and, subject to the limitations and Tenant’s rights set forth in Section 1.1.8 and Article 24 below, parking spaces, parking structures and parking areas, and (B) expanding or decreasing the size of the Phase IV Real Property and/or the Project and any common areas and other elements thereof, including adding or deleting buildings thereon and therefrom (other than the Building, Building D, the Phase IV Parking Structure); (ii) close temporarily any of the common areas while engaged in making repairs, improvements or alterations; (iii) form and/or modify any existing common area association(s) under covenants, conditions and restrictions to own, manage, operate, maintain, repair and/or replace all or any portion of the landscaping, driveways, walkways, parking areas, streets and/or other common areas located outside of the Building; and (iv) perform such other acts and make such other changes with respect to the Phase IV Real Property and/or the Project as Landlord may, in the exercise of reasonable and good faith business judgment, deem to be appropriate.
          1.1.8 Adverse Condition . As used herein, an “ Adverse Condition ” shall mean any of the following acts, actions or events, except to the extent such acts, actions or events are (i) specifically required to be performed by Landlord under the Tenant Work Letter or any other provision of this Lease, (ii) caused by, or reasonably necessary due to, a damage or destruction, condemnation or other events of Force Majeure (as defined in Section 26.17 below), (iii) caused or triggered by (A) Tenant’s use of the Premises for other than the Permitted Use (as defined below), (B) any alterations, improvements or Tenant’s Property (as defined in Section 15.2 below) installed or placed in the Premises, Building or Project by or for Tenant (including the initial Tenant Improvements constructed pursuant to the Tenant Work Letter), (C) any Approved Tenant Modifications (as defined in the Tenant Work Letter), and the implementation thereof, and/or (D) any acts, negligence or willful misconduct of Tenant or any of Tenant’s employees, agents, contractors, licensees or invitees, (iv) are expressly approved by Tenant in each instance, and/or (v) reasonably necessary to comply with applicable Laws or required by any applicable governmental agencies (but in case of (v) hereinabove, (a) Landlord shall not initiate any actions to formally and legally change the scope and application of any applicable Laws in order to allow Landlord to engage in or trigger any such acts, actions or events, and (b) Landlord shall notify Tenant of any such acts, actions or events after Landlord becomes aware of same [including, without limitation, any

-3-


 

changes required by any governmental agencies to the Base Building Plans or Phase IV Improvement Plans (as defined in the Tenant Work Letter) such that Tenant may determine the extent of the adverse impacts resulting therefrom, and if requested by Tenant Landlord shall, at its expense, use good faith efforts to reasonably minimize the adverse effect on Tenant’s use and occupancy of the Premises caused by any such permitted act, action or event, if practicable):
          (1) an adverse interference with (x) Tenant’s use of the Premises for the Permitted Use, or (y) access to the Premises, including any adverse interference with any such access through the Building’s main lobby;
          (2) an adverse interference with Tenant’s Anticipated Density Load (as defined in Section 5.1 below) and/or Tenant’s ability to functionally conduct its normal business operations in the Premises for the Permitted Use;
          (3) an adverse interference with Tenant’s use of, or access to, the Special Tenant Areas or Generator Site for the permitted uses thereof as set forth in Article 25 and Section 26.29, respectively;
          (4) a reduction in, or adverse interference with Tenant’s access to, the number of parking passes to which Tenant is entitled under this Lease in the locations specified in this Lease (subject to any temporary relocation of such locations as provided in clause (5) hereinbelow);
          (5) other than on a temporary basis (not to exceed one (1) month or such longer period as is reasonably necessary due to a damage or destruction, condemnation or other Force Majeure events), (x) a relocation of any of Tenant’s Reserved Parking Passes described in Section 10.1 of the Summary from the approximate locations therefor in the Phase IV Parking Structure as specified in Section 10.1 of the Summary, (y) a relocation of Tenant’s Unreserved Parking Structure Passes described in Section 10.1 of the Summary from the Phase IV Parking Structure, or (3) a relocation of Tenant’s other Unreserved Parking Passes described in Section 10.1 of the Summary from the Phase IV Parking Facilities (however, any such relocation pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this clause (5) shall only be to parking facilities within a reasonable walking distance of the Phase IV Real Property); or
          (6) an event which materially increases Tenant’s monetary obligations under this Lease, except for increases in Operating Expenses, Tax Expenses or Utilities Costs to the extent such increases are otherwise permitted in Article 4 below.
          Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to any changes to the Project or other acts prohibited by this Lease to be performed or conducted by Landlord because the same would result in an Adverse Condition, if such acts (and/or the results thereof) are primarily aesthetic in nature, then such changes to the Project or other acts shall not constitute or result in an “Adverse Condition” unless the same would result in a material Adverse Condition ( e.g. , all references hereinabove to “adverse interference” or “adverse effect” shall mean “material adverse interference” or “material adverse effect” with respect to such aesthetic issues); accordingly, all references in this Lease to “Adverse Condition” with respect to such aesthetic matters shall mean material Adverse Condition. In the event temporary relocation of Tenant’s parking passes is required in connection with the exercise of any of Landlord’s rights set forth in this Article 1 and/or Section 24.4 below, Landlord shall, at no expense to Tenant, relocate such parking passes to other Parking Facilities of the Project and/or parking facilities located within a reasonable walking distance of the Phase IV Real Property (such relocation obligation shall not, however, apply in the event any damage or destruction, condemnation or other Force Majeure event, although Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to make available to Tenant parking passes within other areas of the Project’s Parking Facilities within a reasonable walking distance of the Phase IV Real Property for those parking passes displaced thereby during the period such displacement occurs).
     1.2 Rentable and Usable Square Feet .
          1.2.1 BOMA Standard . For purposes of this Lease, the “usable square feet” and “rentable square feet” of the Premises, and any Expansion Space, First Refusal Space and First Offer Space leased by Tenant pursuant to Sections 1.4, 1.5 and/or 1.6 below, and the “rentable square feet” of the Building, shall be calculated pursuant to the Building Owners and Managers Association International Standard Method for Measuring Floor Area in Office Building, ANSI Z65.1-1996 and its accompanying guidelines (the “ BOMA Standard ”); provided, however, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the BOMA Standard, the calculation of “rentable square feet” and “usable square feet” shall expressly exclude overhangs and vertical penetrations (including, for avoidance of doubt, (i) stairwells that are other than internal stairwells between floors, and (ii) elevator shafts), except for vertical penetrations that are a result of any Approved Tenant Modifications which shall be included in such “rentable square feet” and “usable square feet” calculations.
          1.2.2 Measuremen t. Within ninety (90) days after the date Landlord delivers the Premises to Tenant in Ready for TI Condition (as defined in the Tenant Work Letter), Landlord shall

-4-


 

(i) cause Landlord’s space planner/architect to measure the rentable and usable square feet of the Premises and the rentable square feet of the Building in accordance with the BOMA Standard and the provisions of Section 1.2.1 above (and prior to the applicable commencement date of the lease term for any Expansion Space, First Refusal Space and First Offer Space leased by Tenant pursuant to Sections 1.4. 1.5 and/or 1.6 below, Landlord shall cause Landlord’s space planner/architect to measure the rentable and usable square feet of such space in accordance with the BOMA Standard and the provisions of Section 1.2.1 above), and (ii) deliver the results of such measurement(s) to Tenant in writing. Tenant may, within sixty (60) days after Tenant’s receipt of Landlord’s space planner/architect’s written applicable determination, together with electronic copies of as-built drawings for the Building and the calculation methodology for such space planner/architect’s written applicable determination, object to such determination by written notice to Landlord. Tenant’s failure to deliver written notice of such objection to Landlord within such 60-day period shall be deemed to constitute Tenant’s acceptance of Landlord’s space planner/architect’s applicable square footage determination, with no further right to object thereto. If Tenant timely delivers such objection notice to Landlord, Landlord and Tenant (and their respective space planner/architects) shall thereafter promptly meet and attempt to agree upon the applicable square footage amount(s) so timely objected to by Tenant. If the parties cannot agree upon such applicable square footage amount(s) within thirty (30) days after Tenant’s objection thereto, Landlord and Tenant shall mutually select an independent third party space measurement professional to make a field measurement of the applicable space and determine such applicable square footage amount(s) in accordance with the BOMA Standard and the provisions of Section 1.2.1 above. Such third party independent measurement professional’s determination in accordance with the BOMA Standard shall be conclusive and binding on the parties. Landlord and Tenant shall each pay one-half ( 1 / 2 ) of the fees and expenses of the independent third party space measurement professional.
          1.2.3 Effect of Measurement . Once the final determination of the applicable square footage amount(s) is made pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section 1.2, it will be confirmed in writing by Landlord to Tenant, and neither party shall have any subsequent right to modify such square footage amount(s), except that Landlord shall have the right to remeasure the rentable square feet of the Building (but not the Premises) from time to time in accordance with the BOMA Standard and the provisions of Section 1.2.1 above to reflect actual physical increases or decreases due to physical expansions or contractions in the rentable area of the Building. In the event that any measurement pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section 1.2 determines that the rentable square feet of the Building, and/or the rentable or usable square feet of the Premises and any applicable Expansion Space, First Refusal Space or First Offer Space, shall be different from the amounts thereof set forth in this Lease, Landlord shall modify all amounts, percentages and figures appearing or referred to in this Lease which are based upon such rentable and/or usable square footage amount(s) to conform to such corrected square footage amounts therefor, including, without limitation, (i) the amount of the Base Rent payable for the Premises, Expansion Space, First Refusal Space or First Offer Space (as the case may be), (ii) Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses, Tax Expenses and Utilities Costs for such applicable space, (iii) the amount of the Tenant Improvement Allowance to be provided for the Premises pursuant to the Tenant Work Letter, and (iv) the amount of the tenant improvement allowance to be provided for the Expansion Space, First Refusal Space and/or First Offer Space pursuant to Sections 1.4, 1.5 and/or 1.6 below, as the case may be. Any such modifications shall be confirmed in writing by Landlord to Tenant.
     1.3 Condition of the Premises . Except as specifically set forth in this Lease and in the Tenant Work Letter, (i) Landlord shall not be obligated to provide or pay for any improvement work or services related to the improvement of the Premises, the Building, Building D, the Phase IV Real Property or the Project, and (ii) Landlord has made no representation or warranty regarding the condition of the Premises, the Building, Building D, the Phase IV Real Property or the Project.
     1.4 Expansion Rights . During the period from the date of execution of this Lease through December 1, 2008, Tenant shall have the right to give notice to Landlord of Tenant’s election to expand the Premises to include as a part thereof a maximum of the entire rentable square feet of the fifth (5 th ) floor of the Building containing approximately 43,898 rentable square feet of space and a minimum of one-half (1/2) floor portions of the fifth (5 th ) floor of the Building (the “ Expansion Space ”) pursuant to the terms of this Section 1.4; provided, however, if Tenant initially elects to lease less than the entire rentable square feet of the fifth (5 th ) floor of the Building, such space (the “ Partial Expansion Space ”) must be one (1) continuous block of space ( i.e. , no gaps) and in such configuration and of such size such that the remaining portion of the fifth (5 th ) floor of the Building not so initially elected to be leased by Tenant (the “ Remaining Expansion Space ”) shall be in a commercially reasonable leasable and divisible configuration (and if not, as reasonably determined by Landlord by notice delivered to Tenant within ten (10) business days after Landlord’s receipt of Tenant’s Expansion Space Notice, as defined below, Landlord may reasonably adjust the size and location of the Partial Expansion Space, after consultation with and input from Tenant, such that the Remaining Expansion Space will be in such commercially reasonable leasable and divisible configuration). In addition, if Tenant initially elects to lease any Partial Expansion Space pursuant to the foregoing: (i) Tenant shall continue to have its expansion right set forth in this Section 1.4 with respect to the Remaining Expansion Space, but only with respect to the entire Remaining Expansion Space (and not any portion thereof), which expansion right must be exercised by

-5-


 

Tenant, if at all, in accordance with the applicable terms and provisions of this Section 1.4; (ii) Tenant shall be responsible for paying for all costs incurred to construct a finished common corridor for the fifth (5 th ) floor of the Building and one (1) side of the demising wall separating the Partial Expansion Space leased by Tenant from the Remaining Expansion Space (collectively, the “ 5 th Floor Multi-Tenant Work ”); and (iii) Landlord shall be responsible for paying for the cost of installing the finishes for the common elevator lobby for the 5 th floor and the HVAC main loop for the Partial Expansion Space (collectively, the “ 5 th Floor Lobby/HVAC Work ”). Such 5 th Floor Multi-Tenant Work and 5 th Floor Lobby/HVAC Work shall be constructed by Landlord and/or Tenant (as mutually determined by the parties, acting reasonably in and good faith and with contractors mutually acceptable to the parties) in accordance with the Building Standards (as defined in the Tenant Work Letter). Tenant’s right to lease the Expansion Space (either in its entirety, or with respect to any such Partial Expansion Space and any Remaining Expansion Space) shall be exercised by Tenant, if at all, by Tenant delivering written notice thereof (the “ Expansion Space Notice ”) to Landlord on or before December 1, 2008, which Expansion Space Notice shall specify the particular Expansion Space for which Tenant is exercising its expansion right.
          1.4.1 Superior Rights; Personal; Default . Tenant’s expansion rights set forth in this Section 1.4: (i) are and shall at all times be superior to any other first offer, first refusal and other expansion rights granted to any other tenants; (ii) are personal to the original Tenant executing this Lease (the “ Original Tenant ”) and any Affiliate to which Tenant’s entire interest in this Lease has been assigned pursuant to Section 14.7 below; and (iii) may only be exercised by the Original Tenant or such Affiliate assignee, as the case may be (but not by any sublessee or other assignee or transferee of Tenant’s interest in this Lease or the Premises). In addition, at Landlord’s option, and in addition to all of Landlord’s remedies under this Lease, at law or in equity, Tenant shall not have the right to lease the Expansion Space, as provided in this Section 1.4, if, as of the date of Tenant’s delivery of its Expansion Space Notice to Landlord, Tenant is in Economic Default (as defined below) under this Lease. As used in this Lease with respect to the determination of whether Tenant has properly exercised (A) its expansion rights to lease any Expansion Space pursuant to this Section 1.4, (B) its first refusal rights to lease any First Refusal Space pursuant to Section 1.5 below, (C) its first offer right to lease the First Offer Space pursuant to Section 1.6 below, and/or (D) its option(s) to extend the Lease Term pursuant to the Extension Option Rider, the term “ Economic Default ” shall mean a monetary default by Tenant under Section 19.1.1 below, beyond the applicable notice and cure period set forth in Section 19.1.1, so long as the unpaid and/or delinquent amount that is the subject of such monetary default is equal to or greater than one (1) monthly installment of Base Rent payable by Tenant at the rate in effect under this Lease as of the date of Tenant’s delivery of the applicable exercise notice purporting to exercise such expansion, first refusal, first offer and/or extension rights, as applicable.
          1.4.2 Terms of Lease .
               1.4.2.1 It is anticipated that the commencement date for the lease term of any Expansion Space leased by Tenant under this Section 1.4 will occur on or about December 1, 2009, and, except as expressly provided below in this Section 1.4.2.1, Tenant will be provided a rent-free six (6) month construction period following Landlord’s delivery of such Expansion Space to Tenant with the Base, Shell and Core therefor in Ready for TI Condition (as described below) during which construction period Tenant will construct the initial tenant improvements for such Expansion Space (including the HVAC main loop for the 5 th Floor if the Expansion Space initially leased by Tenant consists of the entire 5 th Floor), and to the extent mutually agreed by the parties with respect to any Partial Expansion Space and/or Remaining Expansion Space leased by Tenant, as provided in Section 1.4 above, the 5 th Floor Multi-Tenant Work and/or 5 th Floor Lobby/HVAC Work (collectively, the “ Tenant Expansion Space Improvement Work ”). Tenant shall construct the Tenant Expansion Space Improvement Work (and Landlord shall construct that portion of the 5 th Floor Multi-Tenant Work and/or 5 th Floor Lobby/HVAC Work which the parties have mutually agreed shall be Landlord’s obligation to construct) pursuant to terms, conditions and procedures which are substantially consistent with the terms, conditions and procedures set forth in the Tenant Work Letter, as set forth in an amendment to such Tenant Work Letter to be mutually agreed upon and executed by the parties promptly following Tenant’s exercise of its expansion right. Such Tenant Work Letter amendment shall (i) incorporate such schedules for the parties’ obligations regarding design, approvals, construction and Landlord and Tenant delays as are applicable to the Expansion Space, (ii) address such other aspects of the build-out of such Expansion Space as are unique or different from the construction of the initial Tenant Improvements for the Premises (including, without limitation, the tenant improvement allowance to be provided by Landlord for such Expansion Space, which shall be determined as set forth in Section 1.4.2.2 below), and (iii) delete and/or modify the provisions of the Tenant Work Letter that are not applicable to the Expansion Space (such as, for example, the deletion of Sections 5.7 and 5.8 of the Tenant Work Letter which shall not be applicable to the Expansion Space). Landlord shall deliver possession of the Expansion Space to Tenant following the later of (A) the date Tenant delivers the Expansion Space Notice to Landlord, and (B) the date the Building, the Premises and the Expansion Space are in Ready for TI Condition; provided, however, Tenant shall not be obligated to accept delivery of possession of any Expansion Space prior to May 1, 2009, and Landlord shall not deliver possession of such Expansion Space to Tenant prior to May 1, 2009

-6-


 

unless Tenant expressly designates in its Expansion Space Notice an earlier date for delivery (which earlier date shall be no sooner than the date the Building, the Premises and the Expansion Space are in Ready for TI Condition). Notwithstanding the date Landlord delivers possession of the Expansion Space to Tenant pursuant to the foregoing, Tenant may start construction of the Tenant Expansion Space Improvement Work at any time thereafter. During such 6-month construction period commencing as of the date Tenant actually starts such construction activities (but not beyond the Expansion Space Commencement Date), Tenant shall not be obligated to pay for the cost of any electricity, water, HVAC or other utilities consumed in such Expansion Space (but Tenant shall, at all times after delivery of possession of such Expansion Space, and at Tenant’s cost, provide all janitorial services for such Expansion Space); after such 6-month construction period, Tenant shall pay for all electricity and other utilities consumed in such Expansion Space until the Expansion Space Commencement Date occurs, after which date Tenant shall pay for the cost of such utilities either directly or as part of Utilities Costs in the manner provided in Article 6 below.
               1.4.2.2 If Tenant timely and properly exercises its expansion right to lease any applicable Expansion Space pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section 1.4, the applicable Expansion Space shall be added to and become a part of the Premises for a lease term (the “ Expansion Space Term ”) commencing on the Expansion Space Commencement Date (as defined below) and expiring coterminously with the expiration of the Lease Term for the initial Premises (as may be extended pursuant to the Extension Option Rider), upon all of the applicable terms and conditions of this Lease, except as provided below in this Section 1.4. As used herein, the “ Expansion Space Commencement Date ” for the applicable Expansion Space leased by Tenant hereunder shall be the earlier of: (i) the date Tenant commences business operations in such Expansion Space; and (ii) the date which is the later of (A) six (6) months after Landlord delivers possession of such Expansion Space to Tenant with the Base, Shell and Core therefor in Ready for TI Condition as set forth in the Tenant Work Letter, and otherwise in its “AS IS” condition, or (B) December 1, 2009. For purposes hereof, Tenant’s “business operations” shall not include use or occupancy of any Expansion Space solely for purposes incident or related to the construction of the Tenant Expansion Space Improvement Work, fit-out of such Expansion Space, setup or testing of furniture, fixtures, equipment or systems, or premises move-in.
               1.4.2.3 The initial Base Rent payable for such Expansion Space leased by Tenant under this Section 1.4.1 shall be at the same rate per rentable square foot as applicable to the initial Premises as set forth in Section 8 of the Summary as of the Expansion Space Commencement Date for such Expansion Space (but without regard to the four (4) month Base Rent discount provided therein), which rate shall be increased following such Expansion Space Commencement Date at the same Base Rent rate per rentable square foot and at the same time as the Base Rent applicable to the initial Premises is increased as set forth in Section 8 of the Summary.
               1.4.2.4 Except for Landlord’s obligation hereinabove to deliver the Expansion Space to Tenant in Ready for TI Condition, to construct the 5 th Floor Multi-Tenant Work and/or 5 th Floor Lobby/HVAC Work (if applicable), and to pay for the cost of the 5 th Floor Lobby/HVAC Work (if applicable), (i) Landlord shall have no obligation to perform or pay for, or contribute any improvement allowance for, any alterations or improvements to or for such Expansion Space, (ii) the provisions of the Tenant Work Letter shall not apply with respect to the Expansion Space, and (iii) Tenant shall be solely responsible, at its expense, for installing all tenant improvements in the Expansion Space (including, without limitation, the HVAC main loop for the 5 th Floor if the Expansion Space initially leased by Tenant consists of the entire 5 th Floor, since such HVAC main loop will not be installed by Landlord as part of the Ready for TI Condition as set forth in the Tenant Work Letter); however, Tenant shall be entitled to receive from Landlord a tenant improvement allowance to help Tenant pay for the costs of the design and construction of any initial tenant improvements installed by Tenant in such Expansion Space on or before the applicable Expansion Space Commencement Date therefor (including, without limitation, the HVAC main loop for the 5 th Floor if the Expansion Space initially leased by Tenant consists of the entire 5 th Floor), in an amount equal to the sum of (A) product of Forty-Five Dollars ($45.00) per rentable square foot of such Expansion Space multiplied by the fraction, the numerator of which is the number of months of the initial Expansion Space Term for such Expansion Space, and the denominator of which is 120, plus (B) $51,012.50. All such tenant improvements shall be constructed by Tenant pursuant to (and the procedures for Landlord’s disbursement of such tenant improvement allowance shall be as set forth in) the amendment to the Tenant Work Letter described in Section 1.4.2.1 above to be mutually agreed upon and executed by the parties as provided therein.
               1.4.2.5 The Expense Base Year, the Tax Expense Base Year and the Utilities Base Year for such Expansion Space shall be the same calendar year as the Expense Base Year, the Tax Expense Base Year and the Utilities Base Year for the initial Premises set forth in Section 9 of the Summary.
               1.4.2.6 For any Expansion Space leased by Tenant pursuant to this Section 1.4, Tenant shall have the right to lease additional parking passes in an amount equal to the Minimum Parking Ratio (as defined below) for such Expansion Space, free of any parking charges during the initial

-7-


 

Expansion Space Term. All of such parking passes shall be unreserved, undesignated parking passes located in such areas of the Phase IV Parking Facilities of the Project as shall be designated by Landlord from time to time; provided, however, if Tenant leases the entire fifth (5 th ) floor of the Building as Expansion Space pursuant to this Section 1.4, two (2) of such parking passes shall be converted to reserved parking passes (also at no additional charge during the initial Expansion Space Term), which shall be located in the Phase IV Parking Structure in such locations therein as shall be designated by Landlord. For purposes of this Section 1.4, and Sections 1.5 and 1.6 below with respect to any First Refusal Space and First Offer Space leased by Tenant thereunder, the “ Minimum Parking Ratio ” shall equal the greater of: (i) four (4) unreserved, undesignated parking passes per each 1,000 usable square feet of the applicable Expansion Space, First Refusal Space or First Offer Space so leased by Tenant; and (ii) the number of unreserved, undesignated parking passes per each 1,000 usable square feet that Landlord is generally offering in writing to prospective tenants of the Building (other than to Tenant or its Affiliates) at the time of Tenant’s exercise of the applicable expansion right, first offer right or first refusal right.
          1.4.3 Amendment . If Tenant timely exercises its expansion right to lease any Expansion Space as set forth herein, Landlord and Tenant shall promptly thereafter execute an amendment to this Lease memorializing Tenant’s lease for such Expansion Space upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Section 1.4.
     1.5 Right of First Refusal . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 1.5, the first refusal rights granted to Tenant below in this Section 1.5 shall be applicable with respect to any space located on the fifth (5 th ) floor of the Building which Tenant does not then lease as of the date (the “ 5 th Floor First Refusal Start Date ”) on which Tenant’s expansion rights under Section 1.4 above expire without Tenant having exercised such rights with respect to the entire fifth (5 th ) floor. During the period (the “ First Refusal Period ”) from the date of execution of this Lease (with respect to any First Refusal Space located on the sixth (6 th ) floor of the Building) or the First Refusal Start Date (with respect to any First Refusal Space located on the fifth (5 th ) floor of the Building), and continuing until the later of (A) the last day of the one hundred sixth (106 th ) month of the initial Lease Term and (B) the last day of the initial Lease Term if, as of the date in clause (A) hereinabove, Tenant properly exercised its option to extend the initial Lease Term for the first Option Term pursuant to the Extension Option Rider, Tenant shall have the ongoing right of first refusal to lease any space in the Building which is other than the initial Premises and any Expansion Space thereafter leased by Tenant pursuant to Section 1.4 above (the “ First Refusal Space ”), all in accordance with the provisions of this Section 1.5. Tenant’s first refusal rights set forth in this Section 1.5 are and shall at all times be superior to any first offer, first refusal and other expansion rights granted by Landlord to any tenants of Building D. Notwithstanding the foregoing to the contrary, with respect to the sixth (6 th ) floor of the Building, only, the First Refusal Period shall end, and Tenant shall no longer have any first refusal or other rights (and Landlord shall no longer have any obligations) pursuant to this Section 1.5 with respect to the sixth (6 th ) floor of the Building, as of the date Tenant delivers to Landlord Tenant’s First Offer Notice to lease the entire sixth (6 th ) floor of the Building pursuant to Section 1.6 below.
          1.5.1 Procedure for Offer . During the First Refusal Period, Landlord shall notify Tenant (the “ First Refusal Notice ”) whenever Landlord receives a written bona-fide offer from a prospective third party tenant to lease any First Refusal Space which offer Landlord desires to accept (the “ Acceptable Third Party Offer ”). Pursuant to such First Refusal Notice, Landlord shall offer to lease to Tenant the First Refusal Space which is the subject of such Acceptable Third Party Offer. The First Refusal Notice shall include either a copy of such Acceptable Third Party Offer or a deal memorandum executed by such third party prospective tenant (or executed by such prospective tenant’s broker, in which case such document shall be on such broker’s letterhead) and shall describe the material economic terms upon which Landlord is willing to lease such space to Tenant (collectively, the “ Economic Terms ”), which Economic Terms shall be consistent with the terms of such Acceptable Third Party Offer, and which Economic Terms shall pertain to the following categories: (i) the rentable and usable square feet of the applicable space, determined pursuant to the BOMA Standard and the provisions of Section 1.2.1 above; (ii) the delivery condition, including any required landlord and/or base building work; (iii) the lease commencement and rent commencement dates, including the construction or improvement build-out time period; (iv) the length of lease term; (v) base rent, including escalations thereto; (vi) monetary concessions (e.g., free rent, improvement allowances), if any; (vii) any rent stop or base year protections; (viii) first offer, first refusal and any other expansion rights and the rent and terms and conditions upon which such rights will be based (e.g., fair market rent); (ix) renewal rights and the rent and terms and conditions upon which such renewal will be based (e.g., fair market rent); (x) parking rights and parking charges, including the number of must-rent and right-to-rent parking passes, and the number, type (reserved and unreserved) and location of parking passes in the Project’s Parking Facilities (but in no event shall the number of such parking passes identified by Landlord as part of the Economic Terms in any such First Refusal Notice be less than the number of unreserved parking passes within the Minimum Parking Ratio, and if the First Refusal Space shall pertain to an entire floor of the Building, at least two (2) of such parking passes shall be converted to reserved parking passes in the Phase IV Parking Structure in such locations therein as designated by Landlord, at no additional parking charge therefor);

-8-


 

(xi) signage rights; (xii) security deposit and/or other credit enhancements; (xiv) the name of the prospective third party tenant; and (xiv) the amount of any brokerage fees or commissions to be paid by Landlord (except to the extent Tenant’s Broker is already earning a commission in connection with the lease of such First Refusal Space). Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the First Refusal Space described in any First Refusal Notice contains at least 30,000 rentable square feet of space on a single floor, Tenant shall be required to lease such First Refusal Space plus the entire remaining available rentable square feet of space on the floor upon which such First Refusal Space is located regardless of whether such First Refusal Space described in such First Refusal Notice comprises less than the entirety of the rentable square feet of such floor, and the Economic Terms shall be adjusted by Landlord accordingly (and set forth in Landlord’s First Refusal Notice) to account for such larger First Refusal Space; provided, however, if the portion of such space in excess of the First Refusal Space has previously been configured for multi-tenant occupancy, Tenant shall only be required to lease the First Refusal Space described in such First Refusal Notice. In addition, if the Acceptable Third Party Offer includes space in both Building D and the Building, Tenant shall only have the right to exercise such first refusal right as to the First Refusal Space located in the Building and shall not be required to lease any of such space located in Building D. In such event, the Economic Terms of such Acceptable Third Party Offer shall be adjusted by Landlord accordingly (and set forth in Landlord’s First Refusal Notice) so as to only apply to the First Refusal Space in the Building.
          1.5.2 Procedure for Acceptance . If Tenant wishes to exercise Tenant’s right of first refusal with respect to the First Refusal Space described in the First Refusal Notice, then within ten (10) business days after Landlord’s delivery of such First Refusal Notice to Tenant (the " Exercise Period ”), Tenant shall deliver written notice to Landlord of Tenant’s exercise of its right of first refusal with respect to all of the First Refusal Space described in such First Refusal Notice on the Economic Terms contained in such First Refusal Notice and the non-economic terms set forth in this Lease to the extent not modified by or inconsistent with this Section 1.5. If Tenant does not so notify Landlord within such ten (10) business day period of Tenant’s exercise of its first refusal right, then Landlord shall be free to negotiate and enter into a lease for such First Refusal Space with the third party (or its affiliate) that made the Acceptable Third Party Offer to Landlord upon any terms Landlord desires; provided, however, that (i) if the Economic Terms of Landlord’s proposed lease to such third party (or its affiliate) are more than five percent (5%) more favorable to such third party (or its affiliate) than those Economic Terms proposed by Landlord in the First Refusal Notice, and such proposed lease is to be entered into prior to the end of the First Refusal Period, then before entering into such third party lease, Landlord shall notify Tenant of such materially more favorable Economic Terms and Tenant shall again have the right to lease such First Refusal Space upon such more favorable Economic Terms exercisable by delivering written notice thereof to Landlord within ten (10) business days after Tenant’s receipt of Landlord’s notice; and (ii) Landlord shall have no right to lease to any third party any First Refusal Space identified in Landlord’s First Refusal Space that is located on the sixth (6 th ) floor of the Building unless the sixth (6 th ) floor of Building D is under a lease to any third party; provided, however, the restriction in this clause (ii) shall (A) not apply during the period of time that the available space on the sixth (6 th ) floor of Building D that is not then under a lease is not of sufficient size to meet the space requirements of the prospective third party tenant identified in the Acceptable Third Party Offer, (B) not apply at any time after the Lease Commencement Date that the Original Tenant and any Affiliate assignees and subtenants fail to collectively be in physical occupancy and possession of at least two (2) full floors of the Building leased by Tenant under this Lease, (C) no longer apply if Building D is not owned by the original Landlord executing this Lease (the “ Original Landlord ”) or an Original Landlord Affiliate (as defined below), and (D) no longer apply if Building D is no longer managed or operated as an office building. As used herein, an “ Original Landlord Affiliate ” shall mean any parent or subsidiary of the Original Landlord, or any person or entity which controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with the Original Landlord (with “control” to be defined as set forth in Section 14.7 below). Tenant’s right of first refusal to lease any First Refusal Space not previously identified in any First Refusal Notice delivered by Landlord to Tenant shall not terminate as a result of Tenant’s failure to timely exercise its first refusal right herein to lease any other First Refusal Space so identified in a First Refusal Notice at that time, and shall continue (but not beyond the First Refusal Period) until such time as Landlord receives an Acceptable Third Party Offer for such space as provided above in this Section 1.4, in which case the foregoing procedures of this Section 1.4 shall apply with respect to such non-previously identified First Refusal Space.
          1.5.3 Subsequent Rights After Initial Leasing . After Landlord enters into any lease of any First Refusal Space (“ Third Party Lease ”) with any such third party or its affiliate (“ Third Party Tenant ”) in accordance with the foregoing, Tenant’s rights under this Section 1.5 shall be subordinate to the rights of the tenant (and its successors and assignees) under such Third Party Lease with respect to the space leased and encumbered pursuant to the provisions of such Third Party Lease, all extensions and renewals thereof, and all first offer, first refusal and expansion options contained therein, to the extent such rights were set forth in the particular First Refusal Notice, and, as to such renewal, first offer, first refusal and expansion rights, regardless of whether such rights are executed or exercised strictly in accordance with their respective terms or pursuant to lease amendments or new leases, provided that any such new leases and lease amendments (i) are executed prior to the expiration of such applicable right, (ii) do not, in the case of a renewal, relate to a term longer than the stated renewal term or terms, and

-9-


 

(iii) do not, in the case of a first refusal, first offer or expansion, include the lease of space in addition to the space provided by the terms of such right. Tenant’s rights under this Section 1.5 shall continue to be superior to any Third Party Lease which does not include competing rights. In addition, no tenant under a Third Party Lease shall have the right to assign or transfer any rights competing with Tenant’s rights hereunder to any subtenant or any other person or entity (other than to an assignee of such tenant’s entire interest in such Third Party Lease), unless the First Refusal Notice delivered to Tenant specifically provides for such assignment to such subtenant or other party.
          1.5.4 Construction In First Refusal Space . Tenant shall take the First Refusal Space in the condition (and with the tenant improvement allowance and construction period) contemplated by the First Refusal Notice, and the construction of any improvements in the First Refusal Space shall be performed by Tenant and shall comply with the terms of Article 8 of this Lease.
          1.5.5 First Refusal Space Commencement Date. . The commencement date for any First Refusal Space leased by Tenant hereunder shall be the date set forth in the Acceptable Third Party Offer (the “ First Refusal Space Commencement Date ”), unless otherwise agreed to by Landlord and Tenant, and shall expire on the date set forth in such Acceptable Third Party Offer.
          1.5.6 Refusal Space Lease Term . The initial lease term for any First Refusal Space leased by Tenant hereunder shall be as provided in Landlord’s First Refusal Notice (subject to modification as provided in this Section 1.5.6) and shall be referred to herein as a “ First Refusal Space Lease Term .” Any First Refusal Space Lease Term which is coterminous with the Lease Term for the initial Premises may be renewed pursuant to the Extension Option Rider as provided in this Lease. Any First Refusal Space set forth in Landlord’s First Refusal Notice which is for a term less than the then-remaining applicable initial Lease Term for the initial Premises shall, notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 1.5 to the contrary, automatically be deemed extended for the period required for such term to be coterminous with the initial Lease Term for the initial Premises; however, the Base Rent payable for such First Refusal Space during the portion of the First Refusal Space Lease Term so extended shall be determined at the Fair Market Rental Rate (as defined in the Extension Option Rider) for such First Refusal Space through the end of such extended period. Any First Refusal Space Lease Term which is for a term in excess of the initial Lease Term for the initial Premises may be renewed pursuant to the corresponding Economic Terms for such First Refusal Space and related to renewal rights (but not pursuant to the Extension Option Rider).
          1.5.7 Amendment to Lease . If Tenant timely exercises Tenant’s right of first refusal to lease First Refusal Space as set forth herein, Landlord and Tenant shall, as soon as commercially reasonable thereafter, execute an amendment to this Lease (the “ First Refusal Space Amendment ”) for such First Refusal Space upon the terms set forth in the applicable First Refusal Notice and this Section 1.5.
          1.5.8 Rights Personal; Default . The rights contained in this Section 1.5 are personal to the Original Tenant and any Affiliate to which Tenant’s entire interest in this Lease has been assigned pursuant to Section 14.7 below, and may only be exercised by the Original Tenant or such Affiliate assignee, as the case may be (but not by any sublessee or other assignee or transferee of Tenant’s interest in this Lease or the Premises). In addition, at Landlord’s option, and in addition to all of Landlord’s remedies under this Lease, at law or in equity, Tenant shall not have the right to lease any applicable First Refusal Space, as provided in this Section 1.5, if, as of the date of Tenant’s delivery of the applicable First Refusal Notice, Tenant is in Economic Default under this Lease.
     1.6 Right of First Offer . During the period (the “ First Offer Period ”) from the date of execution of this Lease through the last day of the fifth (5 th ) year of the initial Lease Term, Tenant shall have a right of first offer to lease the entire, but not less than the entire, sixth (6 th ) floor of the Building containing approximately 44,007 rentable square feet of space (the “ First Offer Space ”), exercisable by written notice (“ First Offer Notice ”) delivered by Tenant to Landlord prior to the expiration of the First Offer Period. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if at any time during the First Offer Period and prior to the date Tenant delivers to Landlord Tenant’s First Offer Notice, Landlord delivers to Tenant, pursuant to Section 1.5 above, a First Refusal Notice for any First Refusal Space located on the sixth (6 th ) floor of the Building (a “ 6 th Floor First Refusal Notice ”), Tenant’s right of first offer herein shall (i) be suspended for a period of six (6) months after such 6 th Floor First Refusal Notice is delivered to Tenant in order to permit Landlord to enter into a lease with the third party (or its affiliate) that is the subject of such applicable 6 th Floor First Refusal Notice as provided in Section 1. 5 (without prejudice to Tenant’s right to exercise its right of first refusal as to the First Refusal Space specified in such 6 th Floor First Refusal Notice), and (ii) terminate and be of no further force or effect if (A) within such 6-month period (or at any time thereafter but prior to the date Tenant delivers to Landlord Tenant’s First Offer Notice), Landlord has entered into any such lease for any portion of the First Refusal Space with such third party (or its affiliate), or (B) Tenant has leased any such First Refusal Space from Landlord pursuant to Section 1.5. Tenant’s right of first offer shall be on the terms and conditions set forth in this Section 1.6, and is and

-10-


 

shall at all times be superior to any other first offer, first refusal and other expansion rights granted to any other tenants.
          1.6.1 Terms of First Offer Right . If Tenant timely delivers the First Offer Notice to Landlord, Tenant shall lease the First Offer Space upon all of the applicable terms and conditions of this Lease as applicable to the original Premises, except that:
               1.6.1.1 Tenant will be provided a six (6) month construction period (as described below) following Landlord’s delivery of the First Offer Space to Tenant with the Base, Shell and Core in Ready for TI Condition (as set forth in the Tenant Work Letter) during which construction period Tenant will construct the initial tenant improvements for the First Offer Space (including the HVAC main loop for the 6 th Floor) (collectively, the “ Tenant First Offer Space Improvement Work ”). Tenant shall construct the Tenant First Offer Space Improvement Work pursuant to terms, conditions and procedures which are substantially consistent with the terms, conditions and procedures set forth in the Tenant Work Letter, as set forth in an amendment to such Tenant Work Letter to be mutually agreed upon and executed by the parties promptly following Tenant’s exercise of its first offer right. Such Tenant Work Letter amendment shall (i) incorporate such schedules for the parties’ obligations regarding design, approvals, construction and Landlord and Tenant delays as are applicable to the First Offer Space, (ii) address such other aspects of the build-out of the First Offer Space as are unique or different from the construction of the initial Tenant Improvements for the original Premises (including, without limitation, the tenant improvement allowance to be provided by Landlord for the First Offer Space, which shall be determined as set forth hereinbelow), and (iii) delete and/or modify the provisions of the Tenant Work Letter that are not applicable to the First Offer Space (such as, for example, the deletion of Sections 5.7 and 5.8 of the Tenant Work Letter which shall not be applicable to the First Offer Space). Except for Landlord’s obligation hereinabove to deliver the Base, Shell and Core in Ready for TI Condition, Landlord shall have no obligation to perform or pay for, or contribute any improvement allowance for, any alterations or improvements to or for the First Offer Space; however, Tenant shall be entitled to receive from Landlord an initial tenant improvement allowance to help Tenant pay for the costs of the design and construction of the Tenant First Offer Space Improvement Work installed by Tenant in the First Offer Space prior to the First Offer Space Commencement Date (as defined below) in an amount equal to the sum of (A) such tenant improvement allowance for the First Offer Space as shall be determined as a component and part of the Fair Market Rental Rate (as such term is defined in the Extension Option Rider) for the First Offer Space, as set forth in Section 1.6.1.4 below, plus (B) $49,526.00 (as Landlord’s contribution toward the cost of Tenant installing and paying for the HVAC main loop for the 6 th Floor).
               1.6.1.2 Landlord shall deliver possession of the First Offer Space to Tenant following the later of (i) the date Tenant delivers the First Offer Notice to Landlord, and (B) the date the Base, Shell and Core is in Ready for TI Condition; provided, however, Tenant shall not be obligated to accept delivery of possession of the First Offer Space prior to March 1, 2008. Notwithstanding the date Landlord delivers possession of the First Offer Space to Tenant pursuant to the foregoing, Tenant may start construction of the Tenant First Offer Space Improvement Work at any time thereafter. During such 6-month construction period commencing as of the date Tenant actually starts such construction activities (but not beyond the First Offer Space Commencement Date), Tenant shall not be obligated to pay for the cost of any electricity, water, HVAC or other utilities consumed in the First Offer Space (but Tenant shall, at all times after delivery of possession of the First Offer Space, and at Tenant’s cost, provide all janitorial services for the First Offer Space); after such 6-month construction period, Tenant shall pay for all electricity and other utilities consumed in the First Offer Space until the First Offer Space Commencement Date occurs, after which date Tenant shall pay for the cost of such utilities either directly or as part of Utilities Costs in the manner provided in Article 6 below.
               1.6.1.3 The lease term (the “ First Offer Space Term ”) for the First Offer Space shall commence on the First Offer Space Commencement Date and expire coterminously with the expiration of the Lease Term for the original Premises (as may be extended pursuant to the Extension Option Rider). As used herein, the “ First Offer Space Commencement Date ” shall mean the date which is the earlier of: (i) the date Tenant commences business operations in the First Offer Space; and (ii) the date which is the later of (A) six (6) months after Landlord delivers possession of the First Offer Space to Tenant in Ready for TI Condition, and otherwise in its “AS IS” condition, and (B) October 1, 2008. For purposes hereof, Tenant’s “business operations” shall not include use or occupancy of the First Offer Space solely for purposes incident or related to the construction by Tenant of the initial tenant improvements for the First Offer Space, fit-out of the First Offer Space, setup or testing of furniture, fixtures, equipment or systems, or premises move-in.
               1.6.1.4 The annual Base Rent payable for the First Offer Space (including the amount of the tenant improvement allowance to be provided to Tenant for the First Offer Space) shall equal the Fair Market Rental Rate for the First Offer Space, determined as follows: (i) within fifteen (15) business days after Landlord’s receipt of Tenant’s First Offer Notice, Landlord shall deliver to Tenant a written notice (“ Landlord’s First Offer Rent Notice ”) setting forth Landlord’s determination of the Fair Market Rental Rate for the First Offer Space; (ii) if within thirty (30) days after Tenant’s receipt of

-11-


 

Landlord’s First Offer Rent Notice, Tenant does not deliver to Landlord a written notice (“ Tenant’s Objection Notice ”) objecting to Landlord’s determination of the Fair Market Rental Rate set forth in Landlord’s First Offer Rent Notice, (A) Tenant shall be deemed to have conclusively accepted such Landlord’s determination as the Fair Market Rental Rate for the First Offer Space, and (B) the arbitration procedures set forth in Section 6 of the Extension Option Rider shall not apply; and (iii) if Tenant timely delivers Tenant’s Objection Notice to Landlord, Landlord and Tenant shall thereafter follow the arbitration procedures set forth in Section 6 of the Extension Option Rider to determine such Fair Market Rental Rate.
               1.6.1.5 Upon the First Offer Space Commencement Date, Tenant’s Share shall be increased to take into account the rentable square feet of the First Offer Space. The Expense Base Year, Tax Expense Base Year and Utilities Base Year used for determining Tenant’s obligation to pay Tenant’s Share of increases in Operating Expenses, Tax Expenses and Utilities Costs for the First Offer Space shall be the calendar year in which the First Offer Space Commencement Date occurs; provided, however, that if the First Offer Space Commencement Date for the First Offer Space occurs after June 30 of such calendar year, then the Expense Base Year, Tax Expense Base Year and Utilities Base Year therefor shall be the calendar year immediately following the calendar year in which the First Offer Space Commencement Date occurs.
               1.6.1.6 Tenant shall be entitled to rent additional unreserved, undesignated parking passes at the Minimum Parking Ratio in such areas of the Phase IV Parking Facilities as shall be designated by Landlord from time to time; at Tenant’s option, up to two (2) of such parking passes may be converted to reserved parking which shall be located in the Phase IV Parking Structure in such locations therein as shall be designated by Landlord. Unless the cost of such parking is included in the Fair Market Rental Rate for the First Offer Space, Tenant shall be charged for the use of Tenant’s parking passes that are made available to Tenant with respect to the First Offer Space leased by Tenant hereunder at the prevailing parking rates charged by Landlord and/or Landlord’s parking operator from time-to-time for reserved and unreserved parking passes, as the case may be, in the applicable Parking Facilities where such parking passes are so located, plus applicable parking taxes.
          1.6.2 Amendment . If Tenant timely exercises its first offer right to lease the First Offer Space as set forth herein, Landlord and Tenant shall promptly thereafter execute an amendment to this Lease memorializing Tenant’s lease for the First Offer Space upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Section 1.6.
          1.6.3 Rights Personal; Default. The rights contained in this Section 1.6 are personal to the Original Tenant and any Affiliate to which Tenant’s entire interest in this Lease has been assigned pursuant to Section 14.7 below, and may only be exercised by the Original Tenant or such Affiliate assignee, as the case may be (but not by any sublessee or other assignee or transferee of Tenant’s interest in this Lease or the Premises). In addition, at Landlord’s option, and in addition to all of Landlord’s remedies under this Lease, at law or in equity, Tenant shall not have the right to lease the First Offer Space, as provided in this Section 1.6, if, as of the date of Tenant’s delivery of Tenant’s First Offer Notice, Tenant is in Economic Default under this Lease.
ARTICLE 2
LEASE TERM
     2.1 Lease Term . The terms and provisions of this Lease shall be effective as of the date of this Lease except for the provisions of this Lease relating to the payment of Rent. The term of this Lease (the “ Lease Term ”) shall be as set forth in Section 7.1 of the Summary and shall commence on the date (the “ Lease Commencement Date ”) set forth in Section 7.2 of the Summary subject, however, to the terms of the Tenant Work Letter, and shall terminate on the date (the " Lease Expiration Date ”) set forth in Section 7.3 of the Summary, unless this Lease is sooner terminated as hereinafter provided, or extended pursuant to the Extension Option Rider attached hereto. For purposes of this Lease, the term “ Lease Year ” shall mean each consecutive twelve (12) month period during the Lease Term, provided that the last Lease Year shall end on the Lease Expiration Date.
     2.2 Early Occupancy .
          2.2.1 Early Occupancy Space . Without prejudice to Tenant’s rights to occupy the Premises for construction of the initial Tenant Improvements and non-business operations purposes, Tenant shall have the right to occupy all or any portions of the Premises for the commencement of business operations therein (such space, the “ Early Occupancy Space ”) at any time after Landlord has delivered the Premises to Tenant in the Ready for TI Condition but prior to the Lease Commencement Date (the “ Early Occupancy Period ”), provided that: (i) a temporary certificate of occupancy or its equivalent shall have been issued by the appropriate governmental authorities permitting Tenant to legally occupy such Early Occupancy Space for such business operations; and (ii) during any such occupancy for

-12-


 

business operations prior to the Lease Commencement Date, all of the terms and conditions of this Lease shall apply as though the Lease Commencement Date had occurred (although the Lease Commencement Date shall not actually occur until the date set forth in Section 7.2 of the Summary), including, without limitation: (A) Tenant’s obligation to provide and pay for, at Tenant’s cost, all janitorial services for such Early Occupancy Space during the Early Occupancy Period therefor pursuant to Section 6.5 below; (B) Tenant’s obligation to pay, pursuant to Sections 6.1.2 and 6.2 below, for the cost of all electricity consumed in such Early Occupancy Space and any over-standard utilities and services provided to and/or consumed in such Early Occupancy Space; and (C) with respect to each floor of the Premises upon which Tenant actually commences business operations in any Early Occupancy Space, Tenant’s obligation to pay to Landlord monthly Base Rent for such Early Occupancy Space based on the amount of rentable square feet on a per floor (entire floor) basis ( i.e. , if Tenant commences business operations in any Early Occupancy Space and such Early Occupancy Space comprises a portion of a floor of the Building, Tenant shall be obligated to pay monthly Base Rent for the rentable square feet of the entire floor of the Building on which such space is located (and not just with respect to the rentable square feet of such Early Occupancy Space); provided, however, Tenant shall have no obligation to pay Base Rent for any portion of the Premises (including the Data Center), whether or not Tenant has commenced business operations in all or any portion of the Premises, during the last forty-five (45) days of the Early Occupancy Period. Such monthly Base Rent amount payable by Tenant pursuant to clause (C) hereinabove shall be calculated at the monthly Base Rent rate applicable to the initial Lease Year per rentable square foot of each such full floor on which such Early Occupancy Space is located (but without regard to the four (4) month Base Rent discount set forth in Section 8 of the Summary), and such monthly Base Rent obligation in clause (C) hereinabove shall continue with respect to each Early Occupancy Space (but not during the last forty-five (45) days of the Early Occupancy Period) notwithstanding Tenant’s subsequent cessation of occupancy for business operations in such Early Occupancy Space. For purposes hereof, use or occupancy of any Early Occupancy Space solely for purposes incident or related to the construction of the initial Tenant Improvements, fit-out of such space, setup or testing of furniture, fixtures, equipment or systems, or premises move-in shall not, in and of itself, constitute occupancy of such space for business operations and shall not obligate Tenant to pay any such monthly Base Rent amounts in clause (C) hereinabove.
          2.2.2 Data Center . Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of Section 2.2.1 to the contrary, in the event Tenant activates its computer data center room in the Premises (the “ Data Center ”) (including the commencement of business operations therein) prior to the Lease Commencement Date, Tenant shall not be required to pay any Base Rent with respect to the Data Center pursuant to Section 2.2.1 (C) above during any such early activation of the Data Center (unless and until Tenant also commences business operations in any Early Occupancy Space that is other than the Data Center and is located on the same floor as the Data Center), but in such event Tenant shall be responsible for providing, at its cost, all janitorial services for the Data Center, and shall pay to Landlord, within sixty (60) days after invoice, for (i) the cost of all electricity, HVAC and all other utilities consumed within the Data Center to the extent payable by Landlord to the provider thereof, plus (ii) the cost of any utilities that result from such early activation of the Building’s systems and equipment and are required solely as a result of such early activation (however, Tenant shall not have to pay for the costs in this clause (ii) if, prior to the activation of the Data Center, (A) Tenant commenced occupancy for business operations of any Early Occupancy Space [which is other than the Data Center] pursuant to Section 2.2.1 above and became obligated to pay monthly Base Rent therefor pursuant to Section 2.2.1 (C) above, or (B) any other tenant has commenced business operations in the Building).
     2.3 Confirmation of Lease Dates Amendment . Within three (3) months following the Lease Commencement Date, Landlord shall execute and deliver to Tenant an amendment in the form as set forth in Exhibit C , attached hereto (the “ Confirmation of Lease Dates Amendment ”), which Confirmation of Lease Dates Amendment Tenant shall execute and return to Landlord within ten (10) business days after receipt thereof; provided, however, that if said Confirmation of Lease Dates Amendment is not factually correct, then Tenant shall make such changes as are necessary to make the Confirmation of Lease Dates Amendment factually correct and shall thereafter execute and return such Confirmation of Lease Dates Amendment to Landlord within such ten (10) business day period and thereafter the dates set forth on such Confirmation of Lease Dates Amendment shall be conclusive and binding upon Tenant and Landlord, unless Landlord, within fifteen (15) business days following receipt of Tenant’s changes, sends a notice to Tenant rejecting Tenant’s changes, whereupon this procedure shall be repeated until the parties either (i) mutually agree upon the contents of Exhibit C , or (ii) the contents are determined by arbitration pursuant to Section 26.32 below. Failure of Tenant to execute and deliver to Landlord within such 10-business day period the Confirmation of Lease Dates Amendment submitted by Landlord within such 3-month period or Landlord to reject Tenant’s changes thereto within such 15-business day period, as applicable, shall constitute an acknowledgment by Tenant or Landlord (as applicable) that the statements included in such Confirmation of Lease Dates Amendment so submitted by Landlord or Tenant (as applicable) are true and correct, without exception, and binding upon Landlord and Tenant.
     In the event Landlord shall fail to send Tenant the Confirmation of Lease Dates Amendment within three (3) months following the Lease Commencement Date, Tenant may execute and deliver to

-13-


 

Landlord the Confirmation of Lease Dates Amendment in the form as set forth in Exhibit C , which Confirmation of Lease Dates Amendment Landlord shall execute and return to Tenant within ten (10) business days after receipt thereof by Landlord (provided that if said Confirmation of Lease Dates Amendment submitted by Tenant is not factually correct, Landlord shall make such changes thereto as are necessary to make such Confirmation of Lease Dates Amendment factually correct, which revised Confirmation of Lease Dates Amendment shall thereafter be subject to the procedure for finalization set forth above in this Section 2.3). Failure of Landlord to execute and deliver to Tenant within such 10-business day period the confirmation of Lease Dates Amendment initially submitted by Tenant shall constitute an acknowledgment by Landlord that the statements included in such confirmation of Lease Dates Amendment so submitted by Tenant are true and correct, without exception, and binding upon Landlord and Tenant.
     2.4 Options to Extend . Tenant’s rights and obligations with respect to extending the initial Lease Term are set forth in the Extension Option Rider attached to this Lease.
ARTICLE 3
BASE RENT
     Tenant shall pay, without notice or demand, to Landlord or Landlord’s agent at the management office for the Building, or at such other place as Landlord may from time to time designate in writing, in currency, by bank wire transfer or a check for currency which, at the time of payment, is legal tender for private or public debts in the United States of America, base rent (“ Base Rent ”) as set forth in Section 8 of the Summary, payable in equal monthly installments as set forth in Section 8 of the Summary in advance on or before the first (1 st ) business day of each and every month during the Lease Term, without any setoff or deduction except as otherwise expressly provided in this Lease. In the event Tenant elects to pay Base Rent via bank wire transfer or other form of electronic payment, Landlord shall, upon request from Tenant, provide Tenant with all necessary bank wire transfer or other electronic payment instructions. The Base Rent for the first (1st) full month of the Lease Term shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord not later than fifteen (15) days following full execution of this Lease. If any rental payment date (including the Lease Commencement Date) falls on a day of the month other than the first day of such month or if any rental payment is for a period which is shorter than one month, then the rental for any such fractional month shall be a proportionate amount of a full calendar month’s rental based on the proportion that the number of days in such fractional month bears to the number of days in the calendar month during which such fractional month occurs. All other payments or adjustments required to be made under the terms of this Lease that require proration on a time basis shall be prorated on the same basis.
ARTICLE 4
ADDITIONAL RENT
     4.1 Additional Rent . In addition to paying the Base Rent specified in Article 3 of this Lease, Tenant shall pay to Landlord as additional rent the sum of the following: (i) Tenant’s Share of the annual Operating Expenses allocated to the Building pursuant to Section 4.3.4, which are in excess of the amount of Operating Expenses allocated to the Building and applicable to the Expense Base Year; plus (ii) Tenant’s Share of the annual Tax Expenses allocated to the Building pursuant to Section 4.3.4, which are in excess of the amount of the Tax Expenses allocated to the Building and applicable to the Tax Expense Base Year; plus (iii) Tenant’s Share of the annual Utilities Costs allocated to the Building pursuant to Section 4.3.4 which are in excess of the amount of Utilities Costs allocated to the Building and applicable to the Utilities Base Year. Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Article 4 to the contrary, in no event shall Tenant be obligated to pay any Operating Expenses, Tax Expenses or Utilities Costs for the initial Premises leased by Tenant under this Lease for the first (1 st ) year of the initial Lease Term. Such additional rent, together with any and all other amounts payable by Tenant to Landlord pursuant to the terms of this Lease, shall be hereinafter collectively referred to as the " Additional Rent .” The Base Rent and Additional Rent are herein collectively referred to as the " Rent .” All amounts due under this Article 4 as Additional Rent shall be payable for the same periods and in the same manner, time and place as the Base Rent except as otherwise provided in this Lease. Without limitation on other obligations of Tenant which shall survive the expiration of the Lease Term, but subject to the limitations set forth in Section 4.3.2 below, the obligations of Tenant to pay the Additional Rent provided for in this Article 4, and Landlord’s obligation to refund any overpayment by Tenant, shall survive the expiration of the Lease Term for a period of two (2) years from the date of expiration or termination of this Lease; provided, however, that any such payments made by Tenant of any Additional Rent or any refund to Tenant by Landlord of any overpayments of such Additional Rent shall not constitute a waiver by either Tenant or Landlord, as the case may be, of any amount that Tenant or Landlord (as the case may be) contend, now or in the future (subject to the limitations set forth in this Lease or under applicable Laws) are in dispute.

-14-


 

     4.2 Definitions . As used in this Article 4, the following terms shall have the meanings hereinafter set forth:
          4.2.1 “ Calendar Year ” shall mean each calendar year in which any portion of the Lease Term falls, through and including the calendar year in which the Lease Term expires.
          4.2.2 “ Expense Base Year ” shall mean the Expense Year set forth in Section 9.1 of the Summary; provided, however, if the Lease Commencement Date occurs after May 31 st within any calendar year, the Expense Base Year, the Tax Expense Base Year and the Utilities Base Year shall be the next succeeding calendar year (e.g., if the Lease Commencement Date is May 15, 2009, the Expense Base Year, the Tax Expense Base Year and the Utilities Base Year shall each continue to be calendar year 2009, but if the Lease Commencement Date is July 15, 2009, the Expense Base Year, the Tax Expense Base Year and the Utilities Base Year shall each be calendar year 2010).
          4.2.3 “ Expense Year ” shall mean each Calendar Year.
          4.2.4 “ Operating Expenses ” shall mean all expenses, costs and amounts which Landlord shall pay during any Expense Year (including the Expense Base Year) because of or in connection with the management, maintenance, repair, replacement or operation of the Project, all as determined in accordance with the Accounting Standard (as defined below), except as expressly provided below with respect to capital expenditures which shall be determined in accordance with the Capital Expenditures Accounting Standard (as defined below). As used herein, “ Accounting Standard ” shall mean sound real estate management and accounting practices and principles, consistently applied by Landlord and consistent with standard real estate management and accounting practices used by landlords of other office buildings in the Warner Center area of Woodland Hills, California, that are comparable in quality, amenities and tenant mix as the Building, which other office buildings shall include, without limitation, the other office buildings located within the Project that are owned by other landlords (collectively, the “ Comparable Buildings ”). Operating Expense shall include, without limitation, any amounts paid for: (i) the cost of operating, maintaining, repairing, renovating and managing the utility systems, mechanical systems, sanitary and storm drainage systems, and any escalator and/or elevator systems, and the cost of supplies and equipment and maintenance and service contracts in connection therewith; (ii) the cost of licenses, certificates, permits and inspections and the cost of reasonably contesting the validity or applicability of any governmental enactments which are reasonably anticipated to reduce Operating Expenses, and the costs incurred in connection with the implementation and operation (by Landlord or any common area association(s) formed for LNR Warner Center) of any government mandated transportation demand management program (including any such program required to be implemented for the Project by the City of Los Angeles as a condition to the City’s approvals of the development of the Project); (iii) subject to the restrictions in Section 4.2.4.2 below, the cost of insurance carried by Landlord, in such amounts as Landlord may reasonably determine or as may be required by this Lease; provided, however, to the extent Landlord elects to provide insurance for unusual or expensive coverages or endorsements such as earthquake and flood and the same is in addition to any insurance required to be maintained by Landlord under this Lease, and such insurance is materially in excess of the types or amounts of insurance carried by landlords of Comparable Buildings for such unusual or expensive coverages or endorsements, the incremental cost of such materially excess insurance shall not be included in Operating Expenses; provided, further, however, that Landlord’s insurance shall be deemed to have satisfied such Comparable Buildings standard and the foregoing exclusion from Operating Expenses shall not apply to the extent that other office buildings in Southern California owned by Landlord or an entity affiliated with or related to Landlord or any of Landlord’s members or submembers are covered by substantially similar insurance coverage terms pertaining to such unusual or expensive coverages or endorsements (e.g., coverage rate and deductible percentage(s) as carried by Landlord); (iv) the cost of landscaping, relamping, and all supplies, tools, equipment and materials used in the operation, repair and maintenance of the Project; (v) the cost of parking area repair and maintenance, including, but not limited to, repainting, restriping, and cleaning; (vi) fees, charges and other costs, including reasonable consulting fees, legal fees and accounting fees, of all contractors engaged by Landlord or otherwise reasonably incurred by Landlord in connection with the management, operation, maintenance and repair of the Project; (vii) any management agreements for the Project (including, without limitation, for the Project’s Parking Facilities), including the cost of any management fees and the fair rental value of any on-site (at the Project) management office space (not exceeding 2,500 rentable square feet) provided thereunder; provided, however, (A) the aggregate management fees which may be included in Operating Expenses in any Expense Year (including the Expense Base Year) shall not exceed the product of the Management Fee Percentage (as defined below) multiplied by the gross revenues (excluding unapplied security deposits, letters of credit, tenant improvement deposits from tenants, and unearned prepaid rent) of the Project for such Expense Year; and (B) if for any Expense Year after the Expense Base Year Landlord desires to use a different Management Fee Percentage for calculating the management fees included in Operating Expenses for such Expense Year than the Management Fee Percentage used to calculate the management fees included in Operating Expenses for the Expense Base Year, then for purposes of determining the Excess Operating Expenses actually payable for such Expense Year only, the Management Fee Percentage used to calculate the management fees included in Operating

-15-


 

Expenses for the Expense Base Year shall be adjusted to be that same Management Fee Percentage used in such subsequent Expense Year; (viii) wages, salaries and other compensation and benefits of all persons engaged in the operation, management, maintenance or security of the Project (that are not above the level of project manager or project engineer), and employer’s Social Security taxes, unemployment taxes or insurance, and any other taxes which may be levied on such wages, salaries, compensation and benefits; provided, that if any employees of Landlord provide services for more than one project of Landlord, then a prorated portion of such employees’ wages, benefits and taxes shall be included in Operating Expenses based on the portion of their working time devoted to the Project; (ix) payments under any easement, license, operating agreement, declaration, restrictive covenant, underlying or ground lease (excluding rent), or instrument pertaining to the sharing of costs by the Project or any portion thereof, including, without limitation, any covenants, conditions or restrictions now or hereafter recorded against or affecting the Project; (x) operation, repair and maintenance of all Systems and Equipment (as defined below), and components thereof; (xi) the cost of janitorial service (provided, however, Operating Expenses during the Expense Base Year and each Expense Year shall not include the cost of janitorial services and trash removal services provided to the Premises or the premises of other tenants of the Building and/or the Project to the extent such services are directly provided and paid for by Tenant pursuant to Section 6.5 below), alarm and security service, window cleaning, trash removal, maintenance of curbs and walkways, and repairs to roofs; (xii) annual amortization (including interest on the unamortized cost at the Amortization Interest Rate, as defined below) of the cost of acquiring, or the rental expense of renting, personal property used in the maintenance, operation and repair of the Project; and (xiii) annual amortization (including interest on the unamortized cost at the Amortization Interest Rate) of the cost of any capital alterations, capital replacements, capital additions, capital repairs and capital improvements incurred in connection with the Project (I) which are intended to reduce Operating Expenses in connection with the management, maintenance, repair, replacement or operation of the Project, but only to the extent of the cost savings reasonably anticipated by Landlord (based upon sound documentation) to result therefrom at the time of such expenditure to be incurred in connection therewith, (II) made to the Project after the Lease Commencement Date that are required under any governmental law or regulation (or amendment thereof) not in effect on the Lease Commencement Date, or (III) pertaining to replacement of wall and floor coverings, ceiling tiles and fixtures in lobbies, corridors, restrooms and other common or public areas or facilities, or which are reasonably determined by Landlord to be reasonably required to maintain the functional character of the Project as a first-class office building project (such costs described in this clause (III) that are not otherwise includable in Operating Expenses pursuant to clauses (I) or (II) hereinabove, shall be referred to herein collectively as the “ Special Capital Costs ”); provided, however, that in no event shall any Special Capital Costs (A) be included in Operating Expenses during the first five (5) years of the initial Lease Term, (B) which may be included in Operating Expenses exceed $50,000.00 in any particular Expense Year which occurs after such 5-year period, which $50,000.00 cap shall be increased by five percent (5%) per annum (calculated on a cumulative and compounded basis) on the first (1 st ) day of the seventh (7 th ) and each subsequent Lease Year during the initial Lease Term (i.e., such cap shall equal $50,000.00 during the sixth (6 th ) year of the Lease Term, $52,500.00 during the seventh (7 th ) year of the Lease Term, $55,125.00 during the eighth (8 th ) year of the Lease Term, etc.), and shall be readjusted during any Option Term as part of the determination of the Fair Market Rental Rate, or (C) include any costs attributable to the initial construction of the Building, Building D, the Phase IV Parking Facilities or any other new office buildings, retail buildings and/or parking structures or parking facilities within the Project. In connection with the costs set forth in Section 4.2.4(xiii)(I) hereinabove, Landlord shall, upon Tenant’s request, provide Tenant with reasonable evidence that the annual cost of the applicable capital item will be equal or less than the reasonably anticipated savings caused by such capital item.
     As used herein, the “ Management Fee Percentage ” shall mean the greater of (1) three and one-half percent (3.5%) and (2) the percentage (charged on a percentage of gross revenues basis) reasonably and customarily used to calculate the management fees paid to independent third party management companies by landlords of the Comparable Buildings.
     All costs described in Section 4.2.4(xiii) above and the amortization of any other capital expenditures under this Section 4.2.4 shall be amortized over the useful life of the particular item in question as Landlord shall reasonably determine in accordance with the Capital Expenditures Accounting Standard. As used herein, the “ Capital Expenditures Accounting Standard ” shall mean generally accepted accounting principles, consistently applied (“ GAAP ”), but if with respect to any particular capital items (or types thereof) included in Operating Expenses either (x) GAAP can not be utilized or applied to accurately determine or reflect such useful life, and/or (y) Landlord reasonably and in good faith determines that the useful life for such particular capital items (or type) promulgated by GAAP is not ordinarily used by other landlords of Comparable Buildings as the usable life for such particular capital item (or type), then the Capital Expenditures Accounting Standard which Landlord may use to determine such useful life pursuant to clauses (x) and (y) hereinabove shall be the Accounting Standard. As used herein, the “ Amortization Interest Rate ” shall mean a rate equal to the floating commercial loan rate announced from time to time by Bank of America, a national banking association, or its successor, as its reference rate, plus one percent (1%) per annum.

-16-


 

     If, during all or any part of any Expense Year or the Expense Base Year, Landlord shall not furnish any particular items of work or service (the cost of which, if performed by Landlord, would be included in Operating Expenses) to a tenant (including Tenant) who has undertaken to perform such item of work or service in lieu of the performance thereof by Landlord, Operating Expenses shall be deemed to be increased by an amount equal to the additional Operating Expenses which would reasonably have been incurred during such period by Landlord if Landlord had at its own expense furnished such item of work or service to such tenant (however, the foregoing shall not apply to janitorial services for the Premises or other tenants’ premises). In addition, if the Building (and during the period of time when Building D and any other buildings are fully constructed and ready for occupancy and are owned by Landlord and included by Landlord within the Project) is (are) less than 95% occupied during all or a portion of any Expense Year (including the Expense Base Year), Landlord shall make an appropriate adjustment to the variable components of Operating Expenses for such year or applicable portion thereof, employing sound accounting and management practices and principles, to determine the amount of Operating Expenses that would have been paid had the Building (and any of such other buildings, as applicable) been 95% occupied; and the amount so determined shall be deemed to have been the amount of Operating Expenses for such year, or applicable portion thereof. In determining such adjustment pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence, any gross receipts taxes, management fees or other expenses that are tied to the receipt of rental income shall be determined as if the applicable buildings described above were 95% occupied during any Expense Year (including the Expense Base Year) and all tenants were paying the full rental initially payable under their respective leases on a stabilized basis (as opposed to half-rent or abated rent).
     Subject to the provisions of Section 4.3.4 below, Landlord shall have the right, from time to time, to equitably allocate some or all of the Operating Expenses, Tax Expenses and Utilities Costs (as defined below) among the Building, Building D (when constructed) and the Existing Office/Retail Buildings and/or among different tenants of the Project, and/or among different and additional buildings of the Project, as and when such different and/or additional buildings are constructed and added to (and/or excluded from) the Project or otherwise (collectively, the “ Cost Pools ”). Such Cost Pools may include, but shall not be limited to, the office space tenants and retail space tenants (and if applicable, child care tenants or occupants) of the Project that are other than Landlord affiliated tenants. Such Cost Pools may also include allocation of certain Operating Expenses, Tax Expenses and Utilities Costs within or under covenants, conditions and restrictions affecting the Project. In addition, Landlord shall have the right from time to time, in its reasonable discretion, to include or exclude existing or future buildings in the Project for purposes of determining Operating Expenses, Tax Expenses and Utilities Costs and/or the provision of various services and amenities thereto, including allocation of Operating Expenses, Tax Expenses and Utilities Costs in any such Cost Pools. The Operating Expenses, Tax Expenses and/or Utilities Costs within each such Cost Pool shall be allocated and charged to the tenants within such Cost Pool in an equitable manner over all Expense Years, and no such allocation shall result in any subsidies being provided to any tenants of the Project.
               4.2.4.1 Notwithstanding the foregoing, for purposes of this Lease, Operating Expenses (and to the extent applicable, Utilities Costs) shall not include the following:
                    (a) brokerage commissions, space planning costs, finders’ fees, attorneys’ fees and other costs incurred by Landlord in connection with leasing or attempting to lease space within the Project;
                    (b) costs, including permit, license and inspection costs, incurred with respect to the installation of tenant improvements made for any tenants in the Project or incurred in renovating or otherwise improving, preparing, decorating, painting or redecorating vacant space for tenants or other occupants of the Project.
                    (c) interest (except amortization interest as specifically included in Sections 4.2.4(xii) and (xiii) above), points, fees and principal payments on any mortgages encumbering the Project, and other debt costs, if any;
                    (d) costs of correcting defects in, or significant design error relating to, (1) the initial design or construction of the Building, Building D, the Parking Facilities or any other improvements to the Project or equipment or materials used therewith, or (2) subsequent improvements thereto constructed by Landlord;
                    (e) advertising and promotional expenditures;
                    (f) costs of any items (including, but not limited to, costs incurred by Landlord with respect to goods, services and utilities sold and/or supplied to tenants and occupants of the Project, and/or for the repair of damage to the Building for items which are reimbursable under any contractor, manufacturer or supplier warranty) to the extent Landlord receives reimbursement from insurance or condemnation proceeds (or payments in lieu thereof), or from a contractor, manufacturer,

-17-


 

supplier or any other third party pursuant to any warranty or otherwise or would have been reimbursed if Landlord had carried the insurance Landlord is required to carry pursuant to this Lease (other than reimbursement by tenants pursuant to the Operating Expenses pass-through provisions of their leases); such proceeds shall be credited to Operating Expenses for the Expense Year to which such reimbursement is attributable; with respect to any such costs for which Landlord is entitled to reimbursement from third parties, Landlord shall make such efforts to collect same as Landlord, in good faith, determines are reasonably prudent under the circumstances;
                    (g) expenses in connection with services or other benefits which are not offered to Tenant or for which Tenant is charged directly but which are provided to any other tenant or occupant of the Project at no cost (or are separately reimbursed by such other tenants);
                    (h) attorneys’ fees and other costs and expenses (1) incurred in connection with negotiations or disputes with present or prospective tenants or other occupants or prospective occupants of the Project (including costs incurred due to violations by tenants of the terms and conditions of their leases), or with respect to any financing, sale or syndication of the Project, or (2) otherwise incurred with respect to the Project, except to the extent the expenditure of such other attorneys’ fees in this clause (2) directly benefits (as reasonably determined by Landlord) all of the tenants of the Building and any other buildings in the Phase IV Real Property owned by Landlord;
                    (i) the wages and benefits of any employee who does not devote substantially all of his or her employed time to the operation and management of the Building or Project unless such wages and benefits are prorated to reflect time spent on operating and managing the Building and Project vis-à-vis time spent on matters unrelated to operating and managing the Building and Project;
                    (j) compensation (including benefits) of any employee of Landlord above the grade of project manager or project engineer;
                    (k) costs of additions, alterations, repairs or improvements, equipment replacement and all other items which under standard real estate management and accounting practices and principles, consistently applied are properly classified as capital expenditures, except those costs set forth in Sections 4.2.4(xii) and (xiii) above;
                    (l) rentals and other related expenses for leasing heating, ventilation and air conditioning (“ HVAC ”) systems, elevators, or other items (except when needed in connection with normal repairs and maintenance of the Building and/or Project and/or to an ameliorate an emergency condition in the Building and/or Project) which if purchased, rather than rented, would constitute a capital improvement not included in Operating Expenses pursuant to this Lease;
                    (m) costs and overhead and profit increment paid to Landlord or to subsidiaries or affiliates of Landlord for goods and/or services in or to the Project to the extent the same exceeds typical costs and overhead and profit increment of such goods and/or services rendered by qualified unaffiliated third parties on a competitive basis;
                    (n) any costs for which Landlord has been reimbursed (other than through the Operating Expenses pass-through provisions of other tenants’ leases) or for which Landlord receives a credit, refund or discount;
                    (o) costs of signs (other than building directories and signage for various equipment rooms and common areas) in or on the Project or any buildings located on the Project which identify the owner of the Project or other tenants’ signs;
                    (p) interest, penalties, late charges, liquidated damages or other costs arising out of Landlord’s failure to make timely payment of any of its obligations under this Lease or the Underlying Documents, including, without limitation, Landlord’s failure to make timely payment of any item that is included in Operating Expenses, Tax Expenses, or Utilities Costs, and any penalties or fines imposed upon Landlord due to Landlord’s violation of any applicable Laws or the Underlying Documents;
                    (q) any bad debt or rent loss, or reserves of any kind, including replacement reserves for bad debt loss or lost rent (but Operating Expenses may include reasonable reserves imposed upon the Project as part of the assessments under any covenants, conditions and restrictions recorded against the Project);
                    (r) any costs expressly excluded from Operating Expenses elsewhere in this Lease;
                    (s) any ground lease rental;

-18-


 

                    (t) any costs or expenses incurred by Landlord in connection with satellite dishes or similar specialized communications equipment of Landlord or of other persons, tenants or occupants in or about the Building or Project, except to the extent such equipment is actually used in the operation, management and/or repair of the Building and/or Project;
                    (u) costs (including, without limitation, fines, penalties, interest, and costs of repairs, replacements, alterations and/or improvements) incurred in bringing the Project into compliance with building codes and other applicable Laws (including, without limitation, the Americans with Disabilities Act) in effect as of the Lease Commencement Date and as interpreted by applicable governmental authorities as of such date, including, without limitation, any costs to correct building code violations pertaining to the initial design or construction of the Building, Building D, the Phase IV Parking Structure, the Parking Facilities or any other improvements to the Project, to the extent such violations exist as of the Lease Commencement Date under any applicable building codes or other applicable Laws in effect and as interpreted by applicable governmental authorities as of such date;
                    (v) costs incurred by Landlord due to the violation by Landlord of the terms and conditions of (A) any lease of space within the Project and/or (B) any Underlying Documents or ground leases pertaining to the Project;
                    (w) Landlord’s general corporate overhead and administrative expenses, except for the property management fees permitted pursuant to the terms of Section 4.2.4 above;
                    (x) costs of acquisition of sculptures, painting and other objects of art;
                    (y) costs incurred to comply with applicable Laws with respect to cleanup, removal, investigation and/or remediation (collectively, “ Remediation Costs ”) of any Hazardous Materials (as such term is defined in Article 5 below) in, on or under the Project and/or the Building to the extent such Hazardous Materials: are (1) present in the soil or groundwater of the Project; (2) in existence as of the Lease Commencement Date and in violation of applicable Laws in effect as of the Lease Commencement Date, and were of such a nature that a federal, state or municipal governmental or quasi-governmental authority, if it had then had knowledge of the presence of such Hazardous Materials, in the state and under the conditions that the same existed in the Building or on the Project, would have then required removal, remediation or other action with respect to such Hazardous Materials; and/or (3) introduced onto the Project and/or Building after the Lease Commencement Date by Landlord or any of Landlord’s agents, employees, contractors or tenants in violation of applicable Laws in effect at the date of introduction, and were of such a nature that a federal, state or municipal governmental or quasi-governmental authority, if it had then had knowledge of the presence of such Hazardous Materials, in the state and under the conditions that the same existed in the Building or on the Project, would have then required removal, remediation or other action with respect to such Hazardous Materials;
                    (z) any Tax Expenses (and Operating Expenses shall not include any Utilities Costs);
                    (aa) any compensation paid to clerks, attendants or other persons in commercial concessions operated by Landlord or any common area association for the Project (other than the Parking Facilities);
                    (bb) costs arising out of the operation, management, maintenance or repair of any retail premises in the Project or any other retail areas operated by Landlord or its agents, contractors or vendors to the extent such costs are uniquely attributable (and separately identifiable) to such retail premises or areas (as opposed to general office use tenancies) or are extraordinary, separately identifiable expenses arising in connection therewith;
                    (cc) costs for which Landlord and/or any property managers for the Project have been compensated by a management fee, to the extent that the separate inclusion of such costs in Operating Expenses would result in a duplicate charge to Tenant;
                    (dd) costs arising from Landlord’s charitable or political contributions;
                    (ee) costs arising from any voluntary special assessment on the Building or the Project by any transit district authority or any other governmental entity having the authority to impose such assessment, unless such costs are included in the Expense Base Year or Utilities Base Year at the initial rate in effect for such assessments;

-19-


 

                    (ff) costs associated with the operation of the business of the partnership or entity which constitutes Landlord as the same are distinguished from the costs of operation of the Building and/or the Project, including partnership accounting and legal matters, costs of defending any lawsuits with or claims by any mortgagee (except as the actions of Tenant may be in issue), costs of selling, syndicating, financing, mortgaging or hypothecating any of Landlord’s interest in the Building or the Project, costs of any disputes between Landlord and its employees (if any) not engaged in Building and/or Project operation, disputes of Landlord with Project management, or outside fees paid in connection with disputes with other tenants (except to the extent the expenditure of such outside fees is directly offset by recovery from such tenant);
                    (gg) costs of any “tap fees” or any sewer or water connection fees for the benefit of any particular tenant in the Building or the Project;
                    (hh) any “validated” parking for any entity;
                    (ii) the cost of providing any service directly to and paid directly by any tenant;
                    (jj) rent for any office space occupied by Building or Project management personnel to the extent the size of such office space exceeds 2,500 rentable square feet, or the rental rate for such office space exceeds the fair market rental value of comparable-sized office space occupied by management personnel of the Comparable Buildings;
                    (kk) costs arising from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or the Landlord Parties, as that term is defined in Section 10.1 of this Lease;
                    (ll) costs for construction and special events cleanup;
                    (mm) costs incurred in connection with the original construction and development of the Building, Building D, the Phase IV Parking Facilities or the Project;
                    (nn) costs of flowers, gifts, balloons, etc. provided to any prospective tenants, Tenant, other tenants, and occupants of the Project, and entertainment, dining or travel expenses;
                    (oo) costs (including clean-up costs) of parties, ceremonies or similar events for tenants, Landlord, Landlord’s affiliates or other third parties;
                    (pp) material costs associated with the operation, maintenance and/or repairs of any portions of the common areas of the Project which are dedicated for the exclusive use of other tenants of the Project, but only to the extent such costs are easily and readily identifiable and separable without undue accounting or other costs to Landlord;
                    (qq) penalties resulting from Landlord’s non-compliance with the maximum allowable p.m. peak hour trips for the Premises; and
                    (rr) costs of repairing any damage resulting from earthquakes and related aftershocks that is not covered by insurance or falls within the deductible, to the extent (1) Tenant’s Share of such costs in any Expense Year exceeds $2.00 per rentable square foot of the Premises, and (2) such costs are not otherwise excluded from Operating Expenses in this Section 4.2.4.1.
               4.2.4.2 Landlord hereby agrees that the costs of any new type or increased amount of insurance coverage (or increased limits of insurance or decrease in the amount of deductibles) which is obtained or effected by Landlord during any Expense Year after the Expense Base Year (but is not obtained or effected during the Expense Base Year) shall be added to the Operating Expenses for the Expense Base Year prior to the calculation of Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses for each such Expense Year in which such change in insurance is obtained or effected (but the amount of such costs to be included in the Expense Base Year shall be at the same costs in effect during the first Expense Year of such coverage, reduced, however, by a three percent (3%) cumulative and compounded annual adjustment for the number of years that have elapsed from the Expense Base Year until such first Expense Year of such coverage). In the event that any of Landlord’s insurance premiums applicable to the Project shall decrease in any Expense Year subsequent to the Expense Base Year (including, without limitation, as a result of any decrease in the amount or type of coverage or increase in deductibles), Operating Expenses attributable to the Expense Base Year, shall, commencing the year of such decrease, but only as long as and to the extent such decrease remains in effect, thereafter be reduced by the amount of such decrease in the insurance premiums.
               4.2.4.3 Landlord further agrees that any costs incurred in any Expense Year after the Expense Base Year or Utilities Base Year because of (i) any added new type of discretionary services provided in such Expense Year which were not provided in the Expense Base Year or Utilities Base Year,

-20-


 

as applicable, and/or (ii) any governmental, quasi-governmental, utility company or similar program or plan conducted in any Expense Year for water, traffic, hazardous waste, environmental or handicapped access, management, mitigation, enhancement or remediation in which participation is voluntary and which program/plan was not conducted in the Expense Base Year or Utilities Base Year, as applicable, shall be added to and included in the Expense Base Year or Utilities Base Year, as applicable, for purposes of determining the Excess payable for such Expense Year in which such added new type of discretionary services are so provided and/or such new voluntary program or plan is conducted (but the amount of such costs to be included in the Expense Base Year shall be at the same costs in effect during the Expense Year in which such services or program/plan, as applicable, are so provided, reduced, however, by a three percent (3%) cumulative and compounded annual adjustment for the number of years that have elapsed from the Expense Base Year until such Expense Year in which such services or program/plan, as applicable, are so provided); provided, however, the foregoing provision shall not apply to the costs of: (i) any capital additions, capital alterations, capital repairs or capital improvements which shall be governed by the provisions of Section 4.2.4 above; or (ii) security and/or parking control services required to operate the Project as a first-class office building project. In addition, if in the event and to the extent any portion of the Project is covered by a warranty or service agreement which provides warranty-type protection at any time during the Expense Base Year and/or Utilities Base Year and is not covered by such warranty or such warranty-type protection under such service agreement in a subsequent Expense Year to the same extent, Operating Expenses for the Expense Base Year and/or Utilities Costs for the Utilities Base Year shall be deemed increased by the amount Landlord would have incurred during the applicable Base Year with respect to the items or matters covered by the subject warranty or warranty-type protection (net of the cost of the warranty or the service agreement included in the applicable base year), had such warranty or such service agreement not been in effect during the applicable Base Year.
               4.2.4.4 Any refunds or discounts actually received by Landlord for any category of Operating Expenses, Utilities Costs and/or Tax Expenses shall reduce the Operating Expenses, Utilities Costs and/or Tax Expenses, as applicable, in the applicable Expense Year pertaining to such category of Operating Expenses, Utilities Costs and/or Tax Expenses, as applicable. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Article 4 to the contrary, Landlord will not collect or be entitled to collect Operating Expenses, Utilities Costs or Tax Expenses from all of its tenants in an amount which is in excess of one hundred percent (100%) of the Operating Expenses, Utilities Costs and Tax Expenses actually paid or incurred by Landlord in connection with the operation of the Building and the Project, and Landlord shall make no profit from the collection of Operating Expenses, Utilities Costs and Tax Expenses.
          4.2.5 “ Systems and Equipment ” shall mean any plant, machinery, transformers, duct work, cable, wires, and other equipment, facilities, and systems designed to supply heat, ventilation, air conditioning and humidity or any other services or utilities, or comprising or serving as any component or portion of the electrical, gas, steam, plumbing, sprinkler, communications, alarm, security, or fire/life safety systems or equipment, or any other mechanical, electrical, electronic, computer or other systems or equipment which serve the Building in whole or in part, and are owned or leased by Landlord.
          4.2.6 “ Tax Expense Base Year ” shall mean the Expense Year set forth in Section 9.2 of the Summary, as may be adjusted as provided in Section 4.2.2 above.
          4.2.7 “ Tax Expenses ” shall mean all federal, state, county, or local governmental or municipal taxes, fees, charges or other impositions of every kind and nature, whether general, special, ordinary or extraordinary, (including, without limitation, real estate taxes, general and special assessments, transit taxes, leasehold taxes or taxes based upon the receipt of rent, including gross receipts or sales taxes applicable to the receipt of rent, unless required to be paid by Tenant, personal property taxes imposed upon the fixtures, machinery, equipment, apparatus, systems and equipment, appurtenances, furniture and other personal property owned or leased by Landlord and used in connection with the Project), which Landlord shall pay during any Expense Year, including the Tax Expense Base Year (subject, however, to the restrictions in Section 4.3.5 below), because of or in connection with the ownership, leasing and operation of the Project or Landlord’s interest therein (including any tax expenses, assessments and other charges allocated to the Project under any declaration, restriction covenant or other instrument pertaining to the sharing of costs by the Project or any portion thereof, including any covenants, conditions or restrictions now or hereafter recorded against or affecting the Project). For purposes of this Lease, Tax Expenses for the Tax Expense Base Year and each Expense Year thereafter shall be calculated as if the Building and the tenant improvements therein (at a Building-standard amount of $45.00 per rentable square foot) were fully constructed, and the Building and such tenant improvements therein (and the parcel of land upon which the Building is located) were fully assessed for real estate tax purposes; and accordingly, during any Expense Year and during the portion of any Expense Year occurring during the Tax Expense Base Year, Tax Expenses shall be deemed to be increased appropriately.

-21-


 

               4.2.7.1 Tax Expenses shall include, without limitation:
                    (i) Any tax on Landlord’s rent, right to rent or other income from the Project or as against Landlord’s business of leasing any of the Project;
                    (ii) Any assessment, tax, fee, levy or charge in addition to, or in substitution, partially or totally, of any assessment, tax, fee, levy or charge previously included within the definition of real property tax, it being acknowledged by Tenant and Landlord that Proposition 13 was adopted by the voters of the State of California in the June 1978 election (“ Proposition 13 ”) and that assessments, taxes, fees, levies and charges may be imposed by governmental agencies for such services as fire protection, street, sidewalk and road maintenance, refuse removal and for other governmental services formerly provided without charge to property owners or occupants. It is the intention of Tenant and Landlord that all such new and increased assessments, taxes, fees, levies, and charges and all similar assessments, taxes, fees, levies and charges be included within the definition of Tax Expenses for purposes of this Lease;
                    (iii) Any assessment, tax, fee, levy, or charge allocable to or measured by the area of the Premises or the rent payable hereunder, including, without limitation, any gross income tax upon or with respect to the possession, leasing, operating, management, maintenance, alteration, repair, use or occupancy by Tenant of the Premises, or any portion thereof; and
                    (iv) Any assessment, tax, fee, levy or charge, upon this transaction or any document to which Tenant is a party, creating or transferring an interest or an estate in the Premises.
               4.2.7.2 Landlord shall make such reasonable efforts as Landlord shall in its reasonable discretion deem reasonably necessary to minimize the amount of Tax Expenses, including challenging and appealing (following reasonable written request therefor by Tenant or otherwise) the amount of Tax Expenses with the applicable governmental authority if Landlord reasonably determines a reduction in Tax Expenses is likely to result therefrom. Any expenses incurred by Landlord in attempting to protest, reduce or minimize Tax Expenses shall be included in Tax Expenses in the Expense Year such expenses are paid but not in excess of the reduction in Tax Expenses achieved as a result thereof.
               4.2.7.3 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 4.2.7, there shall be excluded from Tax Expenses: (i) all excess profits taxes, franchise taxes, gift taxes, capital stock taxes, inheritance and succession taxes, estate taxes, federal and state income taxes, and other taxes to the extent applicable to Landlord’s general or net income (as opposed to rents, receipts or income attributable to operations at the Project); (ii) any items included as Operating Expenses or Utilities Costs; (iii) any items paid by Tenant under Section 4.4 of this Lease; (iv) Tax Expenses attributable to the tenant improvements of other tenants’ or occupants’ premises in the Building or any other buildings in the Phase IV Real Property in excess of the Cut-Off Point (as defined below); (iv) penalties, interest and late charges attributable to Landlord’s delinquent payment of any Tax Expenses; (vi) any real property taxes imposed with respect to any new office buildings and retail buildings (other than the Building and Building D) constructed within the Project after the date hereof; (vii) any real property taxes imposed with respect to any new parking structures constructed within the Project after the date hereof unless the initial real property taxes for such structures (calculated on a fully assessed and constructed basis as described in Section 4.2.7 above) are included in the Tax Expenses for the Tax Expense Base Year; and (viii) any increases in Tax Expenses attributable to any prior or future sales, transfers or other changes in ownership of any of the Existing Office/Retail Buildings or Building D.
               4.2.7.4 To the extent Landlord obtains a refund of Tax Expenses (including, without limitation, as a result of any challenge or appeal requested by Tenant pursuant to Section 4.2.7.2 or triggered by Landlord or any third party), such tax refund shall be credited against Tax Expenses for the Expense Year to which such refund is applicable, and if as a result of application of such credit Tenant overpaid Tax Expenses for such Expense Year, Tenant shall be entitled to receive from Landlord a return of such overpayment, but not in excess of the amount of Tax Expenses actually prepaid by Tenant prior to the application of such refund/credit.
               4.2.7.5 Special Proposition 13 Protection . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, in the event that (i) at any time during the initial Lease Term, any sale, transfer or other change in ownership of the Building is consummated and as a result thereof, and to the extent that in connection therewith, the Building is reassessed (the “ Reassessment ”) for real estate tax purposes by the appropriate governmental authority pursuant to the terms of Proposition 13, and (ii) such Reassessment is the first (1 st ) or second (2 nd ) such Reassessment of the Building which occurs during the initial Lease Term, then the terms and conditions of this Section 4.2.7.5 shall apply to each of such first (1 st ) and second (2 nd ) Reassessments of the Building.
                    4.2.7.5.1 The Tax Increase . For purposes of this Section 4.2.7.5, the term “ Tax Increase ” shall mean that portion of the Tax Expenses, as calculated immediately

-22-


 

following the applicable first (1 st ) or second (2 nd ) Reassessment, which is attributable solely to such Reassessment. Accordingly, the term “Tax Increase” shall not include any portion of the Tax Expenses, as calculated immediately following such Reassessment, which: (i) is attributable to the initial assessment of the value of the Building and the parcel of land upon which the Building is located, calculated as if the Building (including the Base, Shell and Core and the tenant improvements located in the Building) were fully constructed and completed and the applicable tax authority had issued a fully completed tax reassessment thereof based upon such fully constructed and completed Building (even if at the time of such sale, transfer other change in ownership triggering such Reassessment, the taxing authority had not yet made or issued such full assessment); (ii) is attributable to assessments which were pending immediately prior to such Reassessment which assessments were conducted during, and included in, such Reassessment, or which assessments were otherwise rendered unnecessary following such Reassessment; (iii) is attributable to the annual inflationary increase of real estate taxes; (iv) is attributable to any Tax Expenses applicable to the Tax Expense Base Year (with such Tax Expenses applicable to the Tax Expense Base Year calculated without regard to any Proposition 8 reduction in Tax Expenses for the Tax Expense Base Year and calculated on a fully assessed and constructed basis as described in Section 4.2.7 above); or (v) with respect to the second (2 nd ) Reassessment, is attributable to the first (1 st ) Reassessment.
                    4.2.7.5.2 Protection . During the initial Lease Term, only: (i) Tenant shall not be obligated to pay any portion of the Tax Increase relating and attributable solely to the first (1 st ) Reassessment of the Building (the “ First Reassessment Increase ”) to the extent the monthly amount of such First Reassessment Increase payable as Tax Expenses under this Lease for each remaining month of the initial Lease Term immediately following such first (1 st ) Reassessment exceeds the “ First Reassessment Base Amount ”, which for purposes hereof shall mean the product of $0.06 multiplied by the rentable square feet of the Building; and (ii) Tenant shall not be obligated to pay any portion of the Tax Increase relating and attributable solely to the second (2nd) Reassessment of the Building (the “ Second Reassessment Increase ”) to the extent the monthly amount of such Second Reassessment Increase payable as Tax Expenses under this Lease for each remaining month of the initial Lease Term immediately following such second (2nd) Reassessment exceeds the “ Second Reassessment Base Amount ”, which for purposes hereof shall mean the product of $0.04 multiplied by the rentable square feet of the Building. However, in the event that the actual monthly amount of the First Assessment Increase payable as Tax Expenses under this Lease for each remaining month of the initial Lease Term immediately following the first (1 st ) Reassessment of the Building (herein, the “ Actual Monthly First Reassessment Tax Increase ”) is equivalent or less than the First Reassessment Base Amount, then the Second Reassessment Base Amount set forth in clause (ii) above shall be increased by an amount equal to the lesser of (A) the difference between (x) the First Reassessment Base Amount and (y) such Actual Monthly First Reassessment Tax Increase, and (B) the product of $0.01 multiplied by the rentable square feet of the Building. Examples of the tax protections provided in this Section 4.2.7.5 are set forth on Exhibit N attached hereto.
                    4.2.7.5.3 Landlord’s Right to Purchase the Proposition 13 Protection Amount Attributable to a Particular Reassessment . The amount of Tax Expenses which Tenant is not obligated to pay or will not be obligated to pay during the initial Lease Term in connection with the first (1 st ) Reassessment or second (2 nd ) Reassessment pursuant to the terms and conditions of this Section 4.2.7.5, shall be sometimes referred to hereafter as a “ Proposition 13 Protection Amount .” If the occurrence of any such Reassessment is reasonably foreseeable by Landlord and the Proposition 13 Protection Amount attributable to such Reassessment can be reasonably quantified or estimated for each Lease Year commencing with the Lease Year in which such Reassessment will occur, the terms and conditions of this Section 4.2.7.5.3 shall apply to each such Reassessment. Upon notice to Tenant, Landlord shall have the right to purchase the Proposition 13 Protection Amount relating to the applicable Reassessment (the “ Applicable Reassessment ”), at any time during the initial Lease Term, by paying to Tenant an amount equal to the Proposition 13 Purchase Price (as defined below), provided that the right of any successor of Landlord to exercise its right of repurchase hereunder shall not apply to any Reassessment which results from the event pursuant to which such successor of Landlord became the Landlord under this Lease. As used herein, “ Proposition 13 Purchase Price ” shall mean the present value of the Proposition 13 Protection Amount remaining during the initial Lease Term, as of the date of payment of the Proposition 13 Purchase Price by Landlord. Such present value shall be calculated (i) by using the portion of the Proposition 13 Protection Amount attributable to each remaining Lease Year in the initial Lease Term (as though the portion of such Proposition 13 Protection Amount benefited Tenant at the end of each Lease Year), as the amounts to be discounted, and (ii) by using discount rates for each amount to be discounted equal to (A) the average rates of yield for United States Treasury Obligations with maturity dates as close as reasonably possible to the end of each Lease Year during which the portions of the Proposition 13 Protection Amount would have benefited Tenant, which rates shall be those in effect as of Landlord’s exercise of its right to purchase, as set forth in this Section 4.2.7.5.3, plus (B) two percent (2%) per annum. Upon such payment of the Proposition 13 Purchase Price, the provisions of Section 4.2.7.5.2 above shall not apply to any Tax Increase attributable to the Applicable Reassessment. Since Landlord is estimating the Proposition 13 Purchase Price because the Applicable Reassessment has not yet occurred, then when such Applicable Reassessment occurs, if Landlord has

-23-


 

underestimated the Proposition 13 Purchase Price, then upon notice by Landlord to Tenant, Landlord shall promptly pay to Tenant the amount of such underestimation, and if Landlord overestimates the Proposition 13 Purchase Price, then upon notice by Landlord to Tenant, Rent next due shall be increased by the amount of such overestimation.
          4.2.8 “ Tenant’s Share ” shall mean, subject to Section 1.2 above, the percentage set forth in Section 9.4 of the Summary. Tenant’s Share was calculated by dividing the number of rentable square feet of the Premises by the total rentable square feet in the Building. In the event either the rentable square feet of the Premises and/or the total rentable square feet of the Building is changed as a result of the measurement provisions in Section 1.2 above and/or due to either an expansion or contraction of the Premises or Building, Tenant’s Share shall be appropriately adjusted in accordance with the BOMA Standard in Section 1.2 above, and, as to the Expense Year in which such change occurs, Tenant’s Share for such year shall be determined on the basis of the number of days during such Expense Year that each such Tenant’s Share was in effect.
          4.2.9 “ Utilities Base Year ” shall mean the Expense Year set forth in Section 9.3 of the Summary, as may be adjusted as provided in Section 4.2.2 above.
          4.2.10 “ Utilities Costs ” shall mean all actual charges for utilities for the Building and the Project which Landlord shall pay during any Expense Year, including, but not limited to, the costs of water, sewer and electricity, and the costs of HVAC and other utilities (but excluding those charges for which tenants directly reimburse Landlord or pay directly to the utility company) as well as related fees, assessments and surcharges; provided, however, Utilities Costs shall not include the cost of electricity provided to the Premises or the premises of other tenants of the Project since Tenant is responsible for directly paying for all costs of electricity consumed in the Premises pursuant to Article 6 below. Utilities Costs for any Expense Year, including the Utilities Base Year, shall be calculated assuming the Building (and during the period of time when Building D and any other buildings are fully constructed and ready for occupancy and are owned by Landlord and included by Landlord within the Project), is (are) at least 95% occupied. Utilities Costs shall include any costs of utilities which are allocated to the Project under any declaration, restrictive covenant, or other instrument pertaining to the sharing of costs by the Project or any portion thereof, including any covenants, conditions or restrictions now or hereafter recorded against or affecting the Project. Notwithstanding the foregoing to the contrary, Utilities Costs shall not include any penalties, interest or late charges attributable to Landlord’s delinquent payment of any Utilities Costs and shall not include those items listed in Section 4.2.4.1 to the extent applicable to Utilities Costs.
     4.3 Calculation and Payment of Additional Rent .
          4.3.1 Calculation of Excess . If for any Expense Year ending or commencing within the Lease Term, (i) Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses allocated to the Building pursuant to Section 4.3.4 below for such Expense Year exceeds Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses allocated to the Building for the Expense Base Year, and/or (ii) Tenant’s Share of Tax Expenses allocated to the Building pursuant to Section 4.3.4 below for such Expense Year exceeds Tenant’s Share of Tax Expenses allocated to the Building for the Tax Expense Base Year, and/or (iii) Tenant’s Share of Utilities Costs allocated to the Building pursuant to Section 4.3.4 below for such Expense Year exceeds Tenant’s Share of Utilities Costs allocated to the Building for the Utilities Base Year, then Tenant shall pay to Landlord, in the manner set forth in Section 4.3.2, below, and as additional rent, an amount equal to such excess of the applicable Operating Expenses, Tax Expenses and/or Utilities Costs (the “ Excess ”). For any partial year within the Lease Term, the Excess shall be calculated by comparing Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses, Tenant’s Share of Tax Expenses and/or Tenant’s Share of Utilities Costs for such partial Expense Year, as applicable, to the comparable prorata portion of Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses, Tenant’s Share of Tax Expenses and/or Tenant’s Share of Utilities Costs applicable to the Expense Base Year, Tax Expense Base Year or Utilities Base Year, as the case may be.
          4.3.2 Statement of Actual Operating Expenses, Tax Expenses and Utilities Costs . Following the end of each Expense Year, Landlord shall give to Tenant a statement (the “ Statement ”) which shall state the amount of Operating Expenses, Tax Expenses and Utilities Costs actually incurred or accrued for that Expense Year (and with respect to the first Expense Year following the Expense Base Year, the amount of Operating Expenses, Tax Expenses and Utilities Costs actually incurred or accrued for the Expense Base Year, Tax Expense Base Year and Utilities Base Year, as the case may be), and (ii) the amount, if any, of any Excess for that Expense Year. Such Statement shall be itemized on a line item by line item basis, showing the applicable Operating Expenses, Tax Expenses (and receipted Tax Expense bills) and Utilities Costs for such Expense Year (and with respect to the first Expense Year following the Expense Base Year, the applicable Operating Expenses, Tax Expenses and receipted Tax Expense bills, if any, and Utilities Costs for the Expense Base Year, the Tax Expense Base Year, and the Utilities Base Year, as the case may be). Within sixty (60) days after Tenant’s receipt of the Statement for such Expense Year, if an Excess is present, Tenant shall pay to Landlord the full amount of the Excess for such Expense Year, less the amounts, if any, actually paid by Tenant to Landlord with respect to such

-24-


 

Expense Year as “ Estimated Excess ,” as that term is defined in Section 4.3.3 below. If any Statement reflects that the amount of Estimated Excess paid by Tenant to Landlord for such Expense Year is greater than the actual amount of the Excess for such Expense Year, then Landlord shall remit such overpayment to Tenant within sixty (60) days after such applicable Statement is delivered to Tenant. Even though the Lease Term has expired and Tenant has vacated the Premises, if the Statement for the Expense Year in which this Lease terminates reflects that Tenant’s payment to Landlord of Estimated Excess for such Expense Year was greater than or less than the actual amount of Excess for such last Expense Year, then within sixty (60) days after Landlord’s delivery of such Statement to Tenant, Landlord shall refund to Tenant any such overpayment, or Tenant shall pay to Landlord any such underpayment, as the case may be. Landlord shall endeavor in good faith to deliver the applicable Statement to Tenant within one hundred twenty (120) days after the end of the Expense Year in question (but in any event deliver same to Tenant within one hundred (180) days after such Expense Year), but the failure of Landlord to furnish such Statement within either such periods shall not prejudice Landlord from enforcing its rights under this Article 4 (provided that in the event that such failure continues for a period of ninety (90) days following receipt of a notice from Tenant demanding that Landlord deliver such Statement to Tenant (“ Tenant’s Demand Notice ”), then Tenant may elect to seek specific performance of the delivery of such Statement to Tenant); provided, however, Landlord’s failure to provide Tenant with a Statement for a particular Expense Year within the earlier of (1) eighteen (18) months after the end of the Expense Year in question or (2) six (6) months following Landlord’s receipt of Tenant’s Demand Notice pertaining to such Statement, shall constitute a waiver of Landlord’s right to collect any Excess payable for such Expense Year. Such limitation on Landlord’s ability to collect any Excess as a result of any late delivery of such Statement shall not, however, preclude Landlord from modifying any Statement once such Statement is timely delivered, as provided hereinabove, to (A) correct any errors contained in such Statement of which Landlord was unaware at the time such Statement was issued, and/or (B) reflect any additional expenses levied by any governmental authority or by any public utility companies (including, without limitation, as a result of any new or supplemental tax bills issued by the applicable taxing authority) of which Landlord was unaware at the time such Statement was issued (such items set forth in clauses (A) and (B) hereinabove shall be referred to herein, collectively, as the “ Correctable Items ”), so long as Landlord delivers such revised Statement to Tenant (1) with respect to any errors described in clause (A) hereinabove contained in such Statement, within the earlier of (x) eighteen (18) months after the end of the Expense Year to which such Statement relates, and (y) six (6) months after Landlord becomes aware of such errors (but in no event shall Landlord have the right to deliver a revised Statement with respect to any such errors described in clause (A) hereinabove more often than once per Expense Year), and (2) with respect to any additional expenses described in clause (B) hereinabove, within six (6) months after Landlord receives such new information identifying any such new expenses. The foregoing restrictions, however, shall not preclude Landlord from modifying, from time to time, in a Statement, an Estimate Statement or other document delivered to Tenant, the amount of the Operating Expenses, Tax Expenses and Utilities Costs for the Expense Base Year, Tax Expense Base Year and Utilities Base Year, respectively, to reflect adjustments thereto as contemplated and/or permitted in this Article 4, to reflect any Correctable Items therein and/or to otherwise properly include or exclude costs therein in accordance with the other provisions of this Article 4. In the event that any such revised Statement so delivered shows that an additional Excess is present, then Tenant shall pay to Landlord, within sixty (60) days of receipt of the revised Statement, the amount of the additional Excess. If any such revised Statement reflects that Tenant has overpaid Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses, Tax Expenses and Utilities Costs for such Expense Year, Landlord shall refund the overpayment to Tenant within sixty (60) days after such applicable revised Statement is delivered to Tenant. Except for a revised Statement to reflect any such Correctable Items and except as otherwise permitted hereinabove with respect to the amount of Operating Expenses, Tax Expenses and Utilities Costs for the Expense Base Year, Tax Expense Base Year and Utilities Base Year, respectively, Landlord shall have no right to deliver any revised Statement to Tenant following Landlord’s initial issuance thereof for any Expense Year. The first Statement to be delivered by Landlord to Tenant under this Lease shall be delivered for the initial Lease Year and shall cover all costs and expenses included in the Expense Base Year, Tax Expense Base Year and Utilities Base Year. The provisions of this Section 4.3.2 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease Term for a period of two (2) years thereafter (but without extending or derogating from any of the specific time limits otherwise set forth hereinabove).
          4.3.3 Statement of Estimated Operating Expenses, Tax Expenses and Utilities Costs . Prior to that date which is thirty (30) days prior to the first day of a new Expense Year, Landlord shall endeavor to give Tenant a yearly expense estimate statement (the “ Estimate Statement ”) which shall set forth Landlord’s reasonable estimate (the “ Estimate ”) of what the total amount of Operating Expenses, Tax Expenses and Utilities Costs allocated to the Building pursuant to Section 4.3.4 below for the new Expense Year shall be and the estimated Excess (the “ Estimated Excess ”), as calculated by comparing Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses, Tax Expenses and Utilities Costs allocated to the Building, which shall be based upon the Estimate, to Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses, Tax Expenses and Utilities Costs allocated to the Building for the applicable Base Year. Such Estimate Statement shall be itemized on a line item by line item basis, showing the applicable estimated Operating Expenses, Tax Expenses and Utilities Costs for such new Expense Year as well as, and with respect to the first Expense Year after the Expense Base Year, the estimated or actual, as applicable, Operating Expenses for the Expense Base

-25-


 

Year, the Tax Expenses for the Tax Expense Base Year and the Utilities Costs for the Utilities Base Year. The failure of Landlord to timely furnish the Estimate Statement for any Expense Year shall not preclude Landlord from enforcing its rights under this Article 4; provided, however, that notwithstanding the anything to the contrary contained in this Section 4.3.3, Tenant shall not be responsible for Tenant’s Share of any Estimated Excess attributable to any Expense Year first billed to Tenant more than eighteen (18) months after the expiration of the applicable Expense Year or one (1) year after the expiration of the Lease Term (whichever occurs first), provided that in any event Tenant shall be responsible for Tenant’s Share of Estimated Excess levied by any governmental authority or by any public utility companies at any time following such Expense Year or the Lease Expiration Date, as the case may be, which are attributable to any Expense Year (provided that Landlord delivers Tenant a supplemental statement for such amounts within six (6) months following Landlord’s receipt of the bill therefor). Tenant shall pay to Landlord the Estimated Excess for each such Expense Year, in monthly installments of one-twelfth (1/12) thereof on the first (1 st ) business day of each calendar month during such Expense Year; provided, however, if such Estimate Statement is delivered to Tenant after the start of such new Expense Year, Tenant shall pay to Landlord within sixty (60) days after the receipt of the Estimate Statement, a fraction of the Estimated Excess for the then-current Expense Year (reduced by any amounts paid pursuant to the last sentence of this Section 4.3.3). Such fraction shall have as its numerator the number of months which have elapsed in such current Expense Year to the month of such payment, both months inclusive, and shall have twelve (12) as its denominator. If at any time (but not more often than one time per Expense Year) Landlord determines in good faith that the Excess for an Expense Year is projected to vary from the then Estimated Excess for such Expense Year, Landlord may, by notice to Tenant, revise such Estimated Excess, and Tenant’s monthly installments for the remainder of such Expense Year shall be adjusted so that by the end of such Expense Year Tenant shall have paid to Landlord the revised Estimated Excess for such Expense Year. Until a new Estimate Statement is furnished, Tenant shall pay monthly, with the monthly Base Rent installments, an amount equal to one-twelfth (1/12) of the Estimated Excess set forth in the previous Estimate Statement delivered by Landlord to Tenant.
          4.3.4 Allocation of Operating Expenses, Tax Expenses and Utilities Costs to the Building . The parties acknowledge that the Building is part of a multi-building project consisting of the Building (when constructed), Building D (when constructed) the Existing Office/Retail Buildings, and such other office and/or retail buildings as Landlord and/or any other owners of land within the Project may elect to construct and include as part of the Project from time to time (collectively, the “ Future Buildings ”), and that certain of the costs and expenses incurred in connection with the Project ( i.e. , certain of the Operating Expenses, Tax Expenses and Utilities Costs) shall be shared among the Building, Building D, the Existing Office/Retail Buildings and such Future Buildings, but costs and expenses which are solely attributable or exclusively pertaining to the Building, Building D, the Existing Office/Retail Buildings and/or such Future Buildings, as applicable (for purposes of this Section 4.3.4, references to a particular building shall also include any parcel of land upon which such building is located if such parcel is separately legally subdivided to include only such building), shall be allocated directly to the Building, Building D, the Existing Office/Retail Buildings and/or such Future Buildings, respectively. Accordingly, as set forth in Sections 4.1 and 4.2 above, but subject to the limitations contained in this Section 4.3.4, Operating Expenses, Tax Expenses and Utilities Costs are determined annually for the Project as a whole (excluding, however, any such costs incurred solely by an owner of any Existing Office/Retail Building or a common area association for LNR Warner Center and which do not pertain to shared common costs for the shared common areas of the Project), and a portion of such Operating Expenses, Tax Expenses and Utilities Costs, which portion shall be allocated to the Building (as opposed to Building D, the Existing Office/Retail Buildings and any such Future Buildings) in the proportionate share the square footage of the Building bears to the square footage of the office and retail buildings in the Project as a whole (the “ Project Expenses Allocation Standard ”) (provided, however, if such allocation would be materially inequitable or is prohibited by or inconsistent with the Underlying Documents, as reasonably determined by Landlord, then Landlord shall determine such allocation to the Building in accordance with the Accounting Standard), and such portion so allocated, together with the costs and expenses solely attributable or exclusively pertaining to the Building (which for purposes hereof shall include, without limitation, any Tax Expenses attributable solely to the Building D Real Property), shall be the amount of Operating Expenses, Tax Expenses and Utilities Costs payable with respect to the Building upon which the applicable Tenant’s Share shall be calculated. As examples of such allocation of Operating Expenses, Tax Expenses and Utilities Costs: (i) with respect to Tax Expenses and Utilities Costs, it is anticipated that Landlord and/or any other owners of Building D, the Existing Office/Retail Buildings or Future Buildings (other than the parking structures to the extent owned and/or managed by the common area association for LNR Warner Center for common use by more than own owner) (A) will receive separate tax bills which separately assess (1) the improvements component of Tax Expenses for each such building, and (2) the real property component of Tax Expenses for the separate parcel of land upon which such building is located if such parcel is separately subdivided to include only such building, and/or (B) may receive separate utilities bills from the utilities companies identifying the Utilities Costs for certain of the utilities costs directly incurred by each such building (as measured by separate meters installed for such building), and such separately assessed Tax Expenses and separately metered Utilities Costs shall be calculated for and allocated separately to each such applicable building (and if applicable, each such separate parcel of land upon which such building is located); and (ii) with respect to repairs and

-26-


 

capital improvements to be made to any particular office or retail building, the cost thereof shall be allocated directly to the owners of such applicable buildings, and not included in Operating Expenses for the Project as a whole or allocated to any other owner or building. In addition, in the event that prior to execution of this Lease or at any time thereafter Landlord has elected or subsequently elects, at its sole option, to subdivide into a separate parcel or parcels of land certain portions of the Phase IV Real Property, including portions on which the Building, Building D and/or the Future Buildings are now or hereafter located and/or certain common area portions of the Phase IV Real Property or Project (such as landscaping, public and private streets, driveways, walkways, courtyards, plazas, transportation facilitation areas, accessways and/or parking areas), and/or has separately conveyed or subsequently separately conveys all or any of such parcels to another person or entity (including to any common area association to own, operate and/or maintain same), the Operating Expenses, Tax Expenses and Utilities Costs for such separate parcels of land shall be aggregated (subject to the limitations contained in the foregoing provisions of this Section 4.3.4) and then allocated by Landlord to the Building, Building D, the Existing Office/Retail Buildings and such Future Buildings in accordance with the Project Expenses Allocation Standard; provided, however, if such allocation would be materially inequitable or is prohibited by or inconsistent with the Underlying Documents, as reasonably determined by Landlord, then Landlord shall determine such allocation to the Building in accordance with the Accounting Standard.
          4.3.5 Payment in Installments . All assessments for Tax Expenses and premiums for insurance coverage which are not specifically charged to Tenant because of what Tenant has done, which can be paid by Landlord in installments without the imposition of fees, penalties or interest, shall be paid by Landlord in the maximum number of installments that are permitted by applicable Law without the imposition of fees, penalties or interest and not included as Operating Expenses, Tax Expenses or Utilities Costs except in the Expense Year in which the assessment or premium installment is actually paid; provided, however, that if the prevailing practice in Comparable Buildings is to pay such assessments or premiums on an earlier basis, and Landlord pays on such earlier basis, such assessments or premiums shall be included in Operating Expenses, Tax Expenses and Utilities Costs, as the case may be, as paid by Landlord.
     4.4 Taxes and Other Charges for Which Tenant Is Directly Responsible . Tenant shall reimburse Landlord within sixty (60) days after demand for any and all taxes or assessments required to be paid by Landlord (except to the extent included in Tax Expenses by Landlord), excluding state, local and federal personal or corporate income taxes measured by the net income of Landlord or any Project or Building management company from all sources and estate and inheritance taxes, whether or not now customary or within the contemplation of the parties hereto, when:
          (i) said taxes are measured by or reasonably attributable to the cost or value of Tenant’s Property located in the Premises or Project, or by the cost or value of any leasehold improvements made in or to the Premises by or for Tenant, to the extent the cost or value of such leasehold improvements exceeds $45.00 per rentable square foot of the Premises (the “ Cut-Off Point ”). To the extent that Landlord enforces the terms of this Section 4.4 against Tenant, then Landlord shall not include in Tax Expenses the taxes assessed against any other tenant improvements in the Phase IV Real Property to the extent such taxes relate to the value of such tenant improvements in excess of the Cut-Off Point;
          (ii) said taxes are assessed upon or with respect to the possession, leasing, operation, management, maintenance, alteration, repair, use or occupancy by Tenant of the Premises or any portion of the Project (including the Parking Facilities); or
          (iii) said taxes are assessed upon this transaction or any document to which Tenant is a party creating or transferring an interest or an estate in the Premises.
     4.5 Late Charges . If any installment of Rent or any other sum due from Tenant shall not be received by Landlord or Landlord’s designee within five (5) business days after written notice from Landlord that said amount is past due, then Tenant shall pay to Landlord a late charge equal to three percent (3%) of the amount due; provided, however, that if Landlord has given Tenant two (2) such delinquency notices in the preceding twelve (12) month period, then the late charge shall be imposed for any subsequent delinquent payment of Rent by Tenant, without requirement of any notice or cure period. The late charge shall be deemed Additional Rent and the right to require it shall be in addition to all of Landlord’s other rights and remedies hereunder or at law and shall not be construed as liquidated damages or as limiting Landlord’s remedies in any manner. In addition to the late charge described above, any Rent or other amounts owing hereunder which are not paid within five (5) business days after written notice from Landlord that said amount is past due shall bear interest from the date due until paid at a rate (the “ Interest Rate ”) equal to the lower of (i) the then-current prime interest rate as such rate is announced by The Wall Street Journal plus two (2) percentage points, or (ii) the highest rate permitted by applicable law; provided, however, that if Landlord has given Tenant two (2) such delinquency notices in

-27-


 

the preceding twelve (12) month period, then interest shall be imposed for any subsequent delinquent payment of Rent by Tenant, without requirement of any notice or cure period.
     4.6 Books and Records . Landlord shall maintain in a safe and orderly manner books and records, or make available such books and records, in Los Angeles and/or Orange Counties in accordance with the Accounting Standard, reflecting the Operating Expenses, Tax Expenses and Utilities Costs. Landlord shall maintain such books and records for the Operating Expenses, Tax Expenses and Utilities Costs for each Expense Year for the entirety of the period which ends three (3) years following Landlord’s delivery to Tenant of each such Statement, except that Landlord shall maintain such books and records with respect to each applicable Base Year during the entire Lease Term plus two (2) years after the expiration or sooner termination of the Lease Term.
     4.7 Audit Rights . In the event Tenant disputes the amount of the Operating Expenses, Tax Expenses and Utilities Costs set forth in the Statement for the particular Expense Year delivered by Landlord to Tenant pursuant to Section 4.3.2 above (including, without limitation, the applicable Base Years), then Tenant shall have the right, upon written notice to Landlord to first request that Landlord send reasonable backup information to support the Statement in question (which reasonable backup information Landlord shall provide to Tenant within thirty (30) days after Landlord’s receipt of such notice) and, following Tenant’s receipt and review of such backup information, if Tenant so elects, Tenant shall have the right, at Tenant’s cost, after reasonable notice to Landlord, to have Tenant’s authorized employees (or the Accountant, as such term is defined below) inspect, at Landlord’s office in Los Angeles and/or Orange Counties during normal business hours, Landlord’s books, records and supporting documents concerning the Operating Expenses, Tax Expenses and Utilities Costs for such Expense Year set forth in such Statement; provided, however, Tenant shall have no right to request any such backup information, conduct such inspection, have an audit performed by the Accountant as described below, or object to or otherwise dispute the amount of the Operating Expenses, Tax Expenses and Utilities Costs set forth in any such Statement unless within two (2) years following Landlord’s delivery of the particular Statement in question (which 2-year period shall be extended by the number of days beyond the 30-day period referenced above that Landlord fails to deliver to Tenant any such reasonable backup information requested by Tenant as provided hereinabove) (such 2-year period, as so extended, the “ Review Period ”), Tenant requests such backup information, notifies Landlord of such objection and dispute, completes such inspection, and has the Accountant commence and complete such audit (and if the Accountant was not approved by Landlord, have the dispute submitted to arbitration under Section 26.32, as described hereinbelow); provided, further, that notwithstanding any such timely request for backup information, objection, dispute, inspection, audit and/or arbitration, and as a condition precedent to Tenant’s exercise of its right of request for backup information, objection, dispute, inspection, audit and/or arbitration, as set forth in this Section 4.7, Tenant shall not be permitted to withhold payment of, and Tenant shall timely pay to Landlord, the full amounts as required by the provisions of this Article 4 in accordance with such Statement. However, such payment may be made under protest (but does not need to be specifically designated as being made under protest) pending the outcome of any audit which may be performed by the Accountant as described below. In connection with any such inspection by Tenant and/or audit by the Accountant, (i) Landlord and Tenant shall reasonably cooperate with each other so that such inspection and/or audit can be performed pursuant to a mutually acceptable schedule, in an expeditious manner and without undue interference with Landlord’s operation and management of the Project, and (ii) Landlord shall make available in such inspections and/or such audit reasonable supporting documentation in Landlord’s possession relating to the applicable Statement as Tenant may reasonably request.
     If after such inspection of Landlord’s books and records, Tenant still disputes the amount of the Operating Expenses, Tax Expenses and/or Utilities Costs set forth in the Statement, Landlord and Tenant shall meet and attempt in good faith to resolve the dispute. If the parties are unable to resolve the dispute, then Tenant shall have the right, within the Review Period, to cause an established accountant or other auditing firm (which is not paid on a commission or contingency basis) selected by Tenant (the “ Accountant ”) to complete an audit of Landlord’s books and records to help determine the proper amount of the Operating Expenses, Tax Expenses and Utilities Costs incurred and amounts payable by Tenant for the Expense Year which is the subject of such Statement. Tenant shall notify Landlord of the identity of the Accountant, and if Landlord notifies Tenant of its approval of such Accountant prior to the commencement of such audit: (A) such audit by the Accountant, if completed and delivered to Landlord by the end of the Review Period, shall be final and binding upon Landlord and Tenant; and (B) if such audit reveals that Landlord has over-charged Tenant, Landlord shall reimburse to Tenant the amount of such over-charge within thirty (30) days after the results of such audit are made available to Landlord. If Landlord does not approve such Accountant selected by Tenant prior to the commencement of such audit: (1) the Accountant shall nevertheless be entitled to conduct and complete the audit on Tenant’s behalf by the end of the Review Period, but the results of such audit shall not be binding upon Landlord; and (2) if after such audit is completed, Tenant notifies Landlord prior to the end of the Review Period that Tenant still disputes the amount of the Operating Expenses, Tax Expenses and/or Utilities Costs which was the subject of such audit, the dispute shall be resolved by binding arbitration pursuant to Section 26.32 below. Whether such dispute is resolved by binding audit or arbitration pursuant to the foregoing: (x) Tenant shall have no obligation to pay any under-charged amounts revealed by the audit or as determined in such

-28-


 

arbitration proceeding; and (y) Tenant shall pay for the cost of such audit unless it is subsequently determined in the binding audit or in the arbitration proceeding that Landlord’s original Statement which was the subject of such audit overstated Operating Expenses, Tax Expenses and Utilities Costs by three percent (3%) or more, in which case all reasonable and documented costs incurred by Tenant in connection with said audit shall be reimbursed by Landlord within thirty (30) days after demand.
     The payment by Tenant of any amounts pursuant to this Article 4 shall not preclude Tenant from questioning, during the Review Period, the correctness of the particular Statement in question provided by Landlord, but the failure of Tenant to object thereto, conduct and complete its inspection, and have the Accountant complete the audit as described above (and, if applicable, submit such dispute to binding arbitration as described above) prior to the expiration of the Review Period for such Statement shall be conclusively deemed Tenant’s approval of the Statement in question and the amount of Operating Expenses, Tax Expenses and Utilities Costs shown thereon.
     In connection with any inspection and/or audit conducted by Tenant pursuant to this Section 4.7, Tenant agrees to keep, and to cause all of Tenant’s employees and consultants and the Accountant to keep, all of Landlord’s books and records and the audit, and all information pertaining thereto and the results thereof, strictly confidential (except if required by any court to disclose such information or if such information is available from an inspection of public records), and in connection therewith, Tenant shall cause such employees, consultants and the Accountant to execute such commercially reasonable confidentiality agreements as Landlord may require prior to conducting any such inspections and/or audits.
ARTICLE 5
USE OF PREMISES
     5.1 Use .
          5.1.1 Permitted Use . Tenant shall use the Premises solely for general office purposes (which uses may include, without limitation, up to an approximately 7,500 usable square foot full service cafeteria and up to an approximately 6,000 usable square foot fitness center pursuant to Section 5.3 below, both for use by employees of Tenant and Tenant’s Affiliates), all in accordance with the terms of this Lease and consistent with the character of the Comparable Buildings (the “ Permitted Use ”). Tenant shall not use or permit the Premises to be used for any other purpose or purposes whatsoever. To the extent permitted by applicable Laws, Tenant’s Permitted Use may include a density of use of up to 6.5 persons for each usable square foot of the Premises (the “ Anticipated Density Load ”). With respect to other provisions of this Lease, the term “ Permitted Office Use ” shall mean the Permitted Use set forth above, excluding the cafeteria and fitness center uses and facilities described hereinabove, but taking into account and including therein the Anticipated Density Load.
          5.1.2 Rules and Regulations; Underlying Documents . Tenant further covenants and agrees that it shall not use, or suffer or permit any person or persons to use, the Premises or any part thereof for any use or purpose contrary to the provisions of Exhibit D , attached hereto, or in violation of applicable Laws (as defined in Article 22 below). Tenant shall comply with all recorded covenants, conditions and restrictions now or hereafter affecting the Phase IV Real Property and/or the Project (including, without limitation, that certain Master Declaration of Covenants, Conditions, Restrictions and Reservation of Easements For LNR Warner Center and Termination of Former Declaration dated May 22, 2003 and recorded in the Official Records of Los Angeles County on May 29, 2003 as Instrument No. 03 1519811, as may be amended) (collectively, the (the “ Underlying Documents ”), so long as any such Underlying Documents executed after the date hereof do not create an Adverse Condition; provided, further, that any such Underlying Documents executed after the date hereof shall not be effective against Tenant until such instruments are made of record against title to the Project or the Phase IV Real Property (including the Building) and Tenant has received a copy of the same. In connection with Tenant’s compliance obligations under any such Laws and/or such Underlying Documents, Tenant agrees, to the extent required under such Laws and/or such Underlying Documents, to: (i) develop an active recycling program to reduce solid waste, and participate in any such recycling program developed by Landlord or any common area association with or under in such covenants, conditions and restrictions, and/or developed by any local municipalities or governmental agencies having jurisdiction over the Project; (ii) use its best efforts to cooperate in and comply with programs which may be undertaken by Landlord independently, or in cooperation with local municipalities or governmental agencies or other property owners of property within and/or in the vicinity of LNR Warner Center, to reduce peak levels of commuter traffic; such programs may include, but shall not be limited to, carpools, vanpools and other ride sharing programs, public and private transit, and flexible work hours; and (iii) to the extent any such traffic mitigation programs are deemed mandatory by such local municipalities or government agencies, to comply with such programs (including any programs implemented by Landlord or any common area association under any covenants, conditions and restrictions recorded against the Project. In connection

-29-


 

with Tenant’s obligations under clauses (ii) and (iii) hereinabove, Tenant will appoint one of its employees to act as a liaison to the transportation coordinators for the Premises.
          5.1.3 Landlord’s Obligations . Landlord hereby agrees that notwithstanding the provisions of Section 5.1.2 above, in the event any provisions of this Lease are contrary to any Underlying Documents in effect as of the date of execution of this Lease, Landlord shall be responsible, at its cost (which shall not be included in Operating Expenses, Tax Expenses or Utilities Costs), for resolving any conflict in such existing Underlying Documents which would create an Adverse Condition. In addition, in cases where Tenant’s rights under this Lease are subject to the approval of any required governmental agencies, Landlord shall use commercially reasonable good faith efforts to cooperate with Tenant to obtain all such required governmental approvals, at Tenant’s expense.
     5.2 Hazardous Materials .
          5.2.1 Definitions of Hazardous Materials and Environmental Laws . As used in this Lease, the term “ Hazardous Materials ” shall mean and include any substance that is or contains petroleum, asbestos, polychlorinated biphenyls, lead, or any other substance, material or waste which is now or is hereafter classified or considered to be hazardous or toxic under any federal, state or local law, rule, regulation or ordinance relating to pollution or the protection or regulation of human health, natural resources or the environment (collectively, “ Environmental Laws ”).
          5.2.2 Tenant’s Covenants . Tenant shall not use or allow another person or entity to use any part of the Premises for the storage, use, treatment, manufacture or sale of Hazardous Material. Landlord acknowledges, however, that Tenant will maintain products in the Premises which are incidental to the operation of its general office use, including, without limitation, computer servers, tower and laptop personal computers, computer monitors, cell phones, telecommunications wiring and cable, photocopy supplies, secretarial supplies and limited janitorial supplies, which products contain, or are manufactured with, chemicals which are categorized as Hazardous Materials. Landlord agrees that the use of such products in the Premises in the manner in which such products are designed to be used and in compliance with Environmental Laws shall not be a violation by Tenant of this Article 5.
          5.2.3 Pre-Existing Hazardous Materials . Tenant shall have no obligation to investigate or remediate any Hazardous Materials located in or as part of the Base, Shell and Core as of the Lease Commencement Date or in any areas of the Project located outside the Premises that were not placed thereon or therein, or damaged or disturbed by Tenant or any of Tenant’s agents, contractors, employees, licensees or invitees.
          5.2.4 Landlord’s Representations, Covenants and Indemnity . Landlord hereby represents and warrants to Tenant that, to Landlord’s actual knowledge without duty of investigation or inquiry, as of the date of execution of this Lease, the Phase IV Real Property does not currently contain any Hazardous Materials in violation of existing applicable Environmental Laws, except as described in the Environmental Reports (as defined below), copies of which have been delivered by Landlord to Tenant. Landlord further covenants that during the Lease Term, Landlord shall comply with all Environmental Laws with respect to Landlord’s activities in and around the Building and Project, and in connection therewith, Landlord shall not cause any Hazardous Materials to be introduced in, on or under the Building or Project by Landlord, its agents, employees or contractors in violation of Environmental Laws in effect at the time of such introduction. As used in this Section 5.2.4, the term “ Environmental Reports ” collectively refers to the following reports prepared with respect to the Project: (i) those certain two letters, each dated June 8, 1998 from American Environmental Specialists, Co. to Mr. Kevin Read at Lennar Partners; (ii) that certain Bulk Asbestos Survey dated August 22, 1997 prepared by McLaren/Hart; (iii) that certain Phase I Environmental Assessment dated August 22, 1997 prepared by McLaren/Hart; (iv) that certain Phase I Environmental Site Assessment dated March 10, 2003 prepared by Geomatrix Consultants, Inc.; (v) that certain Phase II Environmental Site Assessment (draft) dated June 24, 2003 prepared by Geomatrix Consultants, Inc., and (vi) that certain No Further Action Letter dated August 23, 2006 from the California Regional Water Quality Control Board. In addition, Landlord shall indemnify, defend and hold Tenant harmless from and against, and Operating Expenses shall not include, the cost of remediation of any Hazardous Materials to the extent (A) existing on the Phase IV Real Property as of the date of execution of this Lease in violation of applicable Environmental Laws at such time, and/or (B) resulting from Landlord’s breach of its representations and/or covenants set forth above in this Section 5.2.4. Such indemnity shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease and shall be in addition and without prejudice to Landlord’s indemnity of Tenant set forth in Section 10.1.2 below. For purposes hereof, “costs of remediation” shall mean the costs associated with the investigation, testing, monitoring, containment, removal, remediation, cleanup and/or abatement of any release of any such Hazardous Materials described in the immediately preceding sentence as necessary to comply with any applicable Environmental Laws.
     5.3 Cafeteria/Fitness Center . Tenant shall have the right, subject to compliance with all applicable Laws and obtaining the prior approval of all applicable governmental authorities, to install and

-30-


 

operate a full service cafeteria within the Premises (“ Cafeteria ”) and a fitness facility within the Premises (“ Fitness Center ”), provided that (i) the size of the Cafeteria shall not exceed 7,500 usable square feet of space, (ii) the size of the Fitness Center shall not exceed 6,000 usable square feet of space, (iii) no cooking odors shall be emitted from the Cafeteria other than through ventilation equipment and systems to be installed therein by or on behalf of Tenant in accordance with the provisions of this Section 5.3, (iv) Tenant shall pay for all costs of any changes to the Base, Shell and Core (including increasing structural loading for the Fitness Center and fire-life safety modifications, if any) and any other portions of the Building required in connection with the installation of the Cafeteria and Fitness Center (and related tenant improvements and Alterations in connection therewith), and (v) Tenant shall pay for all actual and reasonable out-of-pocket increased costs incurred by Landlord and verified to Tenant with respect to the management, operation, maintenance and repair of the Building and Project resulting from Tenant’s operation of the Cafeteria and Fitness Center (such payment to be made by Tenant to Landlord within sixty (60) days after detailed invoices of such costs have been delivered to Tenant). The Cafeteria and Fitness Center shall be for the exclusive use of Tenant, Tenant’s Affiliates, and any assignee or subtenant of Tenant pursuant to an assignment or sublease entered into in accordance with Article 14 below. Except if constructed as part of the initial Tenant Improvements under the Tenant Work Letter, which shall govern such construction by Tenant, prior to making any alterations or improvements to the Premises with respect to the Cafeteria and Fitness Center and installing any kitchen, cafeteria and fitness center equipment therein (including any cooking, ventilation, air conditioning, grease traps, and other equipment in the Premises) (collectively, the “ Cafeteria/Fitness Center Facilities ”), Tenant shall deliver to Landlord, for Landlord’s prior approval, detailed plans and specifications therefor, and Tenant shall only install such Cafeteria/Fitness Center Facilities (and make any subsequent modifications thereto) in accordance with such plans and specifications approved by Landlord, provided, however, such review and approval shall be limited to identification of and objection to any Design Problems (as defined below) (or TI Design Problems, as defined in the Tenant Work Letter, if constructed as part of the initial Tenant Improvements, as the case may be). All of the Cafeteria/Fitness Center Facilities shall be installed by Tenant, at its expense, in compliance with all applicable Laws and subject to and in compliance with (A) the provisions of the Tenant Work Letter (if such Cafeteria/Fitness Center Facilities are installed by Tenant during the construction of the initial Tenant Improvements, in which case Tenant may use the Tenant Improvement Allowance to pay for the cost of design and construction of the Cafeteria/Fitness Center Facilities as provided therein), or (B) the provisions of Article 8 below, as modified by this Section 5.3, if installed after the initial Tenant Improvements have been completed. The Cafeteria, Fitness Center and the Cafeteria/Fitness Center Facilities shall be maintained and operated by Tenant, at Tenant’s expense: (1) in first-class order, condition and repair; (2) consistent with the character of the Building as a first-class office building; and (3) in compliance with all applicable Laws, such reasonable rules and regulations as may be adopted by Landlord from time to time, and the other provisions of this Lease. Tenant shall also have the sole responsibility, at its expense, for providing all janitorial service (including wet and dry trash removal) for and cleaning of the Cafeteria, Fitness Center and Cafeteria/Fitness Center Facilities, as well as all exhaust vents therefor, and shall pay for all cleaning costs incurred by Landlord in cleaning any affected portions of the Building or Project resulting from Tenant’s operation of the Cafeteria and Fitness Center. All such cleaning and janitorial service shall be performed by Tenant in a first-class manner pursuant to Section 6.6 below. Tenant may use such reputable third party vendors (who shall be licensed to perform such work if required by applicable Laws) as Tenant may require for the operation and maintenance of the Cafeteria/Fitness Center Facilities.
ARTICLE 6
SERVICES AND UTILITIES
     6.1 Standard Tenant Services . Throughout the Lease Term, Landlord shall manage and operate the Building in a first-class manner consistent with the Comparable Buildings, and provide the following services as part of Operating Expenses and/or Utilities Costs on all days during the Lease Term in a first-class manner consistent with the Comparable Buildings, unless otherwise stated below.
          6.1.1 HVAC . Subject to all governmental rules, regulations and guidelines applicable thereto, Landlord shall provide HVAC from the HVAC system to be installed by Landlord as part of the Base, Shell and Core (the “ Base Building HVAC System ”) when necessary for normal comfort for normal office use in the Premises during the Business Hours (as defined below) so as to maintain average temperatures within the Premises within the range of temperatures that are consistent with the design specifications of the Base Building HVAC System set forth in Exhibit H attached to this Lease, subject to Tenant’s obligation to install and maintain appropriate equipment to distribute the HVAC throughout the Premises from the Base Building HVAC System, and subject to extraordinary hot or cold weather periods (with respect to the zone in which the Building is located), unusual heat loads caused by Tenant’s use of the Premises, any use of the Premises for other than the Permitted Office Use, brown-outs and/or other Force Majeure events. Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Base Building HVAC System to materially perform in accordance with such design specifications (as determined without regard to the Tenant Improvements or any alterations or Tenant’s Property installed or to be installed by Tenant therein, and without regard to distribution of the Base Building HVAC System to the

-31-


 

Premises or the premises of other tenants in the Building), subject to extraordinary hot or cold weather periods, brown-outs, any use of the Premises for other than the Permitted Office Use, and/or other Force Majeure events. As used herein, “ Business Hours ” shall mean 8:00 a.m. to 6:00 p.m. Monday through Friday, and 9:00 a.m. to 1:00 p.m. on Saturday, except for the date of observation of New Year’s Day, Presidents’ Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day and any other national holidays customarily recognized by landlords of Comparable Buildings (collectively, the “ Holidays ”).
          6.1.2 Electricity . Landlord shall provide to the Premises adequate electrical wiring and facilities and power for normal general office use twenty-four (24) hours per day, seven (7) days per week, and consistent with the Consumption Standard. As used herein, the “ Consumption Standard ” shall mean five (5) watts per usable square foot of the Premises for connected electrical load of 120/208 voltage power equipment and one (1) and three-tenths (1.3) watts per usable square foot of the Premises for connected electrical load for 277/480 voltage power equipment, calculated on an average annualized basis for the Business Hours described in Section 6.1.1 above, which electricity consumption shall be defined without regard to electricity utilized by the Building’s base building equipment such as the Base Building HVAC System and Building elevators. Tenant’s use of electricity shall never exceed the electrical capacity of the Building or the Building’s electrical equipment, feeders or risers serving the Premises, which electrical capacity of the Building and such equipment, feeders or risers shall be as set forth in the Base Building Plans (as defined in the Tenant Work Letter).
          Tenant shall pay for the actual cost of all electricity consumed at the Premises (including any Special Tenant Areas), and all electricity consumed by Tenant’s Supplemental HVAC Equipment (as defined below), including without limitation, all electricity consumed within, and in excess of, the Consumption Standard. Tenant shall also pay for the costs of all gas (if any) consumed in the Cafeteria and other portions of the Premises. The amount of such electricity and gas shall be determined by separate direct meters and/or submeters to be installed by Tenant at Tenant’s expense (which may be paid out of (i) the Tenant Improvement Allowance with respect to any such meters and/or submeters installed during the initial build-out of the initial Premises, and (ii) any tenant improvement allowance provided by Landlord for any Expansion Space, First Refusal Space or First Offer Space leased by Tenant with respect to any such meters and/or submeters installed during the initial build-out of such applicable space). The costs of such electricity and gas shall be at the rates charged by the utility company (currently DWP and the Gas Company) to provide such electricity and gas (without mark-up or profit to Landlord), and subject to any incentives offered by such utility providers that are applicable to the Premises, the Special Tenant Areas and/or the Supplemental HVAC Equipment (which incentives shall inure to Tenant’s benefit). Such costs shall be paid to Landlord within sixty (60) days after invoice (or directly to the utility company prior to delinquency, if direct meters for such utilities have been installed). Landlord shall use commercially reasonable good faith efforts to work with Tenant to obtain approvals from such utility companies to install direct meters in the most economical way to measure the consumption of such utilities for the Premises, Special Tenant Areas and Supplemental HVAC Equipment.
          6.1.3 Water . Landlord shall provide in compliance with applicable Laws for normal office use, twenty-four (24) hours per day, seven (7) days per week, (i) city water from the regular building outlets for drinking, lavatory and toilet purposes (with heated water for restroom sinks in the restrooms to be constructed as part of the Base Building), and (ii) subject to the provisions of Section 6.2 below, non-heated city water for use in kitchen and executive washrooms and other eating areas and showers within the Premises.
          6.1.4 Lamp Replacement; Exterior Window Washing . Upon request, Landlord shall replace lamps, starters and ballasts for Building standard lighting fixtures (with Building standards to be determined based upon the standard tenant improvement Specifications, as defined in the Tenant Work Letter, for lighting fixtures in the Building), the cost of which shall be included in Operating Expenses. Tenant shall bear the cost of replacement of all lamps, starters and ballasts for non-Building standard lighting fixtures within the Premises. Landlord shall provide exterior window washing services at least two (2) times per year.
          6.1.5 Elevators . Landlord shall provide nonexclusive automatic passenger elevator service at all times, twenty-four (24) hours per day, seven (7) days per week.
          6.1.6 Security .
               6.1.6.1 Landlord shall provide twenty-four (24) hours per day, every day of the year, Project security equipment personnel, procedures and systems as determined by Landlord (the “ Project Security ”). Such security personnel may or may not include, at Landlord’s discretion, on-site security guards within the Building, but instead may include roving security guard(s) within the Project, whose general duties shall be in accordance with the specifications therefor attached hereto as Exhibit I (which are subject to change by Landlord from time to time provided that the overall level of security services to be provided by such security personnel shall not be below the level set forth in the

-32-


 

specifications attached hereto as Exhibit I ). In addition, following reasonable prior notice to Landlord and as part of the Project Security, Landlord shall have reasonably available at night an access control person (who may be a “rover”) to escort employees and invitees of Tenant from the Building to the Phase IV Parking Facilities, and such escort service shall be based on the reasonable availability of such person (which Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to make such person reasonably available).
               6.1.6.2 Subject to Tenant’s compliance with and Landlord’s rights under the Tenant Work Letter and Article 8 of this Lease, and subject to Landlord’s entry rights in Article 23 below, Tenant shall be permitted to install, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, its own security system (and/or non-armed security personnel) in the Premises, which security system may include a card-key access system; provided, however that Tenant shall pay for any increased cost of maintenance, repairs and other services necessitated by or resulting from such security system (and related Alterations), and shall coordinate with Landlord (with Landlord’s cooperation) the installation and operation of such security system (and related Alterations) to assure that Tenant’s security system (and related Alterations) are compatible with Landlord’s security system and designed in a manner that will allow Tenant’s employees to use a single access card to access the Building and the Premises; provided, further, that no Design Problem (as defined in Section 8.1 below) exists. The elevators shall be designed in a manner that will provide Tenant the ability to lock off any full floor portions of the Premises through card-key access. Subject to all applicable Laws, Landlord shall also cooperate with Tenant, at Tenant’s expense, to limit public access from the ground floor Building lobby to the ground floor portions of the Premises; the foregoing shall not affect Landlords’ obligation, if any, to construct, at its expense, and as part of the Base, Shell and Core, any common area corridor on the ground floor of the Building to the extent required in the Tenant Work Letter.
               6.1.6.3 Although Landlord agrees to provide the security equipment, devices, services and/or personnel set forth in the foregoing provisions of this Section 6.1.6, subject to Landlord’s indemnity in, and the other provisions of, Section 10.1.2 below: (i) neither Landlord nor the Landlord Parties shall be liable for, and Landlord and the Landlord Parties are hereby released from, any responsibility for any damage or injury either to person or property sustained by Tenant in connection with or arising from any acts or omissions of such security personnel; (ii) Tenant hereby assumes all responsibility for the protection of Tenant and its agents, employees, contractors, licensees and invitees, and the property thereof, from acts of third parties, including keeping doors locked and other means of entry to the Premises closed; and (iii) Tenant assumes the risk that any safety and security devices, equipment, services and personnel which Landlord provides may not be effective, or may malfunction or be circumvented by an unauthorized third party, and Tenant shall, in addition to its other insurance obligations under this Lease, obtain its own insurance coverage to the extent Tenant desires protection against losses related to such occurrences. The parties hereby agree that, for clarification purposes, any independent third party contractors providing such security services shall not be considered a “Landlord Party” for purposes of this Section 6.1.6.3 and the releases and waivers contained herein, but Landlord shall not have any liability as a result of such clarification.
          6.1.7 Supplemental HVAC Equipment . Tenant shall have the right to install and maintain, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, in the Premises and/or on the roof of the Building, supplemental air conditioning units (including duct work and other connections from the roof to the Premises, as applicable) for Tenant’s Data Center which may have a capacity of at least 150 tons (collectively, the “ Supplemental HVAC Equipment ”), provided that: (i) such Supplemental HVAC Equipment shall not create a Design Problem; (B) Tenant obtains Landlord’s prior written approval of such Supplemental HVAC Equipment, the loading and distribution requirements and specifications therefor, and all plans and other specifications therefor, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed; (iii) as a condition to Landlord’s consent to the installation and use of any such Supplemental HVAC Equipment, Landlord may require that the Supplemental HVAC Equipment not be connected or tied to the Building’s Systems and Equipment; (iv) in addition to performing the Landlord’s Roof Work specified below, Landlord may elect to install all or any of such Supplemental HVAC Equipment located on or affecting the roof of the Building pursuant to such approved plans and specifications, in which event Tenant shall pay to Landlord the cost thereof (which shall be at competitive market rates) prior to such installation; and (v) with respect to any Supplemental HVAC Equipment installed on the roof of the Building and the condensers, duct work and other connecting equipment therefor (collectively, the “ Supplemental Roof HVAC Equipment ”), Tenant shall only be permitted to install such Supplemental Roof HVAC Equipment if the same would not (and only in a manner which would not) void any of Landlord’s roof warranties) . The Supplemental HVAC Equipment may include supplemental HVAC for 24-hour operation, 365 days per year. Tenant shall not be entitled to tap into the chilled water system for the Building or to use any of the Building condensers in connection with any Supplemental HVAC Equipment unless Tenant obtains Landlord’s prior written consent, which consent Landlord may not unreasonably withhold, condition or delay. Landlord shall perform the roof and wall penetration work required to connect the Supplemental Roof HVAC Equipment to the Premises and provide pads and structural support for the Supplemental Roof HVAC Equipment (collectively, the “ Landlord’s Roof Work ”), at Tenant’s cost, which costs (collectively, the “ Landlord’s

-33-


 

Roof Costs ”) shall be competitive market rates and shall be paid for by Tenant within sixty (60) days after invoice, and Tenant’s use of and access to the Supplemental Roof HVAC Equipment (and other Supplemental HVAC Equipment) shall be in accordance with and subject to the applicable provisions set forth in Section 26.30 below. Tenant shall be solely responsible and shall pay for the Actual Costs (as defined below) of and related to such Supplemental HVAC Equipment, including, without limitation, the cost of installation, operation and maintenance, electricity and other utilities consumed thereby, which costs shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord within sixty (60) days after invoice. To the extent such Supplemental HVAC Equipment is installed during the construction of the initial Tenant Improvements pursuant to the Tenant Work Letter, the Landlord’s Roof Costs (if applicable) and all other costs incurred in connection with the design, acquisition and installation of the Supplemental Equipment may be paid out of and deducted from the Tenant Improvement Allowance.
     6.2 Overstandard Tenant Use; After-Hours HVAC . Tenant shall not, without Landlord’s prior written consent (which consent may not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed), (i) use heat-generating machines, machines other than normal office machines, or equipment or lighting other than building standard lights in the Premises, which may materially adversely affect the temperature otherwise maintained by the air conditioning system, or (ii) materially increase the water, including, without limitation, as a result of the use of any cafeteria, kitchen areas and/or executive washrooms and/or showers installed in the Premises (unless Tenant agrees to pay for such excess water) normally furnished for the normal office use for the Premises by Landlord pursuant to the terms of Section 6.1.3 above. If Tenant uses water in excess of the quantities to be provided by Landlord for normal office use pursuant to Section 6.1.3 above, then Tenant shall pay to Landlord, within sixty (60) days after invoice (which invoice shall include a detailed description of the applicable charges), the sum of: (A) the Actual Cost (as defined below) of such excess consumption based upon utility rates paid by Landlord, plus a three percent (3%) surcharge on such consumption costs to cover Landlord’s administrative costs; plus (B) the Actual Cost of the installation, operation (but not including utility charges to the extent separately metered to the Premises and paid by Tenant), and maintenance of equipment which is installed in order to supply such excess consumption; plus (C) the estimated Actual Cost of the increased wear and tear and depreciation on existing equipment caused by such excess consumption, as determined by a qualified, independent HVAC engineer reasonably acceptable to Tenant and Landlord (the “ Overuse Charge ”). If Tenant’s consumption of electricity consistently exceeds the Consumption Standard, in addition to Tenant’s obligation to pay the costs of electricity so consumed as provided in Section 6.1.2 above, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, within sixty (60) days after Landlords’ invoice (to be provided by Landlord on an annual basis at the end of each Lease Year), the Overuse Charge for the increased wear and tear and depreciation on existing equipment, if any, caused by such excess consumption, as determined as provided hereinabove.
     As used herein, the “ Actual Cost ” shall mean the actual out-of-pocket incremental extra costs to Landlord to provide any additional services charged by utility companies and/or any other third party providers, without mark-up for profit, overhead, depreciation or administrative costs (except as otherwise expressly provided herein to the contrary). To the extent the entire salary of any individual personnel providing any additional services to Tenant pursuant to this Section 6.2 or Section 6.4 below is included in Operating Expenses, Actual Cost shall not include and Tenant shall not be required to pay an additional amount above the administrative and/or surcharges specifically set forth in this Lease for use of such personnel (except to the extent such personnel is utilized by Tenant on an overtime basis), otherwise only the portion of such personnel’s salary allocable to the Building as part of Operating Expenses on a per-hour basis for the period of such personnel’s services as to the matter billed to Tenant shall be considered Actual Cost hereunder.
     In addition to the foregoing, if Tenant desires to use HVAC in the Premises from other than Tenant’s Supplemental HVAC Equipment during hours other than the Business Hours: (1) Tenant shall have the ability to directly activate such use on not less than a half-floor basis, via a telephonic dial-up or other access controls contained within the Premises (including specifications therefor) to be mutually agreed upon by the parties during the design of the initial Tenant Improvements pursuant to the Tenant Work Letter; (2) Landlord shall supply such non-Business Hours HVAC to Tenant at an hourly cost, determined on a per half-floor basis, equal to the sum of (a) the Actual Cost of the utilities consumed to provide such non-Business Hours HVAC, plus a three percent (3%) surcharge on such consumption costs to cover Landlord’s administrative costs, plus (b) the Overuse Charge allocable to such use, plus (c) the Actual Cost of maintenance incurred in connection therewith; and (3) Tenant shall pay such cost to Landlord as Additional Rent within sixty (60) days after invoice (which invoice shall include a detailed description of the applicable charges).
     6.3 Interruption of Use . Subject to Landlord’s indemnity of Tenant in, and the other provisions of, Section 10.1.2 below and subject to the abatement provisions in Section 6.6 below, Tenant agrees that Landlord shall not be liable for damages, by abatement of Rent or otherwise, for failure to furnish or delay in furnishing any service (including telephone and telecommunication services), or for any diminution in the quality or quantity thereof, when such failure or delay or diminution is occasioned, in whole or in part, by repairs, replacements or improvements (and Landlord agrees to perform any non-

-34-


 

emergency work during non-Business Hours unless otherwise approved by Tenant), by any strike, lockout or other labor trouble, by inability to secure electricity, gas, water, or other fuel at the Building or Project after reasonable effort to do so, by any accident or casualty whatsoever, by act or default of Tenant or other parties, or by any other cause; and such failures or delays or diminution shall never be deemed to constitute an eviction or disturbance of Tenant’s use and possession of the Premises (subject, however, to Landlord’s covenant of quiet enjoyment in Article 20 below) or relieve Tenant from paying Rent (except as provided in Section 6.6 below) or performing any of its obligations under this Lease; provided, however, that Landlord shall use commercially reasonable and diligent efforts to restore such service as soon as commercially practicable to the extent the restoration of the same is not the obligation of Tenant. Furthermore, except as expressly provided in Section 10.1 below, Landlord shall not be liable under any circumstances for a loss of, or injury to, property or for injury to, or interference with, Tenant’s business, including, without limitation, loss of profits, however occurring, through or in connection with or incidental to a failure to furnish any of the services or utilities as set forth in this Article 6.
     6.4 Additional Services . Upon Tenant’s request, Landlord shall have the right, but not the obligation, to provide any additional services which may be required by Tenant, including, without limitation, locksmithing, and additional repairs and maintenance, provided that Tenant shall pay to Landlord within sixty (60) days after billing, the sum of the Actual Costs to Landlord of such additional services, plus an administration fee equal to three percent (3%) of such Actual Costs. Charges for any service for which Tenant is required to pay from time to time hereunder shall be deemed Additional Rent hereunder, and shall be billed on a monthly basis.
     6.5 Janitorial Service . Landlord shall not be obligated to provide any janitorial services to the Premises (including any restrooms on full floors of the Premises). Tenant shall be solely responsible, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, for performing all janitorial services, trash removal and other cleaning of the Premises (including, without limitation, restrooms on full floors of the Premises and the Cafeteria). Such services to be provided by Tenant shall be performed (i) in a first-class manner and comparable to the provision of such services by the landlords of Comparable Buildings, and (ii) by such personnel and vendors who shall (A) be reasonably approved by Landlord, (B) not create labor disharmony at the Building or Project (and at Landlord’s request, all third party vendors providing such services shall be union labor if all janitorial services provided by Landlord for the Phase IV Real Property are provided under union labor agreements), (C) not unreasonably interfere with the janitorial services provided by Landlord for the Building and Project, and (D) abide by Landlord’s reasonable rules, regulations and procedures in connection therewith. Within ninety (90) days prior to the Lease Commencement Date, the parties shall mutually and reasonably determine the estimated direct cost of providing such janitorial services to the Premises, and such costs shall be deducted from the monthly Base Rent scheduled to paid with respect to the Premises during the entire initial Lease Term as provided in Section 8 of the Summary. If the parties are unable to reach agreement upon the amount of such direct costs and/or such corresponding monthly Base rent reduction, such amounts shall be determined by arbitration pursuant to Section 26.32 below.
     6.6 Abatement of Rent When Tenant Is Prevented From Using Premises . In the event that Tenant is actually prevented from using, and does not use, the Premises or any portion thereof, for the Eligibility Period (as defined below) as a result of any of the following (each an “ Abatement Event ”) (i) any construction, repair, maintenance or alteration performed by Landlord after the Lease Commencement Date, (ii) any failure by Landlord to provide to the Premises any of the essential utilities and services required to be provided in Sections 6.1.1 or 6.1.2 above, (iii) any failure by Landlord to provide access to the Premises, or access to, or use of, the parking passes to which Tenant is entitled under this Lease in those areas of the Parking Facilities where such parking passes are located (to the extent reasonable replacement parking passes are not provided by Landlord within the Parking Facilities of the Project and/or other parking facilities, in each case, located within a reasonable walking distance of the Phase IV Real Property), (iv) any failure by Landlord to perform Landlord’s repair obligations under Section 7.2 below prior to the expiration of the Outside Repair Period (as defined in Section 7.3 below), (v) the presence of Hazardous Materials in, on or around the Building, the Premises or the Project which were not caused or introduced by Tenant or Tenant’s agents, employees, licensees or invitees, and which Hazardous Materials pose a material and significant health risk to occupants of the Premises as determined by applicable governmental authorities pursuant to applicable Environmental Laws by written notice delivered to Landlord and Tenant, or (vi) any entry onto the Premises by Landlord pursuant to Article 23 below, then Tenant’s obligation to pay Base Rent and Tenant’s Share of increases in Operating Expenses, Tax Expenses and Utilities Costs shall be abated or reduced, as the case may be, from and after the first (1st) day following the Eligibility Period and continuing until such time that Tenant continues to be so prevented from using, and does not use, the Premises or a portion thereof (the “ Unusable Area ”), in the proportion that the rentable square feet of the portion of the Premises that Tenant is prevented from using, and does not use, bears to the total rentable square feet of the Premises. However, if less than all, but a substantial portion, of the Premises is unfit for occupancy and the remainder of the Premises (other than Tenant’s Data Center and other computer and data rooms) is not sufficient to allow Tenant to effectively conduct its business therein as a result of an Abatement Event, and if Tenant does not conduct its business from the Unusable Area affected by such Abatement Event and such remaining portion (other

-35-


 

than Tenant’s Data Center and other computer and data rooms), then the Base Rent and Tenant’s Share of increases in Operating Expenses, Tax Expenses and Utilities Costs for the entire Premises shall be abated for such time after the expiration of the Eligibility Period that Tenant continues to be so prevented from using, and does not use, the entire Premises (other than Tenant’s Data Center and other computer and data rooms, which areas if used by Tenant shall not be eligible for any such abatement during the period of such use). If, however, Tenant reoccupies any portion of the Premises during such period, the Base Rent and Tenant’s Share of increases in Operating Expenses, Tax Expenses and Utilities Costs allocable to such reoccupied portion, based on the proportion that the rentable square feet of such reoccupied portion of the Premises bears to the total rentable square feet of the Premises, shall be payable by Tenant from the date Tenant reoccupies such portion of the Premises. If Tenant’s right to abatement occurs during a free rent period which arises after the Lease Commencement Date, Tenant’s free rent period shall be extended for the number of days that the abatement period overlapped the free rent period (“ Overlap Period ”). Landlord shall have the right to extend the Lease Expiration Date for a period of time equal to the Overlap Period if Landlord sends a Notice to Tenant of such election within thirty (30) days following the end of the extended free rent period.
     As used herein, the “ Eligibility Period ” shall mean five (5) consecutive business days (disregarding for such calculation any interruption due to weekend days or holidays occurring between consecutive business days) or ten (10) cumulative business days in any twelve (12) consecutive month period.
     Such right to abate Base Rent and Tenant’s Share of increases in Operating Expenses, Tax Expenses and Utilities Costs (and right to receive any such incremental out-of-pocket temporary relocation expenses) shall be Tenant’s sole and exclusive remedy at law or in equity for an Abatement Event; provided, however, that (A) nothing in this Section 6.6 shall impair Tenant’s rights under Section 19.7 below, and (B) if Landlord has not cured such Abatement Event within nine (9) months after receipt of notice from Tenant of such Abatement Event, Tenant shall have the right to terminate this Lease during the first ten (10) business days of each calendar month following the end of such nine (9) month period until such time as Landlord has cured the Abatement Event, which right may be exercised only by delivery of thirty (30) days’ prior notice to Landlord (the “ Abatement Event Termination Notice ”) during such ten (10) business-day period, and shall be effective as of a date set forth in the Abatement Event Termination Notice (the “ Abatement Event Termination Date ”), which Abatement Event Termination Date shall not be less than thirty (30) days, and not more than one hundred twenty (120) days following the delivery of the Abatement Event Termination Notice. Notwithstanding anything contained in this Section 6.6 to the contrary, Tenant’s Abatement Event Termination Notice shall be null and void (but only in connection with the first Abatement Event Termination Notice sent by Tenant with respect to each separate Abatement Event) if Landlord cures such Abatement Event within such thirty (30) day period following receipt of such Abatement Event Termination Notice. If Tenant’s right to abatement and/or termination occurs because of a damage or destruction pursuant to Article 11 or a taking pursuant to Article 13, then (1) the Eligibility Period shall not be applicable, and (2) Tenant’s termination right in this Section 6.6 shall not be applicable, as such abatement and termination rights shall be governed by Articles 11 and 13, respectively, and not this Section 6.6. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall not have the right to terminate this Lease pursuant to the terms of this Section 6.6, if, as of the date of delivery by Tenant of the Abatement Event Termination Notice, (x) the first trust deed holder of the Building (the “ Bank ”) has recorded a notice of default on the Building or filed a notice evidencing a legal action by the Bank against Landlord on the Building, and (y) the Bank diligently proceeds to gain possession of the Premises and, to the extent Bank does gain possession of the Premises, the Bank diligently proceeds to cure such Abatement Event. Except as expressly provided in this Section 6.6, nothing contained herein shall be interpreted to mean that Tenant is excused from paying Rent due hereunder.
     6.7 Access to Premises and Parking Passes . Subject to all of the terms and conditions of this Lease, including the Rules and Regulations attached hereto as Exhibit D , the Underlying Documents, and all applicable Laws, Tenant shall have access to the Premises (and also subject to Article 24 below, the number of parking passes within the Parking Allotment at the designated Phase IV Parking Facilities specified therefor in Section 10.1 of the Summary, and any additional parking passes leased by Tenant under this Lease) twenty-four (24) hours per day, seven (7) days per week.
     6.8 NNN Lease . In the event Tenant subsequently leases the entire Building under this Lease, Tenant, at its election, may convert this Lease to a NNN basis ( i.e. , to the extent practicable, Tenant may elect to provide and pay directly for all of the services and utilities otherwise required to be provided by Landlord under this Lease, and separately meter the entire Building for all such utilities). In such event, (i) the Management Fee Percentage to be used for purposes of calculating the management fees which may be included in Operating Expenses following such conversion with respect to the management services provided to the Building, only, shall be reduced to one percent (1%) to reflect the reduced management services to be provided by Landlord for the Building, (ii) in determining the cost of all utilities and services payable directly by Tenant, Landlord shall no longer be entitled to receive any administrative fee in connection therewith, and (iii) Tenant and Landlord shall use good faith efforts to

-36-


 

determine and agree upon: (A) the direct costs of providing all such NNN services and utilities no longer required to be provided by Landlord and which were otherwise included in Operating Expenses or Utilities Costs, and such amounts shall be deducted from the Base Rent next payable by Tenant under this Lease after such conversion (which Base Rent amount is currently determined on a modified full service gross basis to exclude the costs of electricity provided to the Premises, and will be further modified pursuant to Section 6.5 above to exclude the costs of janitorial services provided to the Premises) to determine the NNN Base Rent to be paid by Tenant under this Lease following such conversion (which new Base Rent amount shall be subject to annual three percent (3%) cumulative and compounded increases during each year of the Lease Term following such conversion); and (B) the appropriate revisions that shall be made to this Lease (in the form of an amendment to be executed by the parties prior to such conversion) to reflect that Tenant, rather than Landlord, will be responsible for providing such services and utilities (including, without limitation, revising the definition of Operating Expenses and Utilities Costs to exclude the costs of such utilities and services to be provided by Tenant). In the event this Lease is so converted to a NNN basis, (1) the base year concept for determining Operating Expenses, Tax Expenses and Utilities Costs increases shall be eliminated at the time of the conversion, and (2) all prior non-reconciled Operating Expenses, Tax Expenses and Utilities Costs increases shall be reconciled during the next reconciliation period.
ARTICLE 7
REPAIRS
     7.1 Tenant’s Repairs . Subject to and except for the items which are Landlord’s repair obligations in Section 7.2 and subject to the provisions of Articles 11 and 13 below, Tenant shall, at Tenant’s own expense, keep the Premises and all portions thereof which were not constructed or installed by or on behalf of Landlord as part of the Base, Shell and Core, including all improvements, fixtures, equipment and furnishings in the Premises (including, without limitation, all non-Base, Shell and Core systems and equipment within the Premises, including all components and equipment and systems providing distribution from the Base, Shell and Core systems and equipment), in first-class order, condition and repair at all times during the Lease Term, except for ordinary wear and tear and casualty damage which is not specifically made the responsibility of Tenant under this Lease. In connection with such repair obligations, Tenant shall, at Tenant’s own expense but subject to the prior approval of Landlord to the extent required under Article 8 (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed), and within any reasonable period of time specified by Landlord, promptly and adequately repair all damage to the Premises and replace or repair all damaged or broken fixtures and appurtenances; provided however, if Tenant fails to make such repairs within thirty (30) days after notice from Landlord and after Landlord has notified Tenant of its intention to do so (or immediately in case of emergency and without notice required from Landlord to Tenant), Landlord may, but need not, make such repairs and replacements, and Tenant shall pay to Landlord, within thirty (30) days after invoice, the actual, reasonable and documented costs thereof, plus an administration fee equal to three percent (3%) of such costs. Landlord may, but shall not be required to, enter the Premises (but except during emergencies if absolutely required to respond to such emergency, Landlord may not enter Secured Areas, as defined in 23.2 of this Lease) at all reasonable times, and upon at least two (2) business days’ prior notice to Tenant (or with such notice as is reasonable under the circumstances, including telephonic notice, in cases of emergency), to make such repairs, alterations, improvements and additions to the Premises or to the Building or to any equipment located in the Building as shall be necessary or desirable in connection with the first-class management and operation standards for the Building set forth herein, and/or as may be required for Landlord to comply with the provisions of this Lease and/or as may be required by applicable Laws and/or governmental or quasi-governmental authority or court order or decree. Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to minimize interference with Tenant’s use of and access to the Premises during Landlord’s entry into the Premises to perform such work pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section 7.1.
     7.2 Landlord’s Repairs . Anything contained in Section 7.1 above to the contrary notwithstanding, and subject to Articles 11 and 13 below, at all times during the Lease Term Landlord shall repair and maintain in first class order, condition and repair and in a manner generally consistent with the maintenance and repair standards of Comparable Buildings, the structural portions of the Building (including, without limitation, foundations, exterior walls, bearing walls, support beams, columns, shafts, elevator cabs and fire stairwells), the exterior windows of the Building, the roof of the Building, the Base, Shell and Core components of the Building (including the restrooms originally installed as part of the Base, Shell and Core and the mechanical, electrical and telephone closets), the Systems and Equipment of the Building located outside the Premises (and inside the Premises to the extent part of the Base, Shell and Core), and the common areas of the Building (and the common areas of the Phase IV Real Property, plazas, art work and sculptures, until such time as such repair and maintenance obligations therefor are made the obligation of any common area association); provided, however, to the extent such Landlord-required maintenance and repairs are required to be performed as a result of the negligence or willful misconduct or omission of any duty by Tenant, its agents, employees or invitees, Tenant shall pay to Landlord as additional rent, the reasonable cost of such maintenance and

-37-


 

repairs (but only to the extent such cost is not covered by Landlord’s insurance obtained pursuant to Section 10.2 of this Lease). Subject to Landlord’s indemnity of Tenant in, and the other provisions of, Section 10.1.2 below and subject to the abatement provisions in Section 6.6 above, there shall be no abatement of Rent and no liability of Landlord (including any liability for any injury to or interference with Tenant’s business) arising from the making of or failure to make any repairs, alterations or improvements in or to any portion of the Project, the Building or the Premises or in or to fixtures, appurtenances and equipment therein. Subject to Section 7.3 below, Tenant hereby waives and releases its right to make repairs at Landlord’s expense under Sections 1941 and 1942 of the California Civil Code, or under any similar law, statute, or ordinance now or hereafter in effect. Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything in this Lease to the contrary, Tenant shall not be required to make any repair to, modification of, or addition to the Base, Shell and Core of the Building, and/or the Systems and Equipment of the Building and Project located outside the Premises (and inside the Premises to the extent part of the Base, Shell and Core), except and to the extent required because of (i) any Alterations or Tenant Improvements installed by or on behalf of Tenant (including, without limitation, any Cafeteria/Fitness Center Facilities), (ii) any specific act, omission or negligence of Tenant or Tenant’s agents, contractors, employees or licensees that is not covered by insurance obtained, or required to be obtained by, Landlord as part of Operating Expenses and as to which the waiver of subrogation applies, and/or (iii) Tenant’s specific manner of use of the Premises (as distinguished from the Permitted Office Use).
     7.3 Tenant’s Self-Help Rights . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Article 7, if Tenant provides written notice to Landlord of the need for repairs and/or maintenance which are Landlord’s obligation to perform under the terms of this Lease, and Landlord fails to perform such repairs and/or maintenance within a reasonable period of time, given the circumstances, after receipt of such notice, but in any event not later than thirty (30) days after receipt of such notice (or such longer time as is reasonably necessary if more than thirty (30) days are reasonably required to complete such repairs and Landlord commences such repairs within such 30-day period and thereafter diligently attempts to complete same, provided that in cases of emergency involving imminent threat of serious injury or damage to persons or property within the Premises or the failure of any essential services which Landlord is required to provide to the Premises pursuant to this Lease and which materially interferes with Tenant’s operation of its business in the Premises, Landlord shall have only one (1) business day after receipt of such notice or such later period of time as is reasonably necessary to commence and complete such corrective action), then Tenant may proceed to undertake such repairs and/or maintenance upon delivery of an additional three (3) business days’ notice to Landlord that Tenant is taking such required action (but no such additional notice shall be required in the event of any such emergency type repairs described hereinabove). If such repairs and/or maintenance were required under the terms of this Lease to be performed by Landlord and are not performed by Landlord prior to the expiration of such 3-business day period with respect to non-emergency type repairs, and the expiration of such 1-business day or longer period with respect to emergency-type repairs (the “ Outside Repair Period ”), then Tenant shall be entitled to reimbursement by Landlord of Tenant’s actual, reasonable, and documented costs and expenses in performing such maintenance and/or repairs. Such reimbursement shall be made within thirty (30) days after Landlord’s receipt of invoice of such costs and expenses, and if Landlord fails to so reimburse Tenant within such 30-day period, then Tenant shall be entitled to offset against the Rent payable by Tenant under this Lease the amount of such invoice together with interest thereon, at the Interest Rate, which shall have accrued on the amount of such invoice during the period from and after Tenant’s delivery of such invoice to Landlord through and including the earlier of the date Landlord delivers the payment to Tenant or the date Tenant offsets such amount against the Rent; provided, however, that notwithstanding the foregoing to the contrary, if (i) Landlord delivers to Tenant prior to the expiration of the Outside Repair Period described above, a written objection to Tenant’s right to receive any such reimbursement based upon Landlord’s good faith claim that such action did not have to be taken by Landlord pursuant to the terms of this Lease, or (ii) Landlord delivers to Tenant, within thirty (30) days after receipt of Tenant’s invoice, a written objection to the payment of such invoice based upon Landlord’s good faith claim that such charges are excessive (in which case, Landlord shall reimburse Tenant, within such 30-day period, the amount Landlord contends would not be excessive), then Tenant shall not be entitled to such reimbursement or offset against Rent, but Tenant, as its sole remedy, may proceed to institute arbitration pursuant to Section 26.32 below to determine and collect the amount, if any, of such reimbursement. In the event Tenant prevails in such arbitration and receives a monetary arbitration award against Landlord, then Landlord shall pay such arbitration award to Tenant within thirty (30) days of date such arbitration award is issued. If such arbitration award is not so paid, then, notwithstanding any contrary provision of this Lease, Tenant shall be entitled to offset against the Rent payable under this Lease the amount of such monetary arbitration award together with interest which shall have accrued on such monetary arbitration award during the period from and after the day after the date such monetary arbitration award was issued through and including the date that Tenant offsets against the Rent the amount of such monetary arbitration award, at the Interest Rate. In the event Tenant undertakes such repairs and/or maintenance, and such work will affect the Systems and Equipment, any structural portions of the Building, any common areas of the Project or other areas outside the Building and/or the exterior appearance of the Building or Project (or any portion thereof), Tenant shall use only those unrelated third party contractors used by Landlord in the Building for such work unless such contractors are unwilling or unable to perform such work at competitive prices, in which event Tenant may utilize the

-38-


 

services of any other qualified contractor which normally and regularly performs similar work in Comparable Buildings. Tenant shall comply with the other terms and conditions of this Lease if Tenant takes the required action, except that Tenant is not required to obtain Landlord’s consent for such repairs.
ARTICLE 8
ADDITIONS AND ALTERATIONS
     8.1 Landlord’s Consent to Alterations . Tenant may not make any improvements, alterations, additions or changes to the Premises (collectively, the “ Alterations ”) without first procuring the prior written consent of Landlord to such Alterations, which consent shall be requested by Tenant not less than ten (10) calendar days prior to the commencement thereof, and which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld by Landlord, provided that it shall be deemed reasonable for Landlord to withhold its consent to any Alterations which would or may result in any of the following (collectively, a “ Design Problem ”): (i) such Alteration would affect the structural components of the Building or adversely affect the Systems and Equipment; (ii) such Alteration would affect any area, or can be seen from any area, outside the Premises or the Building; (iii) such Alteration would not comply with applicable Laws or any other provisions of this Lease; (iv) such Alteration would unreasonably interfere with the normal and customary business operations of other tenants of the Building or Project; or (v) such Alteration would or may cause or create a dangerous or hazardous condition. Landlord shall notify Tenant of its approval or disapproval of any such Alterations within ten (10) calendar days after receipt of Tenant’s written request therefor; if Landlord fails to notify Tenant of such approval or disapproval and such failure continues for three (3) calendar days after notice of such failure from Tenant, then Landlord shall be deemed to have approved the Alterations so requested by Tenant. Tenant shall pay for all overhead, general conditions, fees and other costs and expenses of the Alterations, and shall pay to Landlord a Landlord supervision fee of one and one-half percent (1.5%) of the “hard” construction cost of the Alterations. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 8.1, Tenant may make non-structural interior alterations, additions or improvements to the interior of the Premises, including, without limitation, installation of telephone, computer and telecommunication lines and cables within the interior of the Premises (collectively, the “ Acceptable Changes ”) without Landlord’s consent, provided that: (A) Tenant delivers to Landlord written notice of such Acceptable Changes at least ten (10) days prior to the commencement thereof; (B) the cost of each such Acceptable Change does not exceed Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000.00) (but there shall be no cap on the cost of any purely cosmetic or decorative interior non-structural changes made to the Premises [such as, for example, painting and carpeting work] which do not require the issuance of a building permit or other governmental approval); (C) such Acceptable Changes shall be performed by or on behalf of Tenant in compliance with the other provisions of this Article 8; and (D) such Acceptable Changes would not result in a Design Problem. The construction of the initial improvements to the Premises shall be governed by the terms of the Tenant Work Letter and not the terms of this Article 8.
     8.2 Manner of Construction . Landlord may impose, as a condition to all Alterations or repairs of the Premises or about the Premises, such reasonable requirements consistent with the requirements of landlords of Comparable Buildings (provided that the same shall in any event be consistent with the terms and conditions of this Lease). Tenant shall construct such Alterations and perform such repairs: (i) utilizing for such purposes only contractors, materials, mechanics and materialmen reasonably approved by Landlord, except that Landlord may designate the contractors and subcontractors to perform all work affecting the structural components of the Building or the Systems and Equipment provided such contractors and subcontractors are unrelated to Landlord and agree to perform such work at competitive prices in the market where the Premises are located and are reasonably available; (ii) in conformance with any and all applicable rules and regulations of any federal, state, county or municipal code or ordinance and pursuant to a valid building permit, issued by the city of Los Angeles; and (iii) in conformance with Landlord’s reasonable, non-discriminatory construction rules and regulations. Landlord’s approval of the plans, specifications and working drawings for Tenant’s Alterations shall create no responsibility or liability on the part of Landlord for their completeness, design sufficiency, or compliance with all laws, rules and regulations of governmental agencies or authorities. All work with respect to any Alterations must be done in a good and workmanlike manner and diligently prosecuted to completion so that the Premises shall at all times be a complete unit except during the period of work. In performing the work of any such Alterations, Tenant shall have the work performed in such manner so as not to unreasonably obstruct access to the Building or Project or the common areas for any other tenant of the Project, and so as not to obstruct the business of Landlord or other tenants in the Project, or interfere with the labor force working on the Project, in any unreasonable respect. In the event that Tenant makes any Alterations, Tenant agrees to carry “Installation Risk” insurance in an amount reasonably approved by Landlord covering the construction of such Alterations, and such other insurance as Landlord may reasonably require, it being understood and agreed that all of such Alterations shall be insured by Tenant pursuant to Article 10 of this Lease immediately upon completion thereof. In addition, with respect to any Alterations to be made in the Building by any assignee of Tenant which is not an Affiliate and which cost in excess of $300,000.00, Landlord may, in its discretion, require such assignee to obtain a lien and completion bond, or, at Landlord’s option, some alternate form of security reasonably

-39-


 

satisfactory to Landlord, in an amount reasonably sufficient to ensure the lien-free completion of such Alterations and naming Landlord as a co-obligee. Upon completion of any Alterations, Tenant agrees to cause a Notice of Completion to be recorded in the office of the Recorder of Los Angeles County in accordance with Section 3093 of the Civil Code of the State of California or any successor statute, and Tenant shall deliver to the management office for the Building a reproducible copy of the “as built” drawings of the Alterations. In the event Tenant fails to so record the Notice of Completion as required pursuant to this Section 8.2, then such failure shall not, in and of itself, constitute a default hereunder but Tenant shall indemnify, defend, protect and hold harmless Landlord and the Landlord Parties from any and all loss, cost, damage, expense and liability (including, without limitation, court costs and reasonable attorneys’ fees) in connection with such failure by Tenant to so record the Notice of Completion as required hereunder, excluding any indirect, consequential or punitive damages.
     8.3 Landlord’s Property . All Alterations, improvements and/or fixtures (excluding Tenant’s Property) which may be installed or placed in or about the Premises, from time to time, shall be at the sole cost of Tenant and shall become the property of Landlord upon expiration of the Lease Term or earlier termination of this Lease; provided, however: (i) Tenant may not remove any Tenant Improvements or Alterations (excluding Tenant’s Property) paid for by Landlord with Landlord’s own funds and/or out of any tenant improvement allowances provided by Landlord (except any such removal made in connection with Alterations approved by Landlord or not required to be approved by Landlord); and (ii) Landlord shall, by written notice delivered to Tenant concurrently with Landlord’s approval of the final working drawings for any Alterations (or for the initial Tenant Improvements constructed for the Premises), identify those Alterations (or initial Tenant Improvements for Tenant’s initial occupancy, as the case may be) which Landlord will require Tenant to remove at the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease; provided further, however, that Tenant shall in no event be required to remove any such Alterations (or initial Tenant Improvements, as the case may be) other than (A) any raised floors, internal stairwells, vaults, Cafeteria/Fitness Center Facilities and other similar special use tenant improvements (collectively, “ Special Use Improvements ”), and/or (B) those other improvements or alterations which are of such specialized nature or application that the same are not reasonably suited for use by a successor occupant of the Premises for general office use, and the cost to demolish such items exceeds the cost to demolish general office improvements. If Landlord requires Tenant to remove any such Alterations (or any such initial tenant improvements) which are constructed for the Premises, Tenant, at its sole cost and expense, shall remove the identified Alterations and improvements on or before the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease and repair any damage to the Premises caused by such removal. If Tenant fails to complete such removal and/or to repair any damage caused by the removal of any Alterations or improvements, Landlord may do so and may charge the cost thereof to Tenant.
     8.4 Equipment Leasing and Financing . Notwithstanding any provision of this Lease to the contrary, Tenant may enter into leases for, and/or grant security interests in, Tenant’s Property in the Premises pursuant to commercially reasonable leases and/or security agreements, and Landlord shall: (i) subordinate any landlord lien rights it may have in and to such items to the interest of the lessors and lenders therein and, in the case of trade fixtures, waive any claim that the same are part of the Building by virtue of being affixed thereto; and (ii) permit the lessors and lenders under any such leases and security agreements to remove the leased or encumbered property upon default by Tenant under such leases and security agreements, so long as (A) such removal work is performed on or prior to the expiration of this Lease, or within ten (10) days following any early termination of this Lease (provided the lessors and/or lenders agree to and shall pay to Landlord the Rent which would otherwise have been payable to Tenant under this Lease, had this Lease not been so terminated, during the portion of such 10-day period following any such early termination utilized by such parties for such removal), and (B) each such party repairs any damage to the Premises caused by such removal.
ARTICLE 9
COVENANT AGAINST LIENS
     Tenant has no authority or power to cause or permit any lien or encumbrance of any kind whatsoever, whether created by act of Tenant, operation of law or otherwise, to attach to or be placed upon the Project, Building or Premises, and any and all liens and encumbrances created by Tenant shall attach to Tenant’s interest only, subject, however, to the provisions of Article 14 below. Landlord shall have the right at all times to post and keep posted on the Premises any notice which it deems necessary for protection from such liens. Tenant covenants and agrees not to suffer or permit any lien of mechanics or materialmen or others to be placed against the Project, the Building or the Premises with respect to work or services claimed to have been performed for or materials claimed to have been furnished to Tenant or the Premises (excluding any work performed by Landlord), and, in case of any such lien attaching or notice of any lien, reserves the right to contest such lien, provided that Tenant shall, at its sole cost and expense, provide a bond in accordance with the California Civil Code, Section 3143. If Tenant does not timely exercise its right to contest such lien, Tenant covenants and agrees to cause it to be released and removed of record (by payment, statutory bond or other lawful means) within twenty (20) business days after Tenant has notice of such lien. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in

-40-


 

this Lease, in the event that such lien is not released and removed of record within such 20-business day period, then Landlord, at its sole option, may immediately take all action necessary to release and remove such lien, without any duty to investigate the validity thereof, and all reasonable sums, costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs, incurred by Landlord in connection with such lien shall be deemed Additional Rent under this Lease and shall be paid by Landlord to Tenant within thirty (30) days after written demand by Landlord.
ARTICLE 10
INSURANCE
     10.1 Indemnification and Waiver .
          10.1.1 Subject to and except as expressly provided in Section 10.1.2 below: (i) Tenant hereby assumes all risk of damage to property and injury to persons, in or on the Premises from any cause whatsoever; (ii) Tenant hereby agrees that, to the extent not prohibited by law, Landlord, and its partners and subpartners, and their respective officers, agents, property managers, employees, and independent contractors (collectively, “ Landlord Parties ”) shall not be liable for, and are hereby released from any responsibility for, any damage to property or injury to persons or resulting from the loss of use thereof, which damage or injury is sustained by Tenant or by other persons claiming through Tenant; and (iii) Tenant shall indemnify, defend, protect, and hold harmless the Landlord Parties from any and all loss, cost, damage, expense and liability, including, without limitation, court costs and reasonable attorneys’, accountants’, appraisers’ and other professionals’ fees (collectively, “ Claims ”) incurred in connection with or arising from any cause in or on the Premises (including, without limitation, Tenant’s installation, placement and removal of Alterations, improvements, fixtures and/or equipment in or on the Premises), and any negligence or willful misconduct of Tenant or of any person claiming by, through or under Tenant, or of the contractors, agents, employees or licensees of Tenant or any such person, in, on or about the Premises, Building and Project; provided, however, such indemnity shall not include any lost profit, loss of business or other consequential damages.
          10.1.2 Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 10.1.1 above to the contrary, the assumption of risk and release by Tenant set forth in Sections 10.1.1 (i) and (ii) above, and Tenant’s indemnity of Landlord in Section 10.1.1 (iii) above, shall not apply to: (i) any Claims to the extent resulting from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or the Landlord Parties and not insured or required to be insured by Tenant under this Lease (collectively, the “ Excluded Claims ”); or (ii) any loss of or damage to Landlord’s property to the extent Landlord has waived such loss or damage pursuant to Section 10.4 below. In addition, Landlord shall indemnify, defend, protect and hold Tenant harmless from all such Excluded Claims, except for (A) any loss or damage to Tenant’s property to the extent Tenant has waived such loss or damage pursuant to Section 10.4 below, and (B) any lost profits, loss of business or other consequential damages.
          10.1.3 Tenant’s agreement to indemnify Landlord and Landlord’s agreement to indemnify Tenant pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section 10.1 are not intended to and shall not relieve any insurance carrier of its obligations under policies required to be carried by Tenant and Landlord pursuant to the provisions of this Lease, to the extent such policies cover the matters subject to Tenant’s and Landlord’s indemnification obligations; nor shall they supersede any inconsistent agreement of the parties set forth in any other provision of this Lease.
          10.1.4 The provisions of this Section 10.1 shall survive the expiration or sooner termination of this Lease.
     10.2 Landlord’s Insurance and Tenant’s Compliance with Insurance Requirements . Landlord shall, from and after the date hereof until the expiration of the Lease Term, maintain in effect the following insurance: (i) physical damage insurance (including a rental loss endorsement) providing coverage in the event of fire, vandalism, malicious mischief and all other risks normally covered under “special form” policies in the geographical area of the Building, covering the Building (excluding, at Landlord’s option, the property required to be insured by Tenant pursuant to Section 10.3 below) in an amount not less than one hundred percent (100%) of the full replacement value (less reasonable deductibles) of the Building, together with such other risks as Landlord may from time to time determine (provided however, that Landlord shall have the right, but not the obligation, to obtain earthquake and/or flood insurance); and (ii) commercial general liability insurance including a Commercial Broad Form Endorsement or the equivalent in the amount of at least Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000.00), against claims of bodily injury, personal injury or property damage arising out of Landlord’s operations, assumed liabilities (including the liabilities assumed by Landlord under this Lease), contractual liabilities, or use of the Building, common areas and Parking Facilities. Such insurance shall also provide for rent continuation insurance equal to at least twelve (12) months’ rent. Such coverages may be carried under blanket insurance policies. The insurers providing such insurance shall be licensed to do business in the State of California and meet the criteria set forth in Section 10.3.4(iii) below, and the policies of insurance

-41-


 

with respect to property loss or damage by fire or other casualty shall contain a waiver of subrogation as provided in Section 10.4 below. Tenant shall, at Tenant’s expense, comply as to the Premises with all reasonable insurance company requirements pertaining to the use of the Premises. If Tenant’s conduct or use of the Premises for other than the Permitted Office Use causes any increase in the premium for Landlord’s insurance policies, then Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for any such increase. Tenant, at its expense, shall comply with all applicable Laws in its use of the Premises.
     10.3 Tenant’s Insurance . From and after the date (the “ Insurance Start Date ”) which is the earlier of (i) the date Tenant enters any portion of the Premises to commence occupancy thereof or perform any work under this Lease or install any of Tenant’s Property therein or (ii) the Lease Commencement Date, and continuing thereafter throughout the Lease Term, Tenant shall maintain the following coverages in the following amounts.
          10.3.1 Commercial General Liability Insurance covering the insured against claims of bodily injury, personal injury and property damage arising out of Tenant’s operations, assumed liabilities or use of the Premises, including a Broad Form Commercial General Liability endorsement covering the insuring provisions of this Lease and the performance by Tenant of the indemnity agreements set forth in Section 10.1 of this Lease, for limits of liability not less than:
     
Bodily Injury and
  $5,000,000.00 each occurrence
Property Damage Liability
  $5,000,000.00 annual aggregate
 
   
Personal Injury Liability
  $5,000,000.00 each occurrence
$5,000,000.00 annual aggregate
          10.3.2 Physical Damage Insurance covering (i) all office furniture, trade fixtures, office equipment, merchandise and all other items of Tenant’s property on the Premises installed by, for, or at the expense of Tenant, (ii) the Tenant Improvements, including any Tenant Improvements which Landlord permits to be installed above the ceiling of the Premises or below the floor of the Premises, and (iii) all other improvements, Alterations and additions to the Premises, including any improvements, Alterations or additions installed at Tenant’s request above the ceiling of the Premises or below the floor of the Premises. Such insurance shall be written on a “physical loss or damage” basis under a “special form” policy, for the full replacement cost value new without deduction for depreciation of the covered items and in amounts that meet any co-insurance clauses of the policies of insurance and shall include a vandalism and malicious mischief endorsement, and sprinkler leakage coverage.
          10.3.3 Worker’s compensation insurance as required by law.
          10.3.4 Business interruption, loss-of-income and extra expense insurance in such amounts as will reimburse Tenant for direct loss of earnings attributable to all perils commonly insured against by prudent tenants or attributable to prevention of access to the Premises or to the Building as a result of such perils.
          10.3.5 Form of Policies . The minimum limits of policies of insurance required to be carried by Landlord and Tenant under this Lease shall in no event limit the liability of Tenant or Landlord under this Lease. Tenant’s insurance shall: (i) name Landlord, and any property manager and mortgagee of Landlord, as loss payees or additional insureds, as their respective interests may appear (for the insurance to be provided under Sections 10.3.1, 10.3.2(ii) and 10.3.2(iii) above, only); (ii) specifically cover the liability assumed by Tenant under this Lease to the extent insurable by a commercially reasonably available Commercial General Liability Policy, including, but not limited to, Tenant’s obligations under Section 10.1.1 of this Lease; (iii) be issued by an insurance company having a rating of A-VIII or above in Best’s Insurance Guide or which is otherwise acceptable to Landlord and approved to do business in the State of California; (iv) be primary insurance as to all claims thereunder and provide that any insurance carried by Landlord is excess and is non-contributing with any insurance requirement of Tenant; (v) provide that said insurance shall not be canceled or coverage changed below the minimum amounts required hereunder unless ten (10) days’ prior written notice shall have been given to Landlord and any mortgagee or ground or underlying lessor of Landlord, to the extent such names are furnished to Tenant; (vi) contain a cross-liability endorsement or severability of interest clause reasonably acceptable to Landlord; and (vii) include commercially reasonable deductibles for Tenant’s business. Tenant shall deliver certificates of current policies to Landlord on or before the Insurance Start Date and, thereafter, at least ten (10) days before the expiration dates thereof. In the event Tenant shall fail to procure such insurance, or to deliver such policies or certificate within such time periods, Landlord may, at its option after at least five (5) business days’ written notice to Tenant, procure such policies for the account of Tenant, and the cost thereof shall be paid to Landlord as Additional Rent within sixty (60) days after delivery to Tenant of bills therefor; at ay time after Landlord procures such insurance on Tenant’s behalf, Tenant may, at its cost, replace same with such insurance Tenant is otherwise required to maintain hereunder . At Tenant’s option, Tenant may provide the coverages required under this Article 10 through blanket policies of insurance covering Tenant’s other properties so long as the coverage required under

-42-


 

this Lease with respect to the Premises, Building and Project is not reduced or impaired as a result thereof (including as a result of any claims made or aggregate limits with respect to such other properties).
     10.4 Subrogation . Landlord and Tenant agree to have their respective insurance companies issuing property damage insurance waive any rights of subrogation that such companies may have against Landlord or Tenant, as the case may be. Anything in this Lease to the contrary notwithstanding (including the provisions of Section 10.1 above), Landlord and Tenant hereby waive and release each other of and from any and all rights of recovery, claims, actions or causes of actions against each other, their respective agents, officers and employees, for any loss or damage that may occur to the Premises, Building or Project, or personal property within the Building, regardless of cause or origin, including the negligence of Landlord and Tenant and their respective agents, officers and employees, but only to the extent the releasing party’s loss or damage is covered under casualty insurance policies in effect at the time of such loss or damage or would have been covered by the casualty insurance required to be carried under Sections 10.2 and 10.3 above had the releasing party complied with its applicable insurance obligations thereunder. Each party agrees to give immediately to its respective insurance company which has issued policies of insurance covering any risk of direct physical loss, written notice of the terms of the mutual waivers contained in this Section 10.4, and to have such insurance policies properly endorsed, if necessary, to prevent the invalidation of said insurance coverage by reason of said waivers.
     10.5 Additional Insurance Obligations . Tenant shall carry and maintain, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, increased amounts of the insurance required to be carried by Tenant pursuant to this Article 10, and such other reasonable types of insurance coverage and in such reasonable amounts covering the Premises and Tenant’s operations therein, as may be reasonably requested by Landlord; provided, however, that in no event shall such increased coverage be in excess of that required by landlords of Comparable Buildings for tenants leasing comparable-sized space to Tenant in Comparable Buildings. No provision of this Lease shall restrict Tenant’s election to carry any other types of insurance Tenant may require at any time in excess of, or for other risks than those covered by, the specific coverages required of Tenant hereunder and Landlord shall have no interest in any such coverages.
     10.6 Assignment of Insurance Proceeds Upon Termination of Lease . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, in the event of any termination of this Lease pursuant to Articles 11 or 13 below: (i) Tenant shall assign and deliver to Landlord (or to any party designated by Landlord) all insurance proceeds payable to Tenant under Tenant’s insurance required under Sections 10.3.2(ii) and (iii) of this Lease for the unamortized value of the Tenant Improvement Allowance (“ Landlord’s TI Proceeds ”), with such amortization to be calculated on a straight-line basis throughout the initial Lease Term; and (ii) the remainder of any insurance proceeds received by Tenant under Sections 10.3.2(ii) and (iii) shall be retained by Tenant.
ARTICLE 11
DAMAGE AND DESTRUCTION
     11.1 Repair of Damage to Premises by Landlord .
          11.1.1 To the extent Landlord does not have actual knowledge of same, Tenant shall promptly notify Landlord after Tenant becomes aware of any damage to the Premises resulting from fire or any other casualty. If the Premises, the Building or any common areas of the Building or Phase IV Real Property serving or providing access to the Premises shall be damaged by fire or other casualty, Landlord shall promptly and diligently, subject to reasonable delays for insurance adjustment or other matters beyond Landlord’s reasonable control, and subject to all other terms of this Article 11, restore the Base, Shell, and Core of the Premises and such common areas. Such restoration shall be to substantially the same condition of the Base, Shell, and Core of the Premises and common areas prior to the casualty, except for modifications required by zoning and building codes and other laws, or any other modifications to the common areas deemed reasonably desirable by Landlord provided access to the Premises, the Phase IV Parking Facilities and any common restrooms serving the Premises shall not be materially impaired thereby and such modifications do not modify the character of the Building as a first-class office building.
          11.1.2 Notwithstanding any other provision of this Lease, upon the occurrence of any damage to the Premises, within ten (10) days after notice (the “ Landlord Repair Notice ”) to Tenant from Landlord, if this Lease is not terminated, Tenant shall assign to Landlord (or to any party designated by Landlord) for the purpose of re-constructing such damaged portion(s) of the Premises and shall put into a third party escrow account reasonably acceptable to Landlord (which escrow shall be jointly paid for by Landlord and Tenant) for distribution to Landlord (or to any party designated by Landlord who will effect such repair) on a progress payment basis upon receipt of the appropriate conditional and/or unconditional lien releases, all insurance proceeds payable to Tenant under Tenant’s insurance required under Sections 10.3.2 (ii) and (iii) of this Lease which pertain to the repair and restoration of the Tenant Improvements and Alterations, and Landlord shall repair any injury or damage to the Tenant

-43-


 

Improvements and Alterations installed in the Premises and shall return such Tenant Improvements and Alterations to their original condition; provided that (i) if the cost of such repair by Landlord of such Tenant Improvements and Alterations (based on competitive pricing by all contractors and subcontractors and without any profit mark-up or supervision fees to Landlord) exceeds the amount of insurance proceeds received by Landlord from Tenant’s insurance carrier, the incremental cost differential of such repairs shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord on a progress payment basis during Landlord’s repair and replacement work (after exhaustion of insurance proceeds), and (ii) Tenant’s insurance proceeds shall be disbursed for all costs and expenses incurred by Landlord in connection with the repair of any such damage to the Tenant Improvements and Alterations pursuant to a disbursement procedure mutually approved by Landlord and Tenant. Subject to Section 10.6 above, as long as the damaged Tenant Improvements and Alterations in the Premises are repaired and/or restored, Tenant shall be entitled to retain any portion of the proceeds of the insurance described in Sections 10.3.2 (ii) and (iii) in excess of the cost of such repairs and/or restoration. Tenant may elect not to rebuild any Tenant Improvements or Alterations which Tenant must remove upon Lease expiration.
          11.1.3 In connection with such repairs and replacements, Tenant shall, prior to the commencement of construction, submit to Landlord, for Landlord’s review and approval (which approval shall not be withheld unless a Design Problem exists), all plans, specifications and working drawings relating thereto, and Landlord shall select the contractors to perform such improvement work pursuant to Landlord’s standard competitive bidding procedures. Landlord shall not be liable for any inconvenience or annoyance to Tenant or its visitors, or injury to Tenant’s business resulting in any way from such damage or the repair thereof; provided however, that if such fire or other casualty shall have damaged the Premises or common areas necessary to Tenant’s occupancy to such a degree that Tenant is prevented from using, and does not use, all or any part of the Premises as a result thereof, then Landlord shall allow Tenant a proportionate abatement of Base Rent and Tenant’s Share of increases in Operating Expenses, Tax Expenses and Utilities Costs during the time and to the extent Tenant is so prevented from using and does not use the Premises as a result thereof; provided, however, that if less than all, but a substantial portion, of the Premises is unfit for occupancy and the remainder of the Premises is not sufficient to allow Tenant to effectively conduct its business therein, and if Tenant does not conduct its business from the portion of the Premises so damaged and such remaining portion, then the Base Rent and Tenant’s Share of increases in Operating Expenses, Tax Expenses and Utilities Costs for the entire Premises shall be abated for such period that Tenant continues to be so prevented from using, and does not use, the entire Premises. Notwithstanding the foregoing to the contrary, use of the Data Center shall not constitute use of the Premises by Tenant for purposes of determining the amount and extent of rent to be abated hereinabove. Tenant’s abatement period shall continue until Tenant has been given reasonably sufficient time and reasonably sufficient access to the Premises and/or the Building to install its property, furniture, fixtures and equipment to the extent the same shall have been removed and/or damaged as a result of such damage or destruction, and to move in over one (1) weekend.
          11.1.4 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Tenant may elect to construct its own Tenant Improvements and Alterations in connection with any repair and restoration of the Premises following any such damage or destruction thereto, and may retain all insurance proceeds from Tenant’s insurance policies insuring Tenant’s Alterations and Tenant Improvements in the Premises for such purpose, so long as the damaged Tenant Improvements and Alterations are repaired and/or restored diligently, in compliance with all Laws and lien-free, and all costs thereof are timely paid by Tenant. In the event the insurance proceeds from Tenant’s insurance policies are insufficient to pay for the cost of such repairs to Tenant’s Alterations and Tenant Improvements in the Premises (and such insufficiency is not due to Tenant’s failure to maintain the insurance required under Section 10.3.2.(ii) above), then Landlord shall make available to Tenant any shortfall thereof actually received by Landlord from Landlord’s insurance maintained as part of Operating Expenses so long as Tenant uses such proceeds to complete such repairs and restoration work. Such repair and restoration shall comply with the provisions of Article 8 above. During Tenant’s performance of such repair and restoration work of the Tenant Improvements and Alterations, Tenant shall be entitled to an abatement of rent as and to the extent provided in Section 11.1 above, but not beyond the period or the amount that Tenant would have been entitled had Landlord performed such work in a diligent manner.
          11.1.5 Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to minimize any such inconvenience, annoyance or interference to Tenant resulting from Landlord’s repair of any damage pursuant to this Section 11.1.
     11.2 Landlord’s Option to Repair .
          11.2.1 Within forty-five (45) days after Landlord becomes aware of such damage, Landlord shall notify Tenant in writing (“ Landlord’s Damage Notice ”) of the estimated time, in the reasonable opinion of Landlord’s licensed contractor, required to substantially complete the repairs of such damage (the “ Estimated Repair Period ”). Notwithstanding the terms of Section 11.1 of this Lease, Landlord may elect not to rebuild and/or restore the Premises and/or the Building and instead terminate this Lease by notifying Tenant in writing of such termination within forty-five (45) days after Landlord

-44-


 

becomes aware of such damage, but Landlord may so elect only if the Building shall be damaged by fire or other casualty or cause, whether or not the Premises are affected and one or more of the following conditions is present: (i) repairs cannot in the reasonable opinion of Landlord’s licensed contractor, as set forth in Landlord’s Damage Notice, reasonably be completed within nine (9) months after the date Landlord becomes aware of such damage (when such repairs are made without the payment of overtime or other premiums); or (ii) the damage is not fully covered by Landlord’s insurance policies obtained or required to be obtained by Landlord pursuant to Section 10.2 above, and the cost of repairing such uninsured or underinsured damage, including deductibles, exceeds the Threshold Amount (as defined below). As used herein, the “ Threshold Amount ” shall mean $600,000.00.
          11.2.2 If (i) Landlord does not elect to terminate this Lease pursuant to Landlord’s termination right as provided above, (ii) the damage constitutes a Tenant Damage Event (as defined below), and (iii) the repair of such damage cannot, in the reasonable opinion of Landlord’s licensed contractor, as set forth in Landlord’s Damage Notice, be completed within nine (9) months after Landlord becomes aware of such damage, then Tenant may elect to terminate this Lease by delivering written notice thereof to Landlord within forty-five (45) days after Tenant’s receipt of Landlord’s Damage Notice. As used herein, a “ Tenant Damage Event ” shall mean damage by fire or other casualty to (A) all or any part of the Premises, (B) any common areas of the Building providing access to the Premises, and/or (C) any Parking Facilities such that more than ten percent (10%) of the number of parking passes leased by Tenant as of the date of such casualty damage cannot be satisfied by parking in parking facilities within a reasonable walking distance of the Phase IV Real Property, which damage (1) is not the result of the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Tenant or any of Tenant’s employees, agents, contractors, licensees or invitees, (2) substantially interferes with Tenant’s use of or access to the Premises and (3) would entitle Tenant to an abatement of Base Rent and Tenant’s Share of increases in Operating Expenses, Tax Expenses and Utilities Costs, pursuant to Section 11.1 above. At any time, from time to time, after the date occurring sixty (60) days after Landlord becomes aware of such damage, Tenant may request that Landlord provide Tenant with a certificate from the licensed contractor set forth above setting forth such contractor’s opinion of the date of substantial completion of the repairs and Landlord shall respond to such request within ten (10) business days thereafter.
          11.2.3 In addition, in the event of a Tenant Damage Event, and if neither Landlord nor Tenant has elected to terminate this Lease as provided hereinabove, but Landlord fails to substantially complete the repair and restoration of such Tenant Damage Event within the period (“ Landlord’s Repair Period ”) that is the later of (i) nine (9) months after the date Landlord becomes aware of such damage or (ii) sixty (60) days after the Estimated Repair Period plus, in either case, the number of days of delay, if any, attributable to any Force Majeure events (not to exceed sixty (60) days), plus the number of days of delay, if any, as are attributable to the acts or omissions of Tenant or Tenant’s employees, agents, contractors, licensees or invitees, then Tenant shall have an additional right to terminate this Lease within fifteen (15) days after the expiration of Landlord’s Repair Period and thereafter during the first five (5) business days of each calendar month following the expiration of Landlord’s Repair Period until such time as the repairs described on Landlord’s Damage Notice are substantially complete, by written notice to Landlord (“ Tenant’s Damage Termination Notice ”), effective as of a date set forth in Tenant’s Damage Termination Notice (the “ Damage Termination Date ”), which Damage Termination Date shall not be less than five (5) business days nor more than ninety (90) days following the expiration of Landlord’s Repair Period, or each such calendar month following expiration of Landlord’s Repair Period, as the case may be. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Tenant delivers Tenant’s Damage Termination Notice to Landlord, then Landlord shall have the right to suspend the effectiveness of Tenant’s Damage Termination Notice for a period of thirty (30) days by delivering to Tenant, within five (5) business days of Landlord’s receipt of Tenant’s Damage Termination Notice, a certificate of Landlord’s contractor responsible for the repair of the damage described on Landlord’s Damage Notice certifying that it is such contractor’s good faith judgment that such repairs shall be substantially completed within the next thirty (30) days. If repairs described on Landlord’s Damage Notice shall be substantially completed prior to the expiration of such thirty (30) day period, then Tenant’s Damage Termination Notice shall be of no force or effect, but if such repairs shall not be substantially completed within such thirty (30) day period, then this Lease shall terminate upon the expiration of such thirty (30) day period.
          11.2.4 Further, in the event that the Premises or the Building are destroyed or damaged to any substantial extent during the last twelve (12) months of the Lease Term (except that, in the event that Tenant shall have exercised its option to renew pursuant to the Extension Option Rider attached to this Lease, such twelve (12) month period shall be the last twelve (12) months of the applicable Option Term), then notwithstanding anything contained in this Article 11, Landlord shall have the option to terminate this Lease if the repair of such damage is reasonably expected by Landlord to require more than thirty (30) days to substantially complete, and to the extent such destruction or damage constitutes a Tenant Damage Event and the repair of same is reasonably expected by Landlord to require more than sixty (60) days to substantially complete (or more than thirty (30) days to substantially complete during the last six (6) months of the Lease Term), Tenant shall have the option to terminate this Lease, by giving written termination notice to the other party of the exercise of such option within thirty (30) days after the date such party becomes aware of such damage or destruction. If either Landlord or Tenant exercises any

-45-


 

of its options to terminate this Lease as provided above in this Section 11.2: (i) this Lease shall cease and terminate as of the date set forth in such party’s termination notice, which termination date shall be no less than thirty (30) days and no more than one hundred twenty (120) days after such termination notice is delivered to the other party; provided, however, that if the termination notice is delivered as a result of a casualty damage occurring during the last twelve (12) months of the Lease Term, such termination date shall be no less than thirty (30) days and no more than forty-five (45) days after such termination notice is delivered to such other party; and if Landlord is the party delivering such termination notice at any time other than during the last twelve (12) months of the Lease Term, Tenant shall have the right to extend the termination date to a date which is one hundred twenty (120) days after such termination notice is delivered to Tenant if Landlord selects a termination date which is shorter than such one hundred twenty (120) day period; (ii) Tenant shall pay the Base Rent and Additional Rent, properly apportioned up to such date of termination subject to abatement as provided in Section 11.1 above; and (iii) both parties hereto shall thereafter be freed and discharged of all further obligations hereunder, except as provided for in provisions of this Lease which by their terms survive the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease Term.
     11.3 Waiver of Statutory Provisions . The provisions of this Lease, including this Article 11, constitute an express agreement between Landlord and Tenant with respect to any and all damage to, or destruction of, all or any part of the Premises, the Building, the Phase IV Real Property or any other portion of the Project, and any statute or regulation of the State of California, including, without limitation, Sections 1932(2) and 1933(4) of the California Civil Code, with respect to any rights or obligations concerning damage or destruction in the absence of an express agreement between the parties, and any other statute or regulation, now or hereafter in effect, shall have no application to this Lease or any damage or destruction to all or any part of the Premises, the Building, the Phase IV Real Property or any other portion of the Project.
ARTICLE 12
NONWAIVER
     No waiver of any provision of this Lease shall be implied by any failure of a party to enforce any remedy on account of the violation of such provision, even if such violation shall continue or be repeated subsequently; any waiver by a party of any provision of this Lease may only be in writing; and no express waiver shall affect any provision other than the one specified in such waiver and then only for the time and in the manner specifically stated. No receipt of monies by Landlord from Tenant after the termination of this Lease shall in any way alter the length of the Lease Term or of Tenant’s right of possession hereunder or after the giving of any notice shall reinstate, continue or extend the Lease Term or affect any notice given Tenant prior to the receipt of such monies, it being agreed that after the service of notice or the commencement of a suit or after final judgment for possession of the Premises, Landlord may receive and collect any Rent due, and the payment of said Rent shall not waive or affect said notice, suit or judgment. Tenant’s payment of Rent under this Lease after a default by Landlord under this Lease shall not constitute a waiver by Tenant of any such default by Landlord, nor shall Landlord’s payment of any monies to Tenant after a default by Tenant under this Lease shall not constitute a waiver by Landlord of any such default by Tenant.
ARTICLE 13
CONDEMNATION
     13.1 Permanent Taking . If all or any portion of the Premises, the Building or the Phase IV Real Property shall be taken by power of eminent domain or condemned by any competent authority for any public or quasi-public use or purpose, or if Landlord shall grant a deed or other instrument in lieu of such taking by eminent domain or condemnation, Landlord shall have the option to terminate this Lease upon ninety (90) days’ notice to Tenant, effective as of the date possession is required to be surrendered to the taking authority; provided, however, that (i) Landlord shall only have the right to terminate this Lease as provided herein if Landlord terminates the leases of all tenants in the Building similarly affected by the taking which leases contain similar termination rights in favor of Landlord as provided herein, and (ii) to the extent that the Premises are not adversely affected by such taking and Landlord continues to operate the Building as an office building, Landlord shall not terminate this Lease. If more than twenty-five percent (25%) of the rentable square feet of the Premises is taken or if access to and/or use of more than twenty-five percent (25%) of the Premises is substantially impaired, Tenant shall have the option to terminate this Lease upon ninety (90) days’ notice to Landlord, which termination shall be effective as of the date possession is required to be surrendered to the taking authority. Landlord shall be entitled to receive the entire award or payment in connection with any such taking, except that (A) Tenant shall have the right to file any separate claim available to Tenant for any taking of Tenant’s Property belonging to Tenant and removable by Tenant upon expiration of the Lease Term pursuant to the terms of this Lease, for the unamortized cost of the Tenant Improvements and Alterations (to the extent paid for by Tenant from Tenant’s own funds and not from any improvement allowance provided by Landlord), interruption

-46-


 

of or damage to Tenant’s business, and for moving expenses, so long as such claim is payable separately to Tenant, and (B) Landlord and Tenant shall each be entitled to receive fifty percent (50%) of the “bonus value” of the leasehold estate in connection therewith, which bonus value shall be equal to the difference between the Rent payable under this Lease and the sum established by the taking authority as the award for compensation for the leasehold estate. All Rent shall be apportioned as of the date of such termination, or the date of such taking, whichever shall first occur. If any part of the Premises shall be taken, and this Lease shall not be so terminated, the Base Rent and Tenant’s Share of increases in Operating Expenses, Tax Expenses and Utilities Costs shall be equitably abated in proportion to the ratio that the rentable square feet of the Premises which is taken bears to the total rentable square footage of the Premises, and Landlord shall at its sole expense restore the Building in which the remainder of the Premises are located to any architecturally complete and functional condition; provided, however, that if less than all, but a substantial portion, of the Premises is unfit for occupancy and the remainder of the Premises is not sufficient to allow Tenant to effectively conduct its business therein, and if Tenant does not conduct its business from the portion of the Premises so damaged (excluding any Data Center use which shall not constitute Tenant’s conduct of business for purposes hereof) and such remaining portion, then the Base Rent and Tenant’s Share of increases in Operating Expenses, Tax Expenses and Utilities Costs for the entire Premises shall be abated for such period that Tenant continues to be so prevented from using, and does not use the entire Premises. Tenant’s abatement period shall continue until Tenant has been given reasonably sufficient time, and reasonably sufficient access to the Premises, the Parking Facilities and/or the Building, to install its property, furniture, fixtures, and equipment to the extent the same shall have been removed and/or damaged as a result of such eminent domain taking and to move in over one (1) weekend. Tenant hereby waives any and all rights it might otherwise have pursuant to Section 1265.130 of the California Code of Civil Procedure.
     13.2 Temporary Taking . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Article 13, in the event of a temporary taking of all or any portion of the Premises or access thereto for a period of nine (9) months or less, then this Lease shall not terminate but the Base Rent and Tenant’s Share of increases in Operating Expenses, Tax Expenses and Utilities Costs shall be abated for the period of such taking in proportion to the ratio that the amount of rentable square feet of the Premises taken bears to the total rentable square feet of the Premises; provided, however, that if only a portion of the Premises is unfit for occupancy and the remainder of the Premises is not sufficient to allow Tenant to effectively conduct its business therein, and if Tenant does not conduct its business from such remaining portion, then the Base Rent and Tenant’s Share of increases in Operating Expenses, Tax Expenses and Utilities Costs for the entire Premises shall be abated for the period of such taking. Landlord shall be entitled to receive the entire award made in connection with any such temporary taking.
ARTICLE 14
ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING
     14.1 Transfers . Except as provided in Sections 14.7 and 14.8 below and Section 8.4 above, Tenant shall not, without the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, assign, mortgage, pledge, hypothecate, encumber, or permit any lien to attach to, or otherwise transfer, this Lease or any interest hereunder, permit any assignment or other such foregoing transfer of this Lease or any interest hereunder by operation of law, sublet the Premises or any part thereof, or permit the use of the Premises by any persons other than Tenant and its employees, agents, consultants and contractors (all of the foregoing are hereinafter sometimes referred to collectively as “ Transfers ” and any person to whom any Transfer is made or sought to be made is hereinafter sometimes referred to as a “ Transferee ”). If Tenant shall desire Landlord’s consent to any Transfer, Tenant shall notify Landlord in writing, which notice (the “ Transfer Notice ”) shall include (i) the proposed effective date of the Transfer, which shall not be less than ten (10) business days after the date of delivery of the Transfer Notice, (ii) a description of the portion of the Premises to be transferred (the “ Subject Space ”), (iii) a deal memo (short version letter of intent) executed by the proposed Transferee or its broker indicating all of the material terms of the proposed Transfer, the name and address of the proposed Transferee, and (iv) description of the nature of the proposed Transferee’s business and proposed use of the Subject Space. Tenant shall not be required to provide Landlord with any financial net worth criteria of the proposed Transferee or Tenant as a condition to Landlord’s approval of the proposed Transferee, since Tenant remains primarily liable under this Lease notwithstanding such Transfer, provided such proposed Transfer would not have the effect of perpetrating a fraud on Landlord or is implemented with the intent of impairing Tenant’s ability to meet its obligations under this Lease. Except as provided in Sections 14.7 and 14.8 below, any Transfer made without Landlord’s prior written consent shall, at Landlord’s option, be null, void and of no effect, and shall, at Landlord’s option, constitute a default by Tenant under this Lease subject to applicable notice and cure periods. Whether or not Landlord shall grant consent, Tenant shall pay Landlord’s actual, documented and reasonable legal fees (not to exceed $2,500.00 in any one instance) incurred by Landlord, within thirty (30) days after written request by Landlord.

-47-


 

     14.2 Landlord’s Consent . Landlord shall not unreasonably withhold or condition its consent to any proposed Transfer of the Subject Space to the Transferee on the terms specified in the Transfer Notice. Landlord shall notify Tenant of Landlord’s consent or reasonable disapproval of any such Transfer within ten (10) business days after Landlord’s receipt of the Transfer Notice and all other information required to be delivered by Tenant to Landlord in connection with such proposed Transfer as set forth in Section 14.1 above. In the event that Landlord fails to notify Tenant in writing of such approval or disapproval within such 10-business day period, and such failure continues for an additional three (3) business days after Tenant notifies Landlord of such failure, then Landlord shall be deemed to have approved such Transfer. Following such approval by Landlord (or at Tenant’s option, within such ten (10) and/or three (3) business day periods, as applicable) but prior to the effective date of any such Transfer, Tenant shall submit to Landlord for Landlord’s reasonable approval, the actual sublease, assignment or other document which will effect such Transfer, which approval Landlord shall not withhold if (i) the terms of such Transfer, as set forth in such Transfer document, are materially the same as the terms for such Transfer in the Transfer Notice previously approved by Landlord, and (ii) Tenant and the Transferee execute and deliver to Landlord Landlord’s standard form of consent to such Transfer, which shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit K-1 attached hereto if an assignment, or Exhibit K-2 attached hereto if a sublease (“ Landlord’s Consent ”), and Landlord shall, within five (5) business days after receipt of such Transfer document and Landlord’s Consent executed by Tenant and such Transferee, execute and deliver such Landlord’s Consent to Tenant and such Transferee. If Landlord fails to timely execute and deliver the applicable Landlord’s Consent with respect to such proposed Transfer, Landlord shall be deemed to have consented to the Transfer document submitted by Tenant to Landlord. The parties hereby agree that it shall be reasonable under this Lease and under any applicable law for Landlord to withhold consent to any proposed Transfer where one or more of the following apply, without limitation as to other reasonable grounds for withholding consent:
          14.2.1 The Transferee is a reputation or engaged in a business which is not consistent with the quality of the Building or the Project;
          14.2.2 The Transferee intends to use the Subject Space for purposes which are other than the Permitted Use; or
          14.2.3 The Transferee is a governmental agency or instrumentality thereof (herein a “ Prohibited Governmental Entity ”), or will or may conduct on-site clinical medical operations (“ On-Site Medical Tenant ”) within the Subject Space.
     If Landlord consents to any Transfer pursuant to the terms of this Section 14.2 (and does not exercise any recapture rights Landlord may have under Section 14.4 below), Tenant may, within six (6) months after Landlord’s consent, but not later than the expiration of said six (6)-month period, enter into such Transfer of the Premises or portion thereof, upon substantially the same terms and conditions as are set forth in the Transfer Notice furnished by Tenant to Landlord pursuant to Section 14.1 of this Lease, provided that if there are any material changes in the terms and conditions from those specified in the Transfer Notice such that Landlord would initially have been entitled to refuse its consent to such Transfer under this Section 14.2, Tenant shall again submit the Transfer to Landlord for its approval and other action under this Article 14.
     14.3 Transfer Premium . Except as otherwise provided in Sections 14.7 and 14.8 below, if Landlord consents to a Transfer, as a condition thereto which the parties hereby agree is reasonable, Tenant shall pay to Landlord fifty percent (50%) of any “Transfer Premium,” as that term is defined in this Section 14.3, received by Tenant from such Transferee. “ Transfer Premium ” shall mean all rent, additional rent, parking charges and other consideration received from such Transferee in excess of the Rent, Additional Rent, parking charges and other consideration payable by Tenant under this Lease (determined on a per rentable square foot basis if less than all of the Premises is transferred), after first deducting the actual, reasonable and documented expenses incurred by Tenant for the following (collectively, the “ Subleasing Costs ”): (i) any changes, alterations and improvements made to the Subject Space (including any architectural, design and permit fees in connection therewith) and/or any tenant improvement allowances, space planning allowances, moving allowances and other out-of-pocket monetary concessions paid or provided by Tenant to the Transferee, in connection with the Transfer; (ii) any brokerage commissions and advertising expenses in connection with the Transfer; (iii) reasonable legal fees incurred by Tenant in negotiating the Transfer and obtaining Landlord’s consent thereto (including Landlord’s attorneys’ fees); (iv) any costs to buy-out or takeover the previous lease of a Transferee; and (v) the Rent paid to Landlord by Tenant for all days that Tenant has vacated the Subject Space following the later of (A) the date the Subject Space was first vacated by Tenant, and (B) the date Landlord receives a factually correct written notice that the Subject Space has been listed with an outside brokerage firm for marketing to third party tenants, up to the lease commencement date of the sublease or assignment covering said Subject Space, or, if earlier, the date Tenant’s assignee or subtenant takes possession of the Subject Space or Tenant ceases to list the Subject Space with an outside brokerage firm for marketing to third party tenants. The Transfer Premium shall not apply to any assignment or sublease to an Affiliate or a sublease to a Business Affiliate pursuant to the provisions of Sections 14.7 and 14.8

-48-


 

below. “Transfer Premium” shall also include, but not be limited to, key money and bonus money paid by Transferee to Tenant in connection with such Transfer but not sales proceeds from the sale of Tenant or an Affiliate, and any payment in excess of fair market value for services rendered by Tenant to the Transferee or for assets, fixtures, inventory, equipment, or furniture transferred by Tenant to Transferee in connection with such Transfer. Under no circumstances shall Landlord be paid any Transfer Premium until Tenant has recovered all Subleasing Costs for such Transferred Space, it being understood that if in any year the gross revenues, less the deductions set forth and included in Subleasing Costs, are less than such Subleasing Costs, the amount of the excess Subleasing Costs shall be carried over to the next year and then deducted from gross revenues actually received by Tenant with the procedure repeated until a Transfer Premium is achieved.
     14.4 Landlord’s Option as to Subject Space . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Article 14, in the event that Tenant contemplates a Transfer (“ Contemplated Transfer ”), Tenant shall give Landlord notice (the “ Intention to Transfer Notice ”) of such contemplated Transfer (whether or not the contemplated Transferee or the terms of such contemplated Transfer have been determined); provided, however, that Landlord hereby acknowledges and agrees that Tenant shall have no obligation to deliver an Intention to Transfer Notice hereunder, and Landlord shall have no right to recapture space with respect to: (i) a sublease of any space which is less than an entire floor of the Building (unless such space is all of the space on such floor that is leased by Tenant under this Lease) for less than the remainder of the Lease Term (provided that a sublease with a scheduled expiration date that is within sixty (60) days of the Lease Expiration Date shall be deemed to be a sublease for the remainder of the Lease Term); or (ii) an assignment or sublease pursuant to the terms of Section 14.7 or 14.8 below. The Intention to Transfer Notice shall specify the Subject Space which is the subject of such Contemplated Transfer (the “ Contemplated Transfer Space ”), the contemplated date of commencement of the Contemplated Transfer (the “ Contemplated Effective Date ”), and the contemplated length of the term of such Contemplated Transfer, and shall specify that such Intention to Transfer Notice is delivered to Landlord pursuant to this Section 14.4 in order to allow Landlord to elect to recapture the Contemplated Transfer Space for the remainder of the Lease Term. Thereafter, Landlord shall have the option, by giving written notice to Tenant (the “ Recapture Notice ”) within thirty (30) days after receipt of any Intention to Transfer Notice, to recapture all of the Contemplated Transfer Space for the remainder of the Lease Term. Any recapture under this Section 14.4 shall cancel and terminate this Lease with respect to the Contemplated Transfer Space as of the Contemplated Effective Date. If Landlord declines, or fails to elect in a timely manner, to recapture the Contemplated Transfer Space under this Section 14.4, then, subject to the other terms of this Article 14, for a period of nine (9) months (the “ Nine Month Period ”) commencing on the last day of such thirty (30) day period, Landlord shall not have any right to recapture the Contemplated Transfer Space during the Nine Month Period; provided however, that any such Transfer shall be subject to the remaining terms of this Article 14. If such a Transfer is not so consummated within the Nine Month Period, Tenant shall again be required to submit a new Intention to Transfer Notice to Landlord with respect any Contemplated Transfer meeting the criteria set forth above in this Section 14.4.
     14.5 Effect of Transfer . If Landlord consents to a Transfer, (i) the terms and conditions of this Lease shall in no way be deemed to have been waived or modified, (ii) such consent shall not be deemed consent to any further Transfer by either Tenant or a Transferee, (iii) Tenant shall deliver to Landlord, promptly after execution, an original executed copy of all documentation pertaining to the Transfer in form reasonably acceptable to Landlord, (iv) Tenant shall furnish upon Landlord’s request a complete statement, certified by an independent certified public accountant or by an authorized officer of Tenant, setting forth in detail the computation of any Transfer Premium Tenant has derived and shall derive from such Transfer, and (v) no Transfer relating to this Lease or agreement entered into with respect thereto, whether with or without Landlord’s consent, shall relieve Tenant or any guarantor of this Lease from liability under this Lease.
     14.6 Additional Transfers . For purposes of this Lease, except as expressly provided in Section 14.7 below, the term “ Transfer ” shall also include: (i) if Tenant is a partnership (including a limited liability partnership), the withdrawal or change, voluntary, involuntary or by operation of law, of fifty percent (50%) or more of the partners, or transfer of fifty percent (50%) or more of partnership interests, within a twelve (12)-month period, or the dissolution of the partnership without immediate reconstitution thereof; and (ii) if Tenant is a closely held corporation or limited liability company ( i.e. , whose stock or membership interests are not publicly held and not traded through an exchange or over the counter), (A) the dissolution, merger, consolidation or other reorganization of Tenant, (B) the sale or other transfer of more than an aggregate of fifty percent (50%) of the voting shares or membership interests of Tenant within a twelve (12)-month period (other than transfer of voting shares or membership interests to immediate family members by reason of gift or death) or (C) the sale, mortgage, hypothecation or pledge of more than an aggregate of fifty percent (50%) of the value of the unencumbered assets of Tenant within a twelve (12) month period. Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that the Transfer is of a type described in this Section 14.6, the terms and conditions of Section 14.3 shall not apply with respect thereto.

-49-


 

     14.7 Affiliated Companies/Restructuring of Business Organization . For purposes hereof an “ Affiliate ” shall mean (i) a parent or subsidiary of Tenant, (ii) any person or entity which controls, is controlled by or is under common control with Tenant, (iii) any entity which purchases all or substantially all of the assets (together with an assignment of this Lease) and/or stock of Tenant, or (iv) any entity into which Tenant is merged or consolidated. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, the Transfer by Tenant to any Affiliate shall not be subject to Landlord’s prior consent or the provisions of Section 14.5 above, Landlord’s right to receive any Transfer Premium pursuant to Section 14.3, or Landlord’s recapture option in Section 14.4 above, provided that:
          14.7.1 any such Affiliate was not formed, and such Transfer was not entered into (i) as a subterfuge by Tenant to avoid its obligations under this Lease, or (ii) with the intent of impairing Tenant’s ability to meet its obligations under this Lease;
          14.7.2 Tenant gives Landlord prior or contemporaneous notice of any such Transfer to the Affiliate;
          14.7.3 any such Transfer to an Affiliate shall automatically be subject and subordinate to all of the terms and provisions of this Lease without the requirement of any additional writing or acknowledgement from Tenant or the Affiliate to confirm same, and any assignee under an assignment of this Lease shall assume, in a written document reasonably satisfactory to Landlord and delivered to Landlord within ten (10) days after the effective date of such assignment, all the obligations of Tenant under this Lease; and
          14.7.4 Tenant shall remain fully liable for all obligations to be performed by Tenant under this Lease.
Control ”, as used in this Section 14.7 and in Section 1.5.2 above, shall mean the possession, direct or indirect, of the power to cause the direction of the management and policies of a person or entity, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.
     14.8 Business Affiliates . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Article 14, Tenant shall have the right, without being subject to Landlord’s prior consent, Landlord’s right to receive a Transfer Premium pursuant to Section 14.3 above or Landlord’s recapture option in Section 14.4 above, but upon prior or contemporaneous written notice to Landlord, to sublease, license or let or otherwise permit occupancy of, up to an aggregate of twenty percent (20%) of the Premises, to individuals, clients, agents or independent contractors (each a “ Business Affiliate ”) which sublease, license or occupancy agreement, as the case may be, to a Business Affiliate shall be on and subject to all of the following conditions: (i) Tenant shall have a business relationship with each such Business Affiliate; (ii) all such Business Affiliates shall be of a reputation consistent with the quality of the Building and Project; (iii) all such Business Affiliates shall use the Premises in conformity with the all applicable provisions of this Lease; (iv) no such Business Affiliate shall be a Prohibited Governmental Entity or On-Site Medicate Tenant described in Section 14.2.3 above; (v) such sublease, license or occupancy agreement is not a subterfuge by Tenant to avoid its obligations under this Article 14; (vi) there shall be no separate demising walls or entrances to the space which is the subject of such sublease, license or occupancy agreement; (vii) the term of such sublease, license or occupancy agreement shall not exceed two (2) years (inclusive or renewals); and (viii) each such sublease, license and occupancy agreement shall be automatically subject to and subordinate to all of the terms and provisions of this Lease without the requirement of any additional writing or acknowledgement from Tenant or the Business Affiliate to confirm same. No such sublease, license or occupancy agreement, as the case may be, shall relieve Tenant from any liability under this Lease. The rights set forth in this Section 14.8 are personal to the Original Tenant and its Affiliates, and may not be exercised by any other person or entity.
ARTICLE 15
SURRENDER OF PREMISES; OWNERSHIP
AND REMOVAL OF TRADE FIXTURES
     15.1 Surrender of Premises . No act or thing done by Landlord or any agent or employee of Landlord during the Lease Term shall be deemed to constitute an acceptance by Landlord of a surrender of the Premises unless such intent is specifically acknowledged in a writing signed by Landlord. The delivery of keys to the Premises to Landlord or any agent or employee of Landlord shall not constitute a surrender of the Premises or effect a termination of this Lease, whether or not the keys are thereafter retained by Landlord, and notwithstanding such delivery Tenant shall be entitled to the return of such keys at any reasonable time upon request until this Lease shall have been terminated. The voluntary or other surrender of this Lease by Tenant, whether accepted by Landlord or not, or a mutual termination hereof, shall not work a merger, and at the option of Landlord shall operate as an assignment to Landlord of all subleases or subtenancies affecting the Premises.

-50-


 

     15.2 Removal of Tenant’s Property by Tenant . All articles of personal property and all business and trade fixtures, machinery and equipment (including cafeteria and kitchen equipment, fitness center equipment, computer systems, UPS, communications, security, networking and telecommunications equipment and viewing screens, a/v and video equipment, built-in television sets and projection screens), generators, signs, furniture, free standing (but not built-in) cabinet work, movable partitions and other articles of personal property unique to Tenant’s operations and owned by Tenant or any person claiming under Tenant or installed by Tenant at its expense in the Premises, including the Supplemental Roof HVAC Equipment (collectively, “ Tenant’s Property ”), whether bolted or otherwise, shall remain the property of Tenant, and may be removed by Tenant at any time during the Lease Term, and if so removed by Tenant, Tenant shall, at its own expense, promptly repair all damage to the Premises, Building and Project resulting from such removal. Upon the expiration of the Lease Term, or upon any earlier termination of this Lease, Tenant shall, subject to the provisions of this Article 15, quit and surrender possession of the Premises to Landlord in as good order and condition as when Tenant took possession and as thereafter improved by Landlord and/or Tenant, reasonable wear and tear and repairs, casualty damage and condemnation damage which are specifically made the responsibility of Landlord hereunder excepted. Subject to the terms of Section 8.3 above, upon such expiration or termination, Tenant shall, without expense to Landlord, remove or cause to be removed from the Premises all debris and rubbish, and all such items of Tenant’s Property installed or placed in the Premises, and Tenant shall repair at its own expense all damage to the Premises and Building resulting from such removal.
ARTICLE 16
HOLDING OVER
     If Tenant holds over after the expiration or sooner termination of the Lease Term, with or without the express or implied consent of Landlord, such tenancy shall be from month-to-month only, and shall not constitute a renewal hereof or an extension for any further term, except that if Tenant delivers to Landlord written notice (the “ Holdover Notice ”) at least sixty (60) days prior to the last day of the initial Lease Term or any extension of the Term stating that Tenant desires to holdover in the Premises (or portions thereof) other than on a month-to-month basis, Tenant shall have the right to holdover for such fixed holdover period specified by Tenant in the Holdover Notice but not in excess of three (3) months (the “ Designated Holdover Period ”); provided, however, Tenant may terminate the Designated Holdover Period (for all but not less than all of the Designated Holdover Space, as defined below) at any time after Tenant’s delivery to Landlord of the Holdover Notice upon at least thirty (30) days’ prior written notice to Landlord. The Designated Holdover Period shall apply, at Tenant’s election made in the Holdover Notice, to either of the following: (i) all of the Premises that is then leased by Tenant and for which the Lease Term thereof is expiring or terminating (collectively, the “ Total Premises ”); or (ii) any contiguous full floor portions of the Total Premises, which shall at minimum be (A) two (2) contiguous full floors if the Total Premises consists of five (5) or less full floors of the Building, and (B) three (3) contiguous full floors if the Total Premises consists of more than five (5) full floors of the Building (but in either case of (A) and (B) hereinabove, starting from the lowest floor of the Total Premises and then going upward ( i.e ., at minimum, full floors 1 and 2 of the Building in case of (A) hereinabove, and at minimum, full floors 1, 2 and 3 of the Building in case of (B) hereinabove). Any such space designated by Tenant in the Holdover Notice for which Tenant elects to holdover for the Designated Holdover Period shall be referred to herein as the “ Designated Holdover Space ”). In case of any such holdover by Tenant, Base Rent shall be payable at a monthly rate equal to: (1) during the Designated Holdover Period applicable to any Designated Holdover Space designated by Tenant in Tenant’s Holdover Notice, one hundred twenty-five percent (125%) of the Base Rent applicable to such Designated Holdover Space during the last rental period of the Lease Term under this Lease prior to such holdover; and (2) for all other space in which Tenant holds over, and for any Designated Holdover Space in which Tenant holds over beyond the applicable Designated Holdover Period therefor, one hundred fifty percent (150%) of the Base Rent applicable to such space during the last rental period of the Lease Term under this Lease prior to such holdover. Such month-to-month tenancy and/or tenancy for the Designated Holdover Period (as the case may be) shall be subject to every other term, covenant and agreement contained herein. Landlord hereby expressly reserves the right to require Tenant to surrender possession of the Premises to Landlord as provided in this Lease upon the expiration or other termination of this Lease (but with respect to any Designated Holdover Space, only upon the expiration or other termination of the Designated Holdover Period therefor). The provisions of this Article 16 shall not be deemed to limit or constitute a waiver of any other rights or remedies of Landlord provided herein or at law. If Tenant fails to surrender the Premises upon the termination or expiration of this Lease, in addition to any other liabilities to Landlord accruing therefrom, Tenant shall protect, defend, indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from all loss, costs (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) and liability resulting from such failure, and such indemnification by Tenant shall specifically include, without limitation, “ Rental Loss Damages ” which for purposes hereof shall mean any claims made by any succeeding tenant as to whom Landlord has given Tenant thirty (30) days’ prior written notice thereof, founded upon such failure to surrender, any lost profits to Landlord resulting therefrom, and any liability or loss Landlord may reasonably expect to incur in connection with the delay of the delivery of the Premises to the successor tenant; provided, however,

-51-


 

that notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord shall not be entitled to recover any such Rental Loss Damages from Tenant with respect to the first three (3) months of such holdover.
ARTICLE 17
ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATES
     Within fifteen (15) business days following a request in writing by a party, the other party shall execute and deliver to the requesting party an estoppel certificate, which shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit E , attached hereto (or such other commercially reasonable form as may be reasonably required by any prospective mortgagee or purchaser of the Project, or any portion thereof, if Landlord is the requesting party, or by any Transferee or proposed Transferee or lender or buyer of Tenant if Tenant is the requesting party), indicating therein any exceptions thereto that may exist at that time. Appropriate modifications shall be made to Exhibit E when Tenant is the party requesting the estoppel certificate. Failure of a party to execute and deliver such estoppel certificate within such 15 business-day period, where such failure continues for an additional five (5) days after a subsequent notice of such failure is delivered by the requesting party to such party, shall constitute an acknowledgment by such party that statements included in the estoppel certificate delivered to such party by the requesting party made in connection with a proposed sale or financing by Landlord, or proposed Transfer or sale by or loan to Tenant, as the case may be, are true and correct, without exception.
ARTICLE 18
SUBORDINATION
     18.1 Subordination . Subject to Tenant’s receipt of an appropriate subordination, non-disturbance and attornment agreement(s) as set forth below in this Section 18.1, this Lease is subject and subordinate to all present and future ground or underlying leases of the Building or the Phase IV Real Property and to the lien of any mortgages or trust deeds, now or hereafter in force against the Building and/or the Phase IV Real Property, if any, and to all renewals, extensions, modifications, consolidations and replacements thereof, and to all advances made or hereafter to be made upon the security of such mortgages or trust deeds, unless the holders of such mortgages or trust deeds, or the lessors under such ground lease or underlying leases, require in writing that this Lease be superior thereto. Notwithstanding any contrary provision of this Section 18.1, a condition precedent to the subordination of this Lease to any future mortgage, deed of trust, ground or underlying lease is that Landlord shall obtain for the benefit of Tenant a commercially reasonable subordination, non-disturbance and attornment agreement from the mortgagee, beneficiary or lessor under such future instrument (“ Non-Disturbance Agreement ”). Such commercially reasonable Non-Disturbance Agreement(s) shall include, without limitation, the obligation of any such successor ground lessor, mortgage holder or lien holder (“ Lien Holder ”) to recognize Tenant’s renewal, expansion, abatement and offset rights expressly set forth in this Lease, and the payment by Landlord of any tenant improvement or other allowance in favor of Tenant under this Lease. Tenant covenants and agrees in the event any proceedings are brought for the foreclosure of any such mortgage, or if any ground or underlying lease is terminated, to attorn to the purchaser upon any such foreclosure sale, or to the lessor of such ground or underlying lease, as the case may be, if required to do so pursuant to any Non-Disturbance Agreement executed by Tenant pursuant to this Article 18, and to recognize such purchaser or lessor as the lessor under this Lease. Tenant shall, within thirty (30) days of request by Landlord, execute such further instruments or assurances as Landlord may reasonably deem necessary to evidence or confirm the subordination or superiority of this Lease to any such mortgages, trust deeds, ground leases or underlying leases in accordance with the terms of this Article 18.
     18.2 Existing Deeds of Trust . Landlord represents and warrants to Tenant that as of the date of execution of this Lease, there are no deeds of trust or ground leases encumbering the Phase IV Real Property or any portion thereof.
ARTICLE 19
DEFAULTS; REMEDIES
     19.1 Events of Default . The occurrence of any of the following shall constitute a default of this Lease by Tenant:
          19.1.1 Any failure by Tenant to pay any Rent or any other charge required to be paid under this Lease, or any part thereof, within five (5) business days after written notice of delinquency; or
          19.1.2 Any failure by Tenant to observe or perform any other provision, covenant or condition of this Lease to be observed or performed by Tenant where such failure continues for thirty (30) days after written notice thereof from Landlord to Tenant; provided, however, that if the nature of such default is such that the same cannot reasonably be cured within a thirty (30) day period, Tenant shall not

-52-


 

be deemed to be in default if it diligently commences such cure within such period and thereafter diligently proceeds to rectify and cure said default as soon as possible; any such notice delivered by Landlord shall, at Landlord’s option, be in lieu of, and not in addition to, any notice required under California Code of Civil Procedure Section 1161 or any similar successor law.
     19.2 Remedies Upon Default . Upon the occurrence of any default by Tenant pursuant to Section 19.1 above which remains uncured after expiration of the applicable notice and cure period set forth in Section 19.1 above, Landlord shall have, in addition to any other remedies available to Landlord at law or in equity, the option to pursue any one or more of the following remedies, each and all of which shall be cumulative and nonexclusive, without any additional notice or demand whatsoever (except as required by applicable Laws).
          19.2.1 Terminate this Lease, in which event Tenant shall immediately surrender the Premises to Landlord, and if Tenant fails to do so, Landlord may, without prejudice to any other remedy which it may have for possession or arrearages in rent, enter upon and take possession of the Premises and expel or remove Tenant and any other person who may be occupying the Premises or any part thereof, without being liable for prosecution or any claim or damages therefor; and Landlord may recover from Tenant the following:
               (i) The worth at the time of award of any unpaid rent which has been earned at the time of such termination; plus
               (ii) The worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid rent which would have been earned after termination until the time of award exceeds the amount of such rental loss that Tenant proves could have been reasonably avoided; plus
               (iii) The worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid rent for the balance of the Lease Term after the time of award exceeds the amount of such rental loss that Tenant proves could have been reasonably avoided; plus
               (iv) Any other amount necessary to compensate Landlord for all the detriment proximately caused by Tenant’s failure to perform its obligations under this Lease or which in the ordinary course of things would be likely to result therefrom; and
               (v) At Landlord’s election, such other amounts in addition to or in lieu of the foregoing (to the extent not duplicative) as may be permitted from time to time by applicable law.
     The term “ rent ” as used in this Section 19.2 shall be deemed to be and to mean all sums of every nature required to be paid by Tenant pursuant to the terms of this Lease, whether to Landlord or to others. As used in Paragraphs 19.2.1(i) and (ii), above, the “ worth at the time of award ” shall be computed by allowing interest at the Interest Rate (as defined in Section 4.5 of this Lease). As used in Paragraph 19.2.1(iii) above, the “ worth at the time of award ” shall be computed by discounting such amount at the discount rate of the Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco at the time of award plus one percent (1%).
          19.2.2 Unless the Lease has been terminated, Landlord shall have the remedy described in California Civil Code Section 1951.4 (lessor may continue lease in effect after lessee’s breach and abandonment and recover rent as it becomes due, if lessee has the right to sublet or assign, subject only to reasonable limitations). Accordingly, if Landlord does not elect to terminate this Lease on account of any default by Tenant, Landlord may, from time to time, without terminating this Lease, enforce all of its rights and remedies under this Lease, including the right to recover all rent as it becomes due.
          19.2.3 Landlord may, but shall not be obligated to, make any such payment or perform or otherwise cure any such obligation, provision, covenant or condition on Tenant’s part to be observed or performed (and may enter the Premises for such purposes). Any such actions undertaken by Landlord pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section 19.2.3 shall not be deemed a waiver of Landlord’s rights and remedies as a result of Tenant’s failure to perform and shall not release Tenant from any of its obligations under this Lease.
     19.3 Payment by Tenant . Tenant shall pay to Landlord, within thirty (30) days after delivery by Landlord to Tenant of statements therefor, sums equal to expenditures reasonably made and obligations incurred by Landlord in connection with Landlord’s performance or cure of any of Tenant’s obligations pursuant to the provisions of Section 19.2.3 above. Tenant’s obligations under this Section 19.3 shall survive the expiration or sooner termination of the Lease Term.
     19.4 Sublessees of Tenant . If Landlord elects to terminate this Lease on account of any default by Tenant as set forth in this Article 19, Landlord shall have the right to terminate any and all

-53-


 

subleases, licenses, concessions or other consensual arrangements for possession entered into by Tenant and affecting the Premises or may, in Landlord’s sole discretion, succeed to Tenant’s interest in such subleases, licenses, concessions or arrangements. In the event of Landlord’s election to succeed to Tenant’s interest in any such subleases, licenses, concessions or arrangements, Tenant shall, as of the date of notice by Landlord of such election, have no further right to or interest in the rent or other consideration receivable thereunder.
     19.5 Waiver of Default . No waiver by Landlord or Tenant of any violation or breach of any of the terms, provisions and covenants herein contained shall be deemed or construed to constitute a waiver of any other or later violation or breach of the same or any other of the terms, provisions, and covenants herein contained. Forbearance by Landlord or Tenant in enforcement of one or more of the remedies herein provided upon an event of default by the other party shall not be deemed or construed to constitute a waiver of such default. The acceptance of any Rent hereunder by Landlord following the occurrence of any default, whether or not known to Landlord, shall not be deemed a waiver of any such default, except only a default in the payment of the Rent so accepted. Nothing herein shall be deemed to constitute a waiver of Tenant’s equitable right to redeem, by order or judgment of any court, Tenant’s right of occupancy of the Premises after any termination of this Lease.
     19.6 Efforts to Relet . For the purposes of this Article 19, Tenant’s right to possession shall not be deemed to have been terminated by efforts of Landlord to relet the Premises, by its acts of maintenance or preservation with respect to the Premises, or by appointment of a receiver to protect Landlord’s interests hereunder. If Landlord elects to terminate this Lease pursuant to Section 19.2.1 above following Tenant’s default, Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to mitigate its damages to the extent required by applicable Laws. The foregoing enumeration is not exhaustive, but merely illustrative of acts which may be performed by Landlord without terminating Tenant’s right to possession.
     19.7 Landlord’s Default . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Lease, Landlord shall be in default in the performance of any obligation required to be performed by Landlord pursuant to this Lease if (i) in the event a failure by Landlord is with respect to the payment of money, Landlord fails to pay such unpaid amounts within ten (10) business days of notice from Tenant that the same was not paid when due, or (ii) in the event a failure by Landlord is other than (i) above, Landlord fails to perform such obligation within thirty (30) days after the receipt of notice from Tenant specifying in detail Landlord’s failure to perform; provided, however, if the nature of Landlord’s obligation is such that more than thirty (30) days are reasonably required for its performance, then Landlord shall not be in default under this Lease if Landlord commences such performance within such thirty (30) day period and thereafter diligently pursues the same to completion. Upon any such default by Landlord under this Lease, Tenant may, except as otherwise specifically provided in this Lease to the contrary, exercise any of its rights provided at law or in equity (provided, however, in no event shall Landlord be liable to Tenant for lost profits, loss of business or other consequential damages). In addition, in the event Tenant obtains a final non-appealable monetary judgment from a court of competent jurisdiction against Landlord resulting from Landlord’s uncured default under this Lease, and Landlord fails to pay the amount of such monetary judgment to Tenant within thirty (30) days after such judgment is entered against Landlord, and such failure continues for an additional thirty (30) days after notice from Tenant that Tenant intends to exercise its rights under this Section 19.7, then Tenant may offset against the Rent next due and payable under this Lease, the amount of such monetary judgment so entered against Landlord.
ARTICLE 20
COVENANT OF QUIET ENJOYMENT
     Landlord covenants that Tenant, so long as Tenant is not in default under this Lease and any applicable notice of such default has been delivered to Tenant and any applicable cure period has expired, shall, during the Lease Term, peaceably and quietly have, hold and enjoy the Premises subject to the terms, covenants, conditions, provisions and agreements of this Lease without interference by any persons lawfully claiming by or through Landlord. The foregoing covenant is in lieu of any other covenant express or implied, except for those covenants expressly set forth in this Lease.
ARTICLE 21
SIGNS
     21.1 Full Floor Tenants . If any portion of the Premises above the ground floor of the Building comprises an entire floor of the Building, Tenant, at its sole cost and expense (which cost may be deducted from the Tenant Improvement Allowance), may install identification signage (including corporate logo) identifying Tenant or any of Tenant’s Affiliates anywhere on such full floor(s) of the Premises, including the elevator lobby of such full floor(s), provided that such signs are not visible from the exterior of the Building.

-54-


 

     21.2 Multi-Tenant Floor Tenants . If the Premises are located on the ground floor of the Building, or if Tenant occupies less than an entire floor which is part of the Premises, Tenant’s identifying signage on such floor shall: (i) be located at the entrance to the Premises (which may be located on the Premises’ entry doors); (ii) be provided by Landlord, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense (which cost may be deducted from the Tenant Improvement Allowance); (iii) comply with Landlord’s building standard signage program; and (iv) be subject to Landlord’s prior approval, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. In addition, if any portion of the Premises is located on a multi-tenant floor above the ground floor, Landlord shall provide, at Landlord’s expense, Building Standard directorial signage for such space in the elevator lobby of such floor.
     21.3 Building Directory . Tenant shall be entitled, at Landlord’s cost, to Tenant’s Share of the ground floor lobby directory located in the ground floor lobby of the Building to list thereon Tenant’s name, Tenant’s employees’ names, the names of any Affiliate to which Tenant’s interest in this Lease or the Premises has been assigned or sublet pursuant to Section 14.7 above (and such Affiliate’s employees), and/or the names of any approved Transferees and their employees.
     21.4 Prohibited Signage and Other Items . Except as expressly provided in this Article 21, Tenant may not install any signs, notices, logos, pictures, names or advertisements on the exterior or roof of the Building or the common areas of the Building or the Project or anywhere which can be seen from outside the Premises (other than signs identifying any Special Tenant Areas as exclusively for the use of Tenant as approved by Landlord). Any signs, window coverings, blinds or other items visible from the exterior of the Premises or Building are subject to the prior approval of Landlord, in its sole discretion. Any such signs, notices, logos, pictures, names, advertisements, window coverings, blinds or other items visible from the exterior of the Premises or Buildings which are installed and that have not been individually approved by Landlord pursuant to this Article 21 or otherwise may be removed without notice by Landlord at the sole expense of Tenant.
     21.5 Tenant’s Exterior Signage Rights .
          21.5.1 Building Top Signs . Subject to the approval of all applicable governmental authorities and receipt of all required governmental permits, and compliance with the LNR Warner Center Phase IV signage criteria, a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit L (the “ Signage Criteria ”), all applicable Laws and the Underlying Documents (including the signage guidelines thereof) (collectively, the “ Signage Restrictions ”), and the terms of this Section 21.5, Tenant shall have the right to install, at Tenant’s cost, one (1) identification sign on the top of the exterior of the Building at each of three (3) of the four (4) available Building top locations depicted on Exhibit J attached hereto (as selected by Tenant), for a total of three (3) Building top signs (collectively, the “ Building Top Signs ”). Except for Tenant’s Building Top Signs, Landlord shall not permit any sign to be placed upon the exterior of the Building, except for one (1) tenant identification sign which may be placed on the fourth (4 th ) available Building top sign location that has not been selected by Tenant for the location of Tenant’s Building Top Sign, which Building top sign may identify the name and/or accompanying log of a tenant which leases at least one (1) full floor of the Building from Landlord. If pursuant to Tenant’s exercise of its expansion and/or first refusal rights to lease additional space in accordance with Sections 1.4 and/or 1.5 above, Tenant’s leases from Landlord more than five (5) full floors, of the Building, then from and after the commencement date of the lease term for such additional space which causes Tenant to meet such threshold: (i) such fourth (4 th ) designated Building top sign location shall revert to Tenant, and Tenant may place a Tenant identification sign thereon (which fourth (4 th ) building top sign shall be deemed to be part of the “ Building Top Signs ”); and (ii) Tenant shall have exclusive building top signage rights for the entire Building in all of such four (4) locations.
          21.5.2 Monument Signs . Subject to the Signage Restrictions and the terms of this Section 21.5, Tenant shall have the non-exclusive right, at Tenant’s cost, to use the top fifty percent (50%) of the tenant identification signage area on the multi-tenant shared signage monument to be constructed by Landlord in front of the Building (the “ Building Monument ”) to place thereon tenant identification signs (collectively, “ Tenant’s Monument Signs ”). If pursuant to the exercise by Tenant of its expansion and/or first refusal rights in Sections 1.4 and/or 1.5 above, Tenant leases additional full floors of the Building, Tenant shall be entitled to use an additional twenty-five percent (25%) of the tenant identification signage area of the Building Monument per each additional full floor so leased, to place one (1) additional Tenant’s Monument Sign thereon ( i.e ., if Tenant leases at least five (5) full floors, Tenant shall have the right to use seventy-five (75%) of the tenant identification signage area of the Building Monument to place up to a total of three (3) Tenant’s Monument Signs thereon, and if Tenant leases the entire Building, Tenant shall have the right to use one hundred percent (100%) of the tenant signage identification area of the Building Monument to place up to a total of four (4) Tenant’s Monument Signs thereon). Tenant acknowledges and agrees that Landlord may place at the top of the Building Monument (but not in the tenant identification signage areas) a sign identifying the Building, the address of the Building and/or the Project, consistent with the Signage Criteria for placing such Building and/or Project identification sign thereon.

-55-


 

          21.5.3 Special Lobby Signs . Subject to the Signage Restrictions and the terms of this Section 21.5, Tenant shall have the non-exclusive right to install, at Tenant’s cost, one (1) tenant identification sign in the ground floor lobby of the Building, at one of the following locations, as selected by Tenant: (i) on the reception desk which Tenant may place in the Receptionist Lobby Area pursuant to Article 25 below; or (ii) at a lobby elevation to be mutually designated by the parties (acting reasonably and in good faith). Such sign may by visible to the outside plaza area of the Phase IV Real Property. If Tenant leases the entire Building under this Lease as a result of Tenant’s exercise of its expansion and first refusal rights pursuant to Sections 1.4 and 1.5 above, Tenant shall be entitled to place one (1) Tenant identification on (A) the ground floor lobby entrance doors, and (B) both locations described in clauses (i) and (ii) hereinabove. All such lobby identification signs described above in this Section 21.5.3 shall be referred to herein collectively as the “ Special Lobby Signs ”.
          21.5.4 Specifications . The graphics, materials, color, design, lettering, lighting (with respect to the Building Top Signs only, Tenant may elect to have such signs be illuminated or non-illuminated), size, specifications, manner of affixing and exact location of the Building Top Signs, Tenant’s Monument Signs and the Special Lobby Signs (Tenant’s Monument Signs, the Building Top Signs and Special Lobby Signs are sometimes collectively referred to herein as the “ Exterior Signs ”) shall be consistent with the Signage Criteria, as reasonably determined by Landlord, and subject to Landlord’s approval which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. Each of the Tenant’s Exterior Signs shall display only one (1) name and accompanying logo thereon (which can be a different name and accompanying logo than that placed on any other Exterior Sign); such single name (and accompanying logo) to be placed on an Exterior Sign shall be any of (i) “Intuit,” “Intuit Inc.” or “Innovative Merchant Solutions”, (ii) any name change under which the Original Tenant or Innovative Merchant Solutions conducts its business operations, so long as such name and accompanying logo do not constitute Objectionable Names/Logos (as defined below), and (iii) the name and accompanying logo of any Affiliate of the Original Tenant so long as such name and accompanying logo of such Affiliate do not constitute Objectionable Names/Logos. Tenant hereby acknowledges that, notwithstanding Landlord’s approval of Tenant’s Exterior Signs, Landlord has made no representation or warranty to Tenant with respect to the probability of obtaining all necessary governmental approvals and permits for the Exterior Signs. However, Landlord shall reasonably cooperate with Tenant in obtaining the necessary governmental approvals and permits for the Exterior Signs. In the event Tenant does not receive the necessary governmental approvals and permits for the Exterior Signs, Tenant’s and Landlord’s rights and obligations under the remaining provisions of this Section 21.5 shall be unaffected. In addition, Tenant shall not be obligated to actually have any or all of the Exterior Signs installed, and failure to do so shall not affect Tenant’s rights to subsequently install such Exterior Signs in the designated areas therefor in accordance with the provisions of this Section 21.5.
          21.5.5 Costs . Tenant shall pay for all costs and expenses related to the Exterior Signs and the Building Monument, including, without limitation, costs of the design, acquisition, construction, installation, maintenance, insurance, utilities, repair and replacement thereof; provided, however, Tenant shall not be obligated to pay for any of the costs of the design, development, permitting, acquisition, construction, replacement and/or installation of the Building Monument (other than such costs pertaining to Tenant’s Monument Signs), and Tenant shall only pay a pro-rata portion of all other costs with respect to the Building Monument (as reasonably determined by Landlord or by any common area association formed for LNR Warner Center which maintains the Building Monument) during the period that more than one tenant has an identification sign thereon (although Tenant shall pay the full amount of such costs as they pertain to Tenant’s Monument Signs thereon). Tenant shall install and maintain the Exterior Signs in compliance with all Laws and subject to the applicable provisions of Articles 7 and 8 above (or the Tenant Work Letter if and to the extent such Exterior Signs are installed during the design and construction of the initial Tenant Improvements); and (iii) Tenant shall not be obligated to pay to Landlord any separate rental or license fee for the use of Tenant’s Exterior Signs.
          21.5.6 Transferability; Use by Affiliates . The rights to the Exterior Signs are personal to the Original Tenant and may not be transferred by the Original Tenant or used by anyone else, except that as set forth above in this Section 21.5, Tenant shall be permitted to place the names and accompanying logos of (i) Innovative Merchant Solutions, and (ii) the Original Tenant’s other Affiliates so long as such names and accompanying logos of such other Affiliates do not constitute Objectionable Names/Logos.
          21.5.7 Objectionable Names/Logos . As used herein, the term “ Objectionable Names/Logos ” shall mean any name or logo which: (i) relates to an entity which is of a character or reputation, or is associated with a political orientation or faction, which is inconsistent with the quality of the Project as a first-class multi-tenant office building project, and which would otherwise reasonably offend a landlord of a Comparable Building; or (ii) would violate any restrictions on signs currently set forth in the Signage Restrictions.
          21.5.8 Insurance/Maintenance/Removal . Tenant shall be responsible for maintaining insurance on the Exterior Signs as part of the insurance required to be carried by Tenant pursuant to

-56-


 

Section 10.3.2 above. Should the Exterior Signs require maintenance, repairs and/or replacement as determined in Landlord’s reasonable judgment, Landlord shall have the right to provide written notice thereof to Tenant and Tenant shall cause such repairs, replacement and/or maintenance to be performed within thirty (30) days after receipt of such notice from Landlord, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense; provided, however, if such repairs, replacement and/or maintenance are reasonably expected to require longer than thirty (30) days to perform, Tenant shall commence such repairs, replacement and/or maintenance within such 30-day period and shall diligently prosecute such repairs, replacement and maintenance to completion. Should Tenant fail to perform such maintenance, repairs and/or replacement within the periods described in the immediately preceding sentence, Landlord shall have the right to cause such work to be performed and to charge Tenant as Additional Rent for the actual and reasonable costs of such work. Upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, cause to be removed all such Exterior Signs, and Tenant shall repair all damage occasioned thereby and restore the affected areas to their original condition prior to the installation of such signage so required to be removed, ordinary wear and tear and damage by casualty excepted. If Tenant fails to timely remove such signage and repair and restore the affected areas as provided in the immediately preceding sentence, on five (5) business days’ notice to Tenant, then Landlord may perform such work, and all reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred by Landlord in so performing such work shall be reimbursed by Tenant to Landlord within thirty (30) days after Tenant’s receipt of invoice therefor including interest at the Interest Rate. The immediately preceding sentence shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.
ARTICLE 22
COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS
     Tenant shall not do anything or suffer (except where such compliance is the obligation of Landlord under this Lease) anything to be done in or about the Premises or Buildings which will in any way conflict with any federal, state or local laws, statutes, ordinances or other governmental rules, regulations or requirements now in force or which may hereafter be enacted or promulgated, including, without limitation the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990 (collectively, the “ Laws ”). At its sole cost and expense, Tenant shall promptly comply with all such Laws, including, without limitation, the making of any alterations and improvements to the Premises. Notwithstanding the foregoing to the contrary, Landlord shall be responsible for compliance with, including making all alterations and improvements required by, applicable Laws with respect to the items which are Landlord’s responsibility to repair and maintain pursuant to Section 7.2 of this Lease; provided, however, that Tenant shall reimburse Landlord, within sixty (60) days after invoice, for the costs of any such improvements and alterations and other compliance costs to the extent necessitated by or resulting from (i) any Alterations or Tenant Improvements installed by or on behalf of Tenant (including, without limitation, any Cafeteria/Fitness Center Facilities), (ii) the negligence or willful misconduct of Tenant or Tenant’s agents, contractors, employees or licensees that is not covered by insurance obtained, or required to be obtained by, Landlord as part of Operating Expenses and as to which the waiver of subrogation applies, and/or (iii) Tenant’s specific manner of use of the Premises (as distinguished from the Permitted Office Use).
ARTICLE 23
ENTRY BY LANDLORD
     23.1 Entry by Landlord . Subject to the terms of Section 23.2 below, Landlord reserves the right at all reasonable times and upon at least 48 hours’ advance written notice to Tenant (except no such notice shall be required in emergencies) to enter the Premises to: (i) inspect them; (ii) show the Premises to prospective purchasers, mortgagees, or ground lessors and, during the last year of the Lease Term, to prospective tenants; (iii) post reasonable and customary notices of nonresponsibility with respect to Tenant’s works of improvement; and/or (iv) alter, improve or repair the Premises or the Building if necessary to comply with current building codes or other applicable Laws, or for structural alterations, repairs or improvements to the Building which Landlord is required to perform under this Lease. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Article 23, but subject to Section 23.2 below, Landlord may enter the Premises at any time to: (A) perform regularly scheduled services required of Landlord; and (B) subject to all applicable terms and provisions of this Lease, perform any covenants of Tenant which Tenant fails to perform after expiration of applicable notice and cure periods. Any such entries shall be without the abatement of Rent (except as expressly provided in Section 6.6 above) and shall include the right to take such reasonable steps as required to accomplish the stated purposes. Subject to Landlord’s indemnity of Tenant in, and the other provisions of, Section 10.1.2 above, Tenant hereby waives any claims for damages or for any injuries or inconvenience to or interference with Tenant’s business, lost profits, any loss of occupancy or quiet enjoyment of the Premises, and any other loss occasioned thereby. In an emergency, Landlord shall have the right to use any means that Landlord may deem proper to open the doors in and to the Premises. Any entry into the Premises in the manner hereinbefore described shall not be deemed to be a forcible or unlawful entry into, or a detainer of, the Premises, or an actual or constructive eviction of Tenant from any portion of the Premises.

-57-


 

     23.2 Secured Areas . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth above, Tenant may designate certain areas of the Premises as “ Secured Areas ” should Tenant require such areas for the purpose of securing certain valuable property or confidential information. Landlord may not enter such Secured Areas except in the case of emergency or to comply with Landlord’s obligations under this Lease, or in the event of a Landlord inspection, in which case Landlord shall provide Tenant with two (2) business days’ prior written notice of the specific date and time of such Landlord inspection.
     23.3 Landlord’s Covenants . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth above in this Article 23, Landlord agrees to (i) use commercially reasonable efforts to minimize interference with Tenant’s Permitted Use of and access to the Premises as a result of Landlord’s exercise of its entry rights under this Article 23, and (ii) absent an emergency, or Landlord’s entry to perform its obligations under this Lease, (A) conduct and schedule Landlord’s entries after Business Hours, and (B) at Tenant’s option, Landlord shall be accompanied by a representative of Tenant if such representative is reasonably made available to Landlord.
ARTICLE 24
TENANT PARKING
     24.1 Tenant’s Parking Passes . Throughout the Lease Term, as may be extended, and during the Early Occupancy Period, Tenant shall have the right to use the number and type (reserved and unreserved) of parking passes set forth in Section 10.1 of the Summary (collectively, the “ Parking Allotment ”). The Reserved Parking Passes within the Parking Allotment shall be located in the Phase IV Parking Structure (and in the approximate locations) designated in Section 10.1 of the Summary, and the Unreserved Parking Structure Passes within the Parking Allotment shall be located in the unreserved parking areas of the Phase IV Parking Structure as set forth in Section 10.1 of the Summary. The remainder of Tenant’s unreserved parking passes within the Parking Allotment shall be on a first-come, first-serve basis located in such portions of the unreserved parking areas of the Phase IV Surface Parking Areas as may be designated by Landlord from time to time (in Landlord’s sole discretion). All of Tenant’s parking passes shall be available for parking by Tenant’s employees, and Tenant’s subtenants and assignees (including Affiliates and Business Affiliates) pursuant to subleases and assignments entered into in accordance with Article 14 above.
     24.2 Parking Charges . During the initial Lease Term and Early Occupancy Period, Tenant shall not be charged any parking charges for the use of any of Tenant’s parking passes within the Parking Allotment, or for any additional parking passes made available to Tenant with respect to any Expansion Space leased by Tenant as provided in Section 1.4.2.6 above. Tenant shall however be charged for any additional parking passes made available to Tenant with respect to (i) any First Refusal Space leased by Tenant if part of the Economic Terms therefor as provided in Section 1.5.1 above, and (ii) any First Offer Space leased by Tenant if part of the Fair Market Rental Rate therefor as provided in Section 1.6 above. During the applicable Option Term (if exercised pursuant to the Extension Option Rider), unless the cost of such parking is included in the Fair Market Rental Rate therefor, Tenant shall be charged for the use of Tenant’s parking passes that are made available to Tenant with respect to any Renewal Space leased by Tenant thereunder at the prevailing parking rates charged by Landlord and/or Landlord’s parking operator from time-to-time for reserved and unreserved parking passes, as the case may be, in the applicable Parking Facilities where such parking passes are so located, plus applicable parking taxes ((the “ Prevailing Rate ”).
     24.3 Additional Parking Passes .
          24.3.1 Additional Committed Parking Passes . In the event that Landlord leases any space in the Building (or in Building D while the Original Landlord or any Original Landlord Affiliate owns Building D) to a third party tenant, and such tenant does not commit to lease parking passes with respect to such leased space in an amount equal to at least four (4) parking passes per each 1,000 rentable square feet of such space (the “ Threshold Ratio Passes ”), then Landlord shall offer to lease to Tenant, in writing, the entire balance of such uncommitted parking passes remaining after subtracting (i) the actual parking passes for which such tenant committed to lease from (ii) the Threshold Ratio Passes (such remaining parking passes, herein, collectively the “ Available Passes ”). Tenant shall, within thirty (30) days after receipt of such written offer from Landlord, deliver to Landlord a written notice (the “ Commitment Notice ”) containing Tenant’s commitment to lease any or all of such Available Passes as Tenant may elect as specified in the Commitment Notice. All such Available Passes to which Tenant commits in the Commitment Notice shall be referred to herein as the “ Committed Parking Passes ” and shall only pertain to unreserved, undesignated parking passes located in such Parking Facilities as Landlord shall designate from time to time. Tenant’s commitment to the Committed Parking Passes shall, at Tenant’s election as set forth in its Commitment Notice, be for a term which shall either be on: (A) a month to month basis, terminable by either party upon at least thirty (30) days’ advance notice delivered to the other party; or (B) a fixed term that is the lesser of (1) the remaining Lease Term under this Lease (as may be extended), or (2) the scheduled initial lease term of the lease of the third party tenant that did

-58-


 

not commit to all of the Threshold Ratio Passes. Tenant’s failure to timely deliver Tenant’s Commitment Notice committing to lease all of the Available Passes shall be deemed Tenant’s waiver of its right to lease those Available Passes not so committed to be leased by Tenant. Tenant shall be charged for the use of all of the Committed Parking Passes rented by Tenant pursuant to this Section 24.3 at the Prevailing Rate.
          24.3.2 Phases I through III Parking . Upon Tenant’s request, Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts, at no cost to Landlord, to help Tenant obtain, either on a fixed term basis (but not beyond the Lease Term) or month-to-month basis, as and to the extent available, additional unreserved parking passes that are presently allocated to Phases I, II and III of the Project. In the event Landlord is able to obtain any such additional parking passes for use by Tenant, Tenant shall be charged for the use of such Parking Passes during the applicable fixed or month-to-month term therefor at the Prevailing Rate.
     24.4 Limitations on Tenant’s Parking Rights . Tenant shall abide, and use commercially reasonable efforts to cause its employees and visitors who utilize the Parking Facilities to abide, by the Parking Rules and Regulations attached hereto as Exhibit F , as may be reasonably and non-discriminatorily modified by Landlord from time to time, the Underlying Documents and all other recorded covenants, conditions and restrictions affecting the Building and/or the Project. Subject to Landlord’s obligations set forth in Section 1.1.8, and provided the following do not do not cause an Adverse Condition to arise, Landlord may from time to time, without incurring any liability to Tenant and without any abatement of Rent under this Lease (other than as expressly provided in Section 6.6 above): (i) change the location, size, configuration, design, layout and all other aspects of any of the Parking Facilities; and (ii) temporarily (not to exceed 1-month) close-off or restrict access to any of the Parking Facilities for purposes of permitting or facilitating any such construction, alteration or improvements. The parking rights provided to Tenant pursuant to this Article 24 are provided solely for use by Tenant’s and its Affiliates’ own personnel and such rights may not be transferred, assigned, subleased or otherwise alienated by Tenant without Landlord’s prior approval, except in connection with an assignment of this Lease or sublease of the Premises made in accordance with Article 14 above. All visitor parking by Tenant’s visitors shall be subject to availability, as reasonably determined by Landlord, parking in such visitor parking areas as may be designated by Landlord from time to time (which visitor parking rate is currently free for the first 20 minutes, but which may be changed by the common area owners’ and/or parking association for the Project), and payment by such visitors of the prevailing visitor parking rate charged by Landlord from time to time; provided, however, Tenant shall have the right to purchase visitor parking validations from Landlord for use by Tenant’s visitors (and not for resale) at a forty percent (40%) discount.
ARTICLE 25
SPECIAL TENANT AREAS
     25.1 Special Tenant Areas . Subject to the approval of all applicable governmental agencies and Tenant’s compliance with all applicable Laws, the Underlying Documents and the provisions of this Article 25, Tenant shall have the right, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense (except as otherwise expressly provided below in this Article 25), but without any obligation to pay Landlord any rent or license fees with respect thereto, to use the following areas within the Phase IV Real Property (collectively, the “ Special Tenant Areas ”), but only for the following uses (and no other purposes):
          (i) a portion of the ground floor lobby of the Building not exceeding 250 usable square feet of space in the approximate location depicted on Exhibit M attached hereto (the “ Lobby Receptionist Area ”) to place Tenant’s receptionist therein solely to provide receptionist services for the Premises. The Lobby Receptionist Area shall be in such exact location and of such exact size (but in any case not in excess of 250 usable square feet) as shall not interfere with the use of or access to the Building’s ground floor lobby and Building elevators by Landlord, the Landlord Parties, any tenants or occupants of the Building, and/or any of such parties’ invitees. The exact location and exact size of the Lobby Receptionist Area (not to exceed the maximum square footage amount set forth above hereinabove) shall be mutually approved by Landlord and Tenant acting reasonably and in good faith;
          (ii) a portion of the Phase IV Real Property located outside the Building not exceeding 1,500 usable square feet of space (the “ Patio Area ”), for the exclusive use by the employees of the Tenant, its Affiliates and any assignee or subtenant of Tenant under an assignment or sublease entered into by Tenant pursuant to Article 14 above, only, as a “patio/picnic” area (but with no duty upon Landlord to enforce such exclusive use against third parties). The location of the Patio Area is currently contemplated by the parties to be adjacent to the southeast corner of the Building; the exact location and exact size of the Patio Area (not to exceed the maximum square footage amount set forth hereinabove) shall be mutually approved by the parties acting reasonably and in good faith; and

-59-


 

          (iii) a portion of the Phase IV Real Property located outside the Building, which shall be 50’ x 42’ in size (the “ Sport Court Area ”), for the exclusive use by the employees of the Original Tenant and its Affiliates, only, as a recreational sports court for half-court basketball, volleyball and similar sports activities, and subject to Landlord’s prior reasonable approval, company special events, with any non-similar sports activities thereon to be subject to Landlord’s prior reasonable approval (but with no duty upon Landlord to enforce such exclusive use against third parties); the exact location of the Sport Court Area shall be mutually approved by the parties acting reasonably and in good faith
     25.2 Landlord’s Construction Obligations . Following the parties’ approval of the location and size of the Special Tenant Areas pursuant to Section 25.1 above, Landlord shall, at its expense, procure all building permits for (but not use permits), and perform, the following work in and to the Special Tenant Areas (collectively, “ Landlord’s Special Area Work ”):
          (i) Landlord shall install (A) a concrete surface covering the entire Patio Area, consistent with the other exterior sidewalk surfaces in those common area sidewalks of the Phase IV Real Property to be located adjacent to the Patio Area, and (B) landscaping screening for the Patio Area of such materials and specifications as shall be designated by Landlord (after consultation with Tenant) to visually separate the Patio Area from the other common areas of the Phase IV Real Property; and
          (ii) Landlord shall install (A) an asphalt surface covering the entire Sport Court Area (or similar material suitable for half-court basketball) and (B) landscaped screening for the Sport Court Area of such materials and specifications as shall be designated by Landlord (after consultation with Tenant) to visually separate the Sport Court Area from the other common areas of the Phase IV Real Property.
Landlord shall perform Landlord’s Special Area Work during Landlord’s construction of the Base, Shell and Core of the Building if the parties approve the size and location of the Special Tenant Areas on or before June 1, 2007. Otherwise, Landlord shall perform such work within a reasonable period of time after the parties’ approval of the size and location of the Special Tenant Areas. Except for Landlord’s obligation to perform Landlord’s Special Area Work, (A) Landlord shall have no obligation to make or pay for any changes, improvements, alterations, fixtures or equipment to or for the Special Tenant Areas, (B) Tenant shall accept the Special Tenant Areas in their “AS IS” condition, and (C) Landlord shall have no obligation whatsoever with respect to the Special Tenant Areas or the Tenant’s Special Area Equipment.
     25.3 Tenant’s Special Area Equipment . Tenant may, at its sole cost and expense, install or place the following items in the Special Tenant Areas (collectively, the “ Tenant’s Special Area Equipment ”), subject, however, to Tenant’s compliance with all applicable Laws and the Underlying Documents, and provided Tenant first obtains Landlord’s prior approval (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld) of the design, materials and all other specifications therefor: (i) one (1) reception desk and chair (together with ordinary desk supplies and telephone/computer equipment therefor) in the Lobby Receptionist Area for use by its receptionist; (ii) tables, umbrellas and chairs, and other normal patio/picnic furniture (which need not be bolted in place), in the Patio Area; and (iii) two (2) basketball hoops and one (1) volleyball net in the Sport Court Area, and a gated fence surrounding the Sport Court Area. Except for Tenant’s Special Area Equipment, Tenant shall not make or install any improvements or alterations in or to the Special Tenant Areas, or install or place any furniture, fixtures, equipment or other personal property thereon.
     25.4 Tenant’s Covenants . Tenant shall, at its expense, at all times maintain and operate the Special Tenant Areas and the Tenant’s Special Area Equipment in first-class clean order, repair and condition, consistent with the nature of the Project, and in such a fashion so as to not unreasonably interfere with the use and occupancy of the Building or Project by Landlord, the Landlord Parties any tenants or occupants of the Building or Project, and/or any of such parties’ invitees. If such operation by Tenant causes any such interference or any nuisance, Landlord may require Tenant to immediately cease any such operations from the applicable Special Tenant Areas. In addition, Tenant shall, at its expense: (i) be solely responsible for any damage to the Special Tenant Areas and/or Project resulting from Tenant’s use of the Special Tenant Areas and Tenant’s Special Area Equipment; (ii) promptly pay any tax, license and permit fees charged by any governmental agency in connection with Tenant’s use of the Special Tenant Areas; (iii) obtain all necessary governmental permits and approvals with respect to Tenant’s use and operation of the Special Tenant Areas, and comply with all applicable Laws and such reasonable rules, regulations and procedures as Landlord may establish from time to time with respect to such use and operation which do not prevent the use of such Special Tenant Areas for their intended use; and (iv) install such fencing and other protective equipment on or about the Sport Court Area and Patio Area as Landlord may reasonably require. Tenant may serve food and beverages in the Patio Area (and Tenant’s employees may use the Patio Area as an eating area), and Tenant may stage company special events in the Patio Area; however, no cooking shall be permitted in the Patio Area or any other Special Tenant Areas at any time, nor shall Tenant permit any music, entertainment or loud noises in the Patio Area or any other Special Tenant Areas. Tenant shall not use any Hazardous Materials in violation of this

-60-


 

Lease in the Special Tenant Areas. The indemnity provisions of Section 10.1 above shall apply to the provisions of this Article 25 and the Special Tenant Areas.
     25.5 General Rights and Obligations . For the purposes of determining Landlord’s and Tenant’s respective rights and obligations with respect to Tenant’s use of the Special Tenant Areas, the Special Tenant Areas shall be deemed to be a portion of Tenant’s Premises to the extent appropriate; consequently, all of the provisions of this Lease respecting Tenant’s obligations hereunder shall apply to the installation, use and maintenance of the Special Tenant Areas (including, without limitation, provisions relating to compliance with requirements as to insurance, indemnity, repairs and maintenance), and all such provisions shall also apply, to the extent appropriate, to the installation, use and maintenance of the Tenant’s Special Area Equipment (but the square footage of the Special Tenant Areas shall not be included in any rentable or usable area calculations for purposes of this Lease, including calculations of Base Rent, Tenant Share, Tenant’s parking passes and the Tenant Improvement Allowance). In the event that the insurance carried by Tenant in accordance with the terms of Section 10.3 of this Lease would not cover a particular event, activity or other use of the Special Tenant Areas by Tenant, Tenant, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, shall procure additional reasonable liability insurance as reasonably required to cover such event, activity or use to the levels required with respect to the Premises by such Section 10.3.
     25.6 Rights Personal . Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Article 25 to the contrary, Tenant’s rights to the Special Tenant Areas under this Article 25 may not be transferred to, or exercised or used by, any person or entity other than the following entities (and their employees): (i) the Original Tenant; (ii) the Original Tenant’s Affiliates; and (iii) with respect to the Patio Area, assignees and subtenants of the Original Tenant under assignments or subleases entered into pursuant to Article 14 above. In addition, at Landlord’s option, Tenant shall no longer have the right to use the Lobby Receptionist Area or Sport Court Area if after the Lease Commencement Date the Original Tenant and all Affiliate assignees and Affiliate subtenants cease to be in physical occupancy and possession of at least two (2) full floors of the Building leased by Tenant under this Lease.
     25.7 Removal of Equipment . Upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, or the loss of Tenant’s rights to use any of the Special Tenant Areas pursuant to Section 25.6 above, Tenant shall, at its expense, remove all of the Tenant’s Special Area Equipment from such Special Tenant Areas, repair any damage caused thereby and restore such Special Tenant Areas to their condition existing prior to the installation of such items. Tenant shall have no obligation to remove any portion of the Special Tenant Areas installed by Landlord. Landlord may elect, by not less than one hundred eighty (180) days’ prior written notice to Tenant, to retain in their entirety the Tenant’s Special Area Equipment located in either or both of the Sport Court Area and the Patio Area, and, in such event, Tenant shall not be required to remove Tenant’s Special Area Equipment (or any part thereof) so elected to be retained by Landlord.
ARTICLE 26
MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS
     26.1 Terms . The necessary grammatical changes required to make the provisions hereof apply either to corporations or partnerships or individuals, men or women, as the case may require, shall in all cases be assumed as though in each case fully expressed.
     26.2 Binding Effect . Each of the provisions of this Lease shall extend to and shall, as the case may require, bind or inure to the benefit not only of Landlord and of Tenant, but also of their respective successors or assigns, provided this clause shall not permit any assignment, sublease or other transfer by Tenant contrary to the provisions of Article 14 of this Lease.
     26.3 No Air Rights . No rights to any view or to light or air over any property, whether belonging to Landlord or any other person, are granted to Tenant by this Lease. If at any time any windows of the Premises are temporarily darkened or the light or view therefrom is obstructed by reason of any repairs, improvements, maintenance or cleaning in or about the Building, the same shall be without liability to Landlord and without any reduction or diminution of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease.
     26.4 Modification of Lease . Should any current or prospective mortgagee or ground lessor for the Phase IV Real Property require a modification or modifications of this Lease, which modification or modifications will not result in an Adverse Condition, or cause an increased cost or expense to Tenant or in any other way materially and adversely change the rights and obligations of Tenant hereunder, then and in such event, Tenant agrees that this Lease may be so modified and agrees to execute whatever documents are required therefor and deliver the same to Landlord within ten (10) business days following the request therefor. Landlord shall reimburse to Tenant the actual, documented and reasonable attorneys’ fees incurred by Tenant in reviewing such documents, not to exceed Two Thousand Five Hundred Dollars ($2,500.00).

-61-


 

     26.5 Transfer of Landlord’s Interest . Tenant acknowledges that Landlord has the right to transfer all or any portion of its interest in the Phase IV Real Property, the Building and/or this Lease, and Tenant agrees that in the event of any such transfer, Landlord shall be released from all liability under this Lease arising after the effective date of such transfer (to the extent such liability relates to the interest transferred) provided such obligations are expressly assumed by the transferee, and Tenant agrees to look solely to such transferee for the performance of Landlord’s obligations hereunder arising after the date of transfer. The liability of any transferee of Landlord shall be limited to the interest of such transferee in the Phase IV Real Property and Building and any available insurance and condemnation proceeds and available rental proceeds received after any liabilities of such transferee have accrued, and such transferee shall be without personal liability under this Lease, and Tenant hereby expressly waives and releases such personal liability on behalf of itself and all persons claiming by, through or under Tenant. Tenant further acknowledges that Landlord may assign its interest in this Lease to a mortgage lender as additional security and agrees that such an assignment shall not release Landlord from its obligations hereunder and that Tenant shall continue to look to Landlord for the performance of its obligations hereunder.
     26.6 Prohibition Against Recording . At any time following the execution and delivery of this Lease, Landlord and Tenant shall each have the right to require the other party to execute, acknowledge and deliver a commercially reasonable short form memorandum of Lease. Except as provided hereinabove, neither this Lease, nor any memorandum, affidavit or other writing with respect thereto, shall be recorded by Tenant or by anyone acting through, under or on behalf of Tenant.
     26.7 Landlord’s Title . Landlord’s title is and always shall be paramount to the title of Tenant. Nothing herein contained shall empower Tenant to do any act which can, shall or may encumber the title of Landlord beyond such encumbrances as are created by this Lease.
     26.8 Captions . The captions of Articles and Sections are for convenience only and shall not be deemed to limit, construe, affect or alter the meaning of such Articles and Sections.
     26.9 Relationship of Parties . Nothing contained in this Lease shall be deemed or construed by the parties hereto or by any third party to create the relationship of principal and agent, partnership, joint venturer or any association between Landlord and Tenant, it being expressly understood and agreed that neither the method of computation of Rent nor any act of the parties hereto shall be deemed to create any relationship between Landlord and Tenant other than the relationship of landlord and tenant.
     26.10 Application of Payments . Landlord shall have the right to apply payments received from Tenant pursuant to this Lease, regardless of Tenant’s designation of such payments, to satisfy any obligations of Tenant hereunder, in such order and amounts as Landlord, in its sole discretion, may elect.
     26.11 Time of Essence; Time for Payment . Time is of the essence of this Lease and each of its provisions. Whenever in the Lease a payment is required to be made by one party to the other, but a specific date for payment is not set forth or a specific number of days within which payment is to be made is not set forth, or the words “immediately,” “promptly,” and/or “on demand,” or their equivalent, are used to specify when such payment is due, then such payment shall be due thirty (30) days after the date that the party which is entitled to such payment sends notice to the other party demanding such payment.
     26.12 Partial Invalidity . If any term, provision or condition contained in this Lease shall, to any extent, be invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of this Lease, or the application of such term, provision or condition to persons or circumstances other than those with respect to which it is invalid or unenforceable, shall not be affected thereby, and each and every other term, provision and condition of this Lease shall be valid and enforceable to the fullest extent possible permitted by law.
     26.13 No Warranty . In executing and delivering this Lease, neither Landlord nor Tenant has relied on any representation or any warranty or any statement of the other party which is not set forth herein or in one or more of the exhibits or riders attached hereto.
     26.14 Landlord Exculpation . It is expressly understood and agreed that notwithstanding anything in this Lease to the contrary, and notwithstanding any applicable law to the contrary, the liability of Landlord and the Landlord Parties hereunder (including any successor landlord) and any recourse by Tenant against Landlord or the Landlord Parties shall be limited solely and exclusively to an amount which is equal to the interest of Landlord in the Building and the other portions of the Phase IV Real Property owned by Landlord and any available insurance and condemnation proceeds, and neither Landlord, nor any of the Landlord Parties shall have any personal liability therefor, and Tenant hereby expressly waives and releases such personal liability on behalf of itself and all persons claiming by, through or under Tenant.
     26.15 Entire Agreement . It is understood and acknowledged that there are no oral agreements between the parties hereto affecting this Lease and this Lease supersedes and cancels any and all previous negotiations, arrangements, brochures, agreements and understandings, if any, between the parties hereto

-62-


 

or displayed by Landlord to Tenant with respect to the subject matter thereof, and none thereof shall be used to interpret or construe this Lease. This Lease (including the exhibits and riders which are attached hereto and constitute an integral part of this Lease) contains all of the terms, covenants, conditions, warranties and agreements of the parties relating in any manner to the rental, use and occupancy of the Premises, shall be considered to be the only agreement between the parties hereto and their representatives and agents, and none of the terms, covenants, conditions or provisions of this Lease can be modified, deleted or added to except in writing signed by the parties hereto. All negotiations and oral agreements acceptable to both parties have been merged into and are included herein. There are no other representations or warranties between the parties, and all reliance with respect to representations is based totally upon the representations and agreements contained in this Lease.
     26.16 Right to Lease . Subject to Tenant’s expansion and first refusal rights in Sections 1.4 and 1.5 above, and the provisions of Section 26.26 below, Landlord reserves the absolute right to effect such other tenancies in the Building and Building D, and/or in any other portions of the Phase IV Real Property and/or the Project owned by Landlord as Landlord in the exercise of its sole business judgment shall determine to best promote the interests of the Building, Building D, and/or any such other portions of the Phase IV Real Property and the Project. Tenant does not rely on the fact, nor does Landlord represent, that any specific tenant or type or number of tenants shall, during the Lease Term, occupy any space in the Building, Building D, and/or any such other portions of the Phase IV Real Property and the Project.
     26.17 Force Majeure . Any prevention, delay or stoppage due to strikes, lockouts, labor disputes, rain or other inclement weather, acts of God, inability to obtain services, labor, or materials or reasonable substitutes therefor, governmental actions or inactions, including, without limitation, any delays in obtaining permits or approvals from the applicable governmental authorities, civil commotions, fire or other casualty, and other causes beyond the reasonable control of the party obligated to perform, except with respect to the obligations imposed on Tenant under the Tenant Work Letter (unless and to the extent Force Majeure delays extend the Lease Commencement Date, or any of Tenant’s obligations under the Tenant Work Letter, as specifically provided and subject to the restrictions contained in the Tenant Work Letter) or with regard to Rent and other charges to be paid by Tenant pursuant to this Lease, or monetary amounts required to be paid by Landlord pursuant to this Lease (collectively, the “ Force Majeure ”), notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, shall excuse the performance of such party for a period equal to any such prevention, delay or stoppage and, therefore, if this Lease specifies a time period for performance of an obligation of either party, that time period shall be extended by the period of any delay in such party’s performance caused by a Force Majeure.
     26.18 Notices . All notices, demands, statements or communications (collectively, “ Notices ”) given or required to be given by either party to the other hereunder shall be in writing, shall be sent by United States certified or registered mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, or delivered personally or sent by nationally recognized overnight courier (i) to Tenant at the appropriate address set forth in Section 5 of the Summary, or to such other place as Tenant may from time to time designate in a Notice to Landlord; or (ii) to Landlord at the addresses set forth in Section 3 of the Summary, or to such other firm or to such other place as Landlord may from time to time designate in a Notice to Tenant. Any Notice will be deemed given (A) on the date delivered or rejected if it is mailed as provided in this Section 26.18, or (B) upon the date personal delivery is made or rejected, or (C) upon the date the overnight courier delivery is made or rejected, as the case may be. If Tenant is notified of the identity and address of Landlord’s mortgagee or ground or underlying lessor, Tenant shall give to such mortgagee or ground or underlying lessor written notice of any default by Landlord under the terms of this Lease by registered or certified mail or nationally recognized overnight courier, and such mortgagee or ground or underlying lessor shall be given a reasonable opportunity to cure such default prior to Tenant’s exercising any remedy available to Tenant.
     26.19 Joint and Several . If there is more than one Tenant, the obligations imposed upon Tenant under this Lease shall be joint and several.
     26.20 Authority . Each party hereby represents and warrants to the other party that the representing party is a duly formed and existing corporation or limited liability company (as the case may be) qualified to do business in the State of California and that the representing party has full right and authority to execute and deliver this Lease and that each person signing on behalf of the representing party is authorized to do so. Each party is making the foregoing representations knowing that the other party will rely thereon.
     26.21 Attorneys’ Fees Jury Trial . IF EITHER PARTY COMMENCES LITIGATION AGAINST THE OTHER (OR ANY PARTY BRINGS A COUNTERCLAIM AGAINST THE OTHER) IN RESPECT OF ANY MATTER ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS LEASE, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, THE RELATIONSHIP OF LANDLORD AND TENANT, TENANT’S USE OR OCCUPANCY OF THE PREMISES, ANY CLAIM FOR INJURY OR DAMAGES, AND/OR THE ENFORCEMENT OF ANY REMEDY UNDER OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS LEASE (INCLUDING ANY EMERGENCY OR STATUTORY REMEDY), THE

-63-


 

PARTIES HERETO AGREE TO AND HEREBY DO WAIVE ANY RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY JURY AND, IN THE EVENT OF ANY SUCH COMMENCEMENT OF LITIGATION, OR IN THE EVENT OF THE COMMENCEMENT OF ANY ARBITRATION, THE PREVAILING PARTY SHALL BE ENTITLED TO RECOVER FROM THE OTHER PARTY SUCH REASONABLE COSTS AND REASONABLE ATTORNEYS’ FEES AS MAY HAVE BEEN INCURRED, INCLUDING ANY AND ALL COSTS INCURRED IN ENFORCING, PERFECTING ANY JUDGMENT OR ARBITRATION AWARD.
     26.22 Governing Law . This Lease shall be construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of California.
     26.23 Submission of Lease . Submission of this instrument for examination or signature by Tenant does not constitute a reservation of or an option for lease, and it is not effective as a lease or otherwise until execution and delivery by both Landlord and Tenant.
     26.24 Brokers . Landlord and Tenant hereby warrant to each other that they have had no dealings with any real estate broker or agent in connection with the negotiation of this Lease, excepting only Landlord’s Broker and Tenant’s Broker specified in Section 11 of the Summary (collectively, the “ Brokers ”), and that they know of no other real estate broker or agent who is entitled to a commission in connection with this Lease. Each party agrees to indemnify and defend the other party against and hold the other party harmless from any and all claims, demands, losses, liabilities, lawsuits, judgments, and costs and expenses (including without limitation reasonable attorneys’ fees) with respect to any leasing commission or equivalent compensation alleged to be owing on account of the indemnifying party’s dealings with any real estate broker or agent other than the Brokers. Landlord shall pay Landlord’s Broker any brokerage commissions payable to Landlord’s Broker in connection with the execution of this Lease pursuant to a separate agreement between Landlord and Landlord’s Broker. Landlord shall pay Tenant’s Broker any commissions payable to Tenant’s Broker in connection with the execution of this Lease pursuant to a separate commission agreement between Landlord and Tenant’s Broker (the “ Tenant’s Broker Commission Agreement ”), a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit G . Any person or entity succeeding to Landlord’s interest under this Lease upon the transfer by Landlord to such person or entity of Landlord’s interest in the Building shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Tenant’s Broker Commission Agreement to the extent expressly provided therein.
     26.25 Independent Covenants . This Lease shall be construed as though the covenants herein between Landlord and Tenant are independent and not dependent and Tenant hereby expressly waives the benefit of any statute to the contrary. Tenant further agrees that if Landlord fails to perform any of its obligations set forth in this Lease, Tenant shall not be entitled to make any repairs or perform any acts hereunder at Landlord’s expense or to any setoff of the Rent or other amounts owing hereunder against Landlord; provided, however, that the foregoing shall in no way impair Tenant’s self-help, offset and/or other rights as expressly stated elsewhere in this Lease; provided, further, however, that the foregoing shall also not impair the right of Tenant to commence a separate action against Landlord for any violation by Landlord of the provisions hereof so long as notice is first given to Landlord and any holder of a mortgage or deed of trust covering the Building, Phase IV Real Property or any portion thereof, of whose address Tenant has theretofore been notified, and an opportunity is granted to Landlord and such holder to correct such violations as provided above.
     26.26 Building Name and Signage; Restrictions on Leasing . Subject to the restrictions contained in Section 21.5 above and this Section 26.26 below regarding exterior signage for the Building, Landlord shall have the right at any time to change or designate the name of the Building, any other buildings in the Phase IV Real Property and/or the Project, and to install, affix and maintain any and all signs on the exterior of the Building, any other buildings in the Phase IV Real Property and/or the Project and in the interior of the Building. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord agrees that during any period of time that Tenant is not in monetary default under this Lease, for an amount in excess of at least one (1) monthly installment of Base Rent, after expiration of the applicable notice and cure period (and after the expiration of an applicable 5-business days’ notice from Landlord to Tenant indicating that Landlord intends to use such monetary default as a basis to avoid the restrictions on leasing set forth herein if Tenant does not cure such default within such 5-business day period), Landlord shall not: (i) lease space within the Building to any tenant who (A) is a Direct Competitor (as defined below) of Tenant’s Affiliate, Innovative Merchant Solutions, or (B) is a Prohibited Governmental Entity or On-Site Clinical Medical Tenant (as defined in Section 14.2.3 above); or (ii) name the Building after, or provide signage on the Signage Monument or on the exterior of the Building to, any such Direct Competitor, Prohibited Governmental Entity or On-Site Medical Tenant. The foregoing restrictions and covenants of Landlord set forth in clauses (i) and (ii) hereinabove shall terminate if at any time (A) any applicable Laws prohibit such restrictions and covenants, and/or (B) the Original Tenant has assigned this Lease (or subleased the entire rentable square feet of the original Premises for substantially the entire remaining balance of the Lease Term) to any person or entity other than to an Affiliate pursuant to Section 14.7 above. As used herein, a “ Direct Competitor ” of Innovative Merchant Solutions shall mean any person or entity which operates, as its primary business in the leased space in the Building, credit card

-64-


 

transactions and processing for merchant services (examples of entities which currently operate such businesses as their primary business are I Payment, Nova Information Systems of Georgia and Card Service International California).
     26.27 Transportation Management . In addition to Tenant’s obligations set forth in Section 5.1 above, if required by law, Landlord and Tenant shall fully comply with all present or future governmentally-mandated programs intended to manage parking, transportation or traffic in and around the Phase IV Real Property and the Project, and in connection therewith, Tenant shall take reasonable action for the transportation planning and management of all employees located at the Premises by working directly with Landlord, any governmental transportation management organization or any other transportation-related committees or entities.
     26.28 Landlord’s Construction . Tenant acknowledges that prior to and during the Lease Term, Landlord (and/or any common area association) will be completing construction and/or demolition work pertaining to various portions of the Building and Project, including without limitation, landscaping and tenant improvements for premises for other tenants and such other buildings, parking structures and facilities, improvements, landscaping and other facilities within or as part of the Project as Landlord (and/or such common area association) shall from time to time desire (collectively, the “ Construction ”), subject, however, to Landlord’s obligations and the restrictions and limitations set forth in this Lease, including in Section 1.1 above and the Tenant Work Letter. In connection with such Construction, Landlord (and/or any common area association) may, among other things, erect scaffolding or other necessary structures in the Building, limit or eliminate access to portions of the Project, including portions of the common areas, access roads and parking facilities, or perform work in or around the Building or Project, which work may create noise, dust or leave debris; provided, however, following the date Landlord delivers possession of the Premises to Tenant in the Ready for TI Condition, Tenant shall always have reasonable, legal access to the Premises and, subject to Landlord’s temporary relocation and other rights as provided in Section 1.1.8 and Article 24 above, those portions of the Parking Facilities designated for Tenant’s Reserved Parking Passes and Tenant’s Unreserved Parking Structure Passes in Section 10.1 of the Summary and/or otherwise designated from time to time by Landlord for Tenant’s parking passes in accordance with Article 24 above. Tenant hereby agrees that such Construction and Landlord’s (and/or such common area association’s) actions in connection with such Construction shall in no way constitute a constructive eviction of Tenant nor (except as provided in Section 6.6 above) entitle Tenant to any abatement of Rent. Landlord shall have no responsibility or for any reason be liable to Tenant for any direct or indirect injury to or interference with Tenant’s business arising from the Construction (except as provided in Section 6.6 above), nor shall Tenant be entitled to any compensation or damages from Landlord (except as provided in Section 6.6 above) for loss of the use of the whole or any part of the Premises or of Tenant’s Property or improvements resulting from the Construction or Landlord’s (and/or such common area association’s) actions in connection with such Construction, or for any inconvenience or annoyance occasioned by such Construction or Landlord’s (and/or such common area association’s) actions in connection with such Construction; provided, however, that in performing any Construction (i) Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to minimize interference with Tenant’s use of, access to and occupancy of the Premises for the Permitted Use as a result of such Construction, (ii) Landlord shall perform such Construction in compliance with all applicable Laws in effect as of any time such Construction is performed, and (iii) Landlord shall perform such construction in a manner that will not materially increase Tenant’s monetary obligations under this Lease, or otherwise materially adversely affect Tenant’s rights under this Lease; and provided, further, however, with respect to any such Construction performed by any common area association, Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to enforce its rights under the applicable covenants, conditions and restrictions governing such association to eliminate any Adverse Condition of which Landlord is aware and resulting from any such Construction.
     26.29 Emergency Generator . Landlord hereby agrees that, subject to Tenant’s compliance with all applicable Laws, the Underlying Documents and all other recorded covenants, conditions and restrictions affecting the Project, and subject to the approval of all applicable governmental authorities, Tenant shall have the right, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense (except as provided hereinbelow) and subject to the provisions of this Section 26.29 (but without any additional rent payable to Landlord), to install: (i) one (1) emergency generator on a portion of the Phase IV Real Property ( i.e. , a generator pad) located outside the Building, which generator pad shall be provided by Landlord (together with a conduit connecting the pad to the Building) at Landlord’s expense; and (ii) following the date Tenant leases the entire Building pursuant to this Lease, if applicable, a second (2 nd ) generator on another generator pad portion of the Phase IV Real Property located outside the Building, which generator pad shall be provided by Landlord (together with a conduit connecting the pad to the Building) at Landlord’s expense. The exact location (and size) of each such generator pad within the Phase IV Real Property shall be mutually agreed by Landlord and Tenant acting reasonably and in good faith. The generator pad area upon which each such applicable generator shall be located shall be referred to herein as a “ Generator Site ”. Each such applicable generator shall be of such size and specifications, and include such platforms, fencing, enclosures, sheds and other related materials and equipment, as shall be mutually approved by the parties (acting reasonably and in good faith) prior to installation (collectively, the “ Emergency Generator ”). In

-65-


 

addition, Tenant shall have the right, subject to available capacity of the Building, to install such connection equipment, such as conduits, cables, risers, feeders and materials (collectively, the “ Generator Connecting Equipment ”) in the shafts, ducts, conduits, chases, utility closets and other facilities of the Building as is reasonably necessary to connect the Emergency Generator to the Premises and Tenant’s other machinery and equipment therein, subject, however, to the provisions of Section 26.29.2, below. Tenant shall also have the right of access, consistent with Section 26.29.3, below, to the areas where the Emergency Generator and any such Generator Connecting Equipment are located for the purposes of maintaining, repairing, testing and replacing the same.
          26.29.1 Generator Equipment . The installation of the Emergency Generator and related Generator Connecting Equipment (hereby referred to together and/or separately as the “ Generator Equipment ”) shall be performed in accordance with and subject to the provisions of this Section 26.29 and Article 8 of this Lease (and the Tenant Work Letter if installed during the construction of the Tenant Improvements), and the Generator Equipment shall be deemed to be Tenant’s Property for all purposes of this Lease. For the purposes of determining Tenant’s obligations with respect to its use of the Generator Site and Generator Equipment herein provided, the Generator Site shall be deemed to be a portion of the Premises to the extent appropriate; consequently, all of the provisions of this Lease with respect to Tenant’s obligations hereunder shall apply to the installation, use and maintenance of the Generator Equipment, including without limitation, provisions relating to compliance with requirements as to insurance, indemnity, repairs and maintenance, and compliance with Laws (but the square footage of the Generator Site shall not be included in any rentable or usable area calculations for purposes of this Lease, including calculations of Base Rent, Tenant Share, Tenant’s parking passes and the Tenant Improvement Allowance).
          26.29.2 Exclusive Right . Upon Tenant’s installation of the applicable Emergency Generator pursuant to this Section 26.29, and during the period that Tenant maintains such Emergency Generator and the Generator Site, Tenant shall have the exclusive right to use such Generator Site for the operation, repair and maintenance of such Emergency Generator.
          26.29.3 Tenant’s Covenants . Tenant shall install, use, maintain and repair the Generator Equipment so as not to damage or interfere with the operation of the Project or Building, any portion thereof, including, without limitation, the Generator Site, the Systems and Equipment, and any other generators or power sources or similar equipment located in or on the Building or Project; and the indemnity provisions of Section 10.1 shall apply to this Section 26.29 and the Generator Site.
          26.29.4 Landlord’s Obligations . Except as specifically provided in this Section 26.29, Landlord shall not have any obligations with respect to the Generator Site, the Generator Equipment or compliance with any requirements relating thereto, nor shall Landlord be responsible for any damage that may be caused to the Generator Equipment, except to the extent caused by the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord and not insured or required to be insured by Tenant under this Lease. Landlord makes no representation that the Generator Equipment will be able to supply sufficient power to the Premises, and Tenant agrees that Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant therefor.
          26.29.5 Condition of Generator Site . Subject to and except for Landlord’s obligation to provide the conduit connecting the applicable Generator Site to the Building as described in Section 26.29.1 above (i) Tenant shall accept the Generator Site in its “AS-IS” condition, without any representations or warranties made by Landlord concerning same (including, but not limited to, the purposes for which such areas are to be used by Tenant), (ii) Landlord shall have no obligation to contract or pay for any improvements or other work in or for the Generator Site, and (iii) Tenant shall be solely responsible, at its sole cost and expense, for preparing the Generator Site for the installation of the Generator Equipment and for constructing any improvements or performing any other work in such areas pursuant to and in accordance with the provisions of this Section 26.29. Tenant, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, shall maintain the Generator Equipment and install such enclosures, fencing and other protective equipment on or about the Generator Equipment as Landlord may reasonably determine.
          26.29.6 Repairs . Tenant shall (i) be solely responsible for any damage caused as a result of the Generator Equipment, (ii) promptly pay any tax, license or permit fees charged pursuant to any requirements in connection with the installation, maintenance or use of the Generator Equipment and comply with all precautions and safeguards recommended by all governmental authorities, and (iii) subject to the waiver of subrogation set forth in Section 10.4 above, make necessary repairs, replacements to or maintenance of the Generator Equipment and Generator Site. Tenant shall have the work which is Tenant’s obligation to perform under this Section 26.29 (including, without limitation, all installation, modification and maintenance of the Generator Equipment) performed promptly and diligently in a first-class, workmanlike manner, by contractors and subcontractors reasonably approved by Landlord.
          26.29.7 Installation . Tenant shall install and operate the Generator Equipment in compliance with all applicable Laws, the Underlying Documents and all other recorded covenants,

-66-


 

conditions and restrictions affecting the Project. Prior to the installation of the Generator Equipment, or the performance of any modifications or changes thereto, Tenant shall comply with the following:
                         (i) Tenant shall submit to Landlord in writing all plans for such installations, modifications or changes for Landlord’s approval, which approval shall not be reasonably withheld or delayed;
                         (ii) prior to commencement of any work, Tenant shall obtain the required approvals of all federal, state and local governmental authorities; Tenant shall promptly deliver to Landlord written proof to the extent practical of compliance with all applicable Laws, the Underlying Documents and all other recorded covenants, conditions and restrictions affecting the Project in connection with any work related to the Generator Equipment, including, but not limited to, a signed-off permit from the City of Los Angeles;
                         (iii) all of such work shall conform to Landlord’s design specifications for the Project, Building and the Generator Site and Landlord’s requirements, including, but not limited to, weight and loading requirements, and shall not adversely affect the structural components of the Building or interfere with any Systems and Equipment located in, upon or serving the Project, Building or the Generator Site; and
                         (iv) the Generator Equipment shall be clearly marked to show Tenant’s name, address, telephone number and the name of the person to contact in case of emergency.
          26.29.8 Hazardous Materials . Tenant shall not use any Hazardous Materials in connection with the Generator Equipment, except that Tenant may use diesel fuel stored in an above-ground, double walled steel tank (the “ Fuel Tank ”) and shall be contained within the Emergency Generator at the Generator Site (the exact location and size of which Fuel Tank shall be approved by Landlord in accordance with the standards for approval set forth above in this Section 26.29), as long as such fuel and Fuel Tank are kept, maintained and used in accordance with all applicable Laws and the highest safety standards for such use, and so long as such fuel is always stored within the Fuel Tank and is not used or stored in any area outside of the Emergency Generator. Tenant shall promptly, at Tenant’s expense, take all investigatory and all remedial action required by applicable Laws and reasonably recommended by Landlord, whether or not formally ordered or required by applicable Laws, for the cleanup of any spill, release or other contamination of the Generator Site and/or the Project to the extent caused or contributed to by Tenant’s use of the Generator Equipment (including, without limitation, the fuel for the Emergency Generator), or pertaining to or involving any such fuel or other Hazardous Materials brought onto the Generator Site during the Lease Term by Tenant or any of Tenant’s agents, employees, contractors, licensees or invitees. Tenant shall indemnify, defend and hold Landlord and the Landlord Parties harmless from and against any and all Claims (other than the Excluded Claims) arising out of or involving any Hazardous Materials brought onto the Generator Site by or for Tenant in connection with Tenant’s activities under this Section 26.29. Tenant’s obligations shall include, but not be limited to, the effects of any contamination or injury to person, property or the environment created or suffered by Tenant or any of Tenant’s agents, employees, licensees or invitees, and the cost of investigation, removal, remediation, restoration and/or abatement, and shall survive the expiration or termination of this Lease. Tenant’s indemnity obligations hereunder shall not include any indirect, consequential or punitive damages.
          26.29.9 Security . Physical security of the Generator Site and the Generator Equipment is the sole responsibility of Tenant, who shall bear the sole cost, expense and liability of any security services, emergency alarm monitoring and other similar services in connection therewith. Subject to Landlord’s indemnity of Tenant in, and the other provisions of, Section 10.1.2 above, Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for any direct, indirect, consequential or other damages arising out of or in connection with the physical security, or lack thereof, of the Generator Site and/or Generator Equipment.
          26.29.10 Testing . The Generator Equipment shall be routinely tested and inspected by a qualified contractor selected by Tenant and reasonably approved by Landlord, at Tenant’s expense, in accordance with testing and inspection service contracts reasonably approved by Landlord. Tenant will provide Landlord with copies of certificates and other documentation related to the testing of the Generator Equipment. Testing hours are restricted, however, to those specific hours reasonably set and determined by Landlord from time to time.
          26.29.11 Default . If Tenant fails to perform any of its obligations under this Section 26.29, and does not correct such noncompliance within ten (10) business days after receipt of notice thereof from Landlord or such longer period as may be reasonably necessary to correct such noncompliance, so long as Tenant commences to correct such noncompliance within such ten (10) business day period and thereafter proceeds with due diligence to correct such noncompliance, then Tenant shall be deemed in default under this Lease, notwithstanding any other notice or cure provided in Article 19 or otherwise in this Lease, and in addition to all other remedies Landlord may have under this

-67-


 

Lease, Tenant shall, upon notice from Landlord, immediately discontinue its use of that portion of the Generator Equipment to which such noncompliance relates, and make such repairs and restoration as required under Section 26.29.12 below with respect thereto.
          26.29.12 Removal at End of Term . Upon the expiration of the Lease Term or upon any earlier termination of this Lease, Tenant shall, subject to the reasonable control of and direction from Landlord, remove the Generator Equipment, including, without limitation all electrical switch gear, underground conduit (except conduit installed by Landlord) and feeders, architectural enclosure and/or modifications to the Generator Site, repair any damage caused thereby, and restore the Generator Site and other facilities of the Building and Project to their condition existing prior to the installation of the Generator Equipment. Any and all removal of the Generator Equipment shall be performed by certified and licensed contractors previously approved in writing by Landlord (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed) and in accordance with a previously approved removal plan, in a workmanlike manner, without any interference, damage or destruction to any other equipment, structures or operations at the Generator Site, the Building or the Project and/or any equipment of other licensees or tenants. If Tenant fails to timely make such removal and/or restoration, then Landlord may perform such work at Tenant’s cost, which cost shall be immediately due and payable to Landlord upon Tenant’s receipt of invoice therefor from Landlord.
          26.29.13 Rights Personal . Tenant’s rights under this Section 26.29 are personal to the Original Tenant and any assignee (including an Affiliate) to which Tenant’s entire interest in this Lease has been assigned pursuant to Article 14 of this Lease, and may only be exercised by the Original Tenant or such assignee, as the case may be and shall only be utilized when the Original Tenant or such assignee, as the case may be, is in actual and physical possession of any portion of the Premises. In addition, Tenant may permit Affiliates and Business Affiliates, and subtenants under subleases entered into by Tenant pursuant to Article 14 above, to tie their Subject Space into the Emergency Generator.
     26.30 Telecommunications and Internet Providers; Telecommunication Equipment; Supplemental Roof HVAC Equipment; Connecting Equipment . Subject to Tenant’s compliance with all applicable Laws, Tenant shall be permitted, at its sole cost and expense, to contract with any telecommunications and/or internet provider(s) of its choice to provide telecommunications and/or internet service to the Premises; provided, however, such telecommunications and/or internet provider shall be subject to Landlord’s approval, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or conditioned, and shall be granted or denied within five (5) business days after Tenant’s request for approval is delivered to Landlord. Subject to (i) the approval of all applicable governmental agencies, (ii) Tenant’s compliance with all applicable Laws and the provisions of this Section 26.30 and the other provisions of this Lease, and (iii) the provisions, and Tenant’s compliance with and obtaining all approvals required under, the Underlying Documents, Landlord hereby agrees that Tenant shall have the non-exclusive right, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense but without any obligation to pay Landlord any rent or license fees with respect thereto, to: (A) install on the roof of the Building, in locations to be mutually approved by the parties acting reasonably and in good faith (collectively, the “ Telecommunication Equipment Area ”), two (2) satellite dishes thirty-six (36) inches in diameter, and forty-eight (48) inches in height, with customary and related installation and connection hardware (collectively, the “ Telecommunication Equipment ”); (B) subject to the provisions of Section 6.1.7 above, install on the roof of the Building, in locations to be mutually approved by the parties acting reasonably and in good faith (the “ Supplemental Roof HVAC Area ”), the Supplemental Roof HVAC Equipment which may, at Tenant’s option, have a capacity of at least 150 tons and shall otherwise be of such size, quantity and specifications as shall be approved by Landlord pursuant to the provisions of Section 6.1.7 above and this Section 26.30; (C) subject to the provisions of Section 6.1.7 above, install in such locations as shall be to be mutually approved by the parties acting reasonably and in good faith, the other Supplemental HVAC Equipment described in Section 6.1.7 above; and (D) subject to available capacity of the Building (and/or subject to Tenant installing, at its sole cost and expense, and subject to Landlord’s prior reasonable approval, additional riser(s) in the Building), to install such connection equipment, such as conduits, cables, feeders and materials (collectively, the “ Connecting Equipment ”) in the risers, shafts, ducts, conduits, chases, utility closets and other facilities of the Building as is reasonably necessary to connect the Telecommunication Equipment, Supplemental Roof HVAC Equipment and other Supplemental HVAC Equipment to the Data Center and other portions of the Premises, and Tenant’s machinery and equipment in the Premises. Subject to Section 26.30.3 below and all of the terms and conditions of this Lease, and subject to all applicable Laws and such reasonable rules and regulations as Landlord may impose from time to time, Tenant shall also have the right of access twenty-four (24) hours per day, seven (7) days per week to the areas where any Telecommunication Equipment, Supplemental HVAC Equipment and Connecting Equipment (all collectively referred to herein as the “ Special Equipment ”) are located for the purposes of maintaining, repairing, testing and replacing the same; provided, however that, except in cases of emergencies, any such access by Tenant must be accompanied by a representative of Landlord or Landlord’s property manager free of charge (and Landlord shall make such representative reasonably available to accompany Tenant during the normal business hours of the Building).

-68-


 

          26.30.1 Installation . The installation of the Special Equipment shall constitute alterations and shall be performed in accordance with and subject to the provisions of Article 8 of this Lease (or the Tenant Work Letter if installed by Tenant during the construction of the initial Tenant Improvements for the Premises) including, without limitation, Tenant’s obligation to obtain Landlord’s prior consent to the size and other specifications of the Special Equipment, and the Special Equipment shall be treated for all purposes of this Lease as if the Special Equipment were Tenant’s Property. In no event shall Tenant be permitted to void any warranties pertaining to the Building in connection with the installation of the Special Equipment. For the purposes of determining Landlord’s and Tenant’s respective rights and obligations with respect to Tenant’s use of the roof as herein provided, the portions of the Telecommunication Equipment Area and Supplemental Roof HVAC Area (and any other portions of the roof) where the Special Equipment is actually located shall be deemed to be a portion of Tenant’s Premises to the extent appropriate; consequently, all of the provisions of this Lease respecting Tenant’s obligations hereunder shall apply to the installation, use and maintenance of the such portions of the roof by Tenant (including, without limitation, provisions relating to compliance with requirements as to insurance, indemnity, repairs and maintenance), and all such provisions shall also apply, to the extent appropriate, to the installation, use and maintenance of the Special Equipment (but the square footage of the Telecommunication Equipment Area and Supplemental Roof HVAC Area shall not be included in any rentable or usable area calculations for purposes of this Lease, including calculations of Base Rent, Tenant Share, Tenant’s parking passes and the Tenant Improvement Allowance). Except for Landlord’s obligation to provide, at Tenant’s cost, the roof penetration work for the Supplemental Roof HVAC Equipment pursuant to Section 6.1.7 above and except as provided in this Section 26.30, Landlord shall have no obligation to make any changes, improvements or alterations to the areas where any of the Special Equipment is located.
          26.30.2 Non-Exclusive Right . It is expressly understood that Landlord retains the right to use and to grant to third parties the right to use the portions of the roof and other areas of the Building on which the Special Equipment is not located, provided that Tenant shall have reasonable access to the Special Equipment, and Landlord and such third parties shall not unreasonably interfere with Tenant’s use of the roof or the Special Equipment.
          26.30.3 Tenant’s Covenants . Tenant shall install, use, maintain and repair the Special Equipment so as not to (i) cause damage to the Building or the Building’s Systems and Equipment, or (ii) unreasonably interfere with the operation of the Building, or the operation of the businesses of other tenants, occupants or licensees of the Building or such tenants’, occupants’ and licensees’ systems and equipment located in or on the Building or Project. In addition, Tenant shall (A) be solely responsible for any damage caused as a result of the Special Equipment, (B) promptly pay any tax, license or permit fees charged pursuant to any requirements in connection with the installation, maintenance or use of the Special Equipment and comply with all precautions and safeguards recommended by all governmental authorities, and (C) make necessary repairs, replacements or maintenance of the Special Equipment. Further, Tenant, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, shall maintain such equipment and install such fencing and other protective equipment on or about the Special Equipment as Landlord may reasonably require. The indemnity provisions of Section 10.1 above shall apply to this Section 26.30, the Telecommunication Equipment Area and Supplemental Roof HVAC Area.
          26.30.4 Landlord’s Obligations . Except as specifically set forth herein, Landlord shall not have any obligations with respect to the Special Equipment or compliance with any requirements relating thereto nor shall Landlord be responsible for any damage that may be caused to the Special Equipment, except to the extent caused by the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or the Landlord Parties and not insured or required to be insured by Tenant under this Lease. Landlord makes no representation that the Telecommunication Equipment, telecommunications cabling and related Connecting Equipment will be able to receive or transmit communication signals without interference or disturbance, or that the Supplemental HVAC Equipment will be able to supply sufficient air conditioning to the Premises, and Tenant agrees that Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant therefor.
          26.30.5 Hazardous Materials/Inspections . Tenant shall not use any Hazardous Materials in connection with the Special Equipment other than limited reasonable quantities of Hazardous Materials reasonably necessary and customarily used for the operation of the Special Equipment and used, stored and disposed of by Tenant in accordance with all applicable Laws and the highest safety standards for such use, storage and disposal. Landlord shall have the right, after providing Tenant with written notice, to conduct such tests and/or inspections of the Special Equipment as Landlord may determine are reasonably necessary from time to time to ensure that Tenant is complying with the terms of this Section 26.30, and Tenant shall pay for the reasonable cost of such tests.
          26.30.6 Default . If any of the conditions set forth in this Section 26.30 are not complied with by Tenant, then without limiting Landlord’s rights and remedies it may otherwise have under this Lease, Tenant shall, upon written notice from Landlord, have the option either to: (i) immediately discontinue its use of the particular items of the Special Equipment which are non-compliant, remove the same, and make such repairs and restoration as required under Section 26.30.7 below, or (ii) correct such

-69-


 

noncompliance within thirty (30) days after receipt of notice or such longer period as may be reasonably necessary to correct such noncompliance, so long as Tenant commences to correct such noncompliance within such thirty (30) day period and thereafter proceeds with due diligence to correct such noncompliance. In the event Tenant elects the option described in clause (ii) of the immediately preceding sentence and Tenant fails to correct such noncompliance within the applicable time period described in clause (ii), then Tenant shall immediately discontinue its use of the particular items of the Special Equipment which are non-compliant and remove the same.
          26.30.7 Removal at End of Term . Upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, Tenant shall, subject to the reasonable control of and direction from Landlord, remove the Special Equipment, repair any damage caused thereby, and restore the roof and other facilities of the Building to their condition existing prior to the installation of the Special Equipment.
          26.30.8 Rights Personal . Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 26.30 to the contrary, Tenant’s rights under this Section 26.30: (i) are personal to the Original Tenant and any assignee (including any Affiliate) to which Tenant’s entire interest in this Lease has been assigned pursuant to Article 14 of this Lease; (ii) may only be exercised by the Original Tenant or such assignee; and (iii) may not be transferred to or used by any person or entity other than the Original Tenant or such assignee, except that Tenant may permit Affiliates and Business Affiliates, and subtenants under subleases entered into by Tenant pursuant to Article 14 above, to use the Special Equipment for their telecommunications, electricity and/or HVAC needs in their Subject Space.
     26.31 Confidentiality . For a period of thirty (30) days after full execution of this Lease, the contents of this Lease are confidential to Tenant and shall not be disclosed by Landlord, except (i) as required by law or court order, (ii) to enforce Landlord’s rights and/or remedies hereunder, at law and in equity, and/or (iii) to Landlord’s attorneys, accountants, brokers, lenders, partners, consultants and employees, but only as necessary to evaluate and/or consult with respect to this Lease. During such 30-day period, the fact that this Lease has been executed is also confidential to Tenant; however, if within such 30-day period, Tenant has made a press release or other disclosure to the media that this Lease has been executed, Landlord may thereafter disclose that this Lease has been executed and the approximate square footage of the Premises. During such 30-day period (as the same is subject to early termination due to Tenant’s press release or disclosure to the media as hereinabove provided), Landlord shall not suffer or permit John Sabourin and Paul Stockwell to disclose (and shall request that Landlord’s Broker restrict any such disclosure by its other employees), the existence or contents of this Lease to the media or through any publication . In addition, Landlord shall request that Landlord’s Broker not disclose the existence or contents of this Lease to the media or through any publication. Landlord shall not (through Landlord’s Broker or otherwise) nor shall Landlord’s Broker, make any press releases regarding this Lease without the prior review and approval of Tenant.
     26.32 Arbitration . Notwithstanding anything in this Lease to the contrary, the provisions of this Section 26.32 contain the sole and exclusive method, means and procedure to resolve any and all disputes or disagreements, including whether any particular matter constitutes, or with the passage of time would constitute, a default by Tenant or Landlord under this Lease, but excluding: (i) any determination of Fair Market Rental Rate (which shall be determined as set forth in the Extension Option Rider); (ii) any determination of or dispute concerning the rentable and/or usable square feet of the Premises, the Building, and any Expansion Space, First Refusal Space and First Offer Space leased by Tenant (which shall be made or resolved as set forth in Section 1.3 above); (iii) any disputes under the Tenant Work Letter which are specified therein to be resolved pursuant to the Architect Dispute Resolution Procedure defined therein; (iv) all claims of Landlord or Tenant which seek anything other than the enforcement of such party’s rights under this Lease; (v) all claims of Landlord or Tenant which are primarily founded upon matters of fraud, willful misconduct, bad faith or any other allegations of tortious action, and seek the award of punitive or exemplary damages; (vi) all claims relating to Landlord’s exercise of any unlawful detainer rights pursuant to California law or rights or remedies used by Landlord to obtain possession of the Premises or terminate Tenant’s right of possession to the Premises (which disputes shall be resolved by suit filed in the Superior Court of Los Angeles County, California, the decision of which court shall be subject to appeal pursuant to applicable Laws); (vii) all claims by either party which seek a declaratory judgment; and (viii) any injunctive or other equitable relief sought by either party. The parties hereby irrevocably waive any and all rights to the contrary and shall at all times conduct themselves in strict, full, complete and timely accordance with the provisions of this Section 26.32. Any and all attempts to circumvent the provisions of this Section 26.32 shall be absolutely null and void and of no force or effect whatsoever. As to any matter submitted to arbitration (except with respect to the payment of money) to determine whether it would, with the passage of time, constitute a default by Tenant or a default by Landlord under this Lease (each, a “ Default ”), such passage of time shall not commence to run until any such affirmative determination, so long as it is simultaneously determined that the challenge of such matter as a potential Default was made in good faith. As to any matter submitted to arbitration with respect to the payment of money, such passage of time shall not commence to run only if the party which is obligated to make the payment does in fact make the payment to the other party. Such

-70-


 

payment can be made “under protest,” which shall occur when such payment is accompanied by a good-faith notice stating why the party has elected to make a payment under protest.
          26.32.1 Arbitration Panel . Within forty-five (45) days after delivery of written notice (“ Notice of Dispute ”) of the existence and nature of any dispute given by any party to the other party, and unless otherwise provided herein in any specific instance, the parties shall each: (i) appoint one (1) lawyer actively engaged in the licensed and full-time practice of law, specializing in commercial real estate, in the County of Los Angeles for a continuous period immediately preceding the date of delivery (“ Dispute Date ”) of the Notice of Dispute of not less than ten (10) years, but who has at no time ever represented or acted on behalf of any of the parties; and (ii) deliver written notice of the identity of such lawyer and a copy of his or her written acceptance of such appointment and acknowledgment of and agreement to be bound by the time constraints and other provisions of this Section 26.32 (“ Acceptance ”) to the other party. The party who selects the lawyer may not consult with such lawyer, directly or indirectly, to determine the lawyer’s position on the issue which is the subject of the dispute. In the event that any party fails to so act, such arbitrator shall be appointed pursuant to the same procedure that is followed when agreement cannot be reached as to the third arbitrator. Within ten (10) days after such appointment and notice, such lawyers shall appoint a third lawyer (together with the first two (2) lawyers, “ Arbitration Panel ”) of the same qualification and background and shall deliver written notice of the identity of such lawyer and a copy of his or her written Acceptance of such appointment to each of the parties. In the event that agreement cannot be reached on the appointment of a third lawyer within such period, such appointment and notification shall be made as quickly as possible by any court of competent jurisdiction, by any licensing authority, agency or organization having jurisdiction over such lawyers, by any professional association of lawyers in existence for not less than ten (10) years at the time of such dispute or disagreement and the geographical membership boundaries of which extend to the County of Los Angeles or by any arbitration association or organization in existence for not less than ten (10) years at the time of such dispute or disagreement and the geographical boundaries of which extend to the County of Los Angeles, as determined by the party giving such Notice of Dispute and simultaneously confirmed in writing delivered by such party to the other party. Any such court, authority, agency, association or organization shall be entitled either to directly select such third lawyer or to designate in writing, delivered to each of the parties, an individual who shall do so. In the event of any subsequent vacancies or inabilities to perform among the Arbitration Panel, the lawyer or lawyers involved shall be replaced in accordance with the provisions of this Section 26.32 as if such replacement was an initial appointment to be made under this Section 26.32 within the time constraints set forth in this Section 26.32, measured from the date of notice of such vacancy or inability, to the person or persons required to make such appointment, with all the attendant consequences of failure to act timely if such appointed person is a party hereto.
          26.32.2 Duty . Consistent with the provisions of this Section 26.32, the members of the Arbitration Panel shall utilize their utmost skill and shall apply themselves diligently so as to hear and decide, by majority vote, the outcome and resolution of any dispute or disagreement submitted to the Arbitration Panel as promptly as possible, but in any event on or before the expiration of thirty (30) days after the appointment of the members of the Arbitration Panel. None of the members of the Arbitration Panel shall have any liability whatsoever for any acts or omissions performed or omitted in good faith pursuant to the provisions of this Section 26.32.
          26.32.3 Authority . The Arbitration Panel shall (i) enforce and interpret the rights and obligations set forth in the Lease to the extent not prohibited by law, (ii) fix and establish any and all rules as it shall consider appropriate in its sole and absolute discretion to govern the proceedings before it, including any and all rules of discovery, procedure and/or evidence, and (iii) make and issue any and all orders, final or otherwise, and any and all awards, as a court of competent jurisdiction sitting at law or in equity could make and issue, and as it shall consider appropriate in its sole and absolute discretion, including the awarding of monetary damages (but shall not award consequential damages to either party and shall not award punitive damages), and the awarding of reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs to the prevailing party as determined by the Arbitration Panel. If the party against whom the award is issued complies with the award, within the time period established by the Arbitration Panel, then no Default will be deemed to have occurred, unless the Default pertained to the non-payment of money by Tenant or Landlord, and Tenant or Landlord failed to timely make such payment under protest.
          26.32.4 Appeal . The decision of the Arbitration Panel shall be final and binding, may be confirmed and entered by any court of competent jurisdiction at the request of any party and may not be appealed to any court of competent jurisdiction or otherwise except upon a claim of fraud on the part of the Arbitration Panel, or on the basis of a mistake as to the applicable law. The Arbitration Panel shall retain jurisdiction over any dispute until its award has been implemented, and judgment on any such award may be entered in any court having appropriate jurisdiction.
          26.32.5 Compensation . Each member of the Arbitration Panel shall be compensated for any and all services rendered under this Section 26.32 at a rate of compensation equal to the sum of (i) Four Hundred Fifty Dollars ($450.00) per hour and (ii) the sum of Ten Dollars ($10.00) per hour

-71-


 

multiplied by the number of full years of the expired Term under the Lease, plus reimbursement for any and all expenses incurred in connection with the rendering of such services, payable in full promptly upon conclusion of the proceedings before the Arbitration Panel. Such compensation and reimbursement shall be borne by the nonprevailing party as determined by the Arbitration Panel in its sole and absolute discretion.
     26.33 Consent and Approvals . Any time the consent or approval of Landlord or Tenant is required under this Lease, such consent or approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, and whenever this Lease grants Landlord or Tenant the right to take action, exercise discretion, establish rules and regulations or make an allocation or other determination, Landlord and Tenant shall act reasonably and in good faith. Notwithstanding the foregoing: (i) Landlord shall be entitled to grant or withhold its consent or approval or exercise its discretion in its sole and absolute discretion with respect to the following matters, unless a different standard of consent or approval therefor is expressly provided in this Lease, (A) matters which could affect the common areas of the Building, the Phase IV Real Property and/or the Project, or the exterior appearance of the Building, the Phase IV Real Property, and/or the Project, (B) actions taken by Landlord pursuant to Article 19 of this Lease, or (C) matters which could have an adverse effect on the structural components or Systems and Equipment of the Building or the Phase IV Real Property; and (ii) Landlord and Tenant shall grant or withhold its consent or exercise its discretion with respect to matters for which there is a standard of consent or approval or discretion specifically set forth in this Lease in accordance with such specific standards.
     26.34 Calendar Days . All references made in this Lease to the word “days,” whether for Notices, schedules or other miscellaneous time limits, shall at all times herein be deemed to mean calendar days, unless specifically referenced as “business” or “working” days.
     26.35 Survival of Provisions Upon Termination of Lease . Any term, covenant or condition of this Lease which requires the performance of obligations or forbearance of an act by either party hereto after the termination of this Lease shall survive such termination of this Lease. Such survival shall be to the extent reasonably necessary to fulfill the intent thereof, or if specified, to the extent of such specification, as same is reasonably necessary to perform the obligations and/or forbearance of an act set forth in such term, covenant or condition. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event a specific term, covenant or condition is expressly provided for in such a clear fashion as to indicate that such performance of an obligation or forbearance of an act is no longer required, then the specific shall govern over this general provision of this Lease.
     26.36 Execution in Counterparts . This Lease may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, and all of such counterparts shall constitute one Lease.
[SIGNATURE BLOCK ON FOLLOWING PAGE]

-72-


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have caused this Lease to be executed the day and date first above written.
         
  Landlord ”:

LNR WARNER CENTER IV, LLC,
a California limited liability company
 
 
  By:   LNR CPI A&D Holdings, LLC,    
    a Delaware limited liability company   
     
  By:   LNR Commercial Property Investment Fund
Limited Partnership,  
 
    a Delaware limited partnership
Its: Member 
 
     
  By:   LNR CPI Fund GP, LLC,    
    a Delaware limited liability company   
    Its: General Partner   
     
  By:   /s/ Ricard B. Kern    
    Name:  Ricard B. Kern   
    Its:  Vice President   
 
  Tenant ”:

INTUIT INC.,
a Delaware corporation
 
 
  By:   /s/ Kiran Patel    
    Name:   Kiran Patel   
    Its:  Senior Vice President & CFO   
     
  By:   /s/ David Merenbach    
    Name:   David Merenbach   
    Its:  VP, Corporate Finance & Treasurer   
 

-73-


 

EXHIBIT A
OUTLINE OF FLOOR PLANS OF PREMISES
EXHIBIT A
-1-

 


 

EXHIBIT A-1
SITE PLAN OF PROJECT (INCLUDING PHASE IV REAL PROPERTY)
EXHIBIT A-1
-1-

 


 

EXHIBIT A-2
APPROXIMATE LOCATION OF TENANT’S RESERVED PARKING SPACES
IN PHASE IV PARKING STRUCTURE
EXHIBIT A-2
-1-


 

EXHIBIT B
TENANT WORK LETTER
[Attached]
EXHIBIT B
-1-


 

EXHIBIT C
AMENDMENT TO LEASE
     This AMENDMENT TO LEASE (“ Amendment ”) is made and entered into effective as of _________, 20___, by and between LNR WARNER CENTER IV, LLC, a California limited liability company (“ Landlord ”), and INTUIT INC., a Delaware corporation (“ Tenant ”).
RECITALS:
     A. Landlord and Tenant entered into that certain Office Lease dated as of November___, 2006 (the “ Lease ”) pursuant to which Landlord leased to Tenant and Tenant leased from Landlord certain “ Premises ,” as described in the Lease, which are located in the building located at 21215 Burbank Boulevard, Woodland Hills, California 91367 (the “ Building ”) which building is part of the LNR Warner Center, Phase IV.
     B. Except as otherwise set forth herein, all capitalized terms used in this Amendment shall have the same meaning given such terms in the Lease.
     C. Landlord and Tenant desire to amend the Lease to confirm the commencement and expiration dates of the term and to confirm all amounts, percentages and figures appearing or referred to in the Lease based on the number of rentable and usable square feet of the Premises and rentable square feet of the Building, as hereinafter provided.
     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing Recitals and the mutual covenants contained herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:
     1.  Confirmation of Dates . The parties hereby confirm that (a) the term of the Lease for the Premises commenced as of ____________ (the “ Lease Commencement Date ”) for a term of approximately ten (10) years ending on the Lease Expiration Date of ____________ (unless sooner terminated or extended as provided in the Lease), and (b) in accordance with the Lease, Rent commenced to accrue on ____________.
     2.  No Further Modification . Except as set forth in this Amendment, all of the terms and provisions of the Lease shall remain unmodified and in full force and effect.
     3.  Amendment Binding . THE PARTY RECEIVING THIS AMENDMENT MUST EXECUTE AND RETURN THIS AMENDMENT WITHIN TEN (10) BUSINESS DAYS WITH SUCH CHANGES AS TO MAKE IT FACTUALLY CORRECT OR THIS AMENDMENT SHALL BE BINDING UPON SUCH PARTY UPON THE TERMS CONTAINED HEREIN.
EXHIBIT C
-1-

 


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Amendment to Lease has been executed as of the day and year first above written.
         
  Landlord ”:

LNR WARNER CENTER, LLC,
a California limited liability company

LNR WARNER CENTER IV, LLC,
a California limited liability company
 
 
  By:   LNR CPI A&D Holdings, LLC,    
    a Delaware limited liability company   
     
  By:   LNR Commercial Property Investment Fund
Limited Partnership,  
 
    a Delaware limited partnership
Its: Member 
 
     
  By:   LNR CPI Fund GP, LLC,    
    a Delaware limited liability company   
    Its: General Partner   
     
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
  Tenant ”:

INTUIT INC.,
a Delaware corporation
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
     
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
EXHIBIT C
-2-

 


 

EXHIBIT D
LNR WARNER CENTER PHASE IV
RULES AND REGULATIONS
     So long as they are not in conflict with the terms of the Lease, Tenant will observe and comply with these Rules and Regulations and, after notice thereof, all reasonable, non-discriminatory modifications thereof and additions thereto from time-to-time made in writing by Landlord, provided such modifications do not result in an Adverse Condition. Landlord shall not be responsible to Tenant for the nonperformance of any of said Rules and Regulations by or otherwise with respect to the acts or omissions of any other tenants or occupants of the Building or Project; however, Landlord shall act diligently and in good faith to enforce the rules and regulations on a reasonable and non-discriminatory basis against tenants of the Building. In the event of any inconsistency between the Rules and Regulations and the Lease, the terms of the Lease shall govern.
     1. Except for the Secured Areas, Tenant shall not alter any lock or install any new or additional locks or bolts on any doors or windows of the Premises without obtaining Landlord’s prior written consent. Tenant shall bear the cost of any lock changes or repairs required by Tenant. Two keys will be furnished by Landlord for the Premises, and any additional keys required by Tenant must be obtained from Landlord at Landlord’s actual cost.
     2. All doors opening to public corridors shall be kept closed at all times except for normal ingress and egress to the Premises, unless electrical hold backs have been installed.
     3. Landlord reserves the right to close and keep locked all entrance and exit doors of the Building during such hours as are customary for Comparable Buildings; provided, however, that subject to the provisions of the Lease and Landlord’s reasonable and non-discriminatory security rules and regulations, Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to provide Tenant with reasonable access to the Building throughout the Lease Term. Tenant, its employees and agents shall use commercially reasonable efforts to ensure that the doors to the Building are securely closed and locked when leaving the Premises if it is after the normal hours of business for the Building. Any tenant, its employees, agents or any other persons entering or leaving the Building at any time when it is so locked, or any time when it is considered to be after normal business hours for the Building, may be required to sign the Building register when so doing. Access to the Building or the Project may be refused unless the person seeking access has proper identification or has a previously arranged pass for access. Landlord and its agents shall in no case be liable for damages for any error with regard to the admission to or exclusion from the Building or Project of any person. In case of invasion, mob, riot, public excitement, or other commotion, Landlord reserves the right to prevent access to the Building and/or Project during the continuance of same by any means it deems reasonably appropriate for the safety and protection of life and property.
     4. Safes and other heavy objects shall, if considered reasonably necessary by Landlord, stand on supports of such thickness as is necessary to properly distribute the weight. Landlord will not be responsible for loss of or damage to any such safe or property in any case. All damage done to any part of the Building, their contents, occupants or visitors by moving or maintaining any such safe or other property shall be the sole responsibility of Tenant and any expense of said damage or injury shall be borne by Tenant except to the extent covered by any insurance required to be maintained by Landlord under the Lease.
     5. No bulk furniture, freight, packages, supplies, equipment or merchandise will be brought into or removed from the Building or carried up or down in the elevators in the Building, except upon prior notice to Landlord, and in such manner, in such specific elevator, and between such hours as shall be reasonably designated by Landlord. Tenant shall provide Landlord with not less than 4 hours’ prior notice during the Business Hours and 24 hours’ prior notice during non-Business Hours (or such shorter notice period as is reasonable under the circumstances in cases of emergencies) of the need to utilize a freight elevator for any such purpose, so as to provide Landlord with a reasonable period to schedule such use in the Building and to install such padding or take such other actions or prescribe such procedures as are appropriate to protect against damage to the elevators or other parts of the Building.
     6. Landlord shall have the right to control and operate the public portions of the Building and of the Project, the public facilities, the heating and air conditioning, and any other facilities furnished for the common use of tenants, in such manner as is customary for Comparable Buildings.
     7. The requirements of Tenant will be attended to only upon application at the management office for the Building or at such office location reasonably designated by Landlord. Employees of
EXHIBIT D
-1-

 


 

Landlord shall not perform any work or do anything outside their regular duties unless under special instructions from Landlord.
     8. Tenant shall not unreasonably disturb any occupant, or solicit or canvass any occupant, of the Building or Project, and shall cooperate with Landlord or Landlord’s agents to prevent same.
     9. The toilet rooms, urinals, wash bowls and other apparatus shall not be used for any purpose other than that for which they were constructed, and no foreign substance of any kind whatsoever shall be thrown therein. The expense of any breakage, stoppage or damage resulting from the violation of this rule shall be borne by the tenant who, or whose employees or agents, shall have caused it.
     10. Tenant shall not overload the floors of the Premises, or in any way deface the Premises or any part thereof without Landlord’s consent first had and obtained, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.
     11. Except for vending machines intended for the sole use of Tenant’s employees and invitees, no vending machine shall be installed, maintained or operated upon the Premises without the written consent of Landlord, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.
     12. Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Lease, Tenant shall not use or keep in or on the Premises, the Building or Project any kerosene, gasoline or other inflammable or combustible fluid or material, other than customary office and cleaning supplies typically used by general office users in first-class office buildings, so long as Tenant complies with all applicable Laws in connection with such use.
     13. Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Lease, Tenant shall not use any method of heating or air conditioning other than that which may be supplied by Landlord, without the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.
     14. Tenant shall not use, keep or permit to be used or kept, any foul or noxious gas or substance in or on the Premises, or permit or allow the Premises to be occupied or used in a manner offensive or objectionable to Landlord or other occupants of the Building or Project by reason of noise, odors, or vibrations, or unreasonably interfere in any way with other tenants or those having business therein.
     15. Tenant shall not bring into or keep within the Premises or Buildings any bicycles or other vehicles, and shall not bring into or keep within the Building, the Project or the Premises any animals or birds, except for seeing eye dogs accompanied by their masters.
     16. Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Lease with respect to Tenant’s operation of a full service Cafeteria as permitted in Section 5.3 of the Lease, no cooking shall be done or permitted by Tenant in any kitchens, eating areas of elsewhere on the Premises, nor shall the Premises be used for the storage of merchandise, for lodging or for any immoral purposes. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Underwriters’ laboratory-approved equipment and microwave ovens may be used in the Premises for heating food and brewing coffee, tea, hot chocolate and similar beverages and cooking shall be permitted in the Cafeteria, provided that such use is in accordance with all applicable Laws, and does not cause odors which are objectionable to Landlord and/or other tenants.
     17. Landlord reserves the right to exclude or expel from the Building and/or Project any person who, in the judgment of Landlord, is intoxicated or under the influence of liquor or drugs.
     18. Tenant, its employees and agents shall not loiter in the entrances or corridors, nor in any way obstruct the sidewalks, lobby, halls, stairways or elevators, and shall use the same only as a means of ingress and egress for the Premises.
     19. Tenant shall store all its trash and garbage within the interior of the Premises. No material shall be placed in the trash boxes or receptacles if such material is of such nature that it may not be disposed of in the ordinary and customary manner of removing and disposing of trash and garbage in the city in which the Project is located without violation of any law or ordinance governing such disposal. All trash, garbage and refuse disposal shall be made only through entry-ways and elevators provided for such purposes at such times as Landlord shall reasonably designate.
     20. Tenant shall comply with all safety, fire protection and evacuation procedures and regulations established by Landlord or any governmental agency.
     21. Except as expressly provided in the Lease to the contrary, Tenant shall assume any and all responsibility for protecting the Premises from theft, robbery and pilferage, which includes keeping doors locked and other means of entry to the Premises closed, when the Premises are not occupied.
EXHIBIT D
-2-

 


 

     22. Landlord may waive any one or more of these Rules and Regulations for the benefit of any particular tenant or tenants so long as such waiver shall not unreasonably interfere with Tenant’s Permitted Use of or access to the Premises or the Parking Facilities where Tenant’s parking passes are located, but no such waiver by Landlord shall be construed as a waiver of such Rules and Regulations in favor of any other tenant or tenants, nor prevent Landlord from thereafter enforcing any such Rules or Regulations against any or all tenants of the Building or Project.
     23. Tenant shall not attach any awnings or other projection to the outside walls of the Building. No curtains, blinds, shades or screens shall be attached to or hung in, or used in connection with, any window or door of the Premises without the prior written consent of Landlord. All electrical ceiling fixtures hung in offices or spaces along the perimeter of either of the Building must be fluorescent and/or of a quality, type, design and bulb color approved by Landlord.
     24. The sashes, sash doors, skylights, windows, and doors that reflect or admit light and air into the halls, passageways or other public places in the Building shall not be covered or obstructed by Tenant, nor shall any bottles, parcels or other articles be placed on the windowsills.
     25. The washing and/or detailing of or, the installation of windshields, radios, telephones in or general work on, automobiles shall not be allowed on the Phase IV Real Property.
     26. Food vendors shall be allowed in the Building upon receipt of a written request from Tenant. Under no circumstance shall any food vendor be permitted to cook or prepare food in the Building or display its products in a public or common area, including corridors and elevator lobbies. Any failure to comply with this rule shall result in immediate permanent withdrawal of the vendor from the Building.
     27. Tenant must comply with requests by the Landlord concerning the informing of their employees of items of importance to the Landlord.
     28. Tenant shall comply with any non-smoking ordinance adopted by any applicable governmental authority.
     29. Landlord reserves the right at any time to reasonably and non-discriminatorily change or rescind any one or more of these Rules and Regulations, or to make such other and further reasonable non-discriminatory Rules and Regulations as in Landlord’s reasonable judgment may from time to time be necessary for the management, safety, care and cleanliness of the Premises, Building, the Phase IV Real Property and the Project, and for the preservation of good order therein, as well as for the convenience of other occupants and tenants therein; provided such changes shall not unreasonably interfere with or unreasonably restrict Tenant’s use of or access to the Premises for the Permitted Use or use of the Parking Facilities where Tenant’s parking passes are located or otherwise result in an Adverse Condition. Tenant shall be deemed to have read these Rules and Regulations and to have agreed to abide by them as a condition of its occupancy of the Premises.
EXHIBIT D
-3-

 


 

EXHIBIT E
LNR WARNER CENTER PHASE IV
FORM OF TENANT’S ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATE
     Reference is hereby made to that certain Office Lease (the “ Lease ”) dated as of _________, 20___ by and between LNR WARNER CENTER IV, LLC, a California limited liability company (“ Landlord ”), and _________, a _________ (“ Tenant ”), for Premises located in the Building addressed as ___Burbank Boulevard, Woodland Hills, California 91367. All capitalized terms set forth herein shall have the same meaning therefor as defined in the Lease. The undersigned hereby certifies as follows:
     1. Attached hereto as Exhibit “A” is a true and correct copy of the Lease and all amendments and modifications thereto. The documents contained in Exhibit “A” represent the entire agreement between the parties as to the Premises.
     2. Tenant has commenced occupancy of the Premises described in the Lease and currently occupies the Premises.
     3. The Lease is in full force and effect and has not been modified, supplemented or amended in any way except as provided in “ Exhibit A .”
     4. Tenant has not transferred, assigned, or sublet any portion of the Premises nor entered into any license or concession agreements with respect thereto except as follows: __________________________________________. [Include paragraph 4 only if Landlord is party requesting the estoppel]
     5. Base Rent became payable on _________.
     6. The Lease Term commenced on _________and is scheduled to expire on _________.
     7. To the undersigned’s actual knowledge, (i) all conditions of the Lease to be performed by Landlord necessary to the enforceability of the Lease have been satisfied, (ii) Landlord is not in default under the Lease, and (iii) as of the date hereof, there are no existing defenses or offsets that the undersigned has which preclude enforcement of the Lease by Landlord. [If Tenant is the party requesting the estoppel, change “Landlord” to “Tenant”]
     8. No rental has been paid more than one (1) month in advance (other than Estimated Excess) and no security has been deposited with Landlord except as provided in the Lease.
     9. All monthly installments of Base Rent, all Additional Rent and all monthly installments of estimated Additional Rent have been paid when due through _________. The current monthly installment of Base Rent is $_________.
     10. The undersigned acknowledges that this Estoppel certificate may be delivered to Landlord’s mortgagee, or a prospective mortgagee or prospective purchaser, and acknowledges that it recognizes that if same is done, said mortgagee, prospective mortgagee or prospective purchaser will be relying upon the statements contained herein in making the loan or acquiring the property of which the Premises are a part, and in accepting an assignment of the Lease as collateral security or as an absolute assignment, as the case may be, and that receipt by it of this certificate is a condition of making of the loan or acquisition of such property. [Modify Paragraph 10 as applicable if Tenant is the party requesting the estoppel]
      Executed at _________ on the ___ day of __ _______, 20___.
         
     
  a
 

 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
EXHIBIT E
-1-
 


 

EXHIBIT “A” to EXHIBIT E
LEASE
[To be attached.]
EXHIBIT “A” to
EXHIBIT E
-1-

 


 

EXHIBIT F
LNR WARNER CENTER PHASE IV
PARKING RULES AND REGULATIONS
     1. Tenant and employees of Tenant (hereinafter referred to as “ Tenant ”) shall not park vehicles in any parking areas designated by Landlord as areas for parking by visitors to the Building or Project. Tenant shall not leave vehicles in the parking areas overnight (except on a limited basis for overnight business travel) nor park any vehicles in the parking areas other than automobiles, vans, motorcycles, motor driven or non-motor driven bicycles or four-wheeled trucks. Landlord may designate separate areas for bicycles and motorcycles.
     2. Cars must be parked entirely within the stall lines painted on the floor.
     3. All directional signs and arrows must be observed.
     4. The speed limit shall be 5 miles per hour.
     5. Parking is prohibited, unless a parking attendant approved by Landlord directs otherwise:
          (i) in areas not striped for parking;
          (ii) in aisles;
          (iii) where “No-Parking” or “Handicap” signs are posted;
          (iv) on ramps;
          (v) in crosshatched areas; or
          (vi) in such other areas as may be reasonably designated by Landlord, its agent, lessee or licensee.
     6. Access to the Parking Facilities by Tenant and other users may be controlled by Landlord through the use of parking cards and/or other parking control devices such as stickers, gates and other procedures to be reasonably established by Landlord from time to time. Landlord shall initially provide to Tenant, at no charge to Tenant, the number of parking cards equal to the number of parking passes within the Parking Allotment. Tenant shall pay for the actual cost of any additional parking cards and for the actual cost of replacing any lost or stolen parking cards. Parking cards, stickers and any other device or form of identification which may be supplied by Landlord shall remain the property of Landlord. Such parking identification device must be displayed as requested and may not be mutilated in any manner.
     7. Every Tenant is required to park and lock his own car. All responsibility for damage to Tenant’s cars is assumed by Tenant. Tenant shall repair or cause to be repaired at its sole cost and expense any and all damage to the Parking Facilities or any part thereof caused by Tenant or resulting from vehicles of Tenant.
     8. Loss or theft of parking cards or other parking identification devices must be reported to Landlord immediately. Any parking identification devices found on any unauthorized car will be confiscated. Lost or stolen devices previously reported and then found must be reported found to Landlord immediately.
     9. Spaces are for the express purpose of one automobile per space unless approved by Landlord directs otherwise. Washing, waxing, cleaning or non-emergency servicing of any vehicle by the Tenant and/or Tenant’s agents is prohibited. Storage of vehicles for periods exceeding ten (10) days is prohibited and said vehicles shall be subject to towing.
     10. Landlord reserves the right to refuse the issuance of monthly stickers, parking cards or other parking identification devices to any Tenant or person and/or Tenant’s agents or representatives who willfully refuse to comply with the above Rules and Regulations or any city, state or federal ordinance, law or agreement. Tenant shall not load or unload in areas other than those designated by Landlord for such activities.
     11. Tenant’s parking in prohibited areas is subject to towing at Tenant’s expense.
EXHIBIT F
-1-

 


 

EXHIBIT G
COMMISSION AGREEMENT WITH TENANT’S BROKER
EXHIBIT G
-1-

 


 

EXHIBIT H
HVAC TEMPERATURE CONDITIONS
Indoor winter and summer conditions: 72 degrees F. +/- 2 degrees F. Dry Bulb with 50% Relative Humidity, based upon (i) maximum outdoor summer 101 degrees F. Dry Bulb and minimum outdoor winter 34 degrees F. Dry Bulb design conditions, (ii) an occupancy of one person per 150 square feet (average per floor), and (iii) a connected electrical load of 5 watts per usable square foot of the Premises for connected electrical load of 120/208 voltage power equipment and one (1) and three-tenths (1.3) watts per usable square foot of the Premises for connected electrical load for 277/480 voltage power equipment, all in accordance with ASHRAE publication SPCDX, Climatic Data for Region X, 5th Edition, May, 1982.
EXHIBIT H
-1-

 


 

EXHIBIT I
PROJECT SECURITY PERSONNEL DUTIES
    24 hour roving patrol; 1 guard per shift; 3 shifts per 24-hour period.
 
    Monitor vehicles and activities in parking areas.
 
    Respond to emergencies.
 
    Hourly patrol of Building utilizing detex equipment; check Building FLS alarm panels.
 
    Patrol of Building and project perimeters; report any hazards, suspicious individuals or activities to management.
 
    After-hours patrol of Building to ensure Building entrance doors are locked and report any unusual situations.
 
    Coordinate approved after-hours access requirements.
 
    Prepare daily activity logs.
 
    Prepare incident reports and condition reports, as needed.
 
    Assist with fire drill and training.
 
    Follow Building management procedures established for property removal, elevator access or other procedures as required.
EXHIBIT I
-1-

 


 

EXHIBIT J
AVAILABLE LOCATIONS FOR BUILDING TOP SIGNS
EXHIBIT J
-1-

 


 

EXHIBIT K-1
FORM OF LANDLORD’S CONSENT (ASSIGNMENT)
CONSENT BY LANDLORD TO ASSIGNMENT
     ________________________ (“Landlord”) is the landlord of those certain “Premises”, as defined in that certain Lease dated _________ (the “Lease”) between Landlord and _________ (“Assignor”). Pursuant to the terms of the Lease, Assignor has requested Landlord’s consent to Assignor’s proposed assignment of the Lease to _________ (“Assignee”) pursuant to that certain Assignment of Lease and Acceptance of Assignment and Assumption between Assignor and Assignee dated as of _________, 20___ (the “Assignment”), a copy of which Assignment is attached hereto as Exhibit A . Landlord hereby consents to the Assignment, subject to and upon the following terms and conditions to each of which Assignor and Assignee expressly agree:
     1. Notwithstanding anything contained in the Assignment to the contrary, Landlord’s consent to the Assignment is granted by Landlord only upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Consent, and the Assignment is subject and subordinate to the Lease. This Consent is given without prejudice to Landlord’s rights under the Lease, and neither the Assignment nor this Consent shall be deemed to be the consent to or authorization for any further assignment or subletting or parting with or sharing possession or occupancy of all or any part of the Lease or the Premises.
     2. Landlord is executing this Consent solely to grant its consent to the Assignment and by doing so, Landlord does not (a) make any representations or warranties or (b) acknowledge or approve of any of the terms of the Assignment as between Assignor and Assignee. Further, nothing contained in the Assignment or this Consent shall be construed as modifying, waiving, impairing or affecting any of the provisions, covenants and conditions in the Lease or any of Landlord’s rights or remedies under the Lease, or waiving any breach of the Assignor in the due keeping, performance or observance thereof.
     3. In consideration of Landlord’s consent to the Assignment contained herein, Assignee hereby acknowledges and agrees that it assumes and agrees to observe, comply with and perform all terms, conditions and covenants in the Lease and to perform all obligations of any kind whatsoever as and when the same are due to be performed by the Tenant under the Lease pursuant to the terms of the Lease, and to be subject to all of Landlord’s rights thereunder, as though Assignee was named the tenant thereunder during the entire term of the Lease and all extensions and expansions thereof. Assignee hereby expressly acknowledges and agrees to be subject to the prohibition against subletting, assigning, mortgaging, encumbering or permitting the occupation or use of all or any part of the Premises by others without the prior written consent of Landlord, upon the terms and conditions set forth in the Lease.
     4. Assignor and Assignee represent and warrant to Landlord that they have dealt with no broker, finder, agent or other person in connection with the Assignment, and they agree to indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from and against any claims or causes of action for a commission or other form of compensation arising from the Assignment and/or this Consent, whether advanced by a broker or any other person or entity. The provisions of this Paragraph 4 shall survive the termination of the Lease and any renewal thereof.
     5. Notwithstanding the Assignment or Landlord’s consent thereto, Assignor shall remain fully liable for the payment of rents and for the performance of all other obligations of Tenant under the Lease from and after the effective date of this Consent.
     6. Each individual executing this Consent on behalf of Assignee hereby represents and warrants that Assignee is a duly formed and existing corporation qualified to do business in California and that Assignee has full right and authority to execute and deliver this Consent and the Assignment and that each person signing on behalf of Assignee is authorized to do so.
     7. This Consent shall not be effective until all of the following conditions have been satisfied (or waived in writing by Landlord):
          (a) This Consent has been executed by all of the parties hereto;
          (b) Assignor and Assignee shall have delivered to Landlord an original of the Assignment, duly executed by Assignor and Assignee, in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto; and
          (c) Assignor and Assignee shall have delivered to Landlord the amount of $ _________ [NEED AMOUNT NOT TO EXCEED $2,500.00] as payment to Landlord for attorneys’ fees and other costs incurred by Landlord in connection with this Consent.
EXHIBIT K-1
-1-

 


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Consent as of _________, 20___.
         
“Landlord” 
 

 
 
  By:      
    Its:     
       
 
“Assignor” 
 

 
 
  By:      
    Its:     
       
 
“Assignee” 
 

 
 
  By:      
    Its:     
       
 
EXHIBIT K-1
-2-

 


 

EXHIBIT A
ASSIGNMENT OF LEASE
     _______________, (“Assignor”) hereby assigns to _______________, (“Assignee”) all of its interest as Tenant under that certain Lease (“Lease”) dated _________, between ____________, as “Landlord”, and Assignor, as “Tenant”, relating to certain Premises located at ____________.
     DATED: _________, 20___
         
“ASSIGNOR” 
 

 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
ACCEPTANCE OF ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION OF LEASE
     __________________, (“Assignee”) hereby accepts the assignment of the Assignor’s interest as “Tenant” under the Lease and agrees to assume each and all of the obligations of Tenant under the Lease from and after the date hereof.
     DATED: _________, 20___
         
“ASSIGNEE” 

 

 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
EXHIBIT A
-1-

 


 

EXHIBIT K-2
FORM OF LANDLORD’S CONSENT (SUBLEASE)
CONSENT TO SUBLEASE AGREEMENT
     THIS CONSENT TO SUBLEASE AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is made as of                       , 20       , by and among                                         , a                       (“Landlord”),                      , a                       (“Tenant”), and                       , a                       (“Subtenant”).
RECITALS :
     A. Reference is hereby made to that certain Office Lease dated                      , 2006, between Landlord and Tenant (the “Lease”), for space on the                      floor (the “Premises”) in that certain office building commonly known as                                     (the “Building”).
     B. Pursuant to the terms of the Lease, Tenant has requested Landlord’s consent to that certain Sublease [CONFIRM TITLE OF SUBLEASE DOCUMENT] , dated                      , 20      , between Tenant and Subtenant (the “Sublease”), with respect to a subletting by Subtenant of a portion of the Premises, as more particularly described in the Sublease (the “Sublet Premises”). A copy of the Sublease is attached hereto as Exhibit A. Landlord is willing to consent to the Sublease on the terms and conditions contained herein.
     C. All defined terms not otherwise expressly defined herein shall have the respective meanings given in the Lease.
AGREEMENT :
     1.  Landlord’s Consent . Landlord hereby consents to the Sublease; provided however, notwithstanding anything contained in the Sublease to the contrary, such consent is granted by Landlord only upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement. The Sublease is subject and subordinate to the Lease. Landlord shall not be bound by any of the terms, covenants, conditions, provisions or agreements of the Sublease.
     2.  Non-Release of Tenant; Further Transfers . Neither the Sublease nor this consent thereto shall release or discharge Tenant from any liability, whether past, present or future, under the Lease or alter the primary liability of the Tenant to pay the rent and perform and comply with all of the obligations of Tenant to be performed under the Lease (including the payment of all bills rendered by Landlord for charges incurred by the Subtenant for services and materials supplied to the Sublet Premises). Neither the Sublease nor this consent thereto shall be construed as a waiver of Landlord’s right to consent to any further subletting either by Tenant or by the Subtenant or to any assignment by Tenant of the Lease or assignment by the Subtenant of the Sublease, or as a consent to any portion of the Sublet Premises being used or occupied by any other party. No such action by Landlord shall relieve such persons from any liability to Landlord or otherwise with regard to the Sublet Premises.
     3.  Relationship With Landlord . Tenant hereby assigns and transfers to Landlord the Tenant’s interest in the Sublease and all rentals and income arising therefrom, subject to the terms of this Section 3 and Article 14 of the Lease. Landlord, by consenting to the Sublease agrees that until a default (after expiration of all applicable notice and cure periods) shall occur in the performance of Tenant’s obligations under the Lease, Tenant may receive, collect and enjoy the rents accruing under the Sublease, subject to Landlord’s right to receive the Transfer Premium pursuant to Section 14.3 of the Lease. In the event Tenant shall default (after expiration of all applicable notice and cure periods) in the performance of its obligations to Landlord under the Lease (whether or not Landlord terminates the Lease), Landlord may, in connection with the exercise of its rights and remedies under the Lease, at its option by notice to Tenant, either (i) terminate the Sublease, (ii) elect to receive and collect, directly from Subtenant, all rent and any other sums owing and to be owed under the Sublease, as further set forth in Section 3.1, below, or (iii) elect to succeed to Tenant’s interest in the Sublease and cause Subtenant to attorn to Landlord, as further set forth in Section 3.2, below.
EXHIBIT K-2
-1-


 

          3.1 Landlord’s Election to Receive Rents . Landlord shall not, by reason of the Sublease, nor by reason of the collection of rents or any other sums from the Subtenant pursuant to Section 3(ii), above, be deemed liable to Subtenant for any failure of Tenant to perform and comply with any obligation of Tenant, and Tenant hereby irrevocably authorizes and directs Subtenant, upon receipt of any written notice from Landlord stating that a default (after expiration of all applicable notice and cure periods) exists in the performance of Tenant’s obligations under the Lease, to pay to Landlord the rents and any other sums due and to become due under the Sublease. Tenant agrees that Subtenant shall have the right to rely upon any such statement and request from Landlord, and that Subtenant shall pay any such rents and any other sums to Landlord without any obligation or right to inquire as to whether such uncured default exists and notwithstanding any notice from or claim from Tenant to the contrary. Tenant shall not have any right or claim against Subtenant for any such rents or any other sums so paid by Subtenant to Landlord. Subject to Landlord’s right to receive the Transfer Premium pursuant to Section 14.3 of the Lease, Landlord shall credit Tenant with any rent received by Landlord under such assignment but the acceptance of any payment on account of rent from the Subtenant as the result of any such default shall in no manner whatsoever be deemed an attornment by the Landlord to Subtenant or by Subtenant to Landlord, be deemed a waiver by Landlord of any provision of the Lease or serve to release Tenant from any liability under the terms, covenants, conditions, provisions or agreements under the Lease. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any other payment of rent from the Subtenant directly to Landlord, regardless of the circumstances or reasons therefor, shall in no manner whatsoever be deemed an attornment by the Subtenant to Landlord in the absence of a specific written agreement signed by Landlord to such an effect.
          3.2 Landlord’s Election of Tenant’s Attornment . In the event Landlord elects, at its option, to cause Subtenant to attorn to Landlord pursuant to Section 3(iii), above, Landlord shall undertake the obligations of Tenant under the Sublease from the time of the exercise of the option, but Landlord shall not (i) be liable for any prepayment of more than one month’s rent or any security deposit paid by Subtenant, (ii) be liable for any previous act or omission of Tenant under the Lease or for any other defaults of Tenant under the Sublease, (iii) be subject to any defenses or offsets previously accrued which Subtenant may have against Tenant, or (iv) be bound by any changes or modifications made to the Sublease without the written consent of Landlord.
     4.  General Provisions .
          4.1 Consideration for Sublease . Tenant and Subtenant represent and warrant that there are no additional payments of rent or any other consideration of any type payable by Subtenant to Tenant with regard to the Sublet Premises other than as disclosed in the Sublease.
          4.2 Brokerage Commission . Tenant and Subtenant covenant and agree that under no circumstances shall Landlord be liable for any brokerage commission or other charge or expense in connection with the Sublease and Tenant and Subtenant agree to protect, defend, indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from the same and from any cost or expense (including but not limited to attorneys’ fees) incurred by Landlord in resisting any claim for any such brokerage commission.
          4.3 Controlling Law . The terms and provisions of this Agreement shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of California.
          4.4 Binding Effect . This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto, their heirs, successors and assigns. As used herein, the singular number includes the plural and the masculine gender includes the feminine and neuter.
          4.5 Captions . The paragraph captions utilized herein are in no way intended to interpret or limit the terms and conditions hereof; rather, they are intended for purposes of convenience only.
          4.6 Partial Invalidity . If any term, provision or condition contained in this Agreement shall, to any extent, be invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of this Agreement, or the application of such term, provision or condition to persons or circumstances other than those with respect to which it is invalid or unenforceable, shall not be affected thereby, and each and every other term, provision and condition of this Agreement shall be valid and enforceable to the fullest extent possible permitted by law.
          4.7 Attorneys’ Fees . If either party commences litigation against the other for the specific performance of this Agreement, for damages for the breach hereof or otherwise for enforcement of any remedy hereunder, the parties hereto agree to and hereby do waive any right to a trial by jury and, in the event of any such commencement of litigation, the prevailing
EXHIBIT K-2
-2-


 

party shall be entitled to recover from the other party such costs and reasonable attorneys’ fees as may have been incurred.
          4.8 Reimbursement by Tenant . Concurrently upon execution of this Agreement, Tenant shall pay to Landlord the amount of $            [NOT TO EXCEED $2,500.00] as reimbursement to Landlord for Landlord’s attorneys’ fees and other costs incurred by Landlord in connection with the execution of this Agreement.
     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Consent to Sublease Agreement as of the day and year first above written.
         
  “Landlord”:
 
 
  _________________________________,
a_________________________________
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Its:     
 
  “Tenant”:
 
 
  _________________________________,
a _________________________________
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Its:     
 
     
  By:      
    Name:      
    Its:     
 
  “Subtenant”:
 
 
  _________________________________,
a _________________________________
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Its:     
 
     
  By:      
    Name:      
    Its:     
 
EXHIBIT K-2
-3-


 

EXHIBIT A
THE SUBLEASE
EXHIBIT A
-1-

 


 

EXHIBIT L
SIGNAGE CRITERIA
The attached “LNR Warner Center Signage Criteria” shall serve as the basis for all signs in the Project. The criteria shall be amended by the Landlord to reflect the change from three office buildings to two office buildings in Phase IV of the project. The changes are subject to municipal approvals.
EXHIBIT L
-1-

 


 

EXHIBIT M
APPROXIMATE LOCATION OF LOBBY RECEPTIONIST AREA
EXHIBIT M
-1-

 


 

EXHIBIT N
PROPOSITION 13 PROTECTION EXAMPLES
1. The following is an example (based upon certain assumptions provided below) of the calculation of the tax protections described in Section 4.2.7.5.2 of the Lease:
          (i) assume the Building contains 250,000 rentable square feet;
          (ii) as a result, the First Reassessment Base Amount would equal $15,000.00 per month ( i.e. , $.06 x 250,000 rsf);
          (iii) assume Tax Expenses for the Building are charged at a rate of 1.25% of the assessed value of the Building, and are increased on an annual basis by a one percent (1%) inflationary rate;
          (iv) assume the Building is first sold on the first (1 st ) day of the sixth (6 th ) year of the initial Lease Term (“ First Sale ”), and for a second (2 nd ) time on the first (1 st ) day of the ninth (9 th ) year of the initial Lease Term (“ Second Sale ”);
          (v) assume immediately prior to the First Sale, (A) the Building was fully assessed for real estate tax purposes at a value of $75,000,000.00, and (B) the Tax Expenses assessed against the Building equal $937,500.00 ( i.e. , $75,000,000.00 x .0125);
          (vi) assume the purchase price paid for the Building for the First Sale equals $84,600,000.00;
          (vii) assume immediately after the First Sale, the Building is issued a first Reassessment such that the Tax Expenses are increased to $1,057,500.00 ( i.e. , $84,600,000.00 x .0125); as a result, the annual Tax Increase relating and attributable solely the First Sale (referred to in Section 4.2.7.5.2 of the Lease as the First Reassessment Increase) would equal $120,000.00, which on a monthly basis equals $10,000.00 per month (or the equivalent of $.04 per month multiplied by the rentable square feet of the Building), calculated as follows:
$120,000.00 = ($84,600,000.00 -$75,000,000.00) x 0.125;
          (viii) based upon the foregoing, during the remaining Lease Term following the First Sale, Tenant would be obligated to pay the entire Tax Increase relating and attributable to the first Reassessment of the Building resulting from such First Sale, since the monthly amount of the First Reassessment Increase of $10,000.00 (referred to in Section 4.2.7.5.2 of the Lease as the Actual Monthly First Reassessment Tax Increases) is less than the First Reassessment Base Amount of $15,000.00;
          (ix) based upon the foregoing, since the Actual Monthly First Reassessment Tax Increase of $10,000.00 (or $.04 per rentable square foot of the Building) is less than the First Reassessment Base Amount of $15,000.00 (or $.06 per rentable square foot of the Building), the Second Reassessment Base Amount would be adjusted to equal $12,500.00 per month (or $.05 per rentable square foot of the Building), calculated as follows:
$12,500.00 = $10,000.00 ( i.e. , the original Second Reassessment Base Amount set forth in Section 4.2.7.5.2 of $.04 x 250,000 rsf of the Building), + $2,500.00 ( i.e. , $.01 x 250,000 rsf of the Building). [Such $.01 per rsf increase is the amount by which the original Second Reassessment Base Amount may be increased pursuant to Section 4.2.7.5.2 since the difference between the First Reassessment Base Amount and the Actual Monthly First Reassessment Tax Increase equals $.02 per rentable square foot of the Building, and such difference exceeds the maximum $.01 per rsf increase set forth therein];
          (x) assume immediately prior to the Second Sale, the Building is not reassessed for any new construction nor are Tax Expenses reduced due to any appeals, and as a result the Building is fully assessed for real estate tax purposes at a value of $87,163,464.60 ( i.e. , the assessed value immediately following the First Sale as increased by 1% annual inflationary increases for the 3-year period between the First Sale and Second Sale), calculated as follows:
$87,163,464.60 = $84,600,000.00 x 1.01 3 ;
          (xi) assume the purchase price paid for the Building for the Second Sale equals $106,363,464.60;
EXHIBIT N
-1-

 


 

          (xii) assume immediately after the Second Sale, the Building is issued a second Reassessment such that the Tax Expenses are increased to $1,329,543.31 ( i.e. , $106,363,464.60 , x  .0125); as a result, the annual Tax Increase relating and attributable solely the Second Sale (referred to in Section 4.2.7.5.2 as the Second Reassessment Increase) would equal $240,000.00, which on a monthly basis equals $20,000.00 per month (or the equivalent of $.08 multiplied by the rentable square feet of the Building), calculated as follows:
$240,000.00 = ($106,363,464.60 -$87,163,464.60 ) x 0.125; and
          (xiii) based upon the foregoing, Tenant would not be obligated to pay on a monthly basis during the remaining two (2) years of the initial Lease Term following the Second Sale, the amount of $4,924.50, which amount equals Tenant’s Share of $7,500.00, which is the amount by which the monthly Tax Increase relating and attributable to the second Reassessment of the Building ( i.e. , $20,000.00) exceeds the adjusted Second Reassessment Base Amount of $12,500.00, calculated as follows:
$4,924.50 = Tenant’s Share (65.66%) x ($20,000.00 — $12,500.00).
2. The following is a further illustration of the tax protections:
                             
Effect of 1st Sale   Maximum Permitted RSF   Effect of 2nd Sale   Maximum Permitted RSF
Actual RSF Increase   Increase by Intuit for 1st Sale   Actual RSF Increase   Increase by Intuit for 2nd Sale
$0.06 or greater   $ 0.06     $0.04 or greater   $ 0.04  
$ 0.07     $ 0.06     $ 0.05     $ 0.04  
$ 0.05     $ 0.05     $ 0.04     $ 0.05  
$ 0.055     $ 0.055     $ 0.04     $ 0.045  
$ 0.055     $ 0.055     $ 0.02     $ 0.025  
$ 0.03     $ 0.03     $ 0.035     $ 0.045  
$ 0.03     $ 0.03     $ 0.025     $ 0.035  
$ 0.08     $ 0.06     $ 0.02     $ 0.02  
$ 0.02     $ 0.02     $ 0.02     $ 0.03  
$ 0.03     $ 0.03     $ 0.08     $ 0.05  
$ 0.057     $ 0.057     $ 0.038     $ 0.041  
$ 0.057     $ 0.057     $ 0.08     $ 0.043  
There will be no Proposition 13 protection for Tenant for any third sale of the Building or subsequent sales thereafter.
EXHIBIT N
-2-


 

LNR WARNER CENTER PHASE IV
EXTENSION OPTION RIDER
     This Extension Option Rider (“ Extension Rider ”) is made and entered into by and between LNR WARNER CENTER IV, LLC, a California limited liability (“ Landlord ”), and INTUIT INC., a Delaware corporation (“ Tenant ”), and is dated as of the date of the Office Lease (“ Lease ”) by and between Landlord and Tenant to which this Extension Rider is attached. The agreements set forth in this Extension Rider shall have the same force and effect as if set forth in the Lease. To the extent the terms of this Extension Rider are inconsistent with the terms of the Lease, the terms of this Extension Rider shall control.
     1.  Option Rights . Landlord hereby grants to Tenant two (2) consecutive options to extend the initial Lease Term for a period of five (5) years each (each, an “ Option Term ”), which applicable option shall be exercised only by written Exercise Notice (as defined below) delivered by Tenant to Landlord as provided below. Upon the proper exercise of the applicable option to extend, the Lease Term shall be extended for the applicable Option Term.
     2.  Non-Coterminous ROFR Space . Notwithstanding the foregoing or any other provisions of this Extension Rider or the Lease to the contrary, the terms of this Extension Rider, Tenant’s renewal options and the Option Terms provided herein shall not apply to any First Refusal Space leased by Tenant pursuant to Section 1.5 of the Lease for a lease term which is not coterminous with the initial Lease Term for the original Premises (herein, the “ Non-Coterminous ROFR Space ”), it being acknowledged and agreed by the parties that any renewal options pertaining to the extension of the initial lease term for any such Non-Coterminous ROFR Space (and the terms and provisions of such renewal options) shall be determined and provided (if at all) as part of the Economic Terms for such space pursuant to Section 1.5 of the Lease.
     3.  Renewal Space . At Tenant’s election specified in the applicable Interest Notice (as defined below) delivered to Landlord for the applicable Option Term, such Option Term shall pertain to either: (i) all of the Premises (including all Expansion Space and First Offer Space, and all First Refusal Space that is not Non-Coterminous ROFR Space) leased by Tenant as of the date Tenant delivers such applicable Interest Notice to Landlord (collectively, the “ Entire Leased Premises ”); (ii) two (2) or more contiguous full floors of the Entire Leased Premises, if as of the date Tenant delivers such applicable Interest Notice to Landlord, the Entire Leased Premises consists of five (5) or less full floors of the Building; or (iii) three (3) or more contiguous full floors of the Entire Leased Premises, if as of the date of Tenant’s delivery of such applicable Interest Notice to Landlord, the Entire Leased Premises consists of more than five (5) full floors of the Building; provided however, if Tenant elects in the applicable Interest Notice to lease during the applicable Option Term less than the Entire Leased Premises, Tenant must lease during such Option Term contiguous full floors starting from the lowest full floor of the Entire Leased Premises and then going upward ( e.g ., if Tenant elects to lease pursuant to clause (ii) hereinabove only two (2) full floors of the Entire Leased Premises for an Option Term, such floors must be floors 1 and 2 of the Building). If Tenant fails to identify in the applicable Interest Notice that Tenant elects to have the applicable Option Term apply to less than the Entire Leased Premises pursuant to clauses (ii) or (iii) hereinabove, Tenant shall be deemed to have elected the option in clause (i) hereinabove, and the applicable Option Term shall apply to the Entire Leased Premises leased by Tenant as of the date Tenant delivers such applicable Interest Notice to Landlord. The portion of the Entire Leased Premises which shall be leased by Tenant during the applicable Option Term pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section 1 shall sometimes be referred to herein as the “ Renewal Space ”. If the Renewal Space is less than the Entire Leased Premises, Tenant shall pay to Landlord the reasonable costs incurred in restoring any internal stairwells located in any portion of the Entire Leased Premises not included in the Renewal Space for the applicable Option Term.
     4.  Option Rent . The annual Base Rent payable by Tenant during the applicable Option Term (the “ Option Rent ”) shall be equal to the “ Fair Market Rental Rate ” for the Renewal Space. As used herein (and in Section 1.6 of the Lease), the “ Fair Market Rental Rate ” for purposes of determining the Option Rent payable by Tenant for the Renewal Space for the applicable Option Term (and for purposes of determining the Base Rent payable for the initial lease term for the First Offer Space leased by Tenant pursuant to Section 1.6 of the Lease, as the case may be) shall mean the annual Base Rent, including all escalations, at which tenants, pursuant to leases or related agreements (i) which are executed prior to the commencement of the applicable Option Term (or the First Offer Space Commencement Date for the initial lease for the First Offer Space, as the case may be), but no more than twenty-four (24) months prior to the commencement of the applicable Option Term (or the First Offer Space Commencement Date, as the case may be), and (ii) which have a term which is reasonably anticipated to commence within the six (6) month period immediately preceding or following the commencement of the applicable Option Term (or the First Offer Space Commencement Date, as the case may be), are leasing in an arms-length transaction, non-sublease, non-equity, non-renewal (unless the
EXTENSION
OPTION RIDER
-1-

 


 

renewal is pursuant to a comparable definition of Fair Market Rental Rate), unencumbered space on a full service gross basis, modified full service gross basis or net basis, as applicable in the market (with any full service or modified full service gross basis to include then current base years), which space is comparable in size, location, amenities and quality to the Renewal Space (or First Offer Space, as the case may be) for a comparable lease term, and which comparable space is located in the Comparable Buildings (which for purposes of this Section 4 shall also include the Warner Center business district office buildings, of which LNR Warner Center is a part), taking into consideration: (A) free rent and all monetary concessions and inducements being granted at such time for such comparable space leased by tenants of comparable net worth as Tenant, including, without limitation, any tenant improvements or tenant improvement allowances provided for such comparable space (with the amount of such tenant improvements and/or tenant improvement allowances to be provided for the Renewal Space during the applicable Option Term [or the First Offer Space during the initial lease term thereof, as the case may be] to be determined after taking into account the age, quality and layout of the tenant improvements in the Renewal Space [or First Offer Space, as the case may be] as of the commencement of the applicable Option Term [or the First Offer Space Commencement Date for the initial lease term of the First Offer Space, as the case may be]); (B) the number of must-rent and/or right-to-rent parking passes that Tenant shall be required to rent and/or may be permitted to rent under this Lease during the applicable Option Term (or initial lease term for the First Offer Space, as the case may be); (C) whether parking charges with respect to such parking passes are included in the base rent in such comparable lease transactions or paid separately, but taking into account and adjusting for the fact that pursuant to Article 24 of the Lease with respect to the Renewal Space during the applicable Option Term (and pursuant to Section 1.6.1.6 of the Lease with respect to the initial lease term for the First Offer Space, as the case may be), Tenant shall be charged separately for the use of Tenant’s parking passes so rented by Tenant during the applicable Option Term (or initial lease term for the First Offer Space, as the case may be) at the prevailing parking rates charged by Landlord and/or Landlord’s parking operator from time-to-time for reserved and unreserved parking passes, as the case may be, in the applicable Parking Facilities where such parking passes are so located; and (D) whether Landlord is or is not required to pay a real estate brokerage commission in connection with the applicable Option Term (or initial lease term for the First Offer Space, as the case may be) or the fact that the comparable lease transactions do or do not involve the payment of real estate brokerage commissions. Except as set forth in the next sentence, all other terms and conditions of the Lease shall apply throughout the applicable Option Term; however, Tenant shall, in no event, have the option to extend the Lease Term beyond the last Option Term. In the event that Tenant exercises the option to extend as provided in this Extension Rider, and the Base Rent is determined on a full service or modified full service gross basis, then the Expense Base Year, Tax Expense Base Year and Utilities Base Year for the applicable Option Term shall be adjusted to be (x) the calendar year in which the commencement date of such Option Term occurs if such commencement date occurs on or before June 30 of such calendar year, and (y) the calendar year immediately following the calendar year in which the commencement date of such Option Term occurs if such commencement date occurs after June 30.
     5.  Exercise of Option . The applicable option contained in this Extension Rider shall be exercised by Tenant, if at all, only in the following manner:
          5.1 Tenant shall deliver written notice to Landlord (the “ Interest Notice ”) not more than nineteen (19) months nor less than eighteen (18) months prior to the expiration of then-current Lease Term stating that Tenant may be interested in exercising such option.
          5.2 During the period from the date Landlord receives such Interest Notice until the Exercise Date for such applicable Option Term, Landlord and Tenant shall attempt to agree upon the Fair Market Rental Rate for such Option Term.
          5.3 On or before the date which is fifteen (15) months prior to the expiration of the then-current Lease Term, if such parties have not theretofore agreed upon such Fair Market Rental Rate for the applicable Option Term: (i) each party shall submit to the other written notice (the “ Option Rent Notice ”) setting forth such party’s final determination of the Fair Market Rental Rate for the applicable Option Term that will be submitted by such party to binding arbitration pursuant to the arbitration provisions in Section 6 below (if applicable, and if Tenant timely delivers the applicable Exercise Notice to Landlord pursuant to Section 5.4 below); and (ii) if either party fails to timely submit such Option Rent Notice to the other party, such failure shall be deemed such non-submitting party’s approval and acceptance of the Fair Market Rental Rate for the applicable Option Term timely submitted by the other party in such other party’s Option Rent Notice as the final and accepted Option Rent for the applicable Option Term (but only if Tenant thereafter timely delivers the applicable Exercise Notice to Landlord pursuant to Section 5.4 below, in which case the arbitration provisions in Section 6 below shall not apply). Notwithstanding any provision of this Section 5.3 to the contrary, Tenant has no obligation to deliver its Exercise Notice or otherwise exercise its option for the applicable Option Term. Only Tenant’s timely delivery of an Exercise Notice pursuant to Section 5.4 below shall be deemed an election by Tenant to extend the Lease Term for the applicable Option Term.
EXTENSION
OPTION RIDER
-2-

 


 

          5.4 If Tenant wishes to exercise such applicable option, Tenant shall, on or before the date (the “ Exercise Date ”) which is fourteen (14) months prior to the expiration of the then-current Lease Term, exercise such applicable option by delivering written notice (“ Exercise Notice ”) thereof to Landlord. If as of the applicable Exercise Date the parties have agreed upon (or been deemed to have agreed upon) the Fair Market Rental Rate for the applicable Option Term pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section 5, the arbitration provisions of Section 6 below shall not apply. However, if the parties have not so agreed upon (or been deemed to have agreed upon) such Fair Market Rental Rate for the applicable Option Term , the parties shall follow the procedures, and the Fair Market Rental Rate for the applicable Option Term shall be determined, as set forth in Section 6 below. Tenant’s failure to deliver to Landlord the applicable Exercise Notice on or before the applicable Exercise Date shall be deemed to constitute Tenant’s waiver of its then remaining extension rights hereunder.
     6.  Determination of Fair Market Rental Rate . In the event Tenant timely delivers the Exercise Notice to Landlord and the Fair Market Rental Rate for the applicable Option Term is to be determined by arbitration as provided hereinabove, then the Fair Market Rental Rate determinations for the applicable Option Term of each party as set forth in such party’s Option Rent Notice therefor shall be submitted to arbitration in accordance with Sections 6.1 through 6.7 below. In addition, if Tenant has timely delivered to Landlord, pursuant to Section 1.6.1.4 of the Lease, Tenant’s Objection Notice objecting to the Landlord’s determination of the Fair Market Rental Rate for the initial lease term for the First Offer Space, then: (i) within fifteen (15) days after Landlord’s receipt of Tenant’s Objection Notice, Landlord and Tenant shall each submit to the other a written notice (“ First Offer Rent Notice ”) setting forth such party’s final determination of the Fair Market Rental Rate for the First Offer Space that will be submitted by such party to binding arbitration pursuant to the following arbitration provisions in this Section 6; and (ii) if either party fails to timely submit such First Offer Rent Notice to the other party, such failure shall be deemed such non-submitting party’s approval and acceptance of the Fair Market Rental Rate for the First Offer Space timely submitted by the other party in such other party’s First Offer Rent Notice as the final and accepted Base Rent for the initial lease term for the First Offer Space.
          6.1 Landlord and Tenant shall each appoint one arbitrator who shall by profession be a licensed independent real estate appraiser who has no financial interest in Landlord or Tenant, who has no ongoing relationship with Landlord or Tenant and who shall have been active over the ten (10) year period ending on the date of such appointment in the appraisal of space in the Building and the Comparable Buildings. The determination of the arbitrators shall be limited solely to the issue of whether Landlord’s or Tenant’s submitted Fair Market Rental Rate for the applicable Option Term (or initial lease term for the First Offer Space, as the case may be) is the closest to the actual Fair Market Rental Rate for the applicable Option Term (or initial lease term for the First Offer Space, as the case may be), as determined by the arbitrators, taking into account the requirements of Section 4 above. Each such arbitrator shall be appointed by the date (the " Appointment Date ”) which is thirty (30) days after the Exercise Date for the determination of the Fair Market Rental Rate for the applicable Option Term (or thirty (30) days after Tenant has delivered Tenant’s Objection Notice to Landlord for the determination of the Fair Market Rental Rate for the initial lease term for the First Offer Space, as the case may be). Landlord and Tenant may consult with their selected arbitrators prior to appointment and may select an arbitrator who is favorable to their respective positions. The arbitrators so selected by Landlord and Tenant shall be referred to herein as the “ Advocate Arbitrators ”.
          6.2 The two (2) Advocate Arbitrators so appointed shall within ten (10) business days of the date of the appointment of the last appointed arbitrator agree upon and appoint a third arbitrator (the “ Neutral Arbitrator ”) who shall be qualified under the same criteria as set forth hereinabove for qualification of the initial two (2) Advocate Arbitrators, except that (i) the Neutral Arbitrator shall not have been previously engaged by Landlord or Tenant for any purpose, and (ii) neither Landlord, Tenant nor the Advocate Arbitrators may, directly or indirectly, consult with the Neutral Arbitrator prior or subsequent to the Neutral Arbitrator’s appointment. The Neutral Arbitrator shall be retained via an engagement letter jointly prepared by Landlord’s counsel and Tenant’s counsel.
          6.3 If the two (2) Advocate Arbitrators fail to agree upon and appoint the Neutral Arbitrator within the time period provided in Section 6.2 above, then the parties shall mutually select the Neutral Arbitrator. If Landlord and Tenant are unable to agree upon the Neutral Arbitrator within ten (10) days, then either party may, upon at least five (5) days’ prior written notice to the other party, request the Presiding Judge of the Los Angeles County Superior Court, acting in his private and nonjudicial capacity, to appoint the Neutral Arbitrator (who shall meet the criteria set forth in Section 6.2 above).
          6.4 Following the appointment of the Neutral Arbitrator, the three (3) arbitrators shall conduct a hearing within twenty (20) days after the appointment of the Neutral Arbitrator and within ten (10) days thereafter reach a decision as to which of the Landlord’s or Tenant’s submitted applicable Fair Market Rental Rate is closest to the actual applicable Fair Market Rental Rate, and the arbitrators shall use whichever of Landlord’s or Tenant’s submitted applicable Fair Market Rental Rate is closest to the actual applicable Fair Market Rental Rate and shall publish a ruling (“ Award ”) notifying Landlord and Tenant thereof. Following notification of the Award, the Landlord’s or Tenant’s submitted applicable
EXTENSION
OPTION RIDER
-3-

 


 

Fair Market Rental Rate, whichever is selected by the arbitrators as being closest to the actual applicable Fair Market Rental Rate, shall become the then applicable Fair Market Rental Rate for the applicable Option Term (or initial lease term for the First Offer Space, as the case may be).
          6.4 The award issued by the majority of the three (3) arbitrators shall be binding upon Landlord and Tenant.
          6.5 Notwithstanding the foregoing to the contrary, if either Landlord or Tenant fails to appoint an Advocate Arbitrator by the applicable Appointment Date, the Advocate Arbitrator appointed by one of them shall reach a decision, notify Landlord and Tenant thereof, and such Advocate Arbitrator’s decision shall be binding upon Landlord and Tenant.
          6.6 The cost of the arbitrators and the arbitration proceeding shall be paid by Landlord and Tenant equally, except that each party shall pay for the cost of its own witnesses and attorneys.
     7.  Tenant Default; Rights Personal . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, at Landlord’s option, and in addition to all of Landlord’s remedies under the Lease, at law or in equity, the option to extend the Lease Term hereinabove granted to Tenant for the applicable Option Term shall not be deemed to be properly exercised if, as of the date of Tenant’s delivery of such applicable Exercise Notice for the applicable Option Term, Tenant is in Economic Default (as defined in Section 1.4 of the Lease) under this Lease. In addition, Tenant’s right to extend the Lease Term for the applicable Option Term is personal to the Original Tenant and any Affiliate assignee to which Tenant’s entire interest in the Lease has been assigned pursuant to Section 14.7 of the Lease, and may not be assigned or exercised, voluntarily or involuntarily, by or to, any person or entity other than the Original Tenant or such Affiliate assignee, as that case may be, and shall only be available to and exercisable by Tenant when the Original Tenant and any Affiliate assignee and Affiliate subtenants are in physical occupancy and possession of at least two (2) full floors of the Entire Leased Premises at the time Tenant delivers the applicable Exercise Notice to Landlord.
         
  Landlord ”:

LNR WARNER CENTER, LLC,
a California limited liability company

LNR WARNER CENTER IV, LLC,
a California limited liability company
 
 
  By:   LNR CPI A&D Holdings, LLC,    
    a Delaware limited liability company   
       
  By:   LNR Commercial Property Investment Fund
Limited Partnership,
a Delaware limited partnership
Its: Member 
 
 
  By:   LNR CPI Fund GP, LLC,
a Delaware limited liability company
Its: General Partner   
 
 
     
  By:      
    Name:      
    Its:     
 
         
  Tenant ”:

INTUIT INC.,
a Delaware corporation
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Its:     
 
     
  By:      
    Name:      
    Its:     
 
EXTENSION
OPTION RIDER
-4-
EXHIBIT 21.01
INTUIT INC.
Subsidiaries as of August 1, 2008
     
Entity   Formation
Apps.com
  Delaware
CBS Corporate Services, Inc.
  Texas
CBS Employer Services, Inc.
  Texas
CBS Properties, Inc.
  Texas
Computing Resources, Inc.
  Nevada
Dallas Innovative Merchant Solutions, LLC
  Texas
Digital Insight Corporation
  Delaware
Electronic Clearing House, Inc.
  Nevada
EmployeeMatters Insurance Agency, Inc.
  Connecticut
Homestead Technologies, Inc.
  Delaware
Innovative Merchant Solutions, LLC
  California
INTU Holdings, Ltd.
  Mauritius
Intuit Administrative Services, Inc.
  Delaware
Intuit Canada Limited
  Canada
Intuit Do-It-Yourself Payroll
  California
Intuit Limited
  United Kingdom
Intuit Real Estate Solutions (Proprietary) Limited
  South Africa
Intuit Real Estate Solutions Limited
  United Kingdom
Intuit Singapore Pte. Limited
  Singapore
Intuit Technology Services Private Limited
  India
Intuit Ventures Inc.
  Delaware
Investment Solutions Inc.
  Delaware
JGSI Corporation
  Delaware
JT Solutions, LLC
  Texas
Lacerte Software Corporate
  Delaware
Lion’s Partners, LLC
  Delaware
Management Reports International (H.K.) Limited
  Hong Kong
Management Reports International Pte Ltd
  Singapore
Management Reports International PTY Limited
  Australia
MerchantAmerica, Inc.
  California
My Corporation Business Services Inc.
  California
Payroll Solution, Inc.
  Texas
Quicken Investment Services, Inc.
  Delaware
SecureTax.com, Inc.
  Delaware
StepUp Commerce, Inc.
  California
Superior Bankcard Service LLC
  Delaware
Xpresschex, Inc.
  California

 

Exhibit 23.01
CONSENT OF ERNST & YOUNG LLP,
INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
We consent to the inclusion in this Annual Report (Form 10-K) of Intuit Inc. of our reports dated September 11, 2008, with respect to the consolidated financial statements and schedule of Intuit Inc. and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting of Intuit Inc., included in the 2008 Annual Report (Form 10-K) of Intuit Inc.
We also consent to the incorporation by reference in the following Registration Statements:
     
Form S-8 No.   Plan
33-59458
  1988 Option Plan; Intuit Inc. 1993 Equity Incentive Plan; Non-Plan Officer Options
 
   
33-73222
  Intuit Inc. 1993 Equity Incentive Plan; Chipsoft Plan
 
   
33-95040
  Intuit Inc. 1993 Equity Incentive Plan; Personal News Options
 
   
333-16827
  Intuit Inc. 1993 Equity Incentive Plan
 
   
333-16829
  Intuit Inc. 1996 Directors Stock Option Plan; Intuit Inc. 1996 Employee Stock Purchase Plan
 
   
333-45277
  Intuit Inc. 1996 Directors Stock Option Plan
 
   
333-45285
  Intuit Inc. 1996 Employee Stock Purchase Plan
 
   
333-45287
  Intuit Inc. 1993 Equity Incentive Plan
 
   
333-53322
  Options Granted Under The Apps.Com, Inc. 1999 Equity Incentive Plan And Assumed By Intuit Inc.
 
   
333-53324
  Options Granted Under The EmployeeMatters, Inc. 1999 Stock Option Plan And Assumed By Intuit Inc.
 
   
333-51692
  Intuit Inc. 1996 Employee Stock Purchase Plan
 
   
333-51694
  Intuit Inc. 1993 Equity Incentive Plan
 
   
333-51698
  Intuit Inc. 1996 Directors Stock Option Plan
 
   
333-51700
  Intuit Inc. Restricted Stock Purchase Agreements
 
   
333-68851
  Intuit Inc. 1998 Option Plan For Mergers And Acquisitions
 
   
333-71099
  Intuit Inc. 1993 Equity Incentive Plan
 
   
333-71101
  Intuit Inc. 1996 Directors Stock Option Plan
 
   
333-71103
  Intuit Inc. 1996 Employee Stock Purchase Plan
 
   
333-78041
  Intuit Inc. 1998 Option Plan For Mergers And Acquisitions
 
   
333-81324
  Intuit Inc. 1996 Directors Stock Option Plan

 


 

     
Form S-8 No.   Plan
333-81328
  Intuit Inc. 1996 Employee Stock Purchase Plan
 
   
333-81446
  Intuit Inc. 2002 Equity Incentive Plan
 
   
333-84385
  Options Granted Under The Boston Light Software Corp. 1999 Amended And Restated Option/Stock Issuance Plan and Assumed By Intuit Inc.
 
   
333-91056
  Options Granted Under CBS Employer Services, Inc. 2000 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan and Assumed By Intuit Inc.
 
   
333-92513
  Intuit Inc. 1996 Employee Stock Purchase Plan
 
   
333-92515
  Intuit Inc. 1996 Directors Stock Plan
 
   
333-92517
  Intuit Inc. 1993 Equity Incentive Plan
 
   
333-102213
  Intuit Inc. 2002 Equity Incentive Plan; Intuit Inc. 1996 Employee Stock Purchase Plan; Intuit Inc. 1996 Director Stock Option Plan
 
   
333-112140
  Intuit Inc. 1996 Employee Stock Purchase Plan
 
   
333-112170
  Intuit Inc. 2005 Equity Incentive Plan
 
   
333-130453
  Intuit Inc. 2005 Equity Incentive Plan
 
   
333-137352
  StepUp Commerce, Inc. 2004 Stock Incentive Plan
 
   
333-139452
  Intuit Inc. 2005 Equity Incentive Plan; Intuit Inc. Employee Stock Purchase Plan
 
   
333-140568
  Digital Insight Corporation 1997 Stock Plan; Digital Insight Corporation 1999 Stock Incentive Plan; 1997 Stock Plan of AnyTime Access, Inc.
 
   
333-148112
  Intuit Inc. 2005 Equity Incentive Plan
 
   
333-148580
  Homestead.com Incorporated 1996 Stock Option Plan; Homestead Technologies Inc. 2006 Equity Incentive Plan

 


 

     
Form S-3 No.   Prospectus
333-50417
  $500,000,000 in the aggregate of common stock, preferred stock and debt securities
 
   
333-63739
  $500,000,000 in the aggregate of common stock, preferred stock and debt securities
 
   
333-54610
  $1,000,000,000 in the aggregate of common stock, preferred stock and debt securities
 
     
Form S-4 No.   Prospectus
333-71097
  $500,000,000 in the aggregate of common stock
of our reports dated September 11, 2008, with respect to the consolidated financial statements and schedule of Intuit Inc. and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting of Intuit Inc., included in this Annual Report (Form 10-K) for the year ended July 31, 2008.
/s/ ERNST & YOUNG LLP
San Jose, California
September 11, 2008

 

EXHIBIT 31.01
CERTIFICATION OF PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICER PURSUANT TO
EXCHANGE ACT RULE 13 a-14(a)/15d-14(a)
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 302
OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
I, Brad D. Smith, certify that:
1.   I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Intuit Inc.;
2.   Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this annual report;
3.   Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
4.   The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
  a.   Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
 
  b.   Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
 
  c.   Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
 
  d.   Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
5.   The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
  a.   All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal controls over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
 
  b.   Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
Date: September 12, 2008
         
By:   /s/ BRAD D. SMITH      
  Brad D. Smith     
  President and Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer) 
   

 

         
EXHIBIT 31.02
CERTIFICATION OF PRINCIPAL FINANCIAL OFFICER PURSUANT TO
EXCHANGE ACT RULE 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a)
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 302
OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
I, R. Neil Williams, certify that:
1.   I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Intuit Inc.;
2.   Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this annual report;
3.   Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
4.   The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
  a.   Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
 
  b.   Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
 
  c.   Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
 
  d.   Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
5.   The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
  a.   All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
 
  b.   Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
Date: September 12, 2008
         
By:   /s/ R. NEIL WILLIAMS      
  R. Neil Williams     
  Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial Officer) 
   

 

         
EXHIBIT 32.01
Certification of principal Executive Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350,
As Adopted Pursuant to
Section 906 of The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
In connection with the Annual Report of Intuit Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the year ended July 31, 2008 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), Brad D. Smith, President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, certifies pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as adopted pursuant to § 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:
    The Report fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and
 
    The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.
         
/s/ BRAD D. SMITH      
Brad D. Smith     
President and Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer) 
   
 
Date: September 12, 2008

 

EXHIBIT 32.02
Certification of Principal Financial officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350,
As Adopted Pursuant to
Section 906 of The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
In connection with the Annual Report of Intuit Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the year ended July 31, 2008 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), R. Neil Williams, Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the Company, certifies pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as adopted pursuant to § 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:
    The Report fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and
 
    The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.
         
/s/ R. NEIL WILLIAMS      
R. Neil Williams     
Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial Officer) 
   
Date: September 12, 2008